Welcome to The Legal Beat. Here we have assembled news articles, updates, and plenty of various information on an array of different topics. Choose from the categories above or just view the most recent articles here.
Posted: October 21st, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Two big cases are set to shake up the college admission process. The first involves the so-called “clout list” at the University of Illinois, which gave hundreds of well-connected students an edge in the admissions process. The story of the “clout list” broke 2 years ago and was a huge scandal, but the Unviersity is still dealing with litigation stemming from the case. The Chicago Tribune is requesting further data under the Freedom of Information Act (such as the admitted students’ GPAs and ACT scores) but the school is arguing they cannot release these records because the Federal Privacy Laws prohibit it from releasing personal information about students. Media Groups are arguing that the university is abusing FERPA (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act) because it is not trying to protect admissions records, but trying to prevent investigation into its own wrongdoing. Basically the case comes down to privacy laws versus freedom of information laws, and according to the media advocates, the right of the public to know about this type of corruption far outweighs any privacy rights that might be invoked by persons on the “clout list” who side stepped the merit-based application process. As the case moves through the court system, judges have been ruling against the University and finding that details of the “clout list” should be divulged, putting the University in danger of losing federal financing for violating FERPA.
In addition, The Supreme Court is expected to take on the case of Abigail Fisher, a white student who claims she was denied admission to the University of Texas because of her race. Should the justices hear the case, it could mean a new ruling on the “meaning of diversity”, an overruling of the Grutter v. Bollinger decision, and the end of affirmative action at public schools. In the 2003 Grutter v. Bollinger case the court ruled that public universities are allowed to consider race in admissions decisions if their reason for considering race is the “pursuit of diversity”. However, the makeup of the court has changed since 2003, and it is possible that the case will now be overturned. Should this happen, the case will have repercussions beyond its impact on college admissions (where the proportion of minority students at public institutions would be expected to drop), it might also begin to unravel societal commitment to diversity in private hiring.
Posted: October 14th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Testimony by Steve Anderson, a former undercover officer, revealed the extent of corruption in the New York City Narcotics units. About 3 years ago, a scandal erupted when it was discovered that officers in Brooklyn were not vouchering (creating an official invoice and properly tracking) all the drugs they seized as evidence. At the time, the officers claimed that the officers were using the “off the book” drugs as rewards for those who provided information, a kind of “noble corruption”, which helped them do their jobs. However, after Anderson’s testimony, it appears that what these untracked drugs were actually used for was nothing that could, in any way, be termed “noble”: they were planted on people when narcotics officers needed to meet their arrest quotas.
As an example, Mr. Anderson cites a time when he bought cocaine from a DJ at a club as part of a buy-and-bust operation, but then gave some of the drugs to a fellow officer who had not met his quotas. The second officer then planted the drugs on two people at the club that had nothing to with the sale; a practice of “attaching bodies” to drugs.
As a result of the scandals, prosecutors in Brooklyn and Queens had to dismiss about 400 criminal cases that were tainted by the involvement of officers named in the scandal. In many of the cases people were able to walk away despite damning evidence, because evidence could no longer be trusted. Lawyers have filed claims for wrongful incarceration on the behalf of those arrested by these officers, and the city is settling the cases for about $1,000 an hour of imprisonment.
Prosecutors who are working on the trials of corrupt officers say that there is a conspiracy in the Police Department to cover up procedural and ethical violations by routinely falsifying records and keeping stashes of narcotics. And if Anderson’s testimony is to be believed, the corruption was indeed wide spread and pervasive, involving everyone from “ supervisors or undercovers [to] investigators”.
Posted: October 12th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
An article in the New York Times raises the question of how organized a group has to be before its members can be tried on conspiracy charges. The article focuses on the case of Jaquan Layne, who is being tried on second-degree conspiracy charges, along with 4 others who are being tried on first-degree conspiracy charges (for which they could potentially receive life in prison). The question that makes this case complicated, is not whether the defendants were selling drugs or being violent (because recordings of their phone conversations show that they certainly were), but whether their organization was structured enough to be considered a “gang”.
Mr. Rothman, the defense lawyer, argues that the group was not a structured drug trafficking operation, but was rather just a few friends” from the block”, and their phone conversations were not conspiracies, but were rather just boastful hot air. On the other hand, prosecutors argue that the a gang is any structured criminal organization, and the group that was led by Layne fits that description as it was a violent, drug-trafficking enterprise that defended what it defined as its “turf”.
The district attorney’s office is interested on prosecuting the men on conspiracy charges rather than just drug dealing or gun possession charges because, although conspiracy charges are difficult to prove, they allow prosecutors to bring down multiple defendants at once and wipe out entire pockets of crime. To prove the conspiracy charges, the DA’s office must prove that the defendants agreed to commit a crime and took steps to do so. Prosecutors are planning to use recorded conversations between the defendants to show the extent to which their operation was premeditated and structured.
The issue here is whether the laws forbidding employment discrimination fully apply to religious groups, and to what extent the government can interfere with religious groups to redress discrimination. For example, women are not allowed to serve as priests in the Roman Catholic Church, can the government declare this illegal and force a change? The Justices were having a difficult time coming up with a solution that would both limit government interference in the operations of religious organizations and protect employees from discrimination. The justices rejected the claim that there was no difference between an employment discrimination case that involves a church and one that involves a labor union, implying the free exercise clause and establishment clauses of the First Amendment (“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof”) did not apply.
The lawyer representing the church that runs the school argued that the Supreme Court ought to recognize the “ministerial exception” which forbids the government from interfering in the relationship between religious groups and employees who preform religious duties. However, the Justices were uncomfortable with this approach as well, deeming it too broad in its scope (so that it would affect sexual abuse reporting at religious organizations etc), and problematic in its definition of which employees would be considered “ministers”.
Another option for the Court, suggested by Justice Breyer, was to ignore the First Ammendment issues altogether and limiting the defense to a line from the Americans with Disabilities Act, which allows religious organizations to require that “all employees conform to the religious tenets” of the organization. However the plaintiff’s lawyers contend that this defense does not apply in this case
Posted: September 30th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Two interns who worked on the academy award-winning film “Black Swan” are suing the producer for violating minimum wage laws. They are seeking class-action status for their suit, so they can litigate on behalf of all the unpaid interns on various Fox Searchlight productions. The lawsuit claims that many of the “unpaid interns” working on movie productions are misclassified employees, who are given menial work that should be done by paid employees, rather than the educational assignments that would exempt production companies from having to pay them. One intern working on the “Black Swan” production listed “taking out the trash” and “cleaning the office” among the duties he was expected to preform, and concluded that he didn’t learn anything from the internship.
The plaintiffs in the suit are seeking back pay under wage laws and also trying to get an injunction barring the production company from improperly using unpaid interns. The suit claims that Fox Searchlight broke the law because it did not meet the Labor Department’s criteria for unpaid internships, which require that the interns receive training that is similar to what they would receive in an educational institution and that the employer derive no immediate advantage from the intern’s activities. Movie companies claim that the unpaid internships are highly educational and are an important way for young people to break into the industry, but the plaintiffs claim that the internships were basically just a way for production companies to get free labor.
Lawyers say the Labor department officials rarely enforce the rules governing unpaid internships, and that interns themselves are usually too afraid to protest exploitive practices for fear that doing so will affect their ability to secure a job in the future.
Posted: September 23rd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Lately, the headlines have been filled with stories about capital punishment in America, putting the death sentence on trial by public opinion.
Troy Davis was put to death in Georgia on Wednesday, after the Supreme Court refused to grant him a stay of execution. The case has stirred up a lot of controversy and accusations of injustice. In 1991 Davis was sentenced to death for the murder of a policeman, but doubts about his guilt surfaced after many of the witnesses who testified against Davis retracted their statements (claiming they were coerced by the police to implicate Davis) and doubts were raised about the way his case was handled by prosecutors. Despite the fact that Davis always maintained that another man at the scene was responsible for the shooting and no physical evidence was ever recovered linking Davis to the shooting, his attempts to get a retrial had been persistently rejected by state and federal courts. Finally, after the Supreme Court intervened, he was granted a hearing in front of a federal judge, but that judge ruled that in order to overturn his conviction Davis had not only to show that the evidence proving his guilt was questionable, but provide positive proof of his innocence. Many legal experts took issue with this ruling, claiming it set the bar for a retrial too high.
While the case has provoked a lot of criticism in the US, it is interesting to note the extent of the outrage in drew from Western Europe, which has long denounced the death penalty in the US. The case got continuous coverage in the French and British media, where it was framed as a racial issue: a black man unjustly convicted of killing a white man in a southern state. Hundreds of people gathered outside of US embassies in London and Paris to protest the execution. Many European statesmen called the execution “inhumane” and “barbaric”. According to a French Historian from the Institute of Political Studies in Paris, the French consider the abolition of the death penalty to be “an established norm of modern society”. However it is interesting to note that while France has been critical of what it sees as human rights abuses in the American justice system, a new law passed by France banning the full body veil worn by some Muslim women, has also been drawing heat.
Texas has recently made a change to the way it handles executions, but only in as much as itsprisons will no longer serve a “last meal” to those about to be executed. The decision to do away with the last meal practice came after a lawmaker expressed outrage over the extravagant, 9-course “last meal” ordered by Lawrence Russell Brewer, saying that death row inmates should not be “treated like celebrities” before they are executed.
Posted: September 21st, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
New York’s Chief Judge, Jonathan Lippman, has proposed an overhaul in the way New York State deals with 16 and 17-year-old defendants. Judge Lippman suggested continuing trying 16 and 17-year-olds who have committed serious crimes in criminal courts, but giving family courts jurisdiction over 16 and 17-year-olds who are charged with less serious crimes. Currently, New York State tries all 16 and 17 year-olds as adults in criminal courts, but critics of New York’s severe policy have said that this punitive approach does an injustice to these minors, who are in need of the social services offered in family courts. The juvenile system is more focused on treatment and rehabilitation, and since juvenile court records are sealed, it is easier for youths to acquire jobs after they serve their sentence, which is expected to reduce recidivism rates.
While attempting this change is progressive, it is also complicated. If New York adopts the plan, it would have to funnel even more money into the court system and into social services, at a time when states are facing massive budget deficits. Furthermore, the change would require a complete reorganization of agencies in the criminal justice system, changing the roles of judges, prosecutors, correction officers and others. Not only would this plan be difficult to implement, but it may prove difficult to pass through the Republican held State Senate.
To drum up support for his proposal, Judge Lippman is speaking to advocacy groups and is planning to establish a pilot program where adolescent defendants are tried within the adult court system, but judges handle their cases as if they are in Family Court, to show that his proposal will work on a larger scale.
Supporters of the measure point to the Supreme Court’s 2005 decision in Roper v. Simmonswhich banned the death penalty for those under 18 years of age, citing differences such as immaturity and susceptibility to peer pressure, as the reasons defendants under 18 years of age should be judged differently from adults.
What do are you views on the proposal? Should New York change its system? Should 16 and 17-year olds be held responsible for their actions the same way adults are? Should even bigger changes be made to the criminal court system in New York?
Posted: September 16th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
A class-action lawsuit was just filed against the Kennedy Krierger Institute, a prominent medical institute affiliated with Johns Hopkins University, for allegedly exposing black children to lead paint as part of a research project on lead poisoning. According to the lawyers filing the lawsuit, more than 100 children were endangered by lead dust after the Institute assured their families that their homes were “lead safe”. The institute then periodically measured the lead levels in the children’s blood, but provided them with no medical treatment. According to the lawsuit, this lead exposure caused significant, permanent neurological injuries in some of the children.
The institute defended its actions, saying the lead pain study was done in the “best interests of all the children enrolled”, and that for the most part, the children’s blood lead levels remained constant or went down. The study was meant to determine how well various levels of lead reduction decreased blood lead levels in young children, so that “a practical way to clean up lead” in homes could be found in the absence of regulation. Litigation around this research project has gone on for more than a decade, and has been compared to the Tuskegee Syphilis experiment.
While the parents of the enrolled children signed consent forms, lawyers for the plaintiffs argue that the forms did not provide a complete or clear explanation of what the research entailed. Allegedly, the Kennedy Krieger institute helped some of the families in the project acquire apartments in state-subsidized buildings where lead abatement was only partial (assuring them that the buildings were “lead safe”), and then did not inform parents when their children’s blood levels were elevated, nor did they provide treatment to children whose condition was deteriorating.
Posted: September 14th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Today’s post is on the growing concern with the government’s surveillance transgressions. First, the CIA has opened up an internal inquiry as to whether its cooperation with the NYPD since 9/11 violated the laws prohibiting the agency from gathering intelligence in the US. Critics have labeled the CIA’s counterterrorism projects with law enforcement services as “domestic spying”. Muslim advocacy groups have decried some of the more controversial counterterrorism projects undertaken by the police department in cooperation with the CIA, such as monitoring mosques and ethnic groups, but a spokeswoman for the Agency maintains that the CIA’s operational focus is still overseas and that the work the CIA has been doing with the NYPD is necessary in the post-9/11 world.
Meanwhile, judges all over the country have been filing rulings against the use of cellphones and satellites to pursue suspects, on the grounds that such practices are endangering the Fourth Amendment’s guarantee to the protection from government invasion of privacy. Now, the Supreme Court is set to hear an important Fourth Ammendment case and decide whether “changes in technology require changes to existing fourth amendment doctrine”. The issue at the center of the case is whether the police need a warrant to track a suspect’s car for weeks at a time using a GPS. The Supreme Court will have to interpret the application of the ban against “unreasonable searches” in a world where people are continuously being monitored. The Supreme Court will not just address whether GPS tracking requires a warrant, but whether the police are generally allowed to monitor a person’s every move outside their home through technology, or whether this goes “unreasonably” beyond conventional surveillance.
An appeals court in DC, found that the government and police are using surveillance equipment to obtain too much information, and that by tracking a person over a period of time, they are gaining too much information about his life. A court in San Fransisco, however, decided that the police use of GPS is the same at an officer’s tailing of a car, but more efficient.
Another question the Supreme Court will have to decide on is whether surveillance violates the Fourth Amendment only in cases of general public surveillance where there is no individual suspicion, or whether tracking a suspect over a period of time was also “unreasonable” in terms of the Fourth Amendment rights.
Posted: September 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The copyright infringement law suit that is being pursued against US universities by foreign writers, highlights the ways in which the legal field is struggling to keep up with technology. Writers in Australia, Canada and the UK are suing US universities that are creating online libraries using books that have been scanned by Google. The University of Michigan online library that is at the center of the case is mostly made up of “orphan works” (out-of-print pieces whose authors could not be located), which are in a sort of legal limbo in regards to their use, and there are different interpretations for how the works are determined to be “orphaned” and how they can be exploited. The plaintiffs in this case are saying that the American Universities named in the suit have no right to digitize an author’s work without an author’s permission, and no authority to decide when authors’ their copyrights no longer apply. Furthermore, there is an international component to the debate, as different countries have different rules regarding copyright and because the way the universities determined which works were orphaned made it more difficult for foreign authors to be found, meaning they may have been unfairly stripped of their copyrights.
This lawsuit is an offshoot of a larger lawsuit that was launched against Google 6 years ago by the Authors Guild and the Association of American Publishers over its digital book archiving project. In March, Judge Denny Chin threw out a settlement deal proposed by Google , because it would give Google an “unfair advantage”, and a new hearing is scheduled for that lawsuit later this week.
Posted: September 9th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Here in New York City, the evidence that the 10thanniversary of 9/11 is approaching is subtle but undeniable: the increased police presence in major subway stations and the full page spreads on the front pages of free newspapers handed out on the street give it away. But how have things changed in the last 10 years? Some things, like air travel and the Ney York Skyline, will never be the same, but interestingly,according to Adam Liptak of the New York Times, Civil Rights have remained largely intact; despite what might be expected in response to such a crisis, this area of law has remained largely unchanged.
Liptak argues that the legal response to 9/11 did not dramatically curtail civil rights in the name of security; in fact, the law itself changed little, the only thing that really changed was the enforcement of the law. According to law professor Kent Roach, even the Patriot Act, which has become a sort of shorthand in some circles for the abuse of government power under the cover of 9/11, was pretty “mundane and mild”, and did not make preventive detention or limitations on speech commonplace. All in all, even though the new law enforcement paradigm focused on preventing terrorist attacks (which meant arresting people considered dangerous before they committed a crime by increased surveillance of religious and dissident groups and inserting informants into Muslim communities which might have impinged on First Amendment rights in some cases), the contraction of domestic liberties since 9/11 has been minor.
The major difference, according to law professor Robert M. Chesney, is that laws that already existed are being used in these preventive strategies. For example, when persons of interest are arrested before they have committed any serious crime, they are charged with something broad that requires little substantiation (like “conspiracy” or “material support” of terrorist groups). Another tactic often used involved detaining those suspected of having ties to terrorist organizations for immigration offenses.
One area of the law where big changes have occurred is in the legality of surveillance, the Justice Department was granted the broad ability to use wiretapping, which unleashed a large amount of surveillance with little judicial review.
While there have definitely been instances where civil rights have been curtailed in the name of fighting terrorism, the fact that these instances are known to the public is itself evidence that 1stAmendment rights, like free speech and free press, are still very much in tact in America; much more so than they have been during any other war or crisis in our nation’s history.
Posted: September 7th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
New Jersey’s anti-bullying law, inspired by Tyler Clementi’s suicide last year, went into effect last week. As the nation’s toughest anti-bullying measure, it is already drawing fire from critics who say the law’s provisions are too burdensome for teachers and will lead to too many lawsuits. In a recent New York Times article, many school administrators complained that they are being expected to comply with the extensive demands of the law without being given any additional resources. There was also concern that making schools legally responsible for bullying would lead to lawsuits from students and parents who are dissatisfied with the results of school investigations. Another concern that has been expressed about the new law is that it contains ambiguous language that will need to be interpreted in court. For example, the way the law defines “bullying” as anything that creates a hostile educational environment, but does not clarify what behaviors “cross the line” into bullying, and which are simply mean, but insignificant. The other legal issue at stake here has to do with students’ free speech rights; federal court rulings have upheld the rights of students to self-expression, while New Jersey’s anti-bullying law requires schools to monitor certain kinds of speech made by students.
Adam Cohen of Time magazine, however, believes that New Jersey’s Anti-Bullying Bill of Rights is a good idea, and wants to see other states adopt similar measures that send an equally strong message to bullies that the law is firmly on the side of the victim. Under the new law, New Jersey schools are required to provide staff and students with antibullying training, appoint “safety teams” and investigate every allegation of bullying within one day. According to Adam Cohen, the important aspects of New Jersey’s new law, and those which set it apart from the statutes that are in place in the 47 other states that have anti-bullying laws, are the rigorous oversight and quick response mechanisms that are being set up in New Jersey. According to Cohen, as imperfect as the law may be, it is an important step in the right direction: bullying is a big problem that often has devastating consequences and must be addressed.
Posted: September 2nd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Representative John Conyers Jr. of Michigan is urging Congress to revise the US copyright law to remove confusion in the current statute as to who is eligible to reclaim ownership rights to songs. At the moment, argues the congressman, too much of the profit from sound recordings goes to record labels, radio stations etc. and not enough goes to the musician who are responsible for the work.
In 1976 recording artists were given “termination rights”, which give them the ability to regain control of their work after 35 years. It has now been 35 years since that law went into effect, and so artists are moving to assert their termination rights for the first time, but the major record labels , who stand to lose millions in the process, are fighting against this by claiming that “termination rights” are not applicable to most of the sound recordings because they are “works for hire” that were created by musicians who are essentially the record companies’ employees. “Works for hire” do not have “termination rights” under the 1976 copyright bill, because in those cases, the employer (record company, publishing house etc) is considered the “author” of the work. The original bill did not include sound recordings in its list of things that might fall under the category of “works for hire”, but in 1999 a clause including sound recordings under this label was slipped into an omnibus bill and was quickly approved. However, some argued that this was not a valid way of getting the measure approved, and recording artists were able to mobilize and ask Congress to overturn the amendment. That seemed to have settled the issue, but the record labels now claim that all it did was strike down the language that explicitly defined recordings as “works for hire”, but that the earlier bill is still valid, and is still ambiguous and open to interpretation.
It looks like the stage has been set for an extensive and protracted legal battle, with huge amounts of money at stake, and lengthy debate in congress over how to make the copyright system fair. And while Congressman Conyers is supportive of artist’s rights, he is a democrat, and most people believe that the controlling party is friendlier to the record labels. With CD sales down and a lot at stake in this case, both sides will probably lobby hard for a favorable ruling.
Posted: September 1st, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The New York Times’ Economix blog cast light on an interesting piece of legislation that is in the works, and which apparently has Obama’s approval. The bill that Obama said he was “supportive of” while giving an interview on the Tom Joyner Morning Show, seems to be the “Fair Employment Opportunity Act of 2011”,which makes it illegal for employers and recruiters to discriminate against the unemployed in making hiring decisions.It has been well documented that recently a trend has cropped up where job ads and hiring practices exclude the unemployed from applying (for example, the many listings on popular sites such as CareerBuilder and Monster.com, which say that employers “strongly prefer” people that are currently employed or only very recently laid-off). This is creating a Catch-22, where the only people who can get jobs are the ones who don’t really need them. Right now, the practice is not illegal because unemployment is not a protected status like race or religion, however, the Fair Employment Opportunity Act seeks to explicitly bar these types of practices, and allow the unemployed who have been discriminated against to sue for uncapped actual damages of any wages, salary, other compensation or benefits denied or lost, in addition to liquidated damages, compensatory and punitive damages, and other equitable relief. An Op-Ed in the National Law Journal argues in favor of the bill, saying that discrimination against the unemployed has huge social costs and is bad for the economy, public safety and has the potential of creating a permanently unemployable class. Critics of the bill, however, say such legislation is unworkablebecause it would simply make employers get rid of the discriminatory language in their ads, but it would not force them to hire people who are unemployed, and if the discrimination is not overt, it would be nearly impossible to prove because there are many legitimate reasons an unemployed candidate may be unattractive to an employer.
Posted: August 26th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Tobacco companies are crying victim in a new lawsuit they’ve launched against the Federal government. 4 of the 5 largest tobacco companies are suing over the new graphic warning labels they are being asked to carry on their products, saying the warning labels are restricting their free speech rights. The companies point out that no other maker of legal substances is required by the government to carry, on its own packaging and advertising, messages to discourage the prospective customer from purchasing the product. The warning labels have become too big, the companies argue, they no longer just convey facts to help people decide whether to smoke, but actually take up more space on the package than the cigarette’s brand name. Furthermore, the tobacco company’s lawsuit alleges that the stark images on the new labels that were approved by the FDA to appear on cigarette packs were manipulated to make them scarier.
Posted: August 24th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
With a pile of new evidence to consider, the Supreme Court is set to revisit the issue of eyewitness identification after its 1977 decision on the matter. The scientific understanding of memory has been revolutionized in the last 30 years and studies now suggest that about a third of eyewitness identifications are incorrect and these mistaken identifications lead to wrongful convictions (many convictions that were later overturned with DNA evidence involved eyewitnesses who were wrong). The problem with eyewitness identification is not only that it is unreliable at best, but also that it is usually enough to base a case on, with juries “over-believing” the testimony of an eyewitness. With the result that many cases hang on this powerful but unreliable evidence.
Many legal experts are glad the Supreme Court is taking another look at the issue, unfortunately the case that the Supreme Court is reviewing,Perry v. New Hampshire, is unlikely to lead to a definitive ruling on the whole issue, leaving the state of the law unclear (the justices will likely only decide on the use of eyewitness identifications in certain situations). Furthermore, the justices are not deciding whether limiting eyewitness testimony is a good idea, but whether the Constitution allows it, so they may be reluctant to make constitutionally-based regulations for using eyewitness evidence.
What many experts want is for eyewitness testimony to be treated more like “trace evidence”, a fragment of proof collected at a crime scene, whose integrity and reliability is assessed from investigation to trial. Experts have suggested several ways to make the evidence collected from eyewitness accounts more reliable and temper the impact of that evidence in a case. First, investigators could administer line-ups double-blind (so that neither the witness nor the person supervising knows the “right” answer), and even telling the witness that the suspect may not be present in the line-up or photo array. Then, at trial, judges would need to instruct juries about the limitations of eyewitness testimonies and the nature of memory.
Posted: August 23rd, 2011 By: Marty Latz Category:
NBA Commissioner Daniel Stern, discussing the on-going negotiation between the NBA owners and players’ association, recently pointed out that, “The NFL, which is usually profitable as opposed to the NBA, which isn’t, got [a] double-digit [revenue] reduction from their players.”
Stern is using the recently concluded NFL labor negotiation as a precedent to support the NBA owners’ position. Precedent – what has happened in the past in similar negotiations – is a powerful independent standard for determining what is “fair and reasonable.”
The players can – and I expect will – challenge the validity of this precedent by suggesting the NBA circumstances are sufficiently different from the NFL to warrant a valid comparison.
How can you put precedent power to work? Research all applicable precedents and evaluate whether and how to use each in your negotiation.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts’ proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 orLatz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: August 23rd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The big story out of New York today is the district attorney’s office formally filing a motion to dismiss the sexual assault case against Dominique Strauss-Kahn. The motion stated that the district attorney’s office no longer wanted to go forward with the case because Strauss-Kahn’s accuser had demonstrated a “pattern of untruthfulness” which damaged her credibility in the eyes of the district attorneys, and, the filing continues, it is the policy of the DA’s office not to ask a jury to believe without a shadow of a doubt that which the DA’s office itself is not sure of. What seems to have damaged the case the most for the prosecution was the lack of DNA evidence confirming force and the fact that the accuser had admitted to previously inventing a plausible story of sexual assault in order to gain asylum in the US. Despite these weaknesses in the case, many people, including women’s groups and black leaders, have been pressuring the DA’s office to take the case to trial. It is important to note that the DA’s decision to drop the case does not mean that they believe Strauss-Kahn innocent, but that they do not have enough evidence to prove him guilty. And New York Times blogger, Clyde Haberman, points out that although the DA’s office and the whole justice system has been criticized in this case, the fact that prosecutors initially had full faith in the word of a low-status woman against that of a powerful man shows that the justice system is working the way we hope it would.
When the district attorney’s office informed the accuser of their decision to drop the case, her lawyer, Mr. Thomson, accused the District Attorney of denying his client the right to get justice. He has also filed a lawsuit against Strauss-Kahn seeking unspecified damages, so this case is not yet over.
What is your opinion on the way the DSK trial ended? Do you think justice was served in this case? Did prosecutors drop the case for legitimate reasons or should they have perused the case further?
Congratulations to Benjamin Brafman, one of our faculty members, on his success in this case, which seemed so daunting in the beginning but was skillfully handled by the defense.
Posted: August 17th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Really interesting story out of Suffolk County, NY, has County Officials seeking a “gang injunction” that would bar gang members from a 2 mile “safety zone”. This model has been used in California to protect public areas from gang violence, but a similar effort in Queens in 2000 was struck down by the State Supreme Court. The Justice in that case said the gang members and prostitutes whom the police were trying to bar from congregating in Queens Plaza were not dangerous enough to warrant having their civil liberties restricted. The Suffolk County chapter of the New York Civil Liberties Union is confident that the effort in Wyandanch will also be denied by the court. However, when a similar effort was struck down in California it was because the gang members that were named in the injunction were not given the opportunity to deny that they were dangerous gang members, thereby violating their due-process rights. In Wyandanch, however, authorities would notify the 37 men on the registry and if those men wanted to be removed from the list they would have to contact the court and prove they were no longer affiliated with the gang. Suffolk County executive, Steve Levy, hopes that the injunction will be granted as the injunction targets men who are self-confessed members of the gangs and have been previously convicted of serious crimes. While drugs and gang violence is a growing problem in the area, some residents are still concerned that civil rights will be violated by this injunction and that the effort is really just another form of profiling.
What are your thoughts on “gang injunctions”? Are they a violation of civil rights? Are they alright as long as they only bang specific, dangerous criminals who are known gang members? How dangerous do gang members have to be before being put on the registry? Comment below!
Posted: August 16th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
According to a report in the N Y Times, the strike by Verizon workers is turning ugly, with management accusing the strikers of sabotage, and the unions alleging that several strikers had been hit by the managers’ cars. With negotiations stalling, both sides are attacking each other and accusing the other of failing to bargain in good faith
Verizon officials contend that there was a noticeable uptick in the number of “incidents” at Verizon since its workers went on strike last week. The officials estimated there were about 143 acts of sabotage committed, and that phone lines were cut in Washington DC, Maryland, New York and New Jersey and affected 2 police departments and a nursing home. The spokeswoman for the Communication Workers of America, the union to which the strikers belong, denied the allegations of sabotage and suggested that this was just an attempt by Verizon management to turn public opinion against the strikers and avoid negotiating with the union over cutting benefits.
Meanwhile, Verizon has obtained court injunctions that make it easier for workers to enter and leave Verizon facilities safely. However, the strikers insist that they are the ones who are in danger after several strikers were allegedly hit by cars approaching Verizon facilities.
There are a lot of accusations flying back and forth, but the sides are still no closer to reaching a deal on the concessions Verizon is asking of the 45,000 striking workers.
Posted: August 12th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
This week, a New York Judge ruled against high-end shoe maker Christian Louboutin in the company’s efforts to stop competitor Yves Saint Laurent, from selling shoes with red soles. Although Louboutin was granted a trademark for the red soles in 2008, the judge said Louboutin would have trouble defending the “overly broad” trademark in court. The judge ruled that granting the injunction Louboutin was seeking would be tantamount to giving them a monopoly over the color red and would “impermissibly hinder competition”, unfairly restricting options available to other designers. Harley Irwin Lewin, the lawyer representing Louboutin, believes he could win at the appeals level if the company decides to take the case further, since the lacquered red sole has achieved trademark status with the public and because Louboutin only plans to defend certain hues of red on certain types of shoes. A lawyer for Yves Saint Laurent, however, countered by saying that if Louboutin won this case, it would invite endless lawsuits and force judges to become arbiters of fashion design.
Was Louboutin’s trademark “overly broad”? How do you expect the shoemaker to do in appeals court?
Posted: August 10th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
An article published in the New York Times yesterday gives an interesting analysis of how the differing legal histories of the US and EU countries effects their reaction to online privacy protection. Spain has recently ordered Google to stop indexing information on 90 of its citizens who have filed formal complaints with the country’s Data Protection Agency. The Spanish case is being watched closely in Europe, but regardless of the verdict in that case, the EU’s Justice Commissioner is expected to introduce new “right to be forgotten” regulations, which would give individuals more control over the data that’s posted about them online. No such regulations are being put forward in the US and the Spanish citizens who filed a complaint would not have received a hearing in a United States court, since the US has a completely different view of privacy rights. The concept of privacy and dignity are enshrined in European law, whereas in the United States, the courts have repeatedly found that the right to publish a truth about someone supersedes that individual’s privacy rights. German privacy law even allows the suppression of someone’s criminal background after they have paid their debt to society, allowing even criminals their right to privacy. In the United States, however, once something is made public online, the individual can do nothing to get rid of it if it’s true.
Another big privacy issue that shows the difference between the US and Europe has to do with Google’s “Street View” feature. Google had to face down several lawsuits in different European countries over taking street-by-street pictures, and in Germany had to allow individuals and businesses to opt out. In the US however, anyone has the right to take pictures of anything that’s in a public space. Europeans are generally uncomfortable with breaches of privacy on the net, including the way their personal information is used by search engines for commercial purposes; ¾ of Europeans wanted the ability to delete personal data from the internet at any time.
Posted: August 8th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Defense lawyers are challenging the use of therapy dogs in helping victims testify. Defense lawyers claim that the therapy dogs, which comfort witnesses who are under stress during a testimony, create an unfair bias in the jury. First of all, the cuteness of the dog draws out a natural empathy in the jurors in favor of the witness. Second of all, the dogs make the witnesses’ testimony appear more truthful; for example, when the witness hesitates the dog will nuzzle them, so that when they finally do say what they “needed the dog’s help” to say, it makes it seem like they were digging out a painful truth even if that’s not the case. The dogs just respond to a person’s stress, they do not distinguish between stress that results from reliving a traumatic experience and stress that comes from lying in court. Prosecutors on the other hand, insist that the dogs are necessary to help vulnerable victims and witnesses testify, especially when they are afraid of the plaintiffs they are testifying against.
Although service dogs have long been allowed in courts, the precedent that allowed for a therapy dog to accompany a teenager testifying in a rape trial in NY is a 1994 appeals court decision that allowed a child witness to bring a teddy bear to court. The defense attorneys representing the defendant in that case are appealing their client’s conviction on the grounds that the dog, Rosie, that helped the girl testify “infected the trial” with unfairness. Their defense is expected to establish the legal principles governing the use of therapy dogs, a trend that has been rising in several states over the past few years.
What do you think about the use of therapy dogs in trials? Have you ever been involved in a trial where a therapy dog was used? Would you consider using a therapy dog in a case? While therapy dogs might truly help vulnerable witnesses testify, do they also violate defendant’s constitutional rights to a fair trial? Weigh in below!
Posted: August 5th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Changing its tactics, the AARP filed a class-action lawsuit against Wells Fargo and Fannie Mae on behalf of the heirs of individuals who have reverse-mortgages on their homes. The question is whether someone who inherits a home should have to pay the remainder of the reverse-mortgage loan or just pay off the market value of the house (which, thanks to the housing crash, is probably a lot smaller).
The AARP argues that when the holder of a reverse-mortgage dies, their heirs have a choice between paying off the loan, paying 95% of the home’s market value or giving up the house to the lender. But the heirs are being told by Wells Fargo that they have no choice other than to pay off the reverse-mortgage loan, even though the home in question is now worth much less than when the loan was made.
A lawyer for the AARP pointed out that no matter how the HUD rule was interpreted, it still was more logical for financial institutions to let heirs buy the homes at fair market value since, in the current market, it is likely that the balance of the outstanding reverse mortgage exceeds the home’s current value making it impossible for most heirs to obtain a standard mortgage that would be large enough to allow them to buy the house. If the heirs aren’t able to take possession of the house or pay off the loan, the lender would be forced to foreclose on the house… and then sell it at market value to someone else.
Some things depend on legal interpretation, but in this case it just seems to be about common sense.
Posted: August 3rd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
This week: big legal battles looming on the federal and state level over immigration issues.
First, the Justice Department filed a complaint in Birmingham’s federal court, challenging Alabama’s controversial law that allows police officers to detain those whom they suspect of being illegal immigrants during routine traffic stops. The Justice Department’s lawsuit argued that the law conflicts with federal law and undermines the federal immigration strategy. The Justice Department is only the last on a long list of groups that are suing to block the Alabama law from taking effect in September (including civil rights and even religious groups), but the law’s sponsors say their proposal is legitimate because the Federal Government has failed to enforce immigration laws and protect Alabama.
In Maryland, the opposite is happening as a lawsuit is pending against the state’s Board of Elections for allowing a bill that would’ve granted illegal immigrants more rights to be blocked by an allegedly illegitimate petition. Maryland passed a bill in April which would allow illegal immigrants to qualify for in-state tuition at Maryland colleges if their parents paid taxes. However, opponents of the bill gathered more than 100,000 signatures against the bill which the Board of Elections declared valid. Later, an advocacy group reviewed some of the signatures and concluded that many of the signatures were invalid and that the bill’s opponents were actually a few thousand signatures short of getting a ballot measure. The result of this case is being looked to as a litmus test for immigration reform since Maryland is one of the “bluest” states.
Lastly, the City Council speaker in New York is proposing legislation that would limit the situations in which Riker’s Jail would be able to cooperate with Federal Immigration Authorities because otherwise, claims Ms. Quinn, foreign-born inmates get regularly (and unnecessarily) deported. The debate around this issue once again feeds into the larger debate of the role of states and localities in immigration enforcement, when they are unhappy with the job that the federal government has been doing in this area (in turns calling the Federal government either too overbearing or too lax).
Posted: August 2nd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
A few weeks ago we posted a response by one of our faculty members, Daniel Gershburg, to an editorial by David Segal in the New York Times which criticized law schools generally, and New York Law School in particular, for rising tuition fees and increasing class sizes among other things (Gershburg argued that he was happy with his experience at NYLS, and thought the money he spent there was worth it). This week, continuing our look at the legal education field, we look at an article from onlinecolleges.net, which describes what organizations and individuals are doing to reform the legal education system.
First on the list is the Dean of the Massachusetts School of Law, Andover who is creating a new model for law school administration, by not requiring the LSATs for admission and modeling the law school on the medical school teaching format. There is also Elizabeth Mertz who is calling for a reform in legal education that emphasizes the human and moral aspects of the law and creates lawyers who understand the consequences of their actions.
An interesting player in the law school reform movement is California Senator Barbara Boxer who is trying to increase transparency in the statistics and claims given to potential students by law schools. She argues that the law schools are inflating their post-graduation employment statistics in dishonest ways.
Some of the more radical reforms being proposed come from Legal Blogger David Lat, who proposes a return to the apprenticeship system, with law school being shortened to 1 year and law students picking up crucial skills on the job, and George Leef of the Pope Center for Higher Education Policy, who proposes allowing anyone, whether they’ve gone to law school or not, to sit for the Bar Exam.
To learn more about the different criticisms that are being leveled against the current state of legal education, and what is being done about it, please read the rest of the article here. Then tell us what you think about Law School Reform. Were you happy with the education you got in Law School? Was the money you paid for tuition justified by what you gained by attending law school and getting your degree?
Posted: July 29th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Interesting “church and state” issues are cropping up in the news this week. Atheists are up-in-arms over a prayer rally in Texas, and a “cross shaped beam” that’s going to be displayed at the 9/11 museum.
First, the Freedom From Religion Foundation asked a judge to stop governor Rick Perry from being involved in, or promoting, a Christian-centric prayer rally, arguing that these actions violate the separation of church and state as outlined in the First Amendment. Their suit was dismissed by a Federal Judge in Texas who said the plaintiffs had suffered no concrete injuries as a result of the governor’s actions, and since the governor was simply “inviting” people to participate in the rally, rather than forcing or “commanding” them to do so, he was not doing anything wrong. Although the governor won the legal battle, he still faces a lot criticism from fellow politicians, civil rights groups and other religious groups for organizing a “Christian prayer meeting”. Beyond the Church & State issue, these groups are worried about whether taxpayer money and government resources are being used for the event, and are unsettled by the fact that Mr. Perry seems to be pandering to the Christian Right in advance of his possible presidential bid. Perry’s aids have denied any taxpayer dollars are being used for this, and argued that the event is similar to other events with religious overtones that have been held or attended by other politicians (like Obama’s National Day of Prayer or the National Prayer Breakfast in Washington). When similar events have been taken to court by atheists groups, they have also usually been dismissed on the same grounds: that no one is being hurt by them and that no one is forcing anyone to pray.
The issue with the “cross-shaped beam” in New York has yet to see its day in court, but if the above standards are applied, it is unlikely that the atheist group bringing that lawsuit (American Atheists), will succeed either. The controversy here centers on a Cross-Shaped Steel Beam recovered from the rubble of the World Trade Center site, which was going to be displayed at the National September 11 Memorial and Museum. The lawsuit seeking to stop the beam’s inclusion in the museum’s permanent collection, argues that because the cross is a symbol of a particular religion, and the museum is on government property, displaying a cross there is unconstitutional. Ira C. Lupu, a professor at the George Washington University Law School, stated that the Atheist group has a plausible case, but that it depends on how the cross is displayed in the museum: whether as an historic artifact or a symbol calling for religious reverence.
The atheists are calling for either the removal of the cross or “equal representation” (meaning all religions would be given the opportunity to put up an equally large symbol of their religion in the museum), their opponents say that not including the cross would be ignoring an important part of the 9/11 story, and that those who are not religious can just ignore the cross.
What do you think about these issues? Are the objections of Atheists to either of these issues valid? Although they might claim that they have suffered “mental pain and anguish” from feeling that they are being excluded, are they really being harmed by the prayer of others? Should politicians be able to promote and attend religious events if they aren’t spending tax money on it?
Posted: July 26th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
A woman sat in jail for seven months, after her ex-boyfriend framed her in one of the most elaborate set-ups prosecutors said they have ever seen. When Seemona Sumasar, an ex-analyst for Morgan Stanley, refused to drop rape charges against her boyfriend, Jerry Ramrattan, he vowed to have her put away. Being very knowledgeable of police procedure, Mr. Ramrattan was able to build a convincing case against Seemona. By coaching false witnesses he was able to have Ms. Sumasar arrested for carrying out a series of armed robberies. Although Ms. Sumasar claimed from the beginning that she was being set up by Mr. Ramrattan, prosecutors dismissed her claims due to the wealth of evidence that had been stacked against her. Mr. Ramrattan coached the alleged “victims” of Ms. Sumasar’s robberies to identify her and her vehicle, giving prosecutors little reason to doubt that she was behind the crimes (furthermore, prosecutors claim that the fact that the restaurant Ms. Sumasar ran was failing gave her a motive for committing the robberies). So, Ms. Sumasar was arrested and her bail set at $1 million; she sat in jail until late 2010 when the police were told by an informer that Mr. Ramrattan staged everything, and his cellphone records revealed that he had spoken to the all the false witnesses. Mr. Ramrattan was sent to Riker’s Island to await his trial for rape and conspiracy, while the false witnesses have been charged with perjury (and it is interesting to note that at least one of the false witnesses was an illegal immigrant convinced by Mr.Ramrattan to go along with the scheme with the promise of a visa, further showcasing the effects of the broken immigration system we have previously covered in this blog). Meanwhile, Ms. Sumasar’s life has already been damaged: while in jail her restaurant closed and her home went into foreclosure.
Ms. Sumasar’s lawyer claims that prosecutors were negligent in her case, ignoring her convincing alibis and dismissing the possibility that she was framed, prosecutors defend their conduct in the case, claiming that heap of false evidence presented to them was so detailed that they had no reason to be suspicious. Many legal experts point to this case as an example of the ease with which the justice system can be manipulated, but on the other hand, prosecutors had good evidence, and while prosecutors must treat everyone as innocent until proven guilty (which they might not have done in this case), it seems strange to expect that they treat all evidence as being false until proven true. Tell us whether you think prosecutors were negligent in this case or whether they were simply doing the logical thing based on the evidence they had?
Posted: July 22nd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
An interesting blog post from John Schwartz in the New York Times a few days ago gives an update on the status of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” Policy, which has been bouncing around the courts recently. After a California Judge declared the policy unconstitutional, the Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit allowed the military to keep the policy in place while the appeals process was going on. Then Congress came around and also ordered the policy be repealed… 60 days after the military says it’s “ready” to end the policy (the military is expected to certify that it is ready to end the policy any day now). But the government kept the appeal going in court to give itself more time to wind down “don’t ask, don’t tell”.
Then on July 6th, the Court of Appeals ordered the military to end the policy immediately and a few days later asked the government to state whether it was going to defend the constitutionality of “don’t ask, don’t tell.” The government filed a brief for an emergency appeal in order to “protect” the process created by congress to allow the military to make key decisions in repealing the policy. The Court conceded, somewhat, allowing the policy to remain in place, but prohibiting the investigation or penalization of anyone under the policy.
The administration’s efforts to keep the policy going is confusing some in light of the fact that Obama has said he would no longer be defending the Constitutionality of the Defense of Marriage Act, so why defend one but not the other? But representatives of the Justice Department say that the military context of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” repeal makes it different from the civilian context of the Defense of Marriage Act. A lot of people are unsatisfied by these justifications, saying the government is putting a lot of effort into continuing a practice they admit is discriminatory.
On the other hand, an earlier blog article by military man Captain Adrian Bonenberger, makes a pretty strong case for why the military needs to take its time in this process, since just repealing the policy won’t do anything to change the entrenched homophobic culture of the military.
Caveat Emptor: In Defense of Richard Matasar and New York Law School
In Saturday’s New York Times, in what amounts to an article (opinion piece) full of hyperbolic accusations that are better found in a Dateline NBC whodunit, David Segal alludes to the seeming hypocrisy of New York Law School as a reformist legal instituion, and Richard Matasar, as its Dean. He is wrong. Dead wrong. A reporters duty is to tell the whole story, and not half of it. And while Mr. Segal correctly portrays the well known problem surrounding law school, namely that they are too expensive, he puts no blame on the people who attend, nor on the job market that forces them to. Instead, we are made to believe that the entire student body, all who matriculate, are legal zombies, following the beck and call of Mr. Matasar. Riveting fiction.
A little background. As a 2003 graduate of Rutgers University, I found that my illustrious choice of double majoring in Political Science and Philosophy didn’t afford me many opportunities at well paying work. My parents, first generation immigrants, paid for my college schooling. I was the first of my family to graduate. At no point did they ever pressure me to go to law school nor did they have some grandiose cliche Jewish parent dream of a lawyer in the family. They were happy that I was learning, and not a communist. Simple people. When I was 20, my father suddenly and tragically passed away and I realized that I needed the closest thing to financial stability I could find in life. An uncertain life. I needed a career. Not a job. A career. And so I embarked on a path to law school. I chose New York Law School because they chose me. In other words, they said yes when I applied, when many others did not. I surmise that was the same reason many of my classmates chose New York Law School as well.
Fast forward to August of 2003 when Richard Matasar gives a speech to the incoming class of New York Law School (you would, think, from Mr. Segal’s article, that the incoming class required a large football stadium to accommodate the size, but somehow we made do with a large room) wherein he states some feel good words you’d expect; “new path”, “horizons” etc., and then states words which I have taken to heart since that very day: “Learn Law, Take Action”. It resonated. I have no idea to this day why it did, but it did. Without sounding too much like a great nephew of Ayn Rand, I realized that this was a personal choice I had made, and that the future would be determined solely by what I chose to do here. Not on a brochure printed at Staples telling me how much money I’d make as a graduate. I’d like to think I left most of my naivete at college.
In my first year of law school, which, like the books and movies tell you, was amazingly intellectually rigorous, I made Law Review. Shocking to all involved, trust me. While the remaining 90% of my class felt detracted (or so they seemed to say), I was told I’d be receiving job offers left and right from large law firms. One or two interviews came and went. No offers. I didn’t blame the school. Nor was there any reason to. There were more likely explanations at play here. Maybe I didn’t ace the interview, or perhaps there was a better qualified candidate. Maybe someone from Boston University School of Law applied (yes, employers think like this). The truth was that I was interviewing for Labor and Employment Law jobs, and really, I didn’t give a shit about Labor and Employment Law.
As the second and third year of law school education came and went, a common trend became apparent. Students consistently complaining about the lack of jobs, and ergo, the school was faulted. No one respected this school. What a silly decision to come here. I didn’t necessarily disagree at certain points, but I never ever doubted the schools (particularly the faculty’s) efforts at helping us. They cared. On dates I was asked if I went to NYU Law. I simply demurred and mumbled something about New York Law School and ordered more wine.
Upon realizing that my job prospects weren’t necessarily splendid, albeit while a member of the illustrious Law Review, I made an appointment with Career Services for some guidance, and they, although amazingly pleasant, told me to join a bar association and list some languages on my resume. In other words they said “Good Luck.” I didnt expect any more from them. I didn’t think I should have. They don’t have a “Box O’ Jobs” on their desk that you can drop your hand into. Realizing it was time to grow up, I attempted to network (see, “sell yourself”) in any possible situation I could. In Brooklyn, we call that hustling. Its, you know, how people, get jobs and stuff everywhere. Since the beginning of jobs. This led to interviews and yet, still nothing.
In my third year of law school, as part of my requirement for Law Review, I began to compose a paper on a topic I selected. The topic was centered around the need for the reform of the legal education system. I made an appointment to see Mr. Matasar in his office to discuss his perspective on this (not knowing who he was at the time, I thought he’d give some canned response on “changes in the future”). First and foremost, I was somewhat taken aback about how accommodating he was to meet with a random student about a law school paper discussing reform in the first place(at the time I didn’t know any of his views on this). What followed was a conversation which lasted the better part of an hour where he described in detail and with considerable passion, his thoughts on revolutionizing the way law schools operate, and basically agreed that change, drastic change, is inevitable and should be welcomed. This was in 2006. In short conversations with him, when he was been gracious enough to have me speak at alumni events, his views are completely in line with what he said before. Name me more than 5 others Deans who’d be willing to do this. No, seriously. Not say they would. Really and actually would.
Shortly thereafter, I secured a job through a family friend working for a solo litigator in New York. Pay wasn’t great. Certainly wasn’t $100,000.00 My law school loans stood at $150,000.00. Upon passing the Bar Exams in New York and New Jersey, I immediately quit my job and opened up my own solo practice. To my knowledge, there were no statistics surrounding how many graduates in the 2006 class did this in the brochures New York Law handed out. I surmise I am the only one who did. Five years later I have two offices and an associate, who, like me, graduated from New York Law School…in the middle of her class. My intern is a 2nd year from New York Law School. I’m going to hire more people from New York Law School. I’ve graciously been asked to guest lecture classes at New York Law School on the topic of starting your own law firm and the pitfalls surrounding same. The lectures resonate, not only because I’m a young lawyer and quite close to the ages of many of the matriculated students, but because they, like me, will face horrible job prospects. They’re scared, just like I was. They will be forced to open up their own practices in the coming months and years. It will no longer be a voluntary choice like the one I made. But none of us went into this with blinders on. None of us can say New York Law School tricked us. If we do, we’re cheating ourselves at of taking the appropriate personal responsibility for our actions.
In his article, Mr. Segal quotes a 2010 graduate (mind you, one graduate in a class of hundreds) who states New York Law School has a “factory feel” to it. I’ve no idea what that means. Like a sausage factory? Or a Ford factory line? Are they just pushing out lawyers on a conveyer belt?
Here are my “factory” experiences, for which I knowingly and gladly paid $150,000 and believe it to be worth every penny: When I had lunch with Professor Michael Perlin while I was in law school and he explained his love of the law and Bob Dylan, it didn’t possess much of a factory feel to it. When Professor Elizabeth Chambliss, to whom I will be forever indebted and grateful, gave me the opportunity to tell her classes my story on a yearly basis, it didn’t have a factory feel to it. When Professor Karen Gross explained, in her classes and, thereafter, in emails to me, how financial literacy can change and empower people’s lives, and in part made me become a consumer Bankruptcy attorney, that didn’t have any factory feel to it. When Professor Levine, Professor Jonakait, and Dean Matasar himself made me understand how one can actually use and implement the law and change peoples lives (Professor Jonakait used to say “you’re not a real lawyer unless you’re in court”) there was, and remains, no factory feel. These individuals literally transformed and changed my life. They allowed my practice to come into existence, to grow, so that I could hire more students from New York Law School. Dont blame the faculty. Don’t blame Dean Matasar, who, in less than a decade, turned New York Law School from a laughing stock that my peers in Cardozo and Brooklyn Law peers would laugh at, to a gleaming building in TriBeca that people literally fall over themsleves to get into. Blame the students who, for the most part, like me, never had dreams of becoming a lawyer, but decided to go anyway. Blame their parents. Blame us. Blame the economy and the profession as a whole for creating such a ridiculous glut of lawyers (many of which absolutely hate practicing law).
There are simply too many me’s out there. Too many people who see the law as not a way to “change” anything, but as a profession that their parents want them to go into. A safety net, which, shockingly, isn’t so safe anymore. Thats the market. This was our choice. We signed on the dotted line. Where did personal responsibility go? Where did determination and drive go? Nothing was promised to us. Mr. Segal would have you believe that the next great generation of legal minds looked at a printed glossy brochures with some estimates and decided to plunk down the cost of a house based on that solely? Granted they were nice brochures, but…give me a break. The same lawyers that complained about not having jobs a few years ago will be the lawyers working on the inevitable class action suits that will be filed against law schools in the coming years.
All five of my best friends are lawyers. All five. None of us thought we’d be lawyers as children. There were no courtrooms in our basements. It was the market. We didn’t know what to do. We wanted nice lives and so we did this. We all pay student loans. Huge student loans. But, unless I’m missing something, Dean Matasar didn’t break into my house in the middle of the night and have me sign forms with Sallie Mae (and if he did, they would be unenforceable anyway-thanks Professor Gross!). For this very reason, the article David Segal publishes is a perversion. His declaration that Matasar can’t be a reformist because the tuition is sky high and many more people enrolled misses the point that Matasar doesn’t make these students pay this tuition. They do it knowing the market is abysmal. They do it knowing they could pay 1/3 of that at CUNY. That doesn’t mean he’s not a reformer. That means that, until the entire legal community gets their act together and decides that law school should be 2 years and not 3, and should have an apprenticeship aspect, NYLS can charge $50,000 a year because people are gladly paying it.
My classmates and I were complaining about the lack of jobs back in 2006. You want to tell me the students from 2009 didnt know? Give me a break. They thought the same thing that I thought, and that many of my friends thought. Some were devoted to law. But besides those 3 people, the remaining portion wanted to make a good living and to have a career. And….and…maybe…possibly….they didn’t have a job and were kind of freaking the hell out (which would also explain the rather odd explosion of young speech pathologists in New York City).
Is there an inherent contradiction in what Dean Matasar does? In an idealistic sense, maybe. Maybe he could slash tuition in half (which would likely double the number of applicants). Maybe he could accept less people. Maybe he could shake some incoming students and scream “DONT DO THIS. RUN. FOR THE LOVE OF GOD, RUN” and then get arrested. But I can tell you that far from the one sided, irresponsible portrayal in this Times piece, Dean Matasar is in fact a revolutionary in the field of law school reform. In my experience with him, hes never been one to say “No” to something different or out of the box. Nor has the faculty. I’ve screamed for years about practical implementation of the law to help students hit the ground running upon graduation. Never received a “No.” He has undoubtedly transformed my alma mater. So much so that now, on dates (yes, still dating, thats a whole other blog), if someone asks me if I went to NYU, I say “No, I went to New York Law School.” And then I still order more wine.
Posted: July 20th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Lots of interesting developments around gay rights and same-sex marriage are happening, and the laws surrounding these issues is changing (or will be changing) fast. First of all, NY passed its same-sex marriage law on June 24th, but the law didn’t go into effect for 30 days, so the first day gay and lesbian couples can actually get marriage licenses is this Sunday, July 24th. There has been such a flood of marriage license requests that the city ofNew York has had to set up a lottery system (for both gay and straight couples), to distribute the 764 licenses that the city is making available on Sunday.
As monumental a moment as this is in the fight for marriage equality, its greater importance may be in the fact that New York’s same-sex marriage law will have national impact; possibly convincing politicians in other parts of the country that support for same-sex rights is now a mainstream political stance. In fact, just yesterday, it was reported that Obama, who was previously hesitant to openly advocate for same-sex marriage, said he will endorse a bill to repeal the Defense of Marriage Act which restricts the legal definition of marriage to a union between a man and a woman. If the bill passes, it would make same-sex couples eligible for federal benefits that are currently only available to heterosexual who are married. Getting a national victory like that would be vital for gay marriage activists, as overturning gay marriage bans state-by-state would be a lengthy, difficult process, and likely not successful (while NY is now the 6th state to offer same sex marriage, and 8 more states offer civil unions for gay couples, bills to legalize same-sex marriage recently failed in Maryland and Rhode Island). Because 30 states have actually passed constitutional amendments banning gay marriage, a decision allowing same sex marriage on the federal level, either through an act of congress or a Supreme Court Ruling, is the ultimate goal of gay-rights advocates. According to prominent activist, Evan Wolfson, the law passed in New York is important in “growing the majority” that supports gay marriage and will ultimately push Congress or the Supreme Court to deal with the issue.
Lastly, while winning the right to get married is clearly important, gay people still face many hurdles in achieving equality and are still discriminated against. Getting married, even in states that allow same-sex marriages, is not always simple for gay couples. for example, a story published in the New York Times yesterday reports on a lesbian couple in Vermont who are suing an Inn that they believe refused to host their wedding reception due to their sexual orientation. If true, the Inn’s actions are in clear violation of Vermont’s “Fair Housing and Public Accommodations Act” which prohibits non-religious establishments from discriminating against patrons based on sexual orientation, and the suit could help set a precedent for protecting the rights of gay couples.
Surveillance video led to the capture of a man accused of murdering an 8 year old boy in Brooklyn last week, and it is likely that demands for more security cameras will be voiced, as they were after a failed terror attack in Times Square last year. However, some think that money and effort would be better spent on preventing crime rather than catching criminals afterwards, and that the mere presence of cameras does little to stop crime. There is simply too much data and too much video for someone to constantly be watching an entire city like New York, so it’s only when something bad happens that investigators go back and search for specific evidence that is relevant to the case.
The ubiquity of security cameras also raises privacy concerns and questions of who gets access to all this information. According to Donna Lieberman, executive director of the New York Civil Liberties Union, public policy is “way behind” technology in this respect, and although there is no expectation of privacy in public places, there should also be protections in place to make sure people’s rights aren’t being violated.
So the question is one between criminal law and civil rights law. Cameras don’t really make the streets safer, but they do gather evidence to be used after a crime is committed. On the other hand, the use of the images these cameras are capturing isn’t regulated and could be jeopardizing civil rights. Should we add more cameras? Should we regulate the use of security cameras? Should more of that money be used for crime prevention measures rather than the accumulation of data? Tell us what you think!
Posted: July 15th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The Dodd-Frank financial regulatory overhaul includes a measure that aims to tie executive pay more closely to actual company performance and reduce excessive risk-taking by requiring that public companies hold “say on pay” votes. These votes are nonbinding, but they allow shareholders to express an opinion on compensation policies and have more input. This measure is in addition to the SEC’s 2006 regulation mandating full disclosure of executive compensation (including perks). Unfortunately, the government’s efforts are failing. In fact, the median compensation for CEOs in 2010 ($10.8 million) was significantly higher than the median compensation in 2009. The “say on pay” votes turn out to be little more than very expensive processes that validate the compensation packages of almost every company that holds one (for shareholders who invest in the company through pensions and other proxy advisory services don’t spend much time investigating executive pay).
All the disclosure and transparency the SEC mandated actually had the perverse effect of helping CEOs demand higher pay from the boards of their company by allowing them to cite what CEOs at other companies are making. It’s possible that the new regulations have tied pay more tightly to performance, but they have also helped drive up the amount CEOs are paid, instead of reining in exorbitant executive pay.
Are CEOs over compensated? If transparency alone doesn’t solve the issue with executive pay, are more regulations necessary? Should the “say on pay” votes be binding? Comment below!
Posted: July 15th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The Legal PR Network, formerly known as SCG Legal PR Network, is heading in a new direction and the service is now completely free. Now lawyers and legal experts can join the Legal PR Network at zero cost to get ink and get noticed.
So how does this work? Lawyer members will receive media requests from reporters seeking legal sources. Legal PR Network will send the requests to all of its members and they, in turn, may contact the reporters when appropriate. Simple, right? All you need to do is register for more information at the Legal PR Network Web site here.
When done well, public relations achieves several objectives, including becoming an effective tool to support sales and marketing goals as well as positioning legal practice groups as thought leaders and experts. Law firm marketing/office managers or attorneys handling public relations can save time, money and resources with this free service.
About Legal PR Network
Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations.
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
One of the interesting things about the Strauss-Kahn case is that it is casting a light on other issues. For example, after the allegations of sexual assault came out against the man who was widely believed to be the next president of France, many people started to reflect on the prevailing social mores in France, where womanizing is more acceptable and allows French men to get away with [unwelcome] sexual advances more easily. Now that the case against Strauss-Kahn is folding due to evidence that his accuser, a West African immigrant, was not truthful with authorities. It has been revealed that she lied on her asylum application, inventing a story of gang rape in her home country that never occurred. This is bringing attention to a rather common, but seldom-discussed, issue in immigration law, which is the frequency with which asylum fraud occurs.
The New York Times reports on the “shadowy industry dedicated to asylum fraud” in New York where con artists prey on new immigrants and non-lawyers offer misguided advice and sell stories ripped from the headlines for the immigrants to tell. While many of the applications for asylum are legitimate and asylum provides refuge for people fleeing violence, political or social oppression, many times tragedies abroad are used by people as covers for people trying to move to the US for other reasons.
In many immigrant communities there are businesses, referred to as “chop shops”, that cater to new immigrants and help them with their immigration process, many times they encourage their clients to exaggerate their claims. Because many refugees come from poor, war-torn countries, evidence is hard to collect and judges have to make decisions based on intuition. Because it is much better to grant a few fraudulent asylum cases than to deny a real one, judges tend to err on the side of caution.
The New York Times ran a follow-up article, with suggestion on how to fix the asylum system, including having an independent court, going after the “lawyers” who help the immigrants commit fraud, and providing the immigrants with legitimate lawyers who would give them options other than lying.
Do you have any ideas about how the system can be changed in order to reduce fraud? Leave a comment below!
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
A law in Alabama, which allows a judge to overrule the sentencing decision of a jury , was initially envisioned as a way to allow a judge, an impartial, justice-minded individual with a lot more experience with the legal system than jurors to have the final say in a trial. Many expected that the law would be used by dispassionate judges to prevent defendants from being sentenced to death by juries who decide to execute in a fit of passion. As it turns out however, the way the judicial system works in Alabama makes it far more likely that judges will overturn jury decisions in ORDER to administer the death penalty, not to show mercy. It all comes down to politics. Alabama judges, who are elected, not appointed like judges in other states, have to appear “tough on crime” in order to get reelected. In fact, the frequency with which judges override jury decisions in order to mete out the death penalty rises in election years. Justice John Paul Stevens, arguing against Alabama’s capital sentencing system, wrote that given the “political pressures [judges] face” they are “far more likely than juries to impose the death penalty”. And that’s saying something since juries in Alabama are more than willing to give the death penalties in cases where they think it’s called for (in fact, individuals who are opposed to the death penalty aren’t even allowed to serve on juries in Alabama). Judges have justified their decisions to put people on death row after juries recommended life sentences in several ways, which may or may not be legitimate. But even if a Judge is more familiar with law or crime than a jury, it raises the question of why even bother with a jury if, even after a jury has “responsibly” carried out its tasks, the judge ignores their recommendation? Should Alabama’s capital sentencing system be overhauled? Is there something fundamentally wrong with a judge’s ability to override a jury’s decision or is it just the fact that judges face elections that leads to an abuse of this power ? Are there legitimate circumstances under which a judge should be allowed to have the power to overrule a jury? Comment below!
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
TheNew York Times investigates the issues that have arisen in New York’s federal immigration courts after a priest who had represented thousands of immigrants was barred from handling any more cases. This is an interesting, and somewhat polarizing issue, since on the one hand the priest was helping many people who otherwise probably wouldn’t have any help with their cases, but on the other hand, Robert Vitaglione had no legal training and was possibly jeopardizing the cases of the people he was trying to help.
Immigrants who are challenging administrative actions are not entitled to free legal representation like defendants in criminal courts, so it’s long been allowed for non-attorneys (“accredited representatives”) to represent clients if they have some familiarity with the law. And having representation is usually the key factor that determined whether an immigrant will win their case, since many immigrants don’t even speak English, much less have any knowledge of the law or the courts. However, while immigrants without lawyers are more than five times as likely to lose their cases as those with lawyers, how helpful having non-attorney representation is debatable. While Father Vitaglione was very helpful to many immigrants, as his workload got bigger than even highly trained lawyers say they would be able to handle, the quality of his efforts began to slip, to a point that the Legal Aid Society filed complaints against him for mishandling cases.
Immigration lawyers say that this situation is a good opportunity to address the crisis in immigration courts where so many people go without the legal representation they need and where the courts are backlogged by the fact that often clueless defendants are left trying to navigate the system by themselves.
What do you think about this case? Do you think that having “disorganized” representation by a volunteer like father Vitaglione is better than having no representation at all? Or is having someone who is not held accountable for his work counter-productive and even dangerous? Is there a way to fix this “crisis in representation” in the immigration courts or reduce the courts’ reliance on volunteers? Share your thoughts below!
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
Another article on the legal profession in the New York Times, this one about the growing demand at big lawfirms for high-profile lawyers. Big firms are recruiting top producers more aggressively than ever before and luring them away from their current firms with huge, multi-million-dollar pay packages. The result of this competitive bidding for top legal talent, according to the article, is that it is causing the gap between the salary of the highest-paid “rainmakers” and other partners at the law firms to widen, with top-producers sometimes making 10 times the salary of an average partner.
The recession is a major driving force behind the increased intensity with which “rainmakers” are being recruited: firms are desperate for the big business and big fees that these lawyers will bring with them. For example, Irving H. Picard, the court-appointed trustee entrusted with recovering money for the victims of Madoff’s Ponzi scheme, who was aggressively recruited by a New Jersey Law Firm, has brought in about $180 million in legal fees so far and is expected to bring in an additional $603 million in the next few years.
Another interesting point the article mentions is that the partners dealing with less profitable cases are resentful of all the resources and attention being given to the high-profile cases and high-profile partners at the firm, sometimes even sabotaging the firm’s work in other areas.
Do you think that the increasing pay gap between the “rainmakers” and other legal professionals is of concern? Do you think, given the recession, law firms have any choice other than trying to “poach” lawyers who have already landed big clients? Are the “rainmakers” worth the multi-million dollar deals they are getting? Comment below!
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
An interesting article in the NY Times points to a new trend in the legal profession: Judges are leaving the bench and going back to practicing law. Largely this is because of a long judicial pay freeze which created a pay gap between Judge’s salaries and the salaries being pulled in by partners at top law firms. However, there is little support for increasing Judge’s pay, since there has been a “devaluing of judge’s work”, and since in hard economic times, making a case for increasing a comparatively high salary would be a tough sell. However, there is concern that the pay gap that is leading to such high attrition rates could undermine the strength of the courts. In fact, Law Professor Roy Schotland of Georgetown University claimed that stagnant pay was “the single most important problem for our courts.”
Do you think that the judicial pay freeze is undermining the justice system? Does the salary gap make a judgeship less attractive? Comment below!
Posted: July 13th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The case against Dominique Strauss-Kahn, the former head of the IMF, is reported to be on the verge of collapse, as evidence uncovered by investigators creates major holes in the credibility of Strauss-Kahn’s accuser. While evidence confirms a sexual encounter between Strauss-Kahn and the hotel maid who is accusing him of rape, prosecutors in the case are questioning the legitimacy of the information provided by the maid in regards to the circumstances of the encounter and even her own identity.
Among the new evidence discovered is a phone conversation the accuser appears to have had with a man in jail with whom she discussed whether she should pursue the case against Strauss-Kahn.
While the maid still maintains that she was violently assaulted, this new evidence may lead to the more serious charges against Strauss-Kahn (such as felony) being dropped, and the bail conditions imposed on Mr. Strauss-Kahn being eased, freeing him from house arrest.
This new evidence, unearthed by the prosecution, no doubt plays into the defense strategy of Strauss-Kahn’s lawyers, Benjamin Brafman and William W. Taylor III, whose defense strategy largely involved trying to undermine the credibility of the accuser.
The new evidence gives some credence to Strauss-Kahn’s supporters, who complained that the American authorities had rushed to judgment in the case, imposing very harsh bail restrictions on him and making him a social pariah.
How badly does this new evidence damage the case against Strauss-Kahn? And did American authorities, and society in general, pass their judgment too quickly? Weigh in below!
Strauss-Kahn’s defense attorney, Ben Brafman, is one of Lawline.com’s most highly-rated faculty members, for an insider’s view on how he approaches criminal defense, check out a course he recently taught for Lawline.com along with Marc Agnifilo: Prosecution and Defense Strategies from Arrest to the Ultimate Acquittal
Posted: July 12th, 2011 By: Michael Category: The News Beat
Some people hate their job, but here at Lawline we are lucky to have people who are intensely passionate about building a strong cohesive culture and making this a great place to work. A great company culture is not something that just "happens," it is designed. And Lawline CEO David Schnurman has put a lot of thought into designing a strong company culture based on a collaborative fun environment full of people who like to be challenged, and has been recognized for his ideas most recently by the Fox Small Business Center.
In his recent article on the Fox Small Business Center, David writes about the difficult process of creating a collaborative and challenging environment. He gives examples of things he has done to create this kind of environment that we see on a daily basis here at Lawline.
The result? David said and I think we would all echo that "We are fortunate to now have successfully achieved a fun atmosphere where our employees come early, act professional, exude positive energy, and feel committed to the success of the company, while always pushing each other to find a better way to accomplish our goals."
Posted: June 24th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Technology Corner
High-profile hackings have been making the headlines lately, prompting questions about data safety on the internet. Last month, 200,000 Citigroup credit card accounts were hacked, prompting the FDIC to push banks to take steps to secure their customer’s financial information. The Citibank infiltration was only one in a series of other serious hacks which included PBS, Sony, and Epsilon. Today, the New York Times reported that Ryan Cleary, a 19 year-old hacker from England, was arrested for his connection to hacking group, LulzSec, which had been attacking web sites and computer networks including those of the US Senate and CIA. Furthermore, Google recently claimed that hackers operating out of China targeted U.S. government officials, military personnel and political activists. While no official e-mail accounts were hacked, the situation raised concerns about computer-network vulnerabilities in the government. The government’s response to these breaches included proposing to make hacking government websites a felony, punishable by up to 20 years in prison.
While new technology makes our lives better in a lot of ways, it is also making us vulnerable and allowing for new crimes to be perpetrated. Laws have to be able to keep up with these new developments and individuals and businesses have to be more vigilant about keeping their information secure.
Posted: June 22nd, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
I am sure everyone's been losing a lot of sleep over this, but now we can all rest easy: Warner Bros. has settled the lawsuit brought by tattoo artist, S. Victor Whitmill, over the mark seen on actor Ed Helms' face in The Hangover II, which Whitmill claimed infringed on his copyright for the tattoo. While no details about the settlement were released, the deal means WB doesn't have to digitally alter the tattoo in the home video version of the film. While the judge reviewing the case originally refused to grant Whitmill an injunction against the film, she did suggest that his case had merit. If the parties hadn't reached a settlement, who do you think would've had a stronger case in court? Comment below!
Posted: June 21st, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Although the National Labor Relations Board has just proposed new rules that would sreamline and speed-up procedures for unionizing elections, a move that supports unions, many other stories from today show that labor is taking a hit. First, the Supreme Court threw out a class-action suit brought against Wal-Mart by female workers claiming employment discrimination at the major retailer. The court's decision was strongly critizized by labor and consumer groups for strictly limiting the ability of plaintiffs, whether workers or consumers, from banding together to bring large class action suits against businesses. Also, in NJ, a bill that would limit the bargaining rights of government workers, as well as forcing them to pay much more for their benefits passed the State Senate. The bill would shift $3 billion in costs from the government to the workers, and according to the NYTimes, the bill's success is evidence of how much power public employee unions have lost. Aside from forcing union members to pay more for their pensions and benefits, the bill also stripped the unions of their rights to collectively bargain for healthcare. Supporters of the bill claim that with budget deficits and rising costs, they have no choice; Mr. Sweeney, the senate president, went further, blaming Union Leaders for the current labor situation.
Feel free to comment: What do you think of the current state of unions? Do you agree with the Supreme Court Decision in the Wal-Mart Case? Is making public workers pay more for their benefits the best way for NJ to cut costs?
Posted: June 17th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
2 articles have been published in the New York Times in the past month, which point to the possibility that the legal profession is undergoing a change. In one, titled “At Well-Paying Law Firms, a Low-Paid Corner”, journalist Catherine Rampell reports on what is seen by many to be a fundamental shift in the 50-year-old business model for big firms. Under pressure to reduce their rates, firms have created a new “tier of workers” who do the same work traditional legal associates do, but they earn less than half the pay of their counterparts on the “partner track”. The new system is similar to outsourcing, except that instead of sending the work to another country, the work is being done by cheaper labor in less glamorous locations within the United States.
The second article, “Delivering a Lawyer Within 15 Minutes (Soda Extra)”, discusses a new business started by Chris Miles called “LawyerUp”, which aims to make it easier for people to access a lawyer as soon as they get into trouble. Essentially arguing that there is no reason pizzas should be delivered in less time than legal services. The service provides a subscription plan, aimed at young people, which costs $4.95 a month, but those who do not have a subscription have the option of a “pay-in-a-pinch plan”, where they pay a flat fee of $100 for the first call. LawyerUp even has it’s own app for smart phones, which is essentially a panic button which speed-dials the service. New business models for delivering legal services and new technologies are affecting the established practices in the legal profession. For example, some people have expressed concerns that the way LawyerUp conducts business rubs up against the rules regarding using “runners” (people that are paid by lawyers to round up clients for them). And even if the business is not technically breaking any ethics rules, some, including the president of the Connecticut Bar Association president, think using the company is “tasteless”.
These articles point to the fact that changes in technology and the economy are forcing changes in the legal profession. What do you think about the innovations mentioned above and about how the legal business is changing?
For information of running a law firm based on the more traditional model, check out this course by faculty member Richard Roth: The Business of Law
Posted: June 15th, 2011 By: Michael Category: The News Beat
The New York Court of Appeals adopted a broad reading of the federal Communications Decency Act in a 4-3 ruling protecting the anonymous and defamatory comments from a February 2008 blog post. The comments were accused New York City apartment rental agent and seller Christakis Shiamili of being a racist, anti-Semite, wife-beater, an adulterer and a bad boss.
State defamation law is preempted by the federal act, claimed Judge Carmen Beauchamp Ciparick in her majority decision today. The majority upheld dismissal of the case on the grounds against Daniel Baum and Ryan McCann of the Real Estate Group of New York because they were found to not have authored the "obviously offensive" comments. The comments were originally made by a blogger named "Ardor Realty Sucks". Mr. Baum and Mr. McCann merely passed on the material to internet users, the court said.
Many find that this case sets pretty tough obstacles for plaintiffs to show enough information to overcome the defenses in the Communications Decency Act. Judge Ciparick cited the federal intention of the act to foster a free exchange of ideas and opinions on the Internet.
Read the Full Article on the New York Law Journal Here
Watch Herald Price Fahringer and Erica Dubno's top-rated course "The First Amendment: Defamation on the Internet"
Posted: June 7th, 2011 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
Have you ever been in a negotiation where your counterpart manipulated the time, location or setting of the negotiation to attempt to make you feel less powerful?
What should you do, for example, if your counterpart makes you wait for an hour after the scheduled negotiation start time, asks you to sit in a chair lower than his or sets up the conference room so the sun is shining in your eyes?
Negotiate the context! If he keeps you waiting, leave and schedule a new meeting at your office. If your chair is lower or uncomfortable, switch to a different chair. If the sun is in your eyes, move or lower the shade. And let your counterpart know his strategy isn’t working.
Do you have a context manipulation story to share? If so, we’d love to hear it.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research.He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
NBC Universal, the owner of the television show, House, recently reached a deal with the show’s broadcaster, Fox, for an eighth season.
At first glance, NBC Universal would appear to have strong leverage in this type of deal because it can always choose to broadcast the shows it produces on its own network (a good Plan B). However, because NBC Universal makes a significant amount of money selling some its shows to other networks, it must balance that leverage with its desire to maintain good business relationships with the purchasers of its shows.
When the deal on the table can affect future deals, smart negotiators should identify and prioritize both the short- and long-term interests at stake. Here, NBC Universal weighed the competing interests of maximizing its short-term return on House (which probably won’t be extended past next year) with its long-term interest of selling current and future shows to other networks and decided to keep the show at Fox for its likely final season.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research.He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: May 19th, 2011 By: Christopher Deoleo Category: The News Beat
Recently, the head of the International Monetary Fund, Dominique Strauss-Kahn has been charged with Sexual Assault, Forcible Confinement and Attempted Rape. We won’t opine whether he is guilty or not but will make note that the lawyer he chose to lead his legal defense was none other than our very own Benjamin Brafman. CNN recently did a profile on Mr. Brafman which can be read here. CNN’s legal analyst, Jeffrey Toobin, is quoted saying of Brafman that he is “the single best courtroom attorney I’ve ever seen”. While the article gives a great rundown of Benjamin Brafman’s expertise you can see for yourself right here on Lawline.com. We have four courses taught by Mr. Brafman and each one is extremely highly rated. His most popular course with Lawline is “The Strategic Defense of High Profile Clients”, which after representing the likes of Jay-Z and Michael Jackson he is more than an expert on.
We here at Lawline, wanting to share his expertise with the world are actually giving away the course for free! We hope you enjoy the course.
Posted: May 12th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Lawline.com
Check out a great new course that's getting RAVE reviews on lawline!
Denise Hasbrook (who happens to be the mother of a former lawline.com intern), tells you everything you need to know about the Americans with Disabilities Act and its 2009 Ammendments. This is a must-watch program for Employment Law Attorneys and In House Counsel.
check out a clip here to find out if a popcorn allergy is covered by the ADA, and then click over to lawline.com for the full course.
Posted: May 12th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Lawline.com
New York Law School and Lawline.com will join forces to bring online legal learning resources to law students and others who want to learn about law.
New York Law School (NYLS) and Lawline.com today announced an alliance to bring online legal learning resources to law students and others who want to learn about law.
Lawline.com, a major provider of online continuing legal education (CLE) materials, has recently launched a new service, called learn.lawline.com, offering access to hundreds of
hours of educational videos, for free. These materials are packaged in short, targeted segments so that those seeking to learn about specific legal topics can quickly find information that speaks directly to their interests.
Lawline.com will work with NYLS to develop and repurpose additional video materials, some of which will be created regularly for classes and conferences held at the Law School, and some of which will be developed especially for this new, broader audience.
“We are excited to bring our CLE materials to law students, many of whom will learn more about the real challenges of law practice, and take advantage of the convenience of video materials to study on their mobile devices,” said David Schnurman, CEO of Lawline.com, who is a 2006 alumnus of NYLS.
NYLS and Lawline.com will also collaborate to explore developments in online education, generally, including the potential for new kinds of legal learning objects, such as online games and law practice simulations. NYLS has been delivering novel software-based games and simulations to its students for some time. “We believe it is time to invite a wider array of teachers and learners into a shared online legal learning space,” said Professor Dan Hunter, Director of the Institute for Information Law & Policy at New York Law School.
“We want to address a global audience of people who want to learn about law for all kinds of reasons. We will offer degrees and certificates, of course. But we also hope to create models that incentivize practitioners, recent grads, and students to develop new types of materials that help others to learn about law,” said NYLS Dean Richard A. Matasar.
The NYLS-Lawline.com alliance is among several new initiatives that will be announced by Dean Matasar at the Future Ed: New Business Models for U.S. and Global Legal Education conference on April 15–16, 20011. The conference, co-hosted by Harvard Law School and New York Law School, brings together educators, lawyers, clients, regulators, and legal entrepreneurs to design and test potential innovations in the law school curriculum, teaching methods, and the use of technology. See http://www.nyls.edu/futureed for more information.
Posted: May 12th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Career Corner
In this law practice management course, Faculty member Richard Roth, shares really helpful tips on how attorneys can make money from their law practices. The course has been recieving great ratings, so check it out!
Posted: May 11th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Entrepreneurship
Recently, our own CEO David Schnurman was featured in a number of articles where he is asked to share a little of his business wisdom. He gives advice on creating a successful direct mail campaign, being careful not to be prideful in your business, and using Google to your advantage. These points are all well taken, and Lawline does this extremely well.
Posted: May 11th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Career Corner
Hiring a Chief Tech Officer can be a daunting process. They must be technically savvy, socially competent and comfortable managing others on a daily basis. In this article featured on Mashable.com, Lawline.com CEO David Schnurman puts in his 2 cents on what it takes to find a killer CTO.
Dave looks for drive in a CTO, that will to succeed that pushes one on through adversity. The idea of finding a way through a problem without giving in.
Congratulations to Nance Schick for winning our Negotiation Story Contest! Here is her winning entry which wonderfully illustrates the importance of taking the time to ask about and identify your counterpart’s interests:
One of my favorite resolution stories occurred in the Bronx. My client had been sued for allegedly hitting a parked car when pulling from a curbside parking space. We were in nighttime Small Claims Court, which has a mediation program that parties can try while they wait for an opportunity to be heard before the Judge. After much discussion, it was clear that the plaintiff was not as concerned with winning when he wasn't sure my client was the party who hit his car. He just wanted to be heard. His car was one of the few nice things he had been able to buy, and he felt emotional dings to match those on his car. We settled the case for $1 in exchange for the following apology: "I'm sorry that this happened to you."
If we had been limited to a Judge's determination, there probably would have been injustice to at least one of them. My client might have paid a settlement for an incident I still believe she was not involved in. Also, the plaintiff's statements beyond the facts would probably have been stifled. This was a true win-win. They shook hands, both feeling heard and respected. I wish more of my cases could resolve this way.
1. Any attorney may submit a First Chair Award nomination.
2. In-house counsel may nominate themselves.
3. Nominees must, at the time of the nomination, be serving in the capacity of in-house counsel.
Award recipients are chosen by the Nominating Committee and will be announced during the 2011 First Chair Awards Gala held in Chicago, Illinois on August 31, 2011
The First Chair Awards honor the top in-house counsel who have, through their hard work and innovation, made significant contributions to the legal community. More information about the First Chair Awards can be found at www.firstchairawards.com.
If you have any questions please contact Jennifer Levin at Jennifer@firstchairawards.com.
Posted: March 29th, 2011 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
An interesting negotiation is taking place regarding the City of Glendale’s attempt to keep the Phoenix Coyotes hockey team in Arizona. The City had been negotiating a deal to help potential owner Matthew Hulsizer purchase the team from the National Hockey League (which acquired the team last year in a bankruptcy proceeding). The City offered to sell $100 million worth of bonds and give Hulsizer the proceeds to help him purchase the team. In return, the City would receive rent from the Coyotes for their use of the City-owned hockey arena and other fees.
The deal appeared done until the local non-profit Goldwater Institute threatened to sue, arguing it would cost the city more than the benefits received in violation of the Arizona Constitution. This completely changed the negotiation dynamic by shifting the parties’ leverage.
Because the deal could be tied up for years in litigation if Hulsizer doesn’t agree to the Institute’s demands, his leverage weakened. The NHL’s leverage also weakened because it is losing money as the current owner and would like to sell the team as soon as possible and avoid litigation. While the City also would prefer to avoid litigation, it could attempt to use the Institute’s intervention to negotiate a more favorable deal, possibly using a good-cop/bad-cop approach. As a result, its leverage has likely strengthened.
The Institute’s leverage also appears strong because in response to its demands, Hulsizer said he would pay the City $25 million to reimburse it for losses it already incurred and to guarantee $75 million of the bonds. The Goldwater Institute rejected his offer and asked him to either drop his request for $100 million from the city or guarantee full repayment of the bonds. We await the next move.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: March 11th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
On Thursday, March 10th, New York State Senator Carl Kruger was accused, in connection with others, of being involved in a wide-ranging bribery scheme. Senator Kruger, a democrat from Brooklyn, is represented by Lawline.com’s highly decorated faculty member Benjamin Brafman. Mr. Brafman is a frequent speaker and his programs top all Lawline.com rating lists for being in depth in his analysis of high level defense.
With a wealth of experience representing high profile clients, from Michael Jackson to Plaxico Burress, Mr. Brafman has plenty of knowhow in the area of criminal defense. In his programs it is easy to see this experience as he provides dynamic lectures on preparation and techniques for a successful criminal defense. Lecture topics include defending the high profile client, defense strategies, and tips for creating a summation.
Posted: February 11th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The final entry of the series on the LegalTech Show at New York's Hilton Hotel is on a company steeped in more than 20 years providing legal technology; founded in 1987 Levit & James’ Best Authority is used by 65 of the 100 largest firms in the U.S. At LegalTech, Levit & James took the opportunity to announce its small firm edition of Best Authorities, Best Authority Light.
Best Authority Light offers comprehensive Table of Authorities (TOA) creation and is now available for the small firm practitioner. Best Authority minimizes the time it takes to create a TOA from hours to minutes. The software as a service also maximizes the professional look and accuracy of a legal brief. As a time management tool the Best Authority Light is a no-brainer for small firms who are looking for something to decrease the amount of time spent on creating a Table of Authorities. Instead of spending hours searching a document and detailing every key word, the software compiles citations for the brief in a matter of minutes.
If you are a small firm attorney still completing TOA by hand, the release of Levit & James' Best Authority Light for small firms provides a fantastic opportunity to let technology take charge and reduce the stress and document overload faced by many small firms. To find out more you can visit levitjames.com.
Posted: February 10th, 2011 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, Technology Corner
NEW YORK, Feb. 10, 2011 /PRNewswire/ -- Lawline.com, the leading provider in online continuing legal education (CLE), has launched a first of its kind mobile CLE website. The company's 300+ on-demand video CLE programs are now fully compatible with all major mobile and smartphone devices. With the launch of the mobile website, Lawline.com aims to set a new industry standard for technology and convenience by allowing CLE credit to be more suitable to today's active and time-strapped lawyers.
According to the 2010 American Bar Association Legal Technology Survey Report, just over 75 percent of respondents utilize smart phones, mainly divided between the BlackBerry, iPhone, Palm, and Android. Some researchers estimate that 172 million smartphones were sold worldwide last year. In addition, Apple has sold over 14 million iPads since launching the product in mid-2010. The research shows strong direction that mobile technology is the future of CLE technology.
"The goal is to make the attorney's life simpler", says Lawline.com CEO David Schnurman. "Today's professional is time-stressed and constantly on the move. Our new site allows lawyers to complete their CLE requirements and learn from high-quality streaming video courses, from anywhere and at anytime."
Lawline.com's new site features streaming video, downloadable written materials, MP3 capability, e-mailed certificates of completion, and a user friendly dashboard that tracks all course history. Finally, all programs can be viewed at no charge by visiting the website (though credit reception and access to written materials does require course payment).
To learn more, check out our promotional video or visit www.lawline.com from your mobile device and choose from any of available courses.
Established in 1999, Lawline.com has rapidly become a leading provider of Online Continuing Legal Education courses for attorneys across the country. Focusing on its customers, technology, and content has always been its primary mission. In addition to producing its own high quality programming, Lawline.com has partnered with bar associations, law schools, and CLE providers across the country to bring the best possible course catalog to its diverse customer base of attorneys. In 2010, Crain's New York Business ranked Lawline.com the 21st best place to work in New York City.
Posted: February 10th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: Career Corner, Technology Corner, The News Beat
One of the most exciting products from a technology standpoint at the LegalTech Show was the unveiling of Business Intelligence Associates' TotalDiscovery.com. This software as a service provides a multistep process to register custodians, collect data, and process a review set of documents. Their technology uses a state of the art "DiscoveryBOT™" that is capable of searching and completing discovery tasks completely on its own. IT and legal departments can prescribe different areas of collection, but DiscoveryBOT™ is capable of completing investigations totally on its own.
While this sounds like science fiction, DiscoveryBOT™ is actually a tool that has been around for some time now. It is used in 40 countries and has thousands of custodians. The real launch announced at the LegalTech Show was their mobile app TotalDiscovery.com. Once downloaded, this app allows remote access and control of DiscoveryBOT™. After being downloaded and directed by the custodian, DiscoveryBOT™ goes to work compiling the requested data. Forensically sound copies of the identified data are then stored in a personalized collection cloud and, once complete, DiscoveryBOT™ disappears from your device. This app provides, in addition to a very neat technical framework, a ton of freedom for those who need quick and thorough e-discovery solutions. Be a part of the technical preview at TotalDiscovery.com.
Posted: February 9th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
At the LegalTech Show at New York's Hilton, some companies were announcing a new product, such as an iPad or iPhone app. Others used the platform to come out on their own as a legal technology company with something unique to offer attorneys. Trial Solutions is of the latter kind of company, one that has been around for years but has been mostly available to customers through indirect sales. However, at the LegalTech Show Trial Solutions took the opportunity to show off their new SelfLoader product and announce that they would be available directly to consumers.
Trial Solutions' SelfLoader technology provides a full service document management and e-discovery solution. Attorneys are able to upload documents at their own convenience at no charge. This eliminates some of the long waiting times and charges associated with other e-discovery companies. For a small firm dealing with a lot of e-discovery documents, the Trial Solutions SelfLoader is a great product to take a look at. Find out more at trialsolutions.net.
Posted: February 8th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
At the LegalTech Show at New York's Hilton Hotel the theme was tools to cut through the chaos in attorneys' lives. There are so many tasks to manage, especially for small law firms, that it is necessary to streamline and simplify any process possible for an attorney to ensure a smooth working firm. Most large firms use some sort of full service practice and financial management tool to aid them in this monstrous task. Smaller firms, on the other hand, see this as too expensive or too difficult to use these large firm management tools. This is where Orion focused its problem-solving energy.
Orion is widely used by large firms, and is a full service system offering comprehensive practice and financial management. However, many small firms do not need some of the extras that come in the large firm package. Thus, Orion introduced a new small firm package of its management tool.
The system interface and installation process are geared towards the needs of small firm attorneys. The practice management tool focuses on integrating clients, cases, email and documents into a single easy to use system. Its financial management system offers a full-featured time and billing system. Plus, the real appeal of Orion's system is the price. Orion is offering a targeted approach to practice management that allows small firms to afford the tools they really need and eliminate tools that are not necessary. If you are an attorney at a small firm looking to expand, it is a great tool that is flexible and useful to streamline and eliminate many of the chaotic tasks of running a small firm. You can find out more atwww.orionlaw.com.
Posted: February 8th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The NY Times featured an interesting Op-ed piece by Harvard Law School Professor, Laurence H. Tribe, which argued that contrary to the expectations of many, the Supreme Court would not split along political lines to judge the constitutionality of the new Healthcare law. Tribe argues that there is no gray area in regards to weather the insurance industry falls under Congress’s power to regulate interstate commerce.Furthermore, Tribe doubts that the Supreme Court Justices will make a distinction between the ability of Congress to regulate “activity” but not “inactivity” as the federal courts that struck down the Healthcare law have done. Tribe believes that the Healthcare law is constitutionally sound and that the Supreme Court Justices will uphold the law on constitutional grounds, and allow political motivations lead their decision.
Posted: February 7th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Last week's LegalTech Show was a great success. Many thanks to Christy Burke for setting up interviews with reps from top companies to discuss groundbreaking legal technology innovations for 2011. As a result of these great interviews each day this week I will profile a new product of great use for attorneys.
The LegalTech Show in New York's Hilton Hotel was an expo where developers came from around the country to show off new gadgets and technology made expecially for lawyers. This year's attendants introduced a wealth of useful new technology focusing on taking the chaos out of an attorney's life.
Worldox follows this idea with a sleek new iPad app that allows attorneys to manage documents on the go. The app is available free of charge for current Worldox customers and it offers extensive features for attorneys who are frequently on the move, including being able to search, dowlnoad, and change documents and document types on your local server before reloading them back in Worldox.
As a document management tool, the app works seamlessly and allows user-friendly management of over 300 document types. If you're often in court and have lots of documents to manage, I strongly suggest you take a look at Worldox to help you manage your ever-expanding document database. To find out more go to www.worldox.com.
Posted: February 3rd, 2011 By: Marty Latz Category: The News Beat
I’m a naturally curious person. When I meet new people I like to find out what they do, where they’re from, what they like and what makes them tick. This trait helps in my negotiations. Honest rapport building is important because it helps build trust and facilitates collaborative information sharing. Studies show we are more likely to say “yes” to someone we know and like.
Recently, an Arizona-based colleague attended a college football game in Texas where he ran into a high school classmate from Delaware who turned out to be the brother of one of his important customers. “Small world” encounters like this can help us identify common personal elements that can strengthen our professional relationships. Of course, this was very fortuitous.
So what can you do, practically speaking? Take your negotiation counterpart, customer or client to lunch or dinner and build rapport by exploring your possible common interests, both personally and professionally.
How have you successfully built rapport with your negotiation counterparts, customers or clients?
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: February 1st, 2011 By: Blustone Law Firm Category: The News Beat
A Previous Appeal, A Retaining Lien and Dismissal in Legal Malpractice
Here is a short, pungent and dispositive decision by the Appellate Division, Second Department in Zito v Fischbein Badillo Wagner Harding ; 2011 NY Slip Op 00285 ; Decided on January 20, 2011 Appellate Division, First Department.
We've seen a "charging lien" utilized as res judicata against a subsequent legal malpractice case, but the use of a "retaining lien" is much more rare. Presumably, there was litigation in which the Court also determined that fees were actually due to the law firm, and not simply that the law firm had the right to retain files pending a later determination.
What is the Statute of Limitiations in Legal Malpractice?
The question of whether there is a different statute of limitations for fraud or breach of contact when dealing with attorneys often arises. After all, it is a 6 year statute everywhere, is it not? The short answer is "no" and the longer answer is that the legislature gave attorneys special protection. After the Court of Appeals permitted a 6 year statute for breach of contract against attorneys, the legislature closed the "loophole". Now the rule is bright-line: 3 years.
In Tsafatinos v Lee David Auerbach, P.C. ; 2011 NY Slip Op 00503 ; Decided on January 25, 2011Appellate Division, Second Department we see the outcome.
How Much Can You Get Away With in Legal Malpractice
This disciplinary proceedings makes for a shocking read. This attorney went from a successful practice, to a legal malpractice claim, to a huge judgment against him in Federal Court, to the twists and turns which led to incarceration. Why? Because of a lie in a resume. in Matter of Dorfman ;2011 NY Slip Op 00440 ;Decided on January 27, 2011 ;Appellate Division, First Department ;Per Curiam we see what happens when an attorney doesn't want to pay a judgment. Eventually he reduces the payment to $50,000 but look what he ended up doing.
Twice Reversed and Continuing in Legal Malpractice
Cruciata v Mainiero ;2011 NY Slip Op 50066(U) ;Decided on January 14, 2011 ;Supreme Court, New York County ;James, J. is a very interesting example of the premise that if you keep showing up and keep at it, a better result may very well follow. In this case, a matrimonial action, plaintiff was awarded a divorce and some equitable distribution after a settlement. She perservered and won reversal of the stipulation in the AD. She went back and basically doubled her equitable distribution.
In the meanwhile, her legal malpractice case was dismissed, and again, she went to the AD, who, again, reversed Supreme Court. Now, she perserveres through a motion for summary judgment.
The Blustone Law Firm is a legal malpractice firm in New York City. Andrew Lavoott Blustone, principal of The Bluestone Law FIrm is a frequent blogger and contributor to the Lawline.com blog in the areas of legal malpractice and attorney misonduct. Mr. Bluestone is also lecturer in one of Lawline.com's top-rated courses "Legal Malpractice Litigation."
Posted: January 26th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to a report in the New York Times, artist Jeff Koons, who himself has been sued 4 times for copyright violations, is going after two businesses that he claims are exploiting his art. Imm-Living produces, and Park Life (a gallery) sells, bookends that look like Koon's famous "Baloon Dog" sculpture which was installed on the roof of the Met. Koons' lawyers sent a cease and desist letter to the companies, but the gallery beleives Koons' case is baseless and is continuing to sell the bookends while planning to defend its case in court. Intellectual property experts believe Koons will have a difficult time proving his property rights were violated as his sculpture was based on an object in the public domain (balloon dogs are staple of children's birthday parties) and the bookends in questions aren't exact replicas of his sculpture. Although Koons doesn't have a very strong case, a professor from the University of Chicago Law school points out that this suit is just part of the trend in art litigation where artists (and their estates) are becoming much more reactionary about copyright violations when it comes to comemrcial merchandise.
Posted: January 25th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to the New York Times, tax payers have been picking up the tab for the legal defense of former Freddie Mac/Fannie Mae executives against government investigations and civil lawsuits. So far, the cost for defending the finance companies from charges of fraud and accounting irregularities has added up to $160 million, and the suits are still continuing. The government can try to recoup these costs if the executives are found guilty, but that could prove challenging. The executives are protected by employment contracts and company by-laws that protect them from liabilities, including legal fees associated with defending against lawsuits. However, if the executives are found to be liable, the indemnification will not apply (it does not cover people that breach their duty of loyalty or act in bad faith), and the executives would be obligated to repay the government for the legal fees. It is unlikely, however, that the individual executives would actually be forced to pay such large sums.
Posted: January 21st, 2011 By: Marty Latz Category: The News Beat
NBA player Jared Dudley recently tweeted, “I need all NBA players to save there (sic) money. Be prepared to live without a check for at least a year. This is serious.” Jared is referring to the possibility that the players may be locked out by the owners next season if the two sides are unable to agree to a new collective bargaining agreement.
Jared’s colleagues would be well served to heed his advice. By planning ahead and financially preparing themselves to weather a lockout, the players will strengthen their leverage and power at the bargaining table. Ideally, an agreement will be reached and the players won’t need the extra money saved. But if it turns out they do, they’ll be very happy they took steps to prepare. As renowned UCLA basketball coach John Wooden said: “Failure to prepare is preparing to fail.” And he’s absolutely right.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: January 19th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to the Washington Times, The Supreme Court revisited the Anna Nicole Smith case yesterday. Although Anna Nicole Smith's life was popular tabloid fodder, the court case involved little drama, but lots of money. The Supreme Court is being asked to rule on a disputed area of bankrupcy law: the estate of J. Howard Marshall's son, Pierce Marshall, is contending that the bankrupcy court that awarded Anna Nicole Smith a part of Marshall's fortune overstepped its constitutional powers. The suit between Anna Nicole Smith and Pierce Marshall has gone on for 15 years, and is unlikely to conclude soon, despite the fact that both Smith and Marshall are now deceased.
Posted: January 19th, 2011 By: Paramjit L. Mahli Category: Career Corner
So now that you’ve got the speech lined up, how are you going to make it: interesting, informative, and, of course, educational? Before diving into the nuts and bolts of putting the presentation together, assess what your long- and short-term objectives are. Is it to build your database? Increase prospects? Network with attendees? Grow your profile with that target group? In all honesty, you probably won’t achieve all your objectives, but it’s a good idea to know them for evaluating purposes.
Consider the following when putting your presentation together:
Use words that paint pictures. Engage the audience with descriptive words that will help them understand ideas and concepts quickly and easily.
Be a storyteller. Illustrate ideas with examples and stories to reach the audience on a personal level and make the presentation more interesting and meaningful.
If you’ve got an interest in literature, philosophy and history, use quotes. Using quotes helps set up the scene when you’re explaining something to an audience, and it can add a deeper level of understanding for the audience.
Be inclusive. Include the audience by talking about “us” rather than “you people.” Many times, audiences prefer and appreciate speakers who talk with them, not at them.
Use everyday colloquialisms. Speeches are worthless unless crafted to reach the specific audience, so make sure to use familiar expressions that the audience identifies with easily. This helps break down some of the legal jargon and allows you to further connect with the audience.
A little slang goes a long way. Don’t feel pressured to deliver a “formal” speech. Throw in some of your own slang to humanize yourself, but do be mindful that it’s appropriate for the group and it doesn’t offend anyone.
About SCG Legal PR Network
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: January 18th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to a report on Bloomberg, Comcast and NBC are facing the FCC today to see whether the two companies can go ahead with their proposed merger. It is possible that the FCC will approve the merger as long as Comcast meets certain conditions, such as sharing NBC programming with its online competitors. The merger is also being reviewed by the Justice Department in case their are antitrust issues to be taken into account. The merger would see Comcast acquire 51% of NBC Universal by paying $6.5 billion in cash and contributing cable channels valued at $7.25 billion to a joint venture that will own the entertainment company.
Posted: January 18th, 2011 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The Wall Street Journal reports that Google is being taken to court over Spanish privacy laws. Under Spanish law, search engines must delete links to any websites containing information that could compromise an individual's right to privacy. Google counters that this law is unfair because Spain's Agency of Data Protection doesn't force news providers to remove similar content on freedom of speech ground, but does not allow Google the same rights. If Google loses the legal case, it may be forced to act on all future requests from private citizens to remove links to websites that contain information about their past activities. This case is only one of many suits faced by the search engine all over the world. Other countries are investigating Google not only for privacy law violations but also for anticompetitive practices.
Posted: January 12th, 2011 By: Paramjit Mahli Category:
Press releases serve several functions, including but not limited to, helping with search engine optimization (SEO) for your law firm’s Web site, providing newsworthy information to reporters and keeping client prospects updated.
When you are writing a press release for your law firm, consider the following:
· Be clear on who you are writing the release for and why. Write for the reporter audience you are targeting and use the pyramid style of writing, which leads with the most important information and leaves the less-vital information for the end.
· Make sure you answer the 5 W questions (who, what, where, when, why and how) in the first paragraph. Reporters can sift through as many as 100 press releases every day, so you must get to the point quickly in the release. Reporters won’t dig for this key information so make sure it’s front and center in your news release.
· Make sure the content is newsworthy, especially if the release is part of your media relations campaign. Editors usually seek certain types of news when they review press releases, and they are:
o Current and timely – News that’s in context with other current news and trends
o Localized – News that’s relevant to the locale of the audience that reads that publication
o Impactful – News that has an impact on a majority of readers
o Human Interest-related – News that affects readers on a personal level
o Conflict-related – News that deals with current strikes, wars, etc.
o Prominent People-related – News that ties in celebrities, politicians and other prominent names
If your news doesn’t easily fit it in with any of these types, try to find an angle for the story that does. If you do enough research on your news item’s topic, you can find some tie into a larger interest.
· Only deal with the facts. Anything you write in a press release is free reign for the media to publish, so it must be factual. Since reporters use press releases to help them fill out stories, they do not appreciate space-filling “fluff.” Save “fluff” statements—otherwise known as opinions, not facts—for quotes within the release, and keep them to a minimum. Press releases need not be long; it is more a case of quality over quantity. Good releases may be as short as one page or 300 to 450 words.
· Finally, provide as much contact information as possible. This should include contact name, telephone and mobile numbers, email address and Web site address. Have this information on the top and bottom of the release.
Following these guidelines will make reporters’ lives easier, and to get regular coverage and to build strong relationships with the press, this should be your key objective.
About SCG Legal PR Network SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: January 11th, 2011 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: The News Beat
The credibility associated with being cited in the press or being seen as an expert is very hard to buy in advertising dollars. This article shows you how to avoid some common public relations traps and get the most out of your PR efforts.
The old adage that the more things change, the more they remain the same still holds some truth. Public perceptions continue to have a strong hold in society. Visibility and credibility still go a long way in cementing business relationships and deals. Yet many law firms still don’t quite embrace public relations initiatives. The mystery about what public relations is remains. Far too many attorneys fail to understand how public relations works. Wrong assumptions are made such as thinking that an advertisement promoting the firm counts as PR or that only lawyers who do high-profile litigation cases receive media attention. Nothing could be further from the truth. Every day hundreds of small- and medium-sized law firms are quoted in widely read publications, raising awareness of their firms and gaining credibility as experts in the marketplace. Firms that don’t realize this suffer from missed opportunities to attract new clients.
The truth of the matter is that public relations is at the heart of every good marketing plan for ALL law firms. The credibility associated with getting cited in the press or being seen as an expert is very hard to buy in advertising dollars.
Why is PR so powerful? It's "earned media" in the form of being quoted in a news story, rather than "paid media" in the form of an advertisement or advertorial. An old friend with a senior position in sales who worked in the advertising department of the Journal of Commerce explained it to me simply: If a half-page ad in the business section is worth $15,000; a story of the same size on the front page is worth roughly five times that much. Advertising professionals will disagree with me on this and it's their job, but here’s a better benchmark: ask yourself: Do you buy The Economist/Wall Street/CFO Journal for the punch and perspective of the articles, or for the wide variety of advertisements in the publication?
Bottom line, advertising is publicity that is paid for. The lawyer or law firm controls the final product—the exact words and when and where the advertisement or advertorial appears.
According to the incoming president of the Council of Public Relations, the U.S. public relations business will be a $4.4 billion industry by 2014, up from $3.4 billion this year.
Showcasing legal expertise through consistent public relations is a powerful business development tool that brings visibility and, more importantly, credibility, which ultimately leads to more business. Public relations initiatives can help a law firm maintain/improve its image, increase brand recognition, bring in new clients and position it or its practice groups as thought leaders and experts in key target markets.
The most common reasons cited by attorneys for not incorporating public relations into their marketing include not understanding the media, not having the skill set, the cost and time. The irony, of course, is that both groups need each other for their work. Reporters are continually seeking sources for their stories, and attorneys need to get more than their qualifications out in the market place. In other words, they need to get known, liked and trusted in their target market.
Here are a couple of things to bear in mind when considering public relations:
Who should handle PR?
That really depends where the firm is starting from and what the firm’s long-range strategic objectives are. Public relations can be handled in-house by one or more lawyers, externally by a consultant or agency, or by the two working in tandem. Typically, responsibility for media relations often falls to a marketing department or administrator. Most large firms with very public profiles have staff devoted exclusively to media relations, but they also work with public relations agencies. Like most disciplines, public relations is not rocket science but requires both practical and people skills. Having a background in journalism equips one to have a proactive approach to public relations rather than waiting for the press to call you.
So how do you look for external help to either supplement in-house initiatives or outsource them? First, let’s be clear: legal marketing is an exploding area. There are loads of subpar PR firms. The trick is to find a gem among the crowd. Remember, the goal is to land positive and meaningful mentions of partners/lawyers in targeted publications that clients and prospects read or watch. If your new PR partner spends three months getting to know you, dissecting your "value proposition" or learning how the legal industry works without sending out a single pitch or press release, money has been wasted. Typically, within the first month, a good PR firm should prove its grasp of your business and formulate a strategy in writing that details explicitly whom it will target and what message it will communicate.
The services should include rooting out the most scintillating story angles (this requires some elbow grease and full participation of law firms) and matching those up with the most receptive media organizations. The hows of this will vary depending on the experience of the PR agency or consultant. For example, given the Obama administration’s current efforts to extend the Bush tax cuts, tax lawyers should be working at a feverish pace with a public relations agency to pitch stories to dailies and industry publications.
Public relations retainers vary depending on experience, size and location of the agency. For large law firms, retainers will range from $30,000 to $5,000-plus a month. This is where the consultant or agency is taking a very proactive approach with the media, looking for opportunities for their clients to be quoted, coming up with story ideas and building a solid track record with reporters who cover the particular area. Then there are other services geared specifically for firms who not ready to commit to retainer public relations but want to get their feet wet at a fraction of the cost.
Having clear expectations
Whether you do your own public relations or you work with an agency, having clear expectations from the outset will prevent misunderstandings. But just as important is the firm’s commitment from the top down to make the public relations efforts work.
The worst offenses of law firms when it comes to public relations include:
· Expecting to be quoted in top-tier media outlets such as the Financial Times, Wall Street Journal, CNBC and CFO magazine within a month of working with the agency or consultant.
· Taking the backseat, the assumption being that the PR firm must do all the work. Untimely input or no input from attorneys on story ideas and/or the latest legislative developments will impede rather than help public relations professionals pitch stories to reporters.
· Not valuing the work of the PR professionals (Failure to do so, or to understand some of the components of the PR work will make it more difficult to work cohesively as a team.)
· Lack of understanding about the basics of media relations. (The traditional relationship attorneys have with the media contains elements of animosity, most of which is due to a lack of understanding of each other’s role.)
· Attorneys not improving their skills, such as honing the delivery of presentations to target groups and practicing interview techniques for speaking with reporters.
You can’t buy good PR
Remember, good publicity is literally something you can’t buy. Law firms of all sizes realize this and have become increasingly eager to incorporate public relations into their business development and marketing objectives. However, these efforts often fall short. For example, many smaller law firms have office managers handling public relations. Larger firms of 10 or more often assign this task to their marketing managers. A half-baked approach to any form of business development will yield half-baked results. Nowhere can such an approach hurt a firm more than when one of its lawyers talks to reporters without the proper training.
Post Courtesty of Paramjit Mahli of SCG PR Network, a network connecting attorneys as legal experts accross the globe.
Posted: January 5th, 2011 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Come see January 25th! The legal battle of the century with hard-hitting defense attorney Benjamin Brafman and former prosecuting attorney Marc Agnifilo! Find out skills used on both sides of the bench to win the case! Benjamin Brafman, defender of high profile clients such as Plaxico Burress and Michael Jackson, and Marc Agnifilo, former New York prosecuting attorney, go head to head to discuss their winning strategies. Learn from the best!
In the first half of the evening , Brafman will detail the process of defending a client in a criminal case, and strategies you can use to beat the prosecution. Then, Agnifilo will discuss tips to convict, providing personal strategies of poking holes in the defense's case.
The second part of the evening starts the heavyweight match between attorneys in a real simulated criminal trial. At the end of the night, only one attorney will be victorious, and you will decide!
Posted: January 5th, 2011 By: Blustone Law Firm Category: The News Beat
While the guiding principals are clear and unambiguous, the facts and calculations underlying this matrimonial legal malpractice case are daunting. Holding companies, general partners, intra-company transfers, straw-men and the like make the financial analysis difficult.
Justice Ramos, in TPR Inv. Assoc., Inc. v Fischer; 2010 NY Slip Op 33370(U); December 9, 2010; Supreme Court, New York County; Docket Number: 603509/07 teases out whether the wife may sue the attorneys over their handling of a international net of financial transactions, including the "missing million." Rather than re-cap the financial shenanigans, we look at the guiding principals:
Posted: December 22nd, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: The News Beat
Derek Jeter recently signed a three-year contract worth up to $65 million to continue playing baseball for the New York Yankees. At the official announcement, Jeter expressed anger that the Yankees had asked him to “go shop” himself to other teams even though Jeter told them he only wanted to play for them. He was also angry this became public knowledge.
Why would the Yankees do this? Given Jeter’s age and known preference to stay in New York, the Yankees expected other teams wouldn’t aggressively pursue him. The Yankees could then use this outcome (an “objective” reflection of Jeter’s market value) to justify their position. Of course, they risked another team shooting for the moon in an attempt to lure Jeter away and also angering Jeter to the point where it could harm their long-term relationship.
Since the deal was successfully concluded, it appears the Yankees’ gambit may have paid off. Of course, we won’t really be sure until we see how Jeter produces over the course of the contract.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 22nd, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Employment Law
The Daily News reported yesterday about an effort by model Sara Ziff to improve working conditions in the modeling Indusrty. According to Ziff, who is also one of the creators of the contraversial documentary "Picture Me", the modeling industry is completely unregulated and at times exploitative of talent. Models don't have health insurance or workman's comp; there aren't even meal breaks during work hours. Efforts to formally organize models into a union have previously failed, but Ziff hopes that she will be able to create legal protections for models in the fashion industry.
Posted: December 21st, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
A report in the Boston Globe details the implications of a verdict in the wrongful death suit brought against tobacco com pany Lorillard Inc., by the estate of Marie Evans who died of lung cancer in 2002. Evans' estate was awarded $152 million by the jury, signaling that "tobacco litigation is still alive and well" according to Michael Siegel of the BU School of Public Health. Despite the Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement that settled lawsuits filed against tobacco companies by states, individuals can still take legal action agaisnt tobacco companies and thousands of these lawsuits are pending. The huge award in the Evans case could have a ripple effect on court decisions and public policy decisions across the country, as smokers weigh whether to file their own lawsuits and federal officials consider a ban on menthol cigarettes.
Posted: December 21st, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
December's end is fast approaching and with the end of the month 21 states are reaching the end of their CLE compliance period. Many attorneys have been panicking, not sure about their state's law or not sure how many credits they are required to take. See below for a list of states that have a compliance deadline of December 31st.
If you are an attorney in one of these states and have not finished your CLE have no fear, the link at the bottom of the page will allow you to purchase unlimited CLE for 1 year with a fantastic discount, allowing you to take care of your online CLE hassle-free! Click on your state to see compliance and credit requirements:
Posted: December 17th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The BBC reports that shares of BP stock fell after the US government announced that it would be suing the company under the Clean Water Act and the Oil Pollution Act. The government is seeking to hold BP (and 8 other firms) liable for the total cost of the clean-up efforts. If the courts find that the company had been "grossly negligent", it could potentially cost BP an additional $16 billion in penalties. The US Attorney General's suit alleges that the explosion of the Deepwater Horizon rig was caused by "violations of safety and operational regulations". However, as of now, it seems that investors do not think the Department of Justice's case against BP has increased potential liabilities for the company in a fundamental way and that BP will be able to recover the money it incurred in clean up efforts despite the almost $40 billion the company has set aside to cover the costs of the disaster.
Posted: December 15th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Although a federal Judge in Virginia ruled on Monday that part of the health care reform law (the section requiring Americans to buy health Insurance) was unconstitutional, most supporters of the law, including President Obama, seemed unfazed by the decision. The Justice department said it planned to appeal the decion to an appelate court, and it is likely that the battle over the healthcare law will continue in the federal courts until it finally reaches the Supreme Court. The judge sruck down the insurance-requirement mandate (because it oversteps Congress's powers under the commerce clause), but did not grant an injunction against the law and did not find any other part fo the law unconstiutional.
Posted: December 15th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to a report in the Wall Street Journal, FedEX won a class action case against drivers who claimed they were improperly classified by the corporation as "independent contractors" and were therefore divested of benefits they should have gotten as company employees. The suit was brought in Indiana, and the federal judge ruled against the drivers in most of the cases. However, in previous lawsuits FedEx was found to be improperly using the independent contractor model, which the company an advantage over rival UPS, whose drivers are unionized.
Posted: December 14th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
It has been 2 years since the Madoff Ponzi scheme, possibly the biggest investment fraud in history, came to light, and the deadline for legal efforts to recoup investors' losses came up last week. Madoff's large, global scheme ensnared hundreds of people who are now either pursuing litigation or defending themselves from litigation in connection with the case. most of the other legal cases that the ponzi scheme generated are civil suits filed by Irving Picard, the court appointed trustee who is overseeing attempts to recoup losses. Among the suits filed are a $6 billion suit against JPMorgan Chase, and suits against well known investment advisors. Many of those being accused, however, point to their losses and say that they were also victims of the ponzi scheme, and not complicit in it.
So far, only 8 people have been criminally charged (including Madoff and 7 of his closest business associates) , but as the statute of limitations on the Madoff case doesn't run out for another 3 years, more criminal charges might be made now that recovering money is no logner the focus.
Posted: December 13th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The US Senate unanimously agreed in early December that lawyers should not be covered by the FTC's new Red Flags Rule. The rule, originally passed by congress in 2003, broadly used the term "creditors" to include anyone who sells a product or service for which the consumer can defer payment, writes co-chair of Moses & Singer's Legal Ethics & Law Firm Practice division Devika Kewalramani.
The ABA took up a suit, along with several state and local bar associations, against the FTC for attempting to unlawfully regulate their profession. The suit argued that the FTC's position too broadly applied the "creditor" status by stating that professionals were creditors when they allow customers to pay for services after they were performed. The rule then required any business or individual that was a creditor to implement programs to prevent identity theft.
The ABA is still awaiting a ruling from the D.C. Circuit to affirm the district court's ruling.
Devika Kewalramani is a partner at Moses & Singer and is also a Lawline.com faculty member who specializes in lectures on ethics and professional conduct for law firms. To learn more about recent ethics changes in New York you can watch Kewalramani's top-rated course "New York Ethics- The Amendments of 2009." To read Devika Kewalramani's full article on the current status on the FTC Red Flags Rule, click here.
Posted: December 10th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Technology Corner
A Reuters report raises the interesting issue of the effect technology- especially Twitter- is having on trials. in the past 2 years, improper use of the internet by jurors during trials has resulted in dozens of mistrials, appeals and overturned verdicts. Although jurors are warned not to research a case and only consider the evidence they are presented with, they have been looking up legal terms on wikipedia and viewing crime scenes on Google Earth. And despite being told they are not allowed to discuss the trial before a verdict is reached, jurors post about the cases they are sitting on in their blogs and facebook pages, in real time, for the world to see.
Because internet-related juror misconduct is a growing problem, some courts have started confiscating jurors' phones and computers, and California's civil jury instructions now bar jurors from "all forms of electronic communication." However, some suggest that it may be preferable to actually allow jurors to use the internet, if they are directed to use it in a responsible way, because it will allow them to be better informed.
Posted: December 8th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
With healthcare being such a hot topic, it is important to understand that the largest uninsured group by percentage is those between the ages of 19 and 29. This is the case largely because the group has historically been too old for insurance under parental plans and too young to afford or be eligible for plans of their own. While the Obama healthcare plan does offer extensions for this population, the group will still have millions left uninsured.
Family law attorney Marguerite Royer says in a recent article that because of this consideration, express agreements should be made between parents during divorce to ensure young adults maintain their insurance coverage. It cannot be left to the dictate of the courts because courts can only direct a parent to maintain care until the age of 21. After the age of 21 it generally falls on the custodial parent or the young adult to pay for care, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parents.
Posted: December 8th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to an article in the Times, an immgiration issue that has gotten little attention deals with minors who come into the country illegally and suffer abuse. According to the Times, dealing with and talking about being abused is difficult enough ordinarily, but becomes even more complicated when these children fear that going to the authorities will lead to detention or deportation, particularly if they see returning to their home countries as a worse option than remaining in an abusive situation.
However, in these cases it is possible to apply for Special Immigrant Juvenile Status, a 20 year old federal statute, which is not widely-known. To qualify for SIJS, applicants have to be under 21 and unmarried, prove that it is not in their best interest to return to their country of origin and that reunification with one or both parents is not possible due to abuse, abandonment or neglect. They also have to have been in foster care or declared dependent on the juvenile court.
A lawyer initiates the SIJS application process by drafting an affidavit charting their client's abuse. the child then testifies in juvenile court and if a judge decides they qualify for SIJS they apply for SIJS and permanent residence with Immgiration Services.
Posted: December 7th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The US Chamber of Commerce has joined civil rights groups to challenge the constitutionality of the Legal Arizona Worker’s Act, which severely punishes employers for knowingly hiring illegal immigrants. The suit argues that the laws are conflicting with existing federal laws; and, according to a brief filed by the US Justice Department, the state laws are generating confusion among employers and employees because they are at odds with federal guidelines.For example, checking the immigration status of employees through the E-verify database is mandatory under the new Arizona law, but is strictly voluntary under federal law.
The Supreme Court is set to hear this case on Wednesday, and the ruling on this case is being watched carefully by those who are interested in challenging Arizona’s other controversial immigration law: the one requiring police to ask for papers from anyone they think might be in the country illegally. The legal challange in this case is whether states and cities can enforce their own laws against illegal immigrants, or whether they must they have to leave immigration legislation up to the federal government.
Posted: December 6th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com
Lawline.com is proud to announce its listing in Crain's New York Business as the No. 21 Best Place to Work in New York City. Crain's officially released the rankings publicly earlier today.
Lawline's focus has always been on its customers. The company-wide goal is to go above and beyond in every customer interaction, providing a "Wow" experience and genuinely attempting to make the customer's day. Lawline also believes that employees treat customers the same way they are treated at the workplace. This promotes a virtuous cycle of efficiency, thoroughness, and kindness.
We're of the belief that it all starts with the hiring process, where attitude stands alone as the most significant trait a candidate can possess. Although, skill, education, and experience are all pillars that make up the ideal employee, contributing to the positive team environment is first and foremost, as this is what perpetuates our continued growth.
We also believe that self-improvement is an every day process. One of Lawline.com's recognized programs is the "1% Challenge", which is a program intended to create incentive for self-education through reading and subsequently presenting the material to the department. The concept is akin to the Japanese kaizen, where the belief is that continual self-improvement compounds over time and creates drastic increases in productivity and efficiency. Once an employee does three reports, he or she is given a $25 gift certificate to any redeemable store.
In the end, what matters is the fulfillment each individual employee receives from his or her days. At Lawline, we are proud to offer the opportunity and the platform to continuously learn, excel, and achieve.
Posted: December 3rd, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
In 1938, psychologist Gregory Razran found that his subjects developed a more favorable view of the people and things they experienced while they were eating – a result Razran coined as the “luncheon technique.”
So the next time you have an important negotiation, consider having lunch or dinner with your counterpart first. And consider picking up the tab to engage the reciprocity rule, which psychology professor Robert Cialdini describes as the human tendency to want “to repay, in kind, what another person has provided to us.” In other words, to return the favor – perhaps as soon as in the subsequent negotiation.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 2nd, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Most of us have a strong desire to appear consistent. Consistency is valued in our society and is associated with other positive traits like honesty, stability and intelligence. Similarly, most of us will go to great lengths to fulfill our commitments. Psychologist Robert Cialdini calls these tendencies the Commitment and Consistency Principles.
Why do most of us share these tendencies? Consider the unattractiveness of the contrary – few would want to deal with a counterpart with a reputation for acting inconsistently and leaving commitments unfulfilled.
In the negotiation context, these principles can be a powerful behavioral motivator. Good sales professionals know if they can get a small commitment from a potential customer, a foot in the door so to speak, that customer’s natural tendency will be to act in a manner consistent with their original commitment.
Also, if you discover your counterpart previously acted in a way consistent with the outcome you desire, point it out to them to take advantage of the power of these principles.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 1st, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
In a recent post on The Bright Spark, a blog authored by UK barrister James Abrahams, the question of whether a single tweet is copyright protected was discussed. There is no doubt that Twitter is a growing medium for spreading news in a global community and with this growth comes a variety of important legal questions, including the one raised by Abrahams.
Although there has been a global explosion in Twitter use, the copyright question regarding tweets is hotly debated. On one side of the argument is that the content posted on twitter, being limited to a meager 140 characters, is too small to be protected. On the other side, the side endorsed by Abrahams, is to say that even short works should and would be protected under copyright (a haiku for example.)
To learn more about the special circumstances that a growing social media world creates in the legal community, you can watch our top-rated course on social media by Ronald Coleman. Ronald Coleman is an expert copyright attorney and avid Twitter user who frequently lectures on Lawline.com in this area. His course "Social Media and the Law: What Attorneys Should Know" examines the ever-expanding world of social media as it relates to attorneys.
Posted: November 30th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: Technology Corner
Legal issues resulting from cloud computing are becoming more common as organizations increasingly use these services. Most recently, Wikileaks has turned to cloud computing in an attempt to navigate a distributed denial of service attack meant to prevent the organization from uploading thousands of sensitive US diplomatic communications.
A cornucopia of legal questions arise from the expanding use of cloud computing, including who is responsible for the content. In the case of Wikileaks, Amazon owns the service, but because it is hosted by a French company Amazon has stayed clear of US government criticism.
Technology guru Joseph Bambara, who has filmed several Lawline.com courses on a variety of tech issues, has a brand new course addressing the legal questions surrounding the growing technological atmosphere. He discusses how privacy rights, liability, and current legislation all relate to cloud computing. With Bambara’s expertise and presentation skills his course is a must see for any attorney interested or practicing in this area.
Posted: November 30th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
CBS news reports that attorney general Eric Holder is considering taking legal action against Wikileaks, the website that published sensitive classified information from the US State Department on Sunday.
Holder said that the US government believes that crimes have been committed by the website and they are investigating these crimes. The administration has ordered a government-wide crackdown on how classified information is handled to try to make sure these leaks don’t happen again.
However Wikileaks is already in possession of thousands of documents that they plan to release over the coming months. Press Secretary Gibbs stated that the leak "is a serious violation of the law”, however which laws apply to this case will be difficult to determine, since many laws against espionage date back to WWI, and don’t cover internet leaks, and because the site's founder is an Australian Citizen living abroad.
Posted: November 29th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Today only Lawline.com is celebrating Cyber Monday with an offer of Unlimited CLE for 2 years for only $299! This is more than a 50% discount, but we're hoping that anyone who wants or needs to take care of their CLE for the next several years will love this one-time only deal!
Lawline.com is accredited in 40 states and is continually adding new fresh courses in areas that interest attorneys across the country. With over 400 courses and growing, our course catalog offers a great reference guide for attorneys with clients in a variety of industries. All courses are available at your fingertips the instant you purchase online.
It's never too early to take care of your CLE credits, and with this great deal for Cyber Monday you can get CLE taken care of for years to come! Sign up today!
Posted: November 29th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
A Bloomberg report out today describes the coming showdown between Apple Inc and Nokia Oyj over intellectual property violations in mobile phone technology. Apple is going up against Nokia (and also Motorola Inc and HTC corp in separate law suits) in hopes of cornering the US smart phone market. Apple is trying to shut out its rivals (especially those that run on Google’s Android operating System), while maintaining its ability to import the iPhone. A lawyer who handles cases that come up before the International Trade Commission, mentioned that the case is unusual because usually lawsuits are brought by established industry giants against start-ups, but in the present situations its two well-known, deep pocketed companies going against each other.
Initially Apple (the most sued company in the world) was sued by Finland-based Nokia for patent infringement, however, Apple counter-sued and made claims that Nokia phones infringed on Apple’s patents and is seeking to get them blocked from the US market.
Posted: November 24th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
SCG Legal PR Network was named a finalist in the Best New Service of The Year category in the 7th annual Stevie Awards for Women in Business. The Stevie Awards for Women in Business honors women executives, entrepreneurs, and the companies they run worldwide.
This is a great honor, as the competitor pool was bigger than ever, over 1,200 companies were competing in 54 categories, including Best Executive, Best Entrepreneur, and Best Community Involvement Program. Nominated women executives and entrepreneurs from the US and other countries attended the ceremony, where winners were crowned.
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network focused on connecting lawyers as expert sources with reporters. Among their team are award winning journalists whose experience spans 3 continents and over 30 years of experience in journalism and public relations. The founder and CEO of SCG is Paramjit Mahli, who worked for years in journalism including with the Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and the Journal of Commerce.
As a frequent contributor to Lawline.com’s blog, Ms. Mahli’s skills are no secret. Her contributions have focused on the important skills and techniques for attorneys who have global clients. Mahli shows that not only large firms should have global clients; small firms also need to be prepared for the circumstances of global work.
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: November 24th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category:
The WallStreet Journal gives an update of the ongoing insider-trading investigation that the US government has undertaken in the past 3 years, and which culminated in a raid of several prominent hedge funds this Monday. FBI agents seized documents at the offices of Level Global Investors LP, Diamondback Capital Management LLC and Loch Capital Management LLC. According to the paper, SAC Capital Advisors, Janus Capital Group Inc. and Wellington Management Co. have now received inquiries in the ongoing insider-trading investigation, asking them to provide “general information” to Federal investigators. Janus released a statement, saying that they are intending to cooperate fully.
Posted: November 23rd, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
With the passage of the New York no-fault divorce law, signed by Governor Paterson in August, the state becomes the last of all 50 to allow no-fault divorce. Prior to the enactment of this law on October 14th, New York was the only state that required fault before allowing dissolution of marriage.
Because the past law required fault, many married New Yorkers were in essence required to perjure themselves in order to get divorced. The old law also increased the amount of time spent litigating these cases, increasing court costs and making the proceedings very difficult.
However, the new law reduces the amount of time required of divorce lawyers and makes the process much simpler. In a new course from lecturer Arlene Dubin, a family law attorney at Moses & Singer with more than 25 years experience, discusses the implications of this new law for attorneys in her new course "An Overview of No-Fault Divorce Law in New York."
Posted: November 22nd, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
USA Today reports that the Supreme Court will vote on Tuesday whether they will hear Wal-Mart's appeal in a huge civil rights class-action lawsuit brought against it by thousands of its female workers. If the Court judges this case, it could affect the legal balance between corporate interests and workers' rights; the fact that business groups and big corporations, including the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, have filed briefs on behalf of Wal-Mart urging the justices to step in, indicates how important this case is for the businesscommunity.
The discrimination case was actually originally filed in 2001, by 6 women who accused the corporate giant of sex discrimination in pay and promotions and general gender stereotyping and discrimination. They were told by a trial judge and by the U.S. Court of Appeals that their case would be better litigated as a class-action suit, than an individual bias lawsuit. Due to the change in the nature of the lawsuit, the legal issue is now not whether Wal-Mart discriminates against women, but whether the class-action claim is legitimate. Wal-Mart is arguing that the lower courts violated federal rules for class actions.
If the class-action lawsuit is allowed to proceed, this could be one of the biggest class-action suits on the books, covering anywhere from 500,000 to 1.5 million of Wal-Mart’s employees.
Posted: November 19th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
A very Interesting article in the New York Times this week raises an interesting ethical issue currently developing in the legal profession. It seems that banks and hedgefunds have moved on from investing in real estate and are now seeking to turn a profit by investing in other people’s lawsuits. Investors are funding malpractice suits and class action battles in the hope of sharing the potential awards. Industry experts have estimated that investment in lawsuits now exceed $1 billion. The practice of borrowing by plaintiffs and their lawyers is the result of the high cost of litigation: some people can’t afford to pursue their case at all and others are shut down by their deep pocketed opponents.
On one hand, borrowing money from lenders allows people to at least have the opportunity to fight their case and gives them access to well-paid experts and elaborate evidence, helping to ensure that cases are decided by merit rather than by resources. However, this practice also has the potential for abuse, including instances where investors initiate and control the lawsuit. And of course, these loans also have high interest rates which might end up hurting plaintiffs in the long run (if, for example, they end up owing the lenders more money than they receive from their case).
Posted: November 19th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The Florida Supreme Court issued a memorandum on Wednesday, November 17, to ensure that all foreclosure proceedings are open to the public. The response from the Supreme Court came after the ACLU and various media outlets raised concerns about the transparency of these proceedings. Florida law states that these proceedings are open to the public, but the ACLU and others were concerned by reports across the state that proceedings have been taking place behind closed doors.
In reaffirming the law, Chief Justice Charles Canady stated “the courts of Florida belong to the people of Florida. The people of Florida are entitled to know what takes place in the courts of this state. No crisis justifies the administrative suspension of the strong legal presumption that state court proceedings are open to the public.”
Posted: November 18th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Lawline.com’s second annual faculty event kicked off with great success last night, November 17, at the Hudson Terrace. The night was dedicated to Lawline.com faculty who do so much to bring the highest level programs to attorneys all over the country. Lawline.com employees and faculty alike showed their elation at the success of the company, happy to bring important material to such a wide audience.
With the support of great programs and presenters in 2010, Lawline.com has pushed to new heights with over 250 new courses and 140 faculty members. These programs are watched in 40 states by thousands of attorneys. The phenomenal growth of Lawline.com has only been possible with the excellent content provided by faculty members, who have gone above and beyond to bring programs that are timely and relevant to practicing attorneys nationwide.
Awards were given to the six faculty with the most popular or unique programs on Lawline.com. Ben Brafman, who has defended such high profile clients as Michael Jackson and Plaxico Burress, was given a lifetime achievement award, as he was one of the first presenters at Lawline.com in the late 1990s. Ardra O’Neal, a highly skilled and experienced attorney in the area of labor and employment law, accepted an award for Best Lawline.com Customer-Turned-Presenter. Also accepting awards were Rocco Cipparone, for Most Popular New Presenter, Melissa Gomez, for Best Non-Attorney Presenter, and Andrew Smiley, for Most Creative Presenter.
Lawline.com President David Schnurman was clearly touched by the turnout. He thanked the faculty for helping him develop and expand the company, bringing more attorneys’ knowledge and experience together. Schnurman also took a minute to mention new Lawline.com products, like the mobile app that is set to be released at the end of the week for iPhone, iPad and other smart phones. Looking forward Schnurman expects to continue growing Lawline.com in 2011, always looking for a better way to bring attorneys the highest quality programs and information that affects them.
Posted: November 18th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
According to the Guardian, Arianna Huffington and Ken Lerer, co-founders of the Huffington Post, are being sued by their former partners, Peter Daou and James Boyce, who claim they own part of the company. According to the lawsuit, Huffington and Lerer presented the ideas of Daou and Boyce as their own in order to raise money for the website, and later breached their promise to work with Daou and Boyce in order to develop and work on the site together.
Huffington and Lerer have dismissed the case as an extortion attempt, saying Lerer and Daou have been trying to get money out of them for months and have never had anything to do with running or creating the company: the pair had proposed to work with Lerer and Huffington when the site was getting started but were rejected.
Posted: November 17th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Frisbee producer Wham-O is bringing a case to the US Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit challenging a statute that allows whistleblowers to sue companies for falsely labeling their products as covered by patents.
The plaintiff of the suit, FLFMC, originally brought the case against Wham-O and it was dismissed in early August by Pennsylvania District judge Arthur Schwab. Schwab based his dismissal on FLFMC's inability to show that Wham-O’s false patent marking caused any “actual or imminent injury.”
But, confidence that the argument made by Wham-O attorneys will hold up in the Federal Circuit Court is low because of the precedent set on August 31 by the Court in Stauffer v. Brooks Brothers Inc. The Stauffer court held that whistleblowers can have standing even without identifying any specific injury.
The new argument being brought by Wham-O is a constitutional challenge that the false marking statute fails to provide the necessary supervision required for a litigant who purports to enforce criminal law on behalf of the US government. During false-marking cases there is no way on the forms to notify the government that the case involves false markings, Wham-O argues that this “deprives the executive branch of any practical means to take care that the nation’s sovereign interests are represented in court.”
Posted: November 16th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The founder and principal of Periconi LLC, famed New York environmental attorney and Lawline.com faculty member James Periconi was recently named Superlawyer of environmental law in the fall 2010 issue of Superlawyers. The publication selects featured attorneys based on the review of their peers and independent research in a variety of categories.
James Periconi has tremendous experience in the areas of environmental law and environmental litigation. His practice is small but he has shown that a small firm can have large corporate clients. Periconi is a former Chair (2003-2004) of the Environmental Law Section of the New York State Bar and was the first Chief of Hazardous Waste Enforcement in the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.
The courses Periconi has taught at Lawline.com provide attorneys with a wide variety of important information about recent developments and changes in environmental law (New York Update: The Indoor Air Landlord-Tenant Notification Law) as well as providing advice about the importance of environmental concerns in a real estate transaction (Environmental Due Dilligence in Real Estate Transactions: Part 1 and Part 2).
Periconi’s insights into recent developments of environmental law and practical advice on complying and using these laws make any of his top-rated courses perfect for attorneys interested or concerned about environmental issues.
Posted: November 15th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
An article in the Wall Street Journal today describes how the recession is leading law firms to offer a new pricing structure for their services. Many law firms are now charging small businesses flat fees , rather than charging them buy the hour. Some law firms are charging by the month, others are charging a set amount for certain services. Changing the payment method is helping some firms drum up more business from businesses who can no longer afford an hourly fee schedule.Not only are these new payment plans more affordable, but they are also more predictable which is a great help to small businesses on a tight budget. Firms that have started offering this new pricing system, say that it has improved business because the flat fees raise the comfort level of potential clients and foster continuing relationships with them (previously, many of the small business owners who would come in for a consultation would be scared off by the hourly fees). However, there are drawbacks to this system- lawyers set limits to the amount of work and the type of work that is covered by these flat fees, usually excluding the more time consuming legal work that may be required (such as litigation and tax advice). Some lawyers also insist that for discount-rate clients, most of the work is done over the phone or over email.
Posted: November 15th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The internet may seem lawless and anonymous, a free forum where people can share ideas and comments without fear of retribution. But, according to Julian Glover, who commented in his article in the Guardian “The Web May be Lawless, But it Won’t Stay That Way,” it will not be lawless for long. We are already seeing the beginning of law and how it will shape the landscape of the internet as the veil of anonymity pulls back. Glover argues that today’s internet activity is akin to the first motorways before speed limits. People could drive as fast as they wanted without thinking about being caught or paying a hefty fine.
But the days of anonymity on the internet are screeching to a halt. Especially after the advent of new social media sites like Twitter, people are learning they cannot use the internet to live parallel but separate lives; these cyber-identities are not free from legal consequences. Several recent cases have illustrated the growing liabilities of forgetting this important distinction.
Last week, a Tory councillor was arrested for stating on his Twitter page that he wanted columnist Yasmin Alibhai-Brown stoned to death. Another man was convicted and lost appeal after declaring on Twitter to 600 followers that he wanted to blow up his local airport. What may seem like empty absurdities or harmless venting has become of very serious concern to law enforcement and sends a strong message that even without rigid statutes or strong legal precedent the law does cover online mischief.
Posted: November 12th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Unfortunately many people, attorneys alike, do not have the important knowledge and experience necessary to manage a successful retirement plan. Whether it’s a 401(k), 403(b), or 457(b) the rules are quite complex and anyone looking for financial security after retirement must carefully choose who will manage their plan.
That is why experienced ERISA attorney Ary Rosenbaum has spent the past 12 years perfecting his craft. He says that too often people use their payroll provider to run their 401(k) plans, which is a mistake. He strongly advises against putting your retirement plan in the hands of your payroll provider, and he gives several poignant reasons in his popular article featured on JDSupra entitled “Why you Shouldn’t Hire Your Payroll Provider to Run Your 401(k) Plan.”
Rosenbaum follows an important rule in business, “I stick to what I know.” And his expertise is in retirement plan and ERISA issues, which he discusses in his new course on Lawline.com entitled “How to Help Your Clients Avoid the Pitfalls of 401(k) Plans.” One of the many pieces of advice he gives is to avoid allowing third party administrators to run your plan. He says that because they are not trained to be experts in the complex issues related to retirement plans, they should not be given the responsibility of dealing with them.
Posted: November 11th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The 9th Circuit US Court of Appeals on Tuesday set a precedent requiring the government to provide important files to those facing deportation proceedings. In this case, Salazar Dent was not given his A-File, a file that maintains important official records such as naturalization certificates and petitions for benefits.
Sazar Dent, who claims he was adopted by a Kansas woman who rescued him from the extreme poverty of his native country, was not given his A-File by the government during deportation proceedings. Routinely, the A-File is not given because often aliens don’t know the process of requesting files. The court held that the A-File must be given because in many instances it is integral for proving immigration status.
The opinion of the court, written by Judge Andrew Kleinfeld, interprets the statute in a manner that requires the government to turn over files even when they have not been requested. The government argued that Dent could receive the information by filing a Freedom of Information Act request. However, the court ruled that filing a request takes too long; it would be unconstitutional to entitle an alien to his A-File, but deny access until the file is no longer useful.
Posted: November 10th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Facebook is suing yet another website that uses the word “book” in its name, in order to protect it’s brand, reports the LA Times. This time Facebook wanted to go after “Lamebook”, a spoof site which makes fun of status updates, comments and other things found on Facebook. Facebook didn’t seem to find the site funny and threatened to take its creators to court. Lamebook beat them to the punch however, and filed a lawsuit against Facebook, seeking protection under the 1st amendment. Their rationale is that because the site is a parody, it does not infringe on Facebook’s trademark. Facebook countersued Lamebook, saying Lamebook is not a legally protected parody.
Posted: November 10th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The LA Times reported yesterday that the US Justice Department will not be charging the CIA officers who destroyed videotapes of suspects being waterboarded, but a special prosecutor will continue to investigate whether treatment of Al Qaeda detainees was within legal bounds. No charges were filed in connection with the destruction of the tapes, but Atty. Gen. Eric H. Holder Jr., who investigated whether CIA officers violated the law in the course of the interrogations found that interrogators sometimes exceeded the legal guidance for how often certain techniques could be used. Jay S. Bybee, the former head of the Justice Department's Office of Legal Counsel, had outlined the circumstances under which waterboarding would be allowed in a legal memorandum.
Robert S. Bennett, the attorney for the CIA agent who ordered the tapes destroyed, described his client as an "American hero… a true patriot who only wanted to protect his people and his country." But Anthony Romero, the executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union, called the failure to file charges "stunning."
The Justice Department announcement did not rule out the possibility that officers could be charged with lying to investigators in the matter. That investigation has angered many current and former CIA officers, who say it sends a message that conduct sanctioned by one political administration can be criminalized by another.
Posted: November 9th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
At least 10 lawsuits have already been filed as a response to a salmonella outbreak. The outbreak has been traced to two large egg farms in Iowa but attorneys say they know of hundreds of potential cases. However, attorneys say it would be difficult for most to win a lawsuit even if they got sick.
Seattle attorney Bill Marler is experienced filing lawsuits related to diseased food and has already filed 6 lawsuits in Iowa against large egg farms. However, he says the road is difficult because it is hard to prove the connection between a particular eggs and sickness.
There are hundreds of cases being filed in response to last summer’s salmonella outbreak, but many of them will not get filed because of the difficult legal work they require. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has linked 1, 600 illnesses to the eggs.
Posted: November 8th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
On Friday November 5th, the Nebraska Supreme Court declined to rule on a local ordinance banning the hiring, harboring or renting of property to illegal immigrants. The dispute grew around whether Fremont Ordinance 5156 violates state law by mandating that those seeking to rent or lease a house acquire a permit from the city first. The ordinance is meant to prohibit those who are in the US illegally from obtaining the permit, thus preventing them from renting or leasing property.
The US District Court for the District of Nebraska asked the Nebraska Supreme Court to review the legitimacy of the law, but the Supreme Court declined to answer the question. Instead, the Court held that there is no reason to answer the question for the District Court, as the question is not one of interpreting any state law but is of the constitutionality of the law. As a result, the city of Fremont has suspended the enactment of the ordinance until the district rules on the matter. The city has raised property taxes to fund the legal battle.
Immigration issues have come to the forefront of US politics recently, with the controversial Arizona law SB 1070 sparking a nation-wide debate. Last week, the Ninth Circuit heard its first oral arguments on the Arizona law’s constitutionality. The controversy stems from many in the public who have growing concerns that federal officials are not taking immigration issues seriously enough. However, the US has deported a record number of illegal immigrants in 2010, according to an announcement from the Department of Homeland Security.
Posted: November 8th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Walgreens filed a trademark infringement lawsuit against Wegman’s supermarket on Oct. 27 at a federal court in Virginia. Walgreen’s is claiming the “W” in the logo Wegman’s started using a few years ago is too similar to the “Walgreen’s” logo and could lead customers to assume the 2 stores are connected. Walgreens argues that the “flying W” it uses in its logo should be protected because it has been in use since 1951. Wegman’s counters with the fact that their logo redesign is really based on an older Wegman’s logo from 1931 and wasn’t taken from Walgreen’s.
Posted: November 5th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: Press Release
In a press conference held yesterday Alan Schnurman, creator of the public access television program Lawline and experienced personal injury attorney, announced a suit against the Waldorf Astoria resulting from a bed-bug infestation. The case arose after David and Christine Drabicki won the getaway of a lifetime from Allstate Insurance to celebrate their successful year. After waking up covered with more than 100 bites, the dream weekend quickly turned into a nightmare.
David and Christine Drabicki had a miserable weekend; their sheets were bloody from being bit constantly during the night. They could not believe such a renowned establishment would be so unwilling to remedy the situation. After finally escaping back to their home the Drabicki’s were horrified to find that the nasty little bugs traveled with them and quickly infested their home, finding bites covering their 12 year old daughter. All of their belongings had to be taken from the house and cleaned, and the house was frozen to exterminate the bugs.
The press has been all over the case against the Waldorf, with articles by Thompson Reuters, MSNBC, The Daily News, CBS, and MyFoxNY.com. The press coverage has been astounding for a type of case that was non-existent just a few years ago. Alan Schnurman and his firm, Zalman & Schnurman, were one of the first to take bed-bug cases four years ago. Now bed-bug cases have captured the public’s attention. Bed-bugs are difficult to get rid of and the bites are painful and can leave you covered in bloody bites. And they infest even the most famous upscale places, it feels as if no one is safe.
Alan Schnurman picked up the case and has filed a suit to collect damages from the Waldorf Astoria. Mr. Schnurman has 40 years of experience in the area of personal injury, and is confident that the Waldorf was negligent in its treatment of the Drabickis. When checking into a hotel room we all expect it to be clean and safe, that’s what you pay for. However, Mr. Schnurman says the hotel did not attend to the situation with the gravity it required, and allowed the bugs to infest the room and travel to Michigan and infest the home of the Drabikis.
Posted: November 5th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
A report by the Los Angeles Times discusses the ramifications of the case, AT&T Mobility vs. Concepcion, which is set to go before the Supreme Court next week.The crux of the case is whether companies can bar class action suits in the fine print of their take-it-or-leave-it contracts with customers and employees.If the court sides with AT&T, this will have sweeping consequences for businesses and consumers, since it would mean that any business that issues a contract to customers would be able to prevent them from joining class-action lawsuits, thus taking away one of the most effective legal tools available to plaintiffs (especially in cases where the compensation is relatively small). Should this happen, many argue that it would make it easier for businesses to engage in deceptive practices, since they would be much less afraid that consumers would actually pursue legal action if class-action is not an option. Furthermore, the ability to ban class actions would potentially also apply to employment agreements such as union contracts.
The U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California and the U.S. 9th Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that the class-action ban that AT&T had in its wireless service contracts violates state law and is not preempted by the federal law. AT&T subsequently petitioned the Supreme Court to hear the case, where the results could potentially be different. William B. Gould IV, a professor at Stanford Law School pointed out that this Supreme Court, which has a generally pro-business outlook, has already “indicated a measure of hostility toward class actions."
Posted: November 4th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Lawline.com hosted a live event Wednesday November 3rd with great success. It was a packed house, mostly filled with attorneys just out of law school eager to hear words of wisdom from the lecturers about how to start their own practice. Each of the three lecturers are successful practitioners who realized early on that they did not want to work for someone else, so they took a chance and risked it all with great success.
Marc Garfinkle, Alan Schnurman and Daniel Gershburg have a wealth of experience on starting a personal practice, and they brought tons of tips for young attorneys on how to turn the idea into a reality. From something as minor as Marc Garfinkle’s tip on stapling, to tips on cutting edge internet advertising from Daniel Gershburg, to advice on staying positive and putting yourself out there by Alan Schnurman, every lecturer had unique and important advice for any attorney tired of taking orders.
Although Lawline.com has never hosted its own live event, the stunning success so far of this 4 part Bridge the Gap series is a good indication that live event series will be a great addition to Lawline.com services. The next topic in this 4 part series is entitled “Now that You Have a Job, How to Excel at It,” and the featured lecturers are Justin Blitz and Olivera Medenica. This event will focus on legal writing and prepping a trial, and it is sure to sell out again.
With such a successful first event, these lecturers have a tough act to follow. But, Blitz and Medenica have both filmed courses with Lawline.com that were wildly popular, and there is no doubt that the series will continue with enormous success.
Posted: November 3rd, 2010 By: Paramjit L. Mahli Category: Lawline.com, Marketing Tips
As national borders disappear, the ability for global exchange of goods, services and information is creating boundless opportunities and challenges for the legal industry in the U.S. Law firms, regardless of size continue to expand across borders, collaborate with foreign counsel and form global mergers. New technologies such as websites, blogs, social networking sites, listservs and email have made it easier to develop a global client base.
While the opportunities to do business abroad may be increasing the traditional view held by many law firms is that only large law firms have foreign clients. An online survey conducted by Walker Clark, LLC, demonstrated otherwise. The results from the survey indicated that firms with less than 20 attorneys have foreign clients.
At a two-day conference on International Corporate Social Responsibility, held in New York City, Elizabeth Wall, an attorney and GC who has worked on both sides of the Atlantic stated that in today's 24/7 fast-paced global community, all attorneys need to develop global characteristics.
Here is a condensed version of those characteristics:
Take charge in a crisis.
Have another language in your marketing arsenal, or at a very basic learn a few practical expressions in the client's mother tongue.
Show an interest in current affairs domestic and international.
Network consistently, not just online networking, but breaking bread with important alliances of clients.
Political adroitness and diplomacy.
Cultural awareness. Take a course in foreign customs and behavior.
Communication, communication, communication at all levels.
Be knowledgeable of issues that may impact the client, for example corporate social responsibility.
Know the client's strategic vision.
Be unfailingly polite to everyone when in your client's office.
On review, many of these traits apply equally to attorneys who conduct business domestically. What really stuck out in Elizabeth's presentation was her point that a combination of soft and hard skill set was no longer a luxury but a necessity to survive in a global marketplace.
About SCG Legal PR Network
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: November 3rd, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The Washington Independent posted an interesting article yesterday about the activities of the Republican National Lawyers Association, an independent body of republican lawyers who were monitoring elections in swing states and preparing to help candidates mount legal challenges to election results, if necessary. Caleb Burns, an election-law practitioner, points out that the preemptive preparation for legal challenge is a product of the 2000 election and Bush v. Gore. Although both Democrats and Republicans have their teams of lawyers on call in order to spot voter fraud, the RNLA has been extremely active during this election (training over 1,000 lawyers in election law practices and issuing “Voter Fraud Alerts”) after receiving a large grant from 2 GOP Donors.
The RNLA’s activities have been criticized, however, by people who think that they are designed to stir up fear, discourage voting and set the table for legal challenges in heavily Democratic districts and cities in states with close contests. But they say that voter fraud is happening, and that republican candidates need to be prepared to fight election results in court, citing Al Franken of Minnesota, who won his election not at the polls but in the courthouse in the weeks after the election.
Posted: November 2nd, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The Supreme Court agreed on Monday to hear a high-stakes patent dispute over university ownership of inventions. This case, Stanford University v. Roche Molecular Systems, may give justices another chance to reign in the US Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.
Top research universities have are joined by the Obama Justice Department in urging the Supreme Court to review this case, citing billions of dollars and thousands of jobs generated by invention licenses with universities stemming from federally funded research.
In September of 2009, the federal circuit court ruled against Stanford’s claim of rights over an invention that measures the effectiveness of HIV treatments. Though the inventor did research under a grant by the National Institutes of Health, he was also working for a company later acquired by Roche, and he signed his rights to that company. Stanford claimed title to the invention under the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, filing suit under the assertion that the company was infringing its patent in its marketing of HIV detection kits. The circuit sided with Roche, holding that Roche “possesses an ownership interest” and rejected Stanford’s claim.
The decision by the Federal Circuit casts doubt on the rights of universities and the federal government to inventions arising from the hundreds of billions of dollars in research spending. More than 40 universities have joined filing briefs.
The Supreme Court, which is known for being critical of Federal Circuit rulings recently, will hear arguments in the case early next year.
Posted: November 1st, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
On Wednesday, the New York Times reported that the US Government took a new position in the hotly debated issue of gene patenting, reversing their long-standing policy. The new position was declared in a brief filed by the Department of Justice in a case involving two human genes linked to breast and ovarian cancer. The US Government now holds that human genes cannot be patented because they are a product of nature, not of mankind.
This new position could have enormous impact on the biotechnology industry because it effectively overturns decades of policy. The government acknowledged the long standing practice of the Patent and Trademark Office and the National Institutes of Health to seek patents for genetic DNA.
If the position were to go into effect at the Patent Office, which is still unclear, it would likely draw protests from biotechnology companies who say that such patents are critical in developing cutting edge diagnostic tests and drugs. It is also crucial in the emerging field of personalized medicine, where drugs are tailored to individuals based on their genes.
The debate over patenting genetic material has been controversial and emotional for decades. Proponents say that genes are isolated from the body and are chemicals different from those found in the body. Because these chemicals are developed through research and innovation, they are subject to patent. Opponents say that genes are products of nature and are not invented by mankind. Patenting them would be akin to patenting an apple, or a flower.
Posted: November 1st, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Universal and its affiliates are being sued by the Sheldon Abend Revocable Trust for allegedly breaching a settlement agreement by distributing and advertising its movie “Disturbia” (2007).
Sheldon Abend was the literary agent who represented Corneil Woolrich, the author of the short story upon which Hitchcock’s classic “Rear Window” (1954) was based. This is not the first time that Abend sued over rights to the story: in the 1980s, when "Rear Window" was shown on TV, Abend took Hitchcock and the film’s star, Jimmy Stewart, to court, claiming that the defendants needed to secure the rights to the story that was the basis of the movie before they could show it on TV. That case went all the way to the Supreme Court, whose ruling on the matter established the “Abend rule” which deals with the continued distribution of a derivative work during the copyright renewal period of the underlying work.
The case also ended with a settlement between MCA (Universal’s predecessor) and Abend, which gave the MCA the right to distribute and advertise "Rear Window", in return for a percentage of the film’s gross revenue. The Abend Trust is claiming that the terms of this settlement are being breached by Universal, because Disturbia is based on Rear Window. A Federal judge in New York dismissed the case, saying the works were not substantially similar within definitions provided by copyright law, but the Abend Trust is appealing that decision, saying that the creative team behind Distrubia used many plot elements from Rear Window and also marketed the film as a modern version of the classic. An LA Superior court is set to hear the preach of contract case.
Posted: October 29th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The New York Times Just reported that a judge has ruled that a 4 year old girl who crashed her bicycle into an elderly woman on a Manhattan sidewalk two years ago can be sued for negligence. Justice Paul Wooten’s ruling doesn’t mean that the girl is liable, but that the lawsuit brought against her can move forward. Courts have held that an infant under the age of 4 is conclusively presumed to be incapable of negligence, but as the girl in question was over the age of 4, the judge refused to extend that rule to apply to her, adding that a child her age should have “reasonably appreciated the danger of riding a bicycle into an elderly woman.”
Posted: October 29th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Next Tuesday, the Supreme Court is set to review California’s 2005 law banning the sale of violent video games to minors. The law never went into effect in California because the video game industry immediately sued, claiming the law violated the First Amendment (their claim was upheld by the Ninth Circuit Court). However, California officials behind the law are arguing that the rationale expressed in Ginsburg v. New York, which made it illegal to sell risqué magazines to minors because content that is not obscene may still be harmful to children and therefore may be regulated, can be extended to include violent content not just content that contains nudity. Publishers and filmmakers are backing the video game industry on this one, fearing that California lawmakers’ efforts to “protect children” will lead to a creative freeze across different media and to new regulations.
Posted: October 29th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Cablevision subscribers can’t watch their sports, and they’re not happy about it.
A group of New Yorkers have filed a class-action lawsuit against Cablevision for its failure to provide Fox content for the past two weeks- a time period they consider “important” for the sports, politics and entertainment they are being deprived of.The suit claims that the plaintiffs deserve compensation (to the tune of $450 million or more) for Cablevisions’ inability to reach an agreement with News Corp, despite receiving proposals to carry Fox programming “on the same terms and conditions of other cable providers in the New York metropolitan market."
The suit accuses cablevision of breach of contract, unjust enrichment and consumer fraud, because customers’ service agreements included a promise that they would receive "a credit for each 'known program or service interruption in excess of 24 consecutive hours.'" The suit also seeks a permanent injunction that forces Cablevision to enter into dispute resolution procedures with its content providers to that customers will not be deprived of programing in the future.
Posted: October 28th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Justice Don Willett, of the Texas Supreme Court, cited an unusual legal authority in his Ruling in Robinson vs. Crown Cork Seal Company… Star Trek. The case deals with the limits of police power and Justice Willett's ruling relied on the idea that police power is based on the idea that "the needs of the many outweigh the needs of the few,". The ruling cited this as a “Vulcan” concept, and then went on to quote from Star Trek II: The Wrath of Khan.
Posted: October 28th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
On Tuesday, the US Department of Justice announced that GlaxoSmithKline, the British pharmaceutical giant, as well as its subsidiary SB Pharmco Puerto Rico Inc., have agreed to plead guilty to civil and criminal fraud charges. These charges, relating to the manufacture and distribution of adulterated drugs, stem from a false-claims lawsuit originally filed in 2004. The pharmaceutical company has agreed to pay $600 million in a civil fine and a $150 million criminal fine for pleading guilty.
The amount of the settlement is the fourth largest health care fraud settlement in US history, the record setting settlement being Pfizers $2.3 billion payout. In Pfizer’s record setting settlement, $1 billion was a civil penalty to resolve alleged violations of the Federal False Claims Act that they illegally promoted their drugs Bextra, Geodon, Zyvox and Lyrica, and paid kickbacks to healthcare providers.
The charges were initially filed by Cheryl Eckard, the company’s former quality assurance manager, after her visit to the now-closed manufacturing facility in Cidra, Puerto Rico. According to the complaint filed there was “chronic, serious deficiencies in the quality assurance function at the Cidra plant and the defendant’s ongoing serious violations of the laws and regulations designed to ensure the fitness of drug products for use.”
A study conducted by the Taxpayers Against Fraud Education Fund showed that healthcare cases accounted for 80% of the $3.1 billion recovered last year by the Department of Justice under the Federal False Claims Act.
Posted: October 27th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Hell’s Angels are having legal problems, the Financial TImes reports, but not the kind you might expect for a notorious motorcycle gang. They are actually suing a high-end fashion line, Alexander McQueen, for using their “winged death’s head” symbol in various jewelry and clothing items. Hell’s Angels claim to have been using the symbol since 1948 and to have a patent on it that protects it from use by other groups.This is not the first time the motorcycle club has taken legal action over the use of its name and symbol: in 2006 they filed a lawsuit against the Disney film Wild Hogs, over concerns that that Disney was planning to use the trademark protected images in the film.
Posted: October 26th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
In light of Bill O’ Reilly’ s contentious appearance on ABC’ s "The View," which culminated with Whoopi Goldberg and Joy Behar walking off the set, here are three negotiating tips to consider when strong emotions erupt in the negotiation context.
1. Don’ t immediately react – Responding in kind to an emotional outburst can quickly cause things to spiral out of control. So remain silent and let your counterpart vent. Thomas Jefferson wisely said, “ When angry, count 10 before you speak; if very angry, a hundred.”
2. Don’ t argue – Listen respectfully and acknowledge the legitimacy of your counterpart’s points and feelings, even when you don’ t agree with them. And ask open-ended questions like “ why,” “ how,” “ what,” and “ tell me about” to help them open up.
3. Depersonalize the situation – Rely on independent standards or procedures that both sides will accept as leading to a fair result. An expert’s opinion, similar to market value and precedent, will focus the attention away from you and instead on objective criteria.
While implementing these tips won’ t make for compelling television, they will help you close the deal.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain theEdge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’ s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: October 25th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The use of social media as a communication tool has become essential in helping solo practitioners expand and manage their law practices. No longer is it merely a toy for kids, these days social media is a powerful tool that when used correctly will drive client business and increase legitimacy as a practitioner.
In this timely and exciting course "Social Media for Solo Practitioners," Nicole Black and Carolyn Elefant, attorneys and co-authors of the new book,Social Media for Lawyers: The Next Frontier, discuss how solo attorneys can use social media to grow their practices. They are interviewed by David Schnurman, Lawline.com’s CEO, and their considerable expertise in social media translates to practical tips any solo-practitioner use to increase online presence.
Both Ms. Black and Ms. Elefant are distinguished attorneys who have used social media to expand their practices to new heights. In this course, they review a number of popular social networking sites and provide tips on how attorneys can use these sites to increase their online presence, network with colleagues, interact with potential clients, and convert online relationships into offline ones. In addition, Ms. Black and Ms. Elefant dispel some myths about social media, and share ideas about how to use specific sites such as LinkedIn, Facebook, and Twitter to gain competitive intelligence, showcase expertise, and increase search engine optimization.
The popularity of social media continues to grow with no sign of slowing, making this a must-watch program for all attorneys seeking guidance on how to improve their reputation, maximize their exposure, and establish new working relationships for their solo practice.
Posted: October 25th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
As internet users increase by the day and more people become connected through new media, difficult legal considerations arise requiring extensive examination to determine how this developing medium should be regulated. The current issue being widely debated is that of Net Neutrality; whether or not Internet Service Providers can charge premium prices for those using apps that take up large amounts of bandwidth. New Lawline.com faculty member Owen Kurtin examines Net Neutrality and other important issues surrounding what he calls "the hottest topic of 2010" in his course "Net Neutrality and the FCC's Third Way Proposal."
In this course Kurtin, an attorney and expert in telecommunications law, illuminates many of the complex legal arguments and issues involved in this debate. Beginning with an overview of the background of US telecommunications law, Mr. Kurtin identifies the proponents and opponents of net neutrality and examines the FCC’s recently proposed National Broadband Plan to make broadband access virtually universal.
In addition, Mr. Kurtin dissects pivotal Supreme Court decisions, Brand X and Comcast Corp. v. FCC, and elucidates the FCC’s “third way” approach to reclassifying broadband services in light of the Comcast case. Mr. Kurtin concludes his review of this cutting-edge topic by highlighting the ways in which the Brand X decision and the Computer Inquiry proceedings present a barrier to the “third way” approach, equipping the viewers with all the information they need to become spirited participants in the net neutrality debate.
Posted: October 22nd, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
When executives at Office Depot realized they would fall short of their quarterly earnings estimate in 2007, they allegedly dropped hints to analysts and institutional investors in a series of phone calls. These calls were the subject of an SEC investigation that led to charges now being settled for $1 million. The SEC charged the company with violating fair disclosure regulations as well as accounting violations. CEO Stephen Odland and former CFO Patricia McKay will each individually pay $50,000 as part of the settlement.
The charges were not that Office Depot executives directly told analysts privileged information; rather, the charges were that the message was veiled but clearly hinted. The SEC charged Office Depot with violating Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act and Regulation FD, as well as allegedly prematurely inflating operating profit. These acts “gave an unfair advantage to favored investors at the expense of other investigators and, as today’s action shows, is illegal” said Robert Khuzami, Director of the SEC’s Division of Enforcement.
Office Depot was represented by Daniel Shea of Hogan Lovells. John Sturc of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher represented CEO Odland, and Charles Mills of K & L Gates represented McKay, the CFO. The SEC's case was handled by Steven Meiner, Kathleen Strandell, Chad Alan Earnst, Eric Busto, Amie Berlin, Bob Levenson, Teresa Verges, and Yolanda Gonzalez.
Posted: October 22nd, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The New York Times Reported yesterday on a new law in New York which will allow homeowners who win in foreclosure proceedings to have the lenders pay their lawyers’ fees. In other types of cases, such as employment and civil rights cases, legal fees are usually awarded to the winning party, but foreclosure litigation has been an exception, until now.
This law comes at a good time for homeowners, because banks have recently come under scrutiny for the way they documented mortgages during the housing boom, giving homeowners a better chance to get banks’ foreclosure action thrown out, and have their legal fees covered. Although some don’t think the new law would substantially tip the scale in favor of the homeowner in terms of getting banks to settle with homeowners etc, an expected benefit of the law is that it will make it easier for homeowners to get representation, because it provides a “pretty reasonable incentive” for lawyers to take their case.
Posted: October 21st, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
A group of bondholders stuck with $47 billion in Countrywide-issued residential mortgage-backed securities have positioned themselves to sue Bank of America. The bondholders claim that BofA failed to perform its duties as the servicer of the bond deals and want BofA to buy back some of the bonds. Kathy Patrick, of Gibbs & Bruns, who is representing the group, says that if BofA does not agree to buy back some of these securities they plan to sue.
Last week the New York state supreme court dismissed a class action lawsuit that claimed Bank of America was obliged to buy back hundreds of thousands of the same kind of securities. The case was dismissed on the grounds that the plaintiff did not have the support of 25 percent of certificate holders as required to commence litigation. However, in this case Patrick represents a group that comprises more that 25 percent of the voting rights, so they have met the required conditions to commence litigation.
If the case leads to a lawsuit it could be one of the first cases where mortgage-bond investors are seeking to enforce their contract rights. Patrick says their key advantage is that it is not a securities case, it is just contract enforcement. Thus, Patrick must only show that BofA did not fulfill the terms of the contract, they do not need to show intent.
Posted: October 20th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The Wall Street Journal reported today that the USDA agreed to settle a class action lawsuit brought against it by American Indian farmers over alleged discrimination for $680 million. Although eligible farmers and ranchers can receive up to $250,000 if they show how discrimination by the USDA caused them financial losses, most will probably accept the uniform $50,000 payment which requires less paperwork. At this point it is hard to say how much the government will actually have to pay because it depends on how many farmers will file claims. The settlement also includes provisions forgiving $80 million in American Indian farmers’ debts and enhancing USDA programs with American Indian producers.
The 11 year old suit claimed that the government denied American Indian Farmers the low-interest loans that were given to white farmers; this is similar to the claim made by black farmers against the USDA which was settled for $1.25 billion back in February.
Posted: October 19th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The U.S. Supreme Court will decide whether an American Muslim has standing to sue Bush administration attorney general John Ashcroft. Abdullah al-Kidd alleges that Ashcroft is responsible for his improper arrest and detention after the September 11 terrorist attacks. Al-Kidd was one of dozens of Muslims and Arabs arrested during the period following the attacks.
Al-Kidd was arrested at Dulles International Airport in 2003, as he was preparing to board a flight to Saudi Arabia. TH FBI persuaded a judge to issue an arrest warrant by contending that al-Kidd had purchased a $5,000 one-way ticket. They neglected to mention, however, that al-Kidd is American born and has a wife and kids in America. Also, his lawyers say he had purchased a considerably less expensive round trip ticket.
The Supreme Court will not rule on the details of Abdullah al-Kidd’s case. Instead, they will focus on whether or not al-Kidd and his attorneys can show that specific actions of then attorney general Ashcroft cross the limits of the Constitution. Ashcroft, who is represented by the Obama administration, says he should be shielded from suits concerning official duties.
The attorney general has never been held personally liable for official actions, and Ashcroft has been victorious in other suits that have been levied against him. In a previous Supreme Court case, Ashcroft prevailed over a detainee, Javaid Iqbal, who sought to hold him liable for his confinement. The decision of the court, 5-4, held that the connection between Ashcroft’s actions as attorney general and the confinement of the detainee was too attenuated.
Supreme Court rulings do allow high ranking officials to be held liable, but they set a high bar. An official must be tied directly to a violation of constitutional rights. The federal appeals court in San Francisco held that al-Kidd’s case met this high standard and criticized the use of material witness warrants for national security.
Posted: October 18th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
A Wall Street Journal investigation found that many of the most popular “apps” on Facebook, a social networking site, have been transmitting user information to dozens of advertising and internet tracking companies. The information, when combined with internet user databases already held by several advertisers, provides identifying information about users as well as their friends.
The issue affects tens of millions of users who use these applications, including some of the most popular games like Farmville and Texas Hold’em Poker. Even information of users who have the highest privacy settings enabled were transmitted, violating Facebook’s rules. It is not clear, based on the Wall Street Journal’s investigation, how long this problem continued but a Facebook spokesman said that they are taking steps to “dramatically limit” the exposure of personal information.
Defenders of online tracking argue that information transmitted in this way is benign because it is conducted anonymously. In this case, however, the Wall Street Journal found that one data gathering firm, RapLeaf Inc., was able to connect the anonymous Facebook user ID that was transmitted by apps to their own database of users, which it sells to advertisers. RapLeaf said the transmission to other firms was unintentional and Facebook has said it is significantly limiting RapLeaf’s ability to use any Facebook-related data.
Facebook has been subject to several inquiries in the past months about their use of personal data. As recent as this month Facebook has made an effort to give its users more control over its apps, which privacy activists have cited as a potential hole in users’ ability to control what information is shared. It’s not clear if the developers of apps realized that data was being transmitted, and Facebook says it has disabled thousands of apps at times for violating rules its privacy rules.
Posted: October 18th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
This article from USA Today breaks down the situation as it currently stands in regards to foreclosures. Apparently, mortgage lenders have been filing faulty court papers to foreclose on homes. The lenders were using “robo signers” to prepare legal documents required to get court approval to foreclose, and they signed thousands of papers without reviewing supporting documentation in the case or signing the affidavit in front of a notary, making their paperwork invalid in states where judicial approval is required to move ahead on foreclosures. Furthermore, there have been some allegations that the supporting documentation in some of the cases was falsified and some signatures were fraudulent. As a result, many banks have either suspended foreclosures, or are continuing with the foreclosures while investigating their practices.
There are a handful of investigations into the foreclosure mess being launched by various bodies including The Justice Department, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (which regulates the nation's largest banks), the Federal Housing Administration and The Senate Banking Committee. Those charged with fraudulent foreclosure practices face civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
Courts could now see a wave of challenges to both current and past foreclosures cases. And there could be legal battles between former owners who will claim they were foreclosed on illegally and those that currently own the foreclosed property. For this reason it is recommended that those looking to buy a foreclosed property, hire a lawyer to review the court case file to look for missing documents and incorrect dates.
Posted: October 15th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
In State of Florida v. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, District Judge Roger Vinson has rejected the Obama Administration’s motion to dismiss the challenge that has been raised by 20 state attorneys general and four governors.
In the case, Federal Judge Vinson says two key claims can go forward. Firstly, the states’ claim that the individual mandate to purchase coverage exceeds the power granted to Congress by the commerce clause and violates the 9th and 10th Amendments. Secondly, the claim that the medical program created under the act unconstitutionally commandeers the states with respect to the commerce clause.
Vinson wrote that he has not attempted whether the line between constitutional or not has been crossed but it is a question that will be decided based on the parties’ motions for summary judgment. Vinson is not the first judge to reject the government’s arguments in recent months.
In August, U.S. District Judge Henry Hudson in Virginia refused to dismiss a challenge brought by Virginia Attorney General Ken Cuccinelli in the case Commonwealth of Virginia v. Sebelius. This case will hold a summay judgment hearing in October 18. But, last week, on October 7, U.S. District Judge George Steeh in Detroit upheld the law’s constitutionality in a challenge brought by Thomas More Law Center in Thomas More Law Center v. Obama.
Posted: October 15th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The Wall Street Journal reported today, that Medtronic has agreed to pay $268 million to settle the thousands of personal-injury cases that have been brought against it on account of its fracture-prone “Sprint Fidelis” cables. The malfunctioning devices are used do connect patient’s hearts to implantable defibrillators. According to an independent monitoring board, the devices may have been linked to 13 deaths (4 of which were caused by attempts to remove the problem devices: a dangerous procedure).
There are still many details to work out in the settlement. Attorneys representing the clients in the 8,100 cases will have to decide how to divide the money Medtronic has made available. Plaintiffs can also choose not to participate in the settlement and proceed with their suit against the company, however it is unlikely that many will choose to do so, since a Federal district judge in Minneapolis threw out a representative sample of cases last year, and his ruling seems to apply to all cases against Medtronic. Most attorneys will likely put their client’s cases before a committee that will decide their compensation value.
Posted: October 14th, 2010 By: Michele Richman Category: The News Beat
Lawline.com faculty member Steven Simpson was recently featured in several news articles regarding his lawsuit challenging Florida’s campaign finance laws in Andrew Nathan Worley, et al. v. Dawn K. Roberts, et al. To read more about this case, see the article published by the West Palm Beach Examiner titled "Libertarian Law Firm Going After Florida's Campaign Finance Laws." In Worley, Simpson filed a lawsuit on behalf of a group of plaintiffs challenging the state’s restrictions on campaign funding as a violation of their First Amendment free speech rights. In order to speak out about political issues, citizens of Florida and 23 other states must register as political committees and navigate complex regulations. Simpson is quoted as saying “It turns out that in America, you need more than an opinion to speak out about politics. Today, you also need a lawyer.” Simpson and his organization, the Institute of Justice, were also featured in the news earlier this year regarding the high profile campaign finance law case, Citizens United v. FEC. For more information on this case, see the article from the NationalJournal.com titled "Citizens United Fallout Already Being Felt."
In Citizens United, the Supreme Court held under the First Amendment, that corporate funding of independent political broadcasts in candidate elections could not be limited. This close decision (5-4) resulted from the dispute over whether the nonprofit organization Citizens United could broadcast a film on cable television which argued that Hillary Clinton was unfit for high office. Ultimately, the Court held that Citizens United should have been able to broadcast the program. In his recent course with Lawline.com, The Impact of Citizens United v. FEC, Simpson reviews the case in great detail, and provides a comprehensive overview of the history of campaign finance laws and his predictions for the future. This hot button political issue was also featured today in the Huffington Post, in an article titled Citizens United-Game Changer in which the author argues that President Obama’s predictions that the Citizens United decision would unleash a torrent of corrupt corporate money into our political system has come true. Watch Simpson’s course to better understand this landmark decision, and make your own determination of whether or not states should be able to restrict a group of individuals’ campaign funding choices, or if such limitations violate their First Amendment rights.
Posted: October 14th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
A survey of law departments shows in-house counsel are bracing for a jump in litigation, according to a survey of law departments released Wednesday. The Fulbright Litigation Trends Survey showed that corporate counsel expects a continuation of the upward trend in litigation that began with the economic downturn. 93% of US respondents expect US legal disputes to increase or remain the same this coming year, a large increase from 42% who expected this in the survey conducted last year.
The reason cited for the upturn is that with an increasingly regulated and lagging economy, more litigation is a natural result. As the country begins coming out of the recession nearly a third of companies are seeing the strict regulation as a major concern. Regulators have been investigating companies in a variety of sectors, most prominently banking, health care and energy. The survey notes that even at small-cap companies, regulatory investigations have almost doubled.
Big companies draw a greater number of lawsuits, not surprisingly, but even small and medium sized are likely to deal with litigation in the near future. Some industries are seeing a much larger spike in litigation than others. The energy sector saw the biggest jump in litigation this past year, 57% encountered at least one arbitration. Insurance (45%), manufacturing (43%) and financial services (38%) also saw a lot of action from regulatory investigations.
The conclusion of the survey was that the climb in litigation is not projected to stop this year. And with nerves on edge, companies are spending more on litigation budgets to keep up with new regulations and tougher oversight.
Posted: October 13th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
USA Today reports that although Brett Favre is in trouble with the NFL for sending lewd photos to Jets employee, Jenn Sterger, he will not be taken to court for it because his behavior does not qualify as sexual harassment according to the legal criteria established for such matters. The generally accepted legal standards for sexual harassment includes unwelcome advances; pervasive behavior constituting a hostile work environment; and whether any complaint was made with the company. There are also no laws against texting or e-mailing sexually explicit photos of adults, which is protected under first amendment rights. However, if the NFL’s probe into the issue reveals that Favre violated the league’s personal-conduct policy, it can decide to fine or suspend Favre even in the absence of legal charges.
Posted: October 13th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
A U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado sided with Nintendo and offered a summary judgment late last month for a suit filed by angry gamers. Gamers have taken issue with the Nintendo Wii remote controller, claiming that the strap attached does not sufficiently prevent damage caused from accidentally hurling the controller during gameplay. The plaintiff sued alleging that the defective strap is responsible for their broken televisions, and they wanted compensation for that damage. The court sided with Nintendo, agreeing that they had given sufficient warning, including repeated instructions to be careful while holding the controller and warnings that the strap is not meant to withstand the kind of excessive force brought on by a full swing.
The court’s decision stems from the implied purpose of the strap and the lack of evidence indicating one specific purpose over any other. One might assume that the purpose of the strap was to prevent a controller from inadvertently flying out of a gamers hand while playing, as the plaintiffs clearly did. However, one might equally assume that the strap is simply intended to keep an inadvertently released controller in the vicinity of the player so it can be more easily retrieved, and may never have been intended to withstand the high stress of being thrown full force out of a player’s hand. Without showing one clear purpose the court held that the strap was not shown to be faulty. Thus, summary judgment was granted for the defendant.
Posted: October 13th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The LA Times reported this morning that a federal judge in California issued a ruling on the military’s “don’t ask, don’t tell” policy, which effectively bans the practice. The judge ordered the Defense Department to halt all efforts to remove servicemen and women because of their sexual orientation. The judge ruled that the policy "infringes on the fundamental rights of United States service members” because it violates due process and freedom of speech, and infringes on the right of service members "to petition the government for redress of grievances,” because it does not allow them to fight for their jobs if they are revealed to be homosexuals and are removed because of it. Although a federal judge can declare a law unconstitutional, there is debate in this case whether a district court judge can unilaterally invalidate a nationwide policy.
This ruling also has serious political ramifications. Usually, when an act of congress is challenged, the justice department is obliged to defend the federal law. However, appealing this ruling would be a risky move for the Obama administration since it would anger his base of democratic supporters, who have long called for the repeal of the act. The Obama administration has 60 days to appeal the ruling, which means Obama could technically put off the decision until after the midterm elections, however if he does not appeal right away he faces the ire of conservatives and even less support from republicans in congress, and if he does appeal right away he risks losing support of his democratic base.
Posted: October 12th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The Huffington Post reports on the escalating contention over the "Stolen Valor Act", which makes it illegal to lie about being a war hero. The Justice Department is attempting to preserve the law after 2 courts ruled that the law is unconstitutional on 1st ammendment grounds. It is now possible that the case will go all the way to the Supreme Court. Many suspect that even if the case ends up in the Supreme Court, the law will likely be struck down because this particular court is skeptical about restrictions on free speech rights, and because the government would need to show that it has a compelling interest to restrict free speech, which, according to UCLA law professor Eugene Volokh, would be difficult to prove in this case.
for the full story click here
To learn more on this topic, take a look at this course taught by George Freeman: Prior Restraints: Why Courts Disfavor Limitations on Speech
Posted: October 12th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
A new law that passed through the House of Representatives last month and is waiting for President Obama’s signature will increase protections offered to soldiers oversees. Soldiers already receive some protections from the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which include being able to terminate a lease and puts a cap on the interest rate creditors can charge.
However, to exercise these protections many servicemembers need find an attorney, which can be a difficult task for soldiers serving overseas. This is the issue targeted by the new package of bills, which aims to simplify the process by which soldiers utilize protections offered to them under SCRA. The motivation behind the bill is that the last thing a soldier should be worrying about is home foreclosure or car repossession.
The ABA has been active in their efforts to increase assistance to servicemembers in need of legal service. The ABA Military Pro Bono Project connects soldiers with local attorneys willing to work pro-bono to assert servicemembers’ rights. The goal of the project is to streamline the sometimes chaotic process of linking a soldier to a local attorney through Jag Corps. Many local attorneys have taken it as a point of pride to represent a soldier fighting oversees.
Posted: October 12th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
An article in USA Today describes the “culture of fear” that is spreading among illegal immigrants, causing them to seek the help of lawyers in drawing up legal documents that, like a will, spell out what the individual wishes to happen to his or her family and belongings in the event he or she gets deported. The increase in requests for this kind of service in the past year has been fueled by Congress’ failure to act on legislation that would legalize the 11 million illegal immigrants already in the country, by the Obama administration’s record number of deportations, and by the passage of Arizona’s controversial immigration law (which may be copied by other states).
For the full article, click here
Posted: October 11th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
In the past several weeks most of the big lenders have halted foreclosures to reexamine mortgage documents to ensure they are in line with the 23 states that require court approval before a foreclosure can commence. There has been controversy in recent cases where small firms are acting as “foreclosure mills,” signing thousands of documents to issue foreclosures each month. This has pushed lenders away from small firms seen in this light toward large firms when homeowners fight foreclosure and challenge document legitimacy.
This kind of move is exemplified in a case currently underway. Parnell Peace has brought a case against a Bank of America subsidiary that has commenced foreclose procceedings on his house in Florida. But, Parnell and his attorneys at Ice Legal challenge the supporting documents provided by the mortgage company. The documents have inconsistent dates and timeline for mortgage transfers between various lenders. The Bank of America subsidiary has since hired a team from Gray Robinson to work on the case. The team has moved quickly to suppress documents and a key affidavit.
Several other banks have also made the move towards large firms and legal teams as challenges are on the rise. In Texas, JPMorgan and its local counsel, Quilling, Selander, Cumminskey & Lawnds, have moved in several current cases for them to be tried in federal court. It remains to be seen how these tactics will play out, but as homeowners increasingly challenge the legitimacy of foreclosure and mortgage documents, banks are clearly favoring large legal teams.
Posted: October 8th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: The News Beat
I recently appeared on Fox Business with Neil Cavuto to discuss the souring relationship between the White House and the Republican congressional leadership and its potential impact on their future negotiations. Since this raises critical negotiation issues, I thought you might be interested in my thoughts on it.
Overall, the crux of the interview revolved around the extent that your negotiation strategy should change based on whether and to what extent you want or expect to have a future relationship with your counterpart. Cavuto’s point was that the White House should stop bashing the Republican leaders if it wants to get a tax cut deal from them in the future – especially if the Republicans take over the House and/or Senate.
In traditional business negotiations, Cavuto is right. The more your potential interests and long-term goals will be maximized with a future relationship, the more likely you should employ problem-solving strategies in your negotiation. This would include taking steps like openly sharing information, de-emphasizing leverage, focusing on fair objective criteria and mutually considering the offer-concession process and agenda.
This also involves - as Cavuto emphasized – not publicly criticizing your counterparts. Doing so will not only harm the relationship but it will also lower the likelihood you’ll get a deal done.
In political negotiations, however, the dynamic is different because politicians, especially in an election year, focus much of their energies on their relationship with their various constituencies and voters. Here, both the President and Republican leadership have different constituencies. As a result, they often engage in a lot of public give and take as they vie to motivate their political bases to re-elect them and their colleagues.
They do this to create public support for their positions which, if successful, strengthens their leverage in their negotiations with each other and helps them control the negotiation agenda. Since this is a fairly common political tactic, they also expect their counterparts will engage in similar public posturing.
Traditionally, however, once the rubber hits the road and they face a deal or no deal, they typically go behind closed doors, negotiate the details, and largely discount the campaign season’s political rhetoric as simply that – political rhetoric. This is often necessary to get a deal done which is in their self-interest regardless of what they say about each other in public.
Of course, if a real personality conflict does arise and the parties go over the line in their personal attacks, it could prevent them from focusing on their and the country’s self-interest when and if they get behind closed doors. While I don’t think that is the case here (at least not yet), I could be wrong. If so, we might be headed for serious deadlocked negotiations in the future.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: October 8th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
A ruling came down yesterday about a case that was brought against Obama’s Health reforms by a Christian public-interest law firm representing 4 uninsured people in Michigan, who claim that they don’t want to pay the tax penalties for being uninsured that they would need to pay under the new law because those funds can be used to fund abortions. The Christian law firm is challenging “Obamacare” on the basis that the healthcare law is exceeding the powers Congress has to control commerce, is infringing on people’s 1st amendment rights to practice their religion and is in violation of the due process and equal protection clauses of the 5th amendment. The biggest issue at stake is the concern that upholding Congress’ right to force people to buy insurance will now give the federal government the ability to regulate citizen’s inactivity (their choice to refrain from acting).
The Michigan federal judge hearing the case upheld the healthcare law as constitutional. He said that although the Supreme Court hasn’t addressed whether congress can regulate inactivity, people’s opting out of insurance programs “substantially affect[s] interstate commerce” because it drives up insurance premiums and healthcare costs covered by taxpayers. Although the healthcare bill was upheld in this case, the ruling doesn't bind the courts in other districts so this is not the final word on the constitutionality of the law, which is still being challenged.
For the full article from the LA Times, click here
Posted: October 8th, 2010 By: Andrew Lavoott Bluestone Category: The News Beat
Fee Disputes in the Big Arena and Legal Malpractice
Today's New York Law Journal reports on a fee dispute.in an article by Susan Beck of The American Lawyer. This, however is not a fee dispute one might see on a typical day in the fee dispute world. Typically, those fee disputes are for sums less than $ 50,000. Here, the client paid $ 5 million to Boies Schiller and the dispute is over an additional $ 5 million. Besides those sums, the client paid Davis Polk an additional $ 7 million in fees before it ran out of money.
"In a lawsuit filed Oct. 1 in Manhattan Supreme Court, G.K. Las Vegas Limited Partnership is seeking to force Mr. Boies's firm, Boies Schiller & Flexner, to arbitrate a fee dispute before the American Arbitration Association and to place more than $5.04 million in disputed fees in escrow.
G.K. claims that it has already paid the firm $5 million and disputes its obligation to pay another $5.04 million. It alleges that Boies Schiller breached its agreement that Mr. Boies would serve as lead counsel and "shirked its professional responsibilities" to the client.
Justice Bernard J. Fried (See Profile) has ordered Boies Schiller to respond to G.K.'s petition to compel arbitration by Oct. 15. A hearing in G.K. Las Vegas Limited Partnership v. Boies Schiller & Flexner, 651632/2010, is scheduled for Oct. 19.
Attorney Client Privilege in Legal Malpractice Litigation
Carl v. Cohen, Supreme Court, New York County, Justice Edmead 2009 NY Slip OP 30806(U), April 15, 2009 illustrates two distinct principals in the area of attorney-client privilege. The first is privilege and at issue communications. The second principal, to be discussed on Friday, is relation-back and the statute of limitations.
Plaintiff in this case was an employee at a mutual fund operation, and was embroiled in a market timing case in which it was alleged that someone was utilizing the time-zone differences between the east coast and California to make money in the mutual funds market. He hired law firm 1, then fired it, and went on to law firm 2 and 3. This case discusses the question of whether target attorney in the legal malpractice case may obtain otherwise privileged materials from the successor attorneys.
"The issue at bar in this case is whether Cohen may depose plaintiff's successor attorneys about the contents of and subject matter of these documents, as well as other communications "A waiver may also be found where the client places the subject matter of the privileged communication at issue, or where invasion of the privilege is required to determine the validity of the client's claim or defense and application of the privilege would deprive the adversary of vital information [internal citations omitted] (Jakobleff v. Cerrato, Sweeney & Cohn, 97 AD2d 834, 835 [2d Dept 1983] [plaintiff did not place her privileged communications with her present attorney at issue, nor was discovery of such communications required to enable defendants to assert a defense merely by bringing an action against her former attorney for legal malpractice]; Credit Suisse First Boston v. Ultrecht-American Fin. Co., 27 AD3d 253, 254 [1st Dept 2007]; Raphael v. Clune White & Nelson, 146 AD2d 762, 763 [2d Dept 1989] [attorney-client privilege between client and attorneys who had taken over case from law firm was not waived by client's initiating lawsuit. In addition, appellants failed to establish why the disclosure of privileged correspondence was vital to their defense in light of the broad range of materials already supplied by plaintiff]).
Non-Economic Damages in Legal Malpractice Litigation
Plaintiff sues defendant attorneys for legal malpractice. Among the claims of damages are financial losses in the underlying case, as well as emotional -pain and suffering-damages based upon outrageous conduct by the attorneys. Are these non-economic damage claims permissible?
In New York, there may not be claims for non-economic damages arising from legal malpractice. When one says A"arising" from legal malpractice, it is correct to say that the behavior of the attorneys cannot give rise to emotional damages. Of course, if the legal malpractice took place in , say, a personal injury action, then the emotional damages which might have been collectable there are part of the overall legal malpractice damages, as they are now economic, and must be calculated as if in a hypothetical judgment that was never obtained.
In Taylor v Paskoff & Tamber, LLP ;2010 NY Slip Op 20405 ;Decided on October 4, 2010 ;Supreme Court, New York County ;Stallman, J. we see his decision on an offshoot of this issue. ""Emotional damages are not recoverable in a legal malpractice action." Kaiser v Van Houten, 12 AD3d 1012, 1014 (3rdDept 2004); Risman v Leader, 256 AD2d 1245, 1245 (4th Dept 1998); Dirito v Stanley, 203 AD2d 903 (4th Dept 1994). " A cause of action for legal malpractice does not afford recovery for any item of damages other than pecuniary loss so there can be no recovery for emotional or psychological injury." Wolkstein v Morgenstern, 275 AD2d 635, 637 (1st Dept 2000).
One Good and One Bad Affidavit in Legal Malpractice Case
The decision in this case is straightforward, but gives practitioners little practical advice on how to word and present an expert's affidavit. In Giardina v Lippes, 2010 NY Slip Op 06834; Decided on October 1, 2010; Appellate Division, Fourth Department we see two things. The first is that the two summary judgment motion rule is not really a rule at all; it is really just guidance to the Court. Two motions for summary judgment might be entertained after all.
The second issue we see is that of the quality of expert opinions in summary judgment. Once, the rule was that courts scrutinize whether movant demonstrates prima facie entitlement to summary judgment, and if so, whether opponent demonstrates material questions of fact that continue to require resolution by the trier of fact.
The quality of an expert's opinion was sacrosanct, since facts may not be debated in a motion for summary judgment. Here, and in many other cases the kicker is when a court feels permitted to rule out the expert's opinion as "conclusory." In this case, as in many other appellate decisions, no time is taken to explain why the particular affidavit was "conclusory" rather than permissible. What makes the difference?
Here, defendant's expert presented a "good" affidavit, and plaintiff's expert presented a "conclusory" affidavit in a lawn care products liability case. How does one tell the difference?
In these trying economic times, the last thing struggling couples need to worry about is the high cost of divorce. Fortunately, the emerging field of collaborative law enables couples to settle without engaging in costly litigation and also provides for additional legal counseling and other financial and mental health services for families of divorce. To learn more about the professional and personal benefits of practicing collaborative law, watch Lawline.com’s recent program “Why Would an Attorney Want to Practice Collaborative Law,” in which members of the New York Association of Collaborative Professionals provide answers to frequently asked questions about this growing field. After viewing this course and learning about the high level of job satisfaction of collaborative law practitioners, many will be interested in receiving training in this emerging area of law and adding it to their law firms’ practice areas. Also,
to learn more about specific families who have participated in the collaborative divorce process, read the following recent articles from DemocratandChronicle.com and WSJ.com, respectively: Collaborative divorce can help ease transition and Breaking Up Without Breaking The Bank.
A short clip from the program can be viewed below:
Posted: October 7th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Big pharmaceutical gets a big win as federal judge Lawrence Stengel refuses to certify a class action lawsuit against GlaxoSmithKline. Stengel threw out the case on the ground that the plaintiff did not sufficiently prove that each class member was affected by GSK’s actions. Plaintiffs brought suit alleging that GSK set out to delay the arrival date of a generic version of Wellbutrin SR by bringing baseless patent litigation. Stengel, however, did not see that all of those involved in the class action were actually harmed by the actions of GSK. Instead, Stengel chose to side with GSK’s expert witness, John Bigelow of the Princeton Economics Group, and held that there was no clear evidence that indirect purchasers had sustained substantial injury or out-of-pocket losses. The decision handed down will likely be used by other big pharmaceutical firms because the details Stengel highlights point to general problems resulting from consumer class actions like these. The theory behind this kind of case is that consumers are hurt when generic drugs are not available, but Stengel challenges that this suffering may be more attenuated, and more research must be conducted to show specific harm.
Posted: October 6th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Lawline has been a public access television show spreading legal knowledge to the community of New York for 27 years. Recently Alan Schnurman, host and creator of Lawline, sat down with his son David Schnurman, President of Lawline.com, to discuss his passion for spreading information.
Alan Schnurman started Lawline 27 years ago as a means of spreading legal information to the community. He wanted to include the public in a community of education that once included only an elite group of attorneys. By bringing to the show prominent and experienced attorneys Alan hoped that he could provide valuable legal information to those who might not be able to afford premium legal advice. "It was a labor of love," Alan says. He gets a tremendous amount of satisfaction from helping people and wakes up happy every day because he has found what he loves to do, and he's doing it.
But what makes Alan so optimistic and happy when so many see these bleak times as a doomsday scenario come to life? It seems to be the pessimist's heyday, but Alan remains unflinching in his optimism. Every cycle comes back around, Alan says, and this recession may be longer than we've seen in a generation or two but this is the time where people position themselves for great success later on.
Alan sees attitude as the foundation of success in investment. He believes that when you have a good attitude you guarantee success. Alan has always invested in real estate because he has never been interested in a quick dollar. If you want quick money, look to the stock market, he says. But, if you have patience and want steady growth and security later on, invest in real estate. The three golden rules of real estate investing are location, not over leveraging yourself, and being patient. By adhering to these rules you guarantee success in any market, Alan says. Those who are buying now and staying in line with these rules set themselves up for success later on when the market starts to grow again.
In advertising and marketing, Alan again comes back to attitude. He says that too many attorneys don’t stick with advertising in one way for long enough to see benefits. All too often frustration sets in because of meager immediate returns. But if you keep switching to different media, from newspaper to internet, to television, back to newspaper, you will not have success. Instead, focus on one avenue and be patient, Alan says, your customers need to be educated and the returns may not be instant. Alan mentions that he once had thousands of refrigerator magnets made. He was discouraged because the immediate return wasn’t what he was hoping for. But, the return has been steady and now, 15 years later, he still gets calls from people who got his number from the magnet.
Thus, success in all things comes from having the right attitude, being patient and not getting discouraged. If you want to be successful be patient and stay optimistic. If you’re down on your luck, someone always has it worse so push through with enthusiasm and a problem solving mindset and you will succeed.
Posted: October 6th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Technology Corner
This interesting article from CNN explains the legal implications of the Tyler Clementi tragedy. Because the internet is such a new and quickly evolving phenomenon, laws have not had time to keep up with its developments. In a former case that also ended with a suicide, the perpetrator was not charged because there were no existing laws against cyber incivility. The two students who transmitted Clementi’s sexual encounter on the internet are being charged with invasion of privacy (and might possibly be charged with bias as well). However, invasion of privacy crimes do not usually carry significant penalties (5 years in jail at most), and some say that this needs to change.
State laws against invasion of privacy treat it like a “nuisance”, similar to graffiti, but as the Clementi case shows, the consequences of cyber bullying can be severe, and so should the penalties. Legislation has been proposed in congress that would strengthen stalking laws, including via technologies like webcams. Washington privacy lawyer Christopher Wolf, however, says that the revisions in the law will not come easy.
Posted: October 5th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
How Private is Facebook?
October 5th
Facebook and privacy issues go hand in hand these days, and the issues have been left largely unaddressed so far under the law. Although Facebook has only been around for a few years its impact has been undeniable. And yet there have been few moves to address how Facebook and other social media sites should be treated under the law. The Stored Communications Act, just about the only law that has been created to determine the legal status of sites like Facebook, was passed in 1986. Needless to say, technology has changed a good deal in the past quarter of a century. Without strict legal guidelines laid down by congress, judges have relied on interpretations of this 1986 law to determine what to do about issues arising from the legal status of information originating from social media sites. In recent cases judges have had trouble applying the spirit of what the law says with regards to such complicated and multi-functional sites as Facebook and Media Temple. Therefore, the question still looking for an answer is, what is privacy in the era of social media and information liberation?
Posted: October 5th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Last Thursday, Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger signed a bill to decriminalize marijuana in the state of California. The law reduces the possession of pot from a “misdemeanor” to an “infraction”. The offense is now punishable by no more than a $100 fine. Gov. Schwarzenegger claimed that his support for the bill is motivated by fiscal concerns: now, the state will expend need to expend fewer resources in prosecuting offenders because they would not need to be arrested or appear in court.
The various groups involved with the Marijuana issue are divided about this new law. Some groups praise it as a step in the right direction; others say that it is still enough and they won’t “rest” until marijuana is completely legalized. Other groups still, like most of California's major police associations, oppose the measure, claiming that less severe consequences for possession will discourage people from giving up the habit.
Posted: October 5th, 2010 By: Eight Ways to Improve Your Legal Practice After an Economic Downturn Category: Business Development Skills, Lawline.com, Marketing Tips
Even after the gloom and doom has officially ended, law firms are still recovering from that difficult period. Now the question is how should companies spend their resources as they get back on their feet? Should they invest in advertising, blogging, attending trade shows etc.? Or should they review current marketing plans and update them as necessary?
To be candid, all of these lead-generation methods have their advantages, but, there are other actions attorneys can take, in their legal practices, that are more likely to produce more bang for your buck when things are slow.
Here are some areas to review in your legal practice:
How frequently do you reach out to your professional networks? How well do you maintain your extended networks?
Harvard Business School research found that a 5-percent increase in customer loyalty can lead to 40 percent to 90 percent increases in the lifetime value of that customer relationship. You need to earn your customers’ loyalty. What are you doing to improve your client systems?
Are you perceived as the expert in your niche? If not, what concrete actions steps are you taking? Do you know where to begin to start building your expert status?
Review your strategic plans. Slow times are a great time to review your plans and see if you are still on track.
Are you taking opportunities of collaborating with strategic partners and authoring articles for local papers and trade journals. If so, how are you leveraging them?
Are the systems in your legal practice operating efficiently like a well-oiled machine? If not, what area needs improvement? Your marketing? Public relations? Managing clients? Are you still searching for a system that works for you?
Is the press calling to quote you? When was the last time a reporter called you?
Do prospects get to see and hear you up close and personal? How often and where are you speaking?
Reviewing all these different areas of your law practice and discovering where weaknesses lie are far more likely to be productive and dollar cost effective instead of trying new marketing strategies and hoping they will work.
About SCG Legal PR Network
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: October 4th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com
Lawline.com is hosting a Bridge the Gap series for newly admitted attorneys. The program will feature a highly interactive learning environment and feature some of Lawline.com's top faculty members.
The 4-part series, held Nov. 3, Nov. 9, Nov. 30, and Dec. 7 features all 16 credits to complete the full Bridge-the-Gap requirements, including 3 hours of ethics, 6 hours of skills, and 7 hours of law practice management.
Posted: October 4th, 2010 By: Michele Richman Category: Videos
Lawline.com faculty member and prominent criminal defense attorney George Parnham was recently featured in multiple news stories with respect to his representation of Joshua Woodrow Allen, Jr,. who pled guilty to murdering his 27 year old estranged wife. Mr. Allen, Jr. whose original charge of capital murder could have resulted in a death sentence, was accused of sexually assaulting his wife, before he shot and killed her, and then shot himself in the face. At sentencing, his attorney, Mr. Parnham, told the court that his client expressed remorse to his wife’s family and to his children. To read more on this highly publicized case, click on following links: Beaumont man gets 55 years for killing wife or Joshua Allen Jr. pleads guilty to wife's murder; gets 55 years.
This is not the first time Mr. Parnham has been in the news representing a high profile client. In fact, he was the defense counsel for Andrea Yates, the mother who suffered from postpartum depression and psychosis, and in 2001, drowned her five children in the bathtub in her home. In 2006, Parnham assisted her in getting her capital murder conviction overturned when a second jury found her not guilty by reason of insanity. To hear Mr. Parnham discuss his work on the Yates case in detail, watch Lawline.com’s recent CLE course, Strategic Use of the Insanity Plea in Criminal Defense. In this program, Parnham provides helpful insights on the insanity plea and teaches viewers how to prepare a credible and sincere mental illness defense. Parnham uses his 30 plus years of experience to demonstrate the best manner to represent mentally ill individuals entangled in the criminal justice system.
Posted: October 4th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
The Fall Opens at the Supreme Court
A fresh term at the Supreme Court opens today, with a record three women justices on the bench. The newest member, Elena Kagan, is likely to have less of an impact due to the considerable number of recusals, 24, mostly based on her past work with as a Solicitor General. On the ballot are several interesting cases, including:
1. Snyder v. Phelps: this case has to do with an anti-gay protest that took place at the funeral of Ablert Snyder's son, who was a marine killed in Iraq. Protestors screamed, carried signs saying "you're going to hell" and "God hates fags," as well as throwing epithets.
2. FCC v. AT&T: in this case the Court will address whether the exemption from disclosure of certain records under the Freedom of Information Act applies to corporations as well as individual persons.
3. Kasten v. Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp: this case will settle the question of whether or not someone who is closely associated with an employee who complains of discrimination is protected from retaliation. In this case the employee who complained of discrimination's fiancee was fired.
Posted: October 1st, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Technology Corner
This is a very amusing story that talks about how Facebook is becoming a goldmine of incriminating evidence for divorce attorneys. The American Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers says 81% of its members have used or faced evidence plucked from social networking sites, in cases over the past 5 years. Although lawyers have gathered evidence from several popular sites, Facebook is by far the most widely-used destination for incimnating pictures and statuses.
for the full story, click here
Posted: October 1st, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
The Supreme Court has agreed to rule on whether Corporations have "personal privacy"; a decision that will have significant consequences for corporate law. The case involves AT&T, which is attempting to stop the release of government documents that it believes infringe on the company’s privacy rights. the Obama adminstration is challanging the ruling that allows corporations to invoke a provision in a federal document-disclosure law that protects against invasions of “personal privacy,” claiming that the most natural meaning of “personal” covers only individuals. AT&T, however, is claiming that corporations ought to have their privacy protected because they, like individuals, can suffer stigma from involvement in investigations.
If the Supreme Court upholds the appeals courts' definition of "personal" as including corporations, this will lead to "a much more sweeping protection of company documents” according to Charles Davis, a professor at the University of Missouri.
Posted: September 30th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
SEC Sued Over New Corporate Proxy Rules
September 30
A suit has been filed against the SEC in regards to new rules passed imposing regulations on American companies. The SEC adopted rules on August 25th requiring companies to include in their proxy materials the nominees of “significant, long-term shareholders.” The rules are designed to allow shareholders to exercise their traditional rights to nominate and elect members of company boards of directors. However, a suit was filed Wednesday by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable against these rules, claiming a violation of the Investment Company Act, the Securities Exchange Act, the Administrative Procedure Act as well as various issuers’ rights under the fifth and first amendments. The allegations are that the SEC did not consider the costs these rules will impose on companies, and by extension shareholders and workers. Also, they claim that they will lead to costly election contests, and the SEC is guilty of “arbitrary and capricious” treatment of state law.
Posted: September 30th, 2010 By: Michele Richman Category: Videos
Could you correctly answer all of the 100 possible civic questions posed to applicants for U.S. Citizenship, or even 10 of them? To find out, watch Lawline.com’s newest immigration CLE program in which Kristen Wagner interviews immigration attorney Jessica Rhodes-Knowlton on the naturalization process. Rhodes-Knowlton teaches viewers everything they need to know in order to qualify for U.S. citizenship, including tips on how individuals can successfully complete each step of the process.
Additionally, for further insight into becoming a U.S. citizen, read Ariel Kaminer’s New York Times article Becoming a Citizen the Naturalized Way in which Ms. Kaminer writes about her journey (for journalistic purposes only) through the citizenship process from interviewing with the immigration officer and taking the exam to the emotional swearing in. These two sources will teach you nearly everything you have always wanted to know about becoming a U.S. citizen and more.
Posted: September 29th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Demand for Legal Jobs Falls Flat
According to a new study at Hildebrandt Baker Robbins, conducted by Lisa Smith, the future of many legal jobs may be in peril. Smith, who is the head of the consultancy firms strategy and structure practice group, concluded in her analysis that due to many trends in outsourcing and flat demands for legal services, there will be a fundamental adjustment in how firms hire and compensate non-partner employees. Smith’s claim has been chided as inaccurate in legal blogs, including some who think that the study is an attempt to pander to what Biglaw partners want to hear. Smith says this is not her intent, but is a fact based on the current general economic trend taking place broadly across industries. She says that with less economic activity clients won’t need as much legal work. Therefore, firms will become much more sensitive to the price of litigation and other work.
Posted: September 29th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: The News Beat
Spy Swap Forced Prosecutors Into Balancing Act
This article from the New York Times discusses the ethics behind the “Russian Spy” incident that exploded over the summer. What should’ve been a criminal case became “a deal orchestrated by politicians”, where American and Russian governments agreed to end the criminal prosecution of the 10 accused Russian spies and engage in a spy exchange instead. The article examines the ethical dilemma the prosecutors were faced with in deciding whether dropping the case and acquiescing to a trade was the right thing to do. Many others involved in the case question whether the lawyers (both defense and prosecution) weren’t merely pawns and the trial was merely a political maneuver operating outside the justice system. In the end, Mr. Bharara, the US Federal Prosecutor in charge of the case, said that after studying historical precedent of spy trades, he concluded that the deal being brokered by the politicians was acceptable and that in the modern world justice has to be consistent with national security.
Posted: September 28th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Labor Dispute Grows Out of Social Media
As the growth of social media continues to transform how we communicate and interact, there are increasing legal difficulties determining acceptable practices in the workplace. In 2009 the Division of Advice addressed a potential case regarding a Sears’s policy banning disparaging comments about the executive leadership, employees or the corporate strategy. The board decided that this was not a violation of Section 7 of the Labor Relations Act. They said that while the ban, if thought about in isolation might hinder workers’ rights, it is given in enough context that it is not a violation of the Act. However, the future is unclear because the composition of the Labor Relations Board has since changed and the new members are likely to take a different stance. So employers must be careful in the policies they implement until the Board to outline the rules after a new case is brought to them regarding social media.
To learn more about Social Media, watch the course here
To learn more about the National Labor Relations Board, watch the course here
Posted: September 28th, 2010 By: Anna Gaysynsky Category: Technology Corner
In this interesting article, journalist Tara Bernard tested 4 will-generating software programs, and then had them reviewed by a lawyer. Although she found the programs easy to use and the generated wills were all legally sound, the journalist found that she still needed a lawyer to help her decode some seemingly standard clauses and their consequences in her home state (New York). Additionally, there was surprising variation between the wills depending on the program used. The main problem in using these programs to create wills is that people don’t know the finer points of drafting a will, and so if their financial situation is atypical they might leave out an important component. Furthermore, because most people aren’t familiar with the process of drafting a will, they might misunderstand some of the program’s instructions (which, according to the journalist, are not 100% clear), and they might actually render their will invalid (for example, by failing to properly conduct the will-signing ceremony). This would, ironically, lead them to seek legal advice about their will from a lawyer, which is what the software supposedly renders unnecessary. Obviously, there is still no good substitute for a legal professional who knows the ins-and-outs of the process.
Posted: September 27th, 2010 By: Michael Rutledge Category: The News Beat
Judge to Approve $75 million Citi Settlement
September 27th
Federal District Judge Ellen Segal Huvelle said Friday she would approve of a $75 million settlement between Citi bank and the SEC.
The case currently in progress between the SEC and Citi is over misstatements relating to the exposure of roughly $40 billion in subprime mortgage securities.
The misstatements by Citi were made in the fall of 2008.
The settlement has received wide criticism, as many see it punishing already victimized shareholders.
Citi and the SEC both hold, however, that although the company had poor disclosure procedures, they did not have the intention of deliberately misleading shareholders.
Find out more about the history and role of the SEC, watch the course here
Find out more about maintaining corporate record books and disclosure practices, watch the course here
A dangerous aspect of the Internet Age that businesses and governments must cope with is cybercrime. As technology advances, so do criminals. For American businesses, and both federal and state governments, the potential cost of these attacks is staggering.
“Electronic Crime” or “Cybercrime,” broad terms used to describe criminal activity conducted through the Internet, began almost as soon as the Internet came into being. The complexities of the schemes have proven dynamic, evolving to meet the increased security measures employed by both business and government. Today, attacks on businesses can include such things as the theft of intellectual property, seizing bank accounts, generating and distributing malware, and other forms of disruptive cybercrimes. Cyber attacks against the federal government can have an even greater negative impact, potentially devastating the country’s technical infrastructure or leading to the exposure of highly classified information. In 2009, the Director of National Intelligence, testifying before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, explained that foreign nations and cybercriminals were targeting both the government and private sector in an effort to gain competitive advantages, or to disrupt or destroy them.
Perhaps most disturbing is that terrorist groups have signaled a desire to use cyber attacks against the United States government. And for state governments, the concern is just as great. While the weak American economy has caused most states to severely trim their budgets, reducing their ability to devote expenditures to cyber defense, they remain an appealing target for cybercriminals, as their computer systems hold some of their citizens’ most vital records, including health and driving records, educational and criminal records, professional licenses, and tax information. Now more than ever, governments and businesses must be aware of this evolving threat, and take proactive measures to counter it.
This post is based on a full article that will be presented at the Second Congress on Electronic Crimes and Forms of Protection, September 28, 2010 in São Paulo, Brazil. In the full article, the authors endeavor to explain:
What cybercrimes are
Profile the cybercriminal
Provide discussion of some of the most common forms of cybercrimes affecting businesses and government
Discuss action that the government is taking to fight back
Fernando M. Pinguelo is a partner at Norris McLaughlin & Marcus where he specializes in E-discovery and litigation. Pinguelo is a frequent lecturer on the topic of cybercrime and will speak at Fecomercio's Second Congress on Electronic Crimes and Forms of Protection, which will be held September 27 and 28 2010, in São Paulo, Brazil.
For more on this topic and on Fernando Pinguelo, click here.
Lawline.com faculty member Scott Michelman has been featured on CNN.com ("ACLU sues Wal-Mart for firing employee using medical marijuana") and the NYTimes.com ("Medical Use of Marijuana Costs Some a Job"), regarding his representation of cancer patient Joseph Casias in a wrongful termination case. ACLU attorney Michelman asserts that a Michigan Walmart store wrongfully terminated Casias for testing positive for marijuana use even though he was legally registered with the state to use the drug and did not use marijuana at work or come to work under the influence. According to Michelman, "No patient should be forced to choose between adequate pain relief and gainful employment, and no employer should be allowed to intrude upon private medical choices made by employees in consultation with their doctors." In response, Walmart contends that regardless of the employee's reason for taking the drug, the company must terminate employees who test positive for drug use because of customer safety issues. While fourteen states currently provide protections from prosecution for patients who use marijuana as recommended by a doctor, the extent to which many of these laws protect patients from adverse employment actions is unsettled. Michelman and the ACLU are arguing that Michigan's medical marijuana law, which is more expansive in its language than most states' laws, includes such protections and therefore prohibited the firing of Mr. Casias for medical marijuana use in accordance with state law.
To learn more about civil rights litigation in general, watch Lawline.com’s new course by Scott Michelman, The Basics of Civil Rights Litigation. In this program, Michelman draws on his years of experience in this practice area to provide helpful tips on how to successfully handle civil rights cases. In particular, Michelman shares his insights on selecting good plaintiffs and proper defendants. Lawline.com will continue to follow the litigation in Casias’ suit against Walmart, and will update the Legal Beat with developments. In the meantime, all attorneys can benefit from Scott Michelman’s civil rights litigation wisdom by watching his exemplary program on this subject matter. A short preview of the program is available below.
Posted: September 14th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category:
Dell Decides to Walk
Hewlett-Packard recently purchased 3Par, a computer storage system company, for $33 per share ($2.3 billion). Dell had engaged in an 18-day bidding war with H.P. but in the end decided not to counter H.P.’s winning offer. What can we learn from this?
Evaluating your and your counterpart’s Plan Bs (what will happen to both sides if you don’t do a deal with your counterpart) is a critical step in preparing for a negotiation. Why?
Because it tells you when to walk. If your best alternative to that deal is better than the deal on the table, don’t take the deal on the table. Knowing your best Plan B is better than your counterpart’s last move prevents you from making an agreement you should reject.
And if the deal on the table is better than your best alternative (your best Plan B), take the deal. Knowing your best Plan B is worse than your counterpart’s last best offer tells you to sign the deal.
Here, we can assume Dell evaluated its Plan B - not purchasing 3Par at the price required - and decided that walking away and not bidding any more was its best course of action.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: September 13th, 2010 By: Fernando M. Pinguelo Category:
Fernando M. Pinguelo, a Lawline faculty member, recently sat down with cyber law expert Renato Opice Blum to discuss some of the most pressing issues facing his international clients with regard to cybercrimes and he shared with us some useful ways to address the growing proliferation of these tech crimes.
Renato chairs an international summit this month in São Paulo, Brazil sponsored by Fecomercio, a premier Brazilian business organization that represents over 600,000 companies in the trade, commerce, and tourism and hospitality sectors. The summit will gather the world’s experts to address issues related to cyber crimes and security.
Q: Thank you, Renato, for sitting down with me to discuss the latest developments in tech crimes and what experts like you are doing to help businesses and individuals prevent these crimes and address them when they hit home. Tell me a little bit about your background and the composition of your law practice.
A: My name is Renato Opice Blum and I am a Brazilian Attorney and Economist who specializes in High Tech Law. I am CEO of Opice Blum Attorneys at Law, one of the most respected South American firms. Opice Blum Attorneys at Law has many years of solid experience in the main areas of law, and is recognized as a pioneer for its work in law as it relates to technology, electronic and digital law, information technology, computer law, and their variations. We handle mediations, arbitrations, oral sustaining in Court, crisis management, cybercrimes, and corporate matters. Opice Blum Attorneys at Law handles matters throughout the Brazilian territories and maintains close relationships with international legal correspondents in main financial centers, such as in New York and Miami. More detailed information can be found on the Opice Blumwebsite. Click here to read more!
Posted: September 8th, 2010 By: Amy Goldsmith Category:
Amy Goldsmith, one of our most prolific speakers and senior attorney at Gottlieb, Rackman & Reisman, presents a fascinating summary of a recent supreme court case involving medical patents on genetics (Association for Molecular Pathology, et. al. v. U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.) Amy Goldsmith has represented clients, both nationally and internationally, in a variety of industries, including telecommunications and consumer and designer goods. She is a frequent lecturer on intellectual property and has a specialized background in issues relating to genetics.
By analyzing the central arguments of the case, Ms. Goldsmith highlights moral issues that are raised as well as future implications relating to genetics and patents.
As the NFL preseason comes to a close, a number of high-profile players are still holding out, some claiming a willingness to skip the season if they don’t get what they want.
Why would a player hold out? To strengthen their leverage. The player wants to emphasize the unattractiveness of the team’s Plan B – going through the season without that player on the field. If the player is good enough to impact the team’s actual likelihood of success, this can be quite effective.
However, it comes with risk. By missing practice and pre-season games, it’s likely the player will be less mentally and physically prepared for the season (the Brett Favre situation notwithstanding). This is a particularly significant problem with new players. Plus, if games are missed, the player potentially loses some or all of his current or potential salary and may be viewed as a selfish player who puts his own self-interest ahead of the team (which of course he is doing).
Further, it gives competing players a chance to demonstrate their skills. Finally, given the short length of the typical NFL career, missing an entire season can disrupt a player’s career momentum and may be a lost opportunity that can never be regained.
As Kalani Simpson pointed out on FoxSports.com today, “The key to holding out seems to be the length of it. Long enough for them to know they’d miss you. Enough time left for you to make a difference when you get back, so the season isn’t lost.”
From a negotiation perspective, if a player wants to risk it at all, this sounds like good advice.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: September 7th, 2010 By: Michael Raff Category: Videos
Here is a great new course, presented by Michael Raff, about New Jersey automobile insurance law. Michael Raff is an experienced litigation attorney at Raff & Raff LLP in New Jersey.
In this course, Mr. Raff provides a detailed outline of the different types of insurance policies in New Jersey and examines auto accident claims under the state's no-fault law. He outfits New Jersey practitioners with the tools they need to make sure their clients are adequately protected in the case of a motor vehicle accident.
In this preview of the lecture, New Jersey's status as a "no-fault" state is introduced, and the reasons behind this are discussed.
Posted: August 17th, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
There are a couple of conversations taking place on different listservs that are all discussing the same issue: common marketing mistakes in the legal industry. Of course, there is nothing new here, but it is surprising the disconnect that exists between knowing what one should be doing in one's legal practice and actually doing it.
Here are a few of the most common marketing mistakes I've come across when talking to attorneys:
Failing to plan. You don’t have to draw out a huge, elaborate plan, but outlining what you need to accomplish and the steps to getting there are basic elements of good legal marketing.
Failure to execute the plan. Even when attorneys prepare marketing plans, they sometimes fall off the map when trying to execute the objectives. Who is responsible for implementing? What sort of benchmarks are in place to monitor progress? Who’s in charge of measuring progress?
Failure to get professional help for the firm. Whether it be in a consultant for marketing, public relations or sales training, or an organizer to get those files and systems in order.
Not enough face time with clients. Client testimonials are your most effective form of marketing, so the more positive face time you have with clients, the better reputation you will build.
Focusing in the business rather than on the business. It’s easy to get caught up in the day-to-day business, but stay invested in the grand scheme of the business and if it’s progressing.
Failing to understand that lawyers are in the business of people, NOT law. The legal industry is a business that survives on quality customer service, so do not forget the importance of client relationships and satisfaction.
Action Item: Do any of these mistakes sound familiar? If so, what action steps will you take? What is your deadline for taking the step? What will you do after taking that step?
Finally, remember that Rome was not created in a day, but after a culmination of lots of planning, organizing and implementation. So don't get overwhelmed. Start with something small and build on that gradually.
About SCG Legal PR Network
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years of experience in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network, please call 212-661-9137 or visit SCG Legal PR Network’s Web site at http://www.scglegalprnetwork.com.
Posted: August 13th, 2010 By: Michele Richman Category: Lawline.com, Videos
On March 29, 2010, in Association for Molecular Pathology, et al v. United States Patent and Trademark Office, et al, the Southern District Court of New York held that isolated human gene sequences and the comparison of their sequences were not patentable subject matter under Section 101 of the United States Patent Act. In granting the plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment, the court ruled that the patents for BRCA1 and BRCA2 breast cancer genes were invalid because the genes were “products of nature.” The court further explained that isolating a naturally occurring DNA sequence does not transform the DNA into patentable subject matter because the isolated DNA is not “markedly different” from the native DNA. In issuing this significant decision, Judge Sweet ignored the rationale that has allowed the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to issue hundreds of commercially significant patents claiming genes. If this decision is upheld, a large number of commercial patents would be at risk of being held invalid. Moreover, it would be challenging for biotechnology companies to secure future patents for gene sequences for diagnostic or treatment purposes as the companies would have to be able to show that the isolated gene sequences were markedly different from the native forms.
For an in depth examination of this important case, watch Lawline.com’s newest course, "Yours, Mine and Ours: An Update on Genetic Patents." In this program, patent law expert Amy Goldsmith reviews the most important aspects of Association for Molecular Pathology, from the plaintiffs’ and defendants’ arguments to the reasoning behind the district court's decision. Ms. Goldsmith surmises on how the federal appeals court will rule, particularly in light of the Supreme Court’s recent patent decision, In Re Bilski. Until the Second Circuit and eventually the Supreme Court rule on this matter, the fate of the BRCA breast cancer genes and many other like patents is uncertain. The Legal Beat will follow the progress of this case, and provide any developments as they become available.
Posted: August 12th, 2010 By: Michele Richman Category: Lawline.com, Videos
Two days ago, Amnesty International requested that the online website WikiLeaks censor secret files on the Afghanistan war to protect civilians who have worked alongside the U.S. and foreign forces from reprisals. Recently, WikiLeaks published more than 80,000 classified diplomatic documents pertaining to the Afghan war, many of which included names of Afghan informants. Similar to Amnesty’s request, the United States Government has publicly demanded that WikiLeaks refrain from publishing any more classified military documents, and that they remove the secret files that have already been posted. While the requests may be morally valid, there may not be any legal grounds for removing and/or censoring the materials, as forcing WikiLeaks to refrain from publishing and/or censoring the documents may constitute a prior restraint of its First Amendment right to free speech.
For a comprehensive overview of prior restraints on freedom of speech, watch Lawline.com’s new course, “Prior Restraints: Why Courts Disfavor Limitations on Free Speech.” In this program, George Freeman, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of the New York Times Company, discusses the courts’ aversion to censorship in the name of national security and reveals how such censorship of the media is only legal if it passes the “immediate and irreparable harm to the nation” test. As part of his discussion, Freeman provides behind the scenes information on the New York Times employees and attorneys who were involved in publishing the Pentagon Papers, a series of documents which contained classified information about the Vietnam War. Freeman explains how that case, the New York Times v. U.S., represents the last time the media was enjoined from publishing a story on the grounds that doing so would jeopardize national security. Does the human rights group's request for censorship of the Afghan documents satisfy the “immediate and irreparable harm to the nation” test, or is it a prior restraint on WikiLeaks’ First Amendment free speech rights? Please share your comments on this matter with us.
Posted: August 11th, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, Videos
In this clip, experienced mediator Simeon Baum discusses the role of the mediator as a facilitator. A mediator is not simply a rented judge, but rather a part of the dispute resolution process. An open and engaging mediator will help identify each party's interests, solve problems, and enhance communication. Attorneys can take advantage of the mediation process to achieve a successful outcome for their clients.
To learn more about becoming an effective mediator and representing clients in mediation, watch Simeon Baum's new course, Effective Representation in Mediation.
Duckenfield provides us with insights about the SBA 8(a) Business Development program, a program which aids small businesses to get their feet through the door into the Federal Contract space. Duckenfield explains that the program's purpose is to promote development of small businesses that are owned and controlled by socially and disadvantaged individuals. He goes on to provide us with the criteria that is necessary for a business to qualify to participate in this program.
Fahringer sheds on light on the issues that arise from trials dealing with multiple defendants. He points out that these situations could be dangerous because of the temptation to "lump" all the defendants together as a guilty party. So how can we avoid falling into this trap? Fahringer explains that by assigning each defendant a cardboard box and filing each box with evidence that is only relevant to that defendant will provide us with a true sense of who the evidence really stacks up against.
Posted: August 6th, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
We've all experienced it at one time or another; particularly when you are debating whether to incorporate public relations into your firm's business-development efforts.
How many times have you read an article about a topic that fits in with your area of interest and legal expertise and felt disheartened and disappointed that you were not the person who was quoted in the piece?
Does this sound familiar?
But how could you be quoted if the reporter doesn't know who you are and what you do?
Well, the good news is that even though your firm may not incorporate a public relations plan, there is still a way to get your message and your name published in that publication. Follow the below steps to get your side of the story featured in the Op Ed section of publications.
Write a letter to the editor of the publication referencing the article and the date it was published. In the body of the letter, you have several options to choose from:
A. Present a different viewpoint from the original writer’s stance.
B. Agree with the original writer's viewpoint and expand on the issue. Just remember to keep this at a maximum of a few paragraphs.
C. Showcase your expertise by introducing a little-known fact or issue related to the subject of interest to the public. Bring something fresh to the conversation.
It is important to note that letters to the editor are published in the editorial section – a respected section of the newspaper. Simply put, by being included in the Op Ed pages, your letter will be accorded a great measure of credibility.
Finally, don't forget it is critical to write these letters concisely and succinctly. You have only a couple of short paragraphs to convey your opinions and thoughts.
Posted: August 6th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
In a recent LeClairRyan webinar about successful mediating, attorney Robyn Gnudi Kalocsay pointed out that failing to get the agreed-upon terms in writing can be a critical mistake at the end of the negotiation process. She said, “You can leave the mediation thinking that you have an agreement, and spend the next three months trying to get the agreement re-agreed to by both sides.”
Here are three suggestions for avoiding this problem.
1. Confirm all oral commitments in writing as soon as they have been made, perhaps by email or fax.
2. Get a ready-to-be-signed written agreement over to your counterpart ASAP and include a reasonable deadline for his or her signature and some incentive for them to sign it by the deadline.
3. Don’t adversely affect your leverage, such as setting aside a trial or arbitration date, until you have a signed, sealed and delivered deal.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Lawline.com congratulates Elena Kagan who was just confirmed by the Senate in a 63-37 vote as the 112th justice to the United States Supreme Court. Ms. Kagan will be the fourth woman ever to sit on the United States Supreme Court, and joins Justices Sonia Sotomayer and Ruth Bader Ginsburg to form the first ever bloc of three women to serve on the Court at the same time. Though Kagan, who is currently the U.S. Solicitor General, has never served as a judge, her diverse professional background includes clerking for a Supreme Court justice, being the Dean of Harvard Law School, and working for the Clinton administration.
Once on the Supreme Court, Kagan will likely have the opportunity to weigh in on the current prominent cases in California where a judge recently struck down the state’s ban on same sex marriage and in Arizona where a judge blocked several main components of the strict immigration law.
To learn more about Supreme Court justices, watch Lawline.com faculty member Herald Price Fahringer’s popular course, Arguing in Front of the United States Supreme Court. Fahringer, who has argued in front of the Supreme Court 14 times, shares his insights into the inner workings of the Court and also gives helpful tips on how to adequately prepare your Supreme Court arguments.
Posted: July 29th, 2010 By: Megan Creighton Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
On Wednesday, U.S. District Judge Susan Bolton blocked several main components of Arizona’s strict immigration law bill only hours before it was set to takeoff. This obstruction was viewed as a victory to the Obama administration as it attempts to maintain jurisdiction on this matter.
Arizona state officials are prepared to fight and while recognizing that this will be a long legal battle, they are not showing any signs of slowing down. Governor Jan Brewer has already stated that an appeal will be filed to have the provisions reinstated.
The law was passed by the state-legislature three months ago and created tougher immigration regulations that were expected to drive out nearly half a million illegal immigrants from Arizona. Some of the provisions that were blocked include: the requirement for immigrants to carry their papers on them at all times and the requirement of police officers to determine the status of immigrants if they had justified reasoning to believe they are illegal.
The rulings by Judge Bolton have been considered a great triumph for Obama and his goals towards creating a comprehensive policy that compromises with the Republicans’ contrasting agenda. The administration is aiming to not condone illegal immigration, but to provide a way for the illegal immigrants to attain legal status and contribute positively towards society.
However, Arizona’s plans to move forward with an expedite appeal are keeping Obama’s golden goal still out of reach. It would not be unexpected for the case to reach the U.S. Supreme Court, but in that case this battle will not just be a very long one, but a very costly one at that.
So, what is your take on the matter? Is Arizona's tenacity going to result in tougher Immigration laws? Or is this White House victory just the first of many, providing hope that someday illegals will be accepted and legal members of society?
Posted: July 28th, 2010 By: Andrew Bluestone Category: Attorney Malpractice
Financial Downturn and Fraud Coupled with Legal Malpractice
The question of whether legal malpractice litigation is tied to [and affected by] downturns in the financial and economic worlds is often asked. Our answer is that legal malpractice litigation is apt to come up in every situation where attorneys are present.
The Drier episode, punctuated by fraud, crimes and large money numbers is a prime example. In this NYLJ article by Nate Raymond we see that opinion letters assuring some aspect of a transaction, issued by attorneys, are now the subject of a legal malpractice case. From the article:
"Fortress Investment Group LLC filed suit against Ruskin Moscou Faltischek on Tuesday for allegedly issuing "utterly false" legal opinion letters used by ex-lawyer Marc S. Dreier, who is now in prison for his role in a massive Ponzi scheme.
In a complaint filed in Manhattan Supreme Court, Fortress claims the Uniondale-based law firm issued three letters that Mr. Dreier used to defraud the investment firm out of $50 million. The suit against Ruskin Moscou follows one filed by Fortress in December against Dechert that made similar allegations.
Legal Malpractice Claims Reinstated Against Boies Schiller
Yesterday, the Appellate Division, First Department, reversed Supreme Court and reinstated the negligence causes of action on behalf of Mary Anne Fletcher against Boies Schiller in Fletcher v Boies, Schiller & Flexner, LLP; 2010 NY Slip Op 06140 ;Decided on July 20, 2010 .
From the Decision: "Plaintiff, a fashion model, pleaded that a prominent agency mismanaged her and lost or withheld her crucial portfolio; that she had evidence of a scheme involving bogus expenses charged by that agency against other models; that images of her were profitably used by a large retail chain, wrongfully and without her authorization, via a subsidiary; and that a second agency had interfered with bookings that would have earned her $275,000, and instead booked another model for those jobs.
Plaintiff further pleaded that, when she consulted the Boies Schiller law firm and met with defendant Hayes, she was persuaded to turn over a large body of self-gathered evidence and told that her claims were worth large, specified amounts, and that the firm, and defendant Hayes concealed a conflict of interest between her and existing classes in state and federal actions; excluded her from the federal class action; subordinated her interests to those of other class members; participated lackadaisically in settlement discussions; and failed to timely file a claim in a crucial bankruptcy proceeding while successfully prosecuting the claim of the federal class.
Sometimes It Just Wasn't the Attorney in Legal Malpractice
One theme that we have considered over the years is whether attorneys get preferential treatment in legal malpractice litigation. Are motions to dismiss granted on too little evidence? Do the attorneys get the benefit of the doubt? Is the fact that legal malpractice law is written mostly by attorneys, is decided upon by attorneys and affects attorneys sometimes dispositive of the outcome?
Well, all that aside, sometimes the client just can't help themselves. Here is an example from today's NYLJ: Uzamere v. Uzamere; KINGS COUNTY; Justice Schack;
"Pro se plaintiff CHERYL D. UZAMERE (UZAMERE) moves by order to show cause for: summary judgment, pursuant to CPLR Rule 3212; and, upon the failure of all defendants to answer, pursuant to CPLR §3215, for a default judgment of $100,000,000.00 plus interest against defendants SENATOR EHIGIE EDOBOR UZAMERE a/k/a "GODWIN E. UZAMERE" (SENATOR UZAMERE), ALLEN E. KAYE, P.C., ALLEN E. KAYE, ESQ., HARVEY SHAPIRO, ESQ. (SHAPIRO), BERNARD J. ROSTANSKI (ROSTANSKI), and JACK GLADSTEIN, ESQ. (GLADSTEIN), in an action arising from defendants' alleged misdeeds and misconduct related to plaintiff UZAMERE's 1979 marriage and subsequent abandonment by SENATOR UZAMERE. Defendants ALLEN E. KAYE, P.C. and ALLEN E. KAYE, ESQ. will be collectively referred to as "KAYE."
9/11 and Judicary Law 487 in Legal Malpractice
9/11 is almost 10 years behind us. Its direct effects may have passed, but the indirect effects still resonate. Here is a fraud, foreclosure scam and legal malpractice case which arises out of the post 9/11 world.
Cullen v. Steinberg, 2010 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 62138 is a case in which plaintiff was the surviving widow of a murdered victim of 9/11. She invested her compensation in real estate, and then fell prey to a variant of a scheme. "In 2004, plaintiff received $ 1.9 million in compensation for her husband's murder in the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center. She invested some of the money in [*4] real estate, buying residential property at 653 Jacey Drive in Fort Lee, New Jersey in 2004, and at 1400 Outlook Avenue in the Bronx in 2006."
"At a party in December 2006, plaintiff met Maximo (Max) Almonte, who had gone to grammar school with her. Almonte initially told plaintiff he was a stock broker; plaintiff learned in May 2007 that he was actually a felon who had been convicted of real estate fraud. Almonte moved in with plaintiff at 653 Jacey Drive two days after meeting her at the party.
Posted: July 27th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
In sophisticated negotiations, the parties will typically find the standards that favor their side and use their most favorable standards to independently justify the “fairness” of their positions. The parties will then negotiate over which standard represents the most fair and applicable justification.
Such is the case in the current NBA collective bargaining negotiation. Billy Hunter, the NBA players’ union director, commenting on the owners' claim to have lost $370 million last year said, "There might not be any losses at all. It depends on what accounting procedure is used." He then said, "If you decide you don't count interest and depreciation, you already lop off 250 of the 370 million dollars." The union’s preferred standard here is “real losses,” which don’t include interest and depreciation.
In response, NBA deputy commissioner Adam Silver said, "Part of the problem with the existing system is it's based largely on revenue, not net revenue. Although our actual revenue numbers were better than what we projected, it came at a large cost." The NBA’s preferred standard here is net revenue.
Hunter further stated the players have little confidence in the owners’ projections and will offer their own interpretations of the league's finances at the next bargaining meeting.
What lesson can we learn from this? Research the applicable standards before your negotiation. Then come prepared to use the most favorable ones and discredit the most unfavorable ones. Finally, negotiate over the most appropriate objective criteria.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: July 27th, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, Videos
Joe Ahmad discusses several contract/common law theories that employers typically face. He provides us with insight from the employers' perspectives by probing questions such as, "What are their interests?" and "Why are they bringing a claim?”. Furthermore, he explains several of the issues concerning competition contracts and concludes by referencing certain struggles of selective enforcement.
This excerpt is from "What the Texas Attorney Needs to Know About Unfair Competition and Non-Compete Claims". To preview this course, follow this link.
Ken Hagreen describes that although stress can be beneficial for many lawyers, in some cases it can become a gateway to other illnesses. He provides us with several daunting statistics about potential impairments that can affect lawyers. He wraps up by stressing that understanding these illnesses and reaching out to lawyers in distress is imperative.
This excerpt is from "Lawyers at Risk: How Stress Can Become a Gateway to a New Life". To view this course in its entirety, follow this link.
Posted: July 23rd, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
The Federal Trade Commission filed a 75 page brief this past Wednesday in an appeal from the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, arguing that lawyers should be held to the "red flag" standards that have pushed creditors to increase their role in the prevention of identity theft.
The appeal stems from the American Bar Association's suit against the FTC for its regulations of the legal profession and loose interpretation of the term "creditor" In August 2009. U.S. District Judge Reggie Walton of the District of Columbia ruled in favor of the American Bar Association.
The FTC states in the brief that the definition of "Creditor" in the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions (FACT) Act of 2003 and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act indeed encompasses lawyers. The brief states, "The entities to be covered under the identity theft provisions are to be covered based either on their status as a “financial institution” or on activities that make them a “creditor.”
Since lawyers often take cases without being paid in advance, the FTC, in this definition, argues that they should be considered to be creditors.
Recently, Lawline.com's Yan Ross produced two CLE programs on this issue. The identity theft expert examines the newly implemented anti-identity theft legislation and the ethical implications of complying with the FTC’s Red Flags Rules.
Ross also examines the FTC’s role in policing identity theft and discusses the principal provisions of the Red Flags Rules in a second program entitled, FTC's Red Flags Rules Series: Are You Ready for Enforcement? Talking points include the history and development of the new legislation and the practical implications of compliance with the rules, and penalties for non-compliance.
Kimberly Russel discusses the basics of the Permanent Parenting Plan and the importance of each component. She then goes on to inform parents about the Shared Income Approach and highlights four things that parents should understand in order to reach a mutual agreement.
This excerpt is from "Legal Aspect of Co-Parenting in Tennesse".
Stacy Lynch discusses the underlying rights of authors for their bodies of work, specifically citing the rights retained when their writing is being projected on the big screen or the big stage. In addition, she notes key facts an attorney must know when ownership is being transferred.
This clip is from, "An Introduction to Contractual Issues in the Film and Television Industries". To preview this upcoming Lawline.com course, follow this link.
Posted: July 20th, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
In today’s 24/7 news environment, coupled with the increasing influence of blogs on media, attorneys are expected to provide counsel to clients when facing or anticipating a media firestorm. Though attorneys and journalists have often been at loggerheads, attorneys must have a basic skill set to work effectively with the media and be cognizant of their role in crisis communication plans. At their very basic form, these plans show the flow of information to constituents both internally and externally: media, clients, staff and other key groups involved.
Large-scale crises from recent years, such as the shootings at Virginia Tech, Katrina, and the fires in Southern California, demonstrate how well-prepared the organizations involved were. No organization, business, government or high-profile individual is exempt from a crisis played out in the public arena. The Institute for Crisis Management’s 2009 annual report lists the industries that are most prone to crisis, with banking, security brokers, and the aircraft industry topping the list.
A crisis is essentially any situation that threatens the integrity or reputation of an organization. Crisis can range from a class action lawsuit, a high-profile client involved in some criminal activity or a product recall to a manmade disaster.
They can be short or long-term. This could be an issue that internal staff are aware of but have not yet broken out in the public arena. What is certain, though, is that the lines of communication must be open during a crisis. Keeping the lines of communication open involve several strategies including legal and media strategies.
Having a one-sided strategy, such as winning in a court of law, will be minimized if the firm or the client’s reputation has been destroyed in the public opinion court.
To put it another way, if marketing and public relations builds brands and reputations, then crisis communication is all about prevention and/or minimizing the loss of reputation in the court of public opinion.
In the final outcome, an ounce of prevention is far better than reaction devaluing credibility, so therefore being prepared is critical. With that in mind, you need to have a couple of things in place: a crisis communication plan and crisis communication team. Crisis communication plans are templates; they provide an organization with the framework of who will be responsible for what when and if a crisis should occur. Without crisis communication plans—whether you are a solo attorney, a law firm representing a high-profile client, or a law firm representing a large corporation—you will be viewed as inept.
It’s also important to note that these templates must be fluid, because each crisis will be different. Adjustments to the crisis communication plans will be necessary, as these are living organisms.
Paramjit L. Mahli is with award winning SCG Legal PR Network. She is a former journalist who has worked with CNN Business News, Canadian Broadcast Corporation and Journal of Commerce. Comprised of small and large firms, SCG Legal PR Network connects legal experts with reporters nationally and internationally. Ms. Mahli is a contributor to Legal Broadcast Network and writes frequently for Technolawyer. She also trains and gives CLEs regularly on media relations.
Alan Schnurman discusses the vital role the attorney plays in the area of land development. In many situations, it is the attorney that takes on the managerial role. Schnurman goes on to explain that in order to make the best deal for your client, you must identify what your client is really asking you to accomplish and determine whether or not it is feasible.
This is an exerpt from an upcoming Lawline.com course: An Attorney's Role in a Land Development Deal. For a free preview, follow this link.
Posted: July 19th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
As detailed in The New York Times, Honest Tea is a specialty juice and tea company with 2009 revenues of $47 million. Coca-Cola owns 40% of the company with an option to buy the remainder next year. One of Honest Tea’s products marketed for consumption by children features “no high-fructose corn syrup” on its label. Coca-Cola asked Honest Tea to change or remove the label. Coke doesn’t want the ingredient disparaged because it uses it in other products.
Who has the leverage advantage? You might assume Coca-Cola because it is much larger and may soon own Honest Tea outright. However, size alone does not guarantee a leverage advantage. In fact, size is much less important than a) both sides’ need levels and b) both sides’ best alternatives (or Plan Bs to doing the deal with each other).
Here, Honest Tea’s need level is low because they legally retained control over its products’ contents in its agreement with Coke and could harm its customers’ trust if it removed or watered-down the label. At the same time, Honest Tea wants to protect its relationship with Coke which provides much wider distribution and may soon become its sole owner. Maintaining the status quo (no agreement) is a much better alternative for Honest Tea than losing Coca-Cola’s distribution.
From Coke’s perspective, despite its size advantage, its need level is higher because its products containing high-fructose corn syrup are much more important to the company’s bottom-line. At the same time, it is facing decreasing demand for soft drinks and is seeking ways to increase its presence in the growing natural and health drink markets. If a resolution can’t be reached, Coca-Cola could maintain the status quo or look for alternative health drink companies to invest in but neither may be as desirable to Coke as reaching an acceptable compromise with Honest Tea.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com
Ken Hagreen sheds light on the topic of gambling and how it can progress from a simple game of chance to a serious addiction for some lawyers. Gambling is a means of dealing with stress, and is not particularly a bad means, just as long as you maintain control. Hagreen explains the science behind losing that control and the necessary steps a lawyer should take to get back on track.
This clip is from "Lawyers at Risk: Gambling". To view the course in its entirety, follow this link.
Truth Be Veiled, written by Joel Cohen and Carla T. Main is Coffeetown’s newest release. This murder mystery tells the story of a high profile executive standing trial for the murder of his wife and his reliance on criminal lawyer, Justin Steele, a man battling with his conscience about how far he’s willing dig to uncover the truth. The plot is centered on the characters and how each of them confronts and copes with the law.
While this piece will keep any person on the edge of one’s seat, a person with a legally trained mind will find extra value in the story. Truth Be Veiled goes beyond the thrilling nature of murder mystery to truly navigate the inner workings of the justice system and its ethical impact on all parties involved.
A woman falling to her death from a fifteenth-story window is what draws you in, however, the characters’ struggles to unveil or conceal the truth while remaining true to themselves is what keeps you turning the page.
To learn more about Truth Be Veiled: A Justin Steele Murder Case, follow this link.
Herald Price Fahringer explains how incorporating metaphors into closing statements can make your claims more persuasive and powerful. Citing some of the most influential figures in history, he goes on to give us a taste of how utilizing metaphors can make for one compelling argument.
This clip is from, "Sentencing: Making the Best of a Bad Situation". To view this course in its entirety, follow this link.
As we pass the midpoint of 2010, do you feel that your practice is forging ahead or is in a state of regression? If you think that your practice needs a reboot it may behoove you to sign up for a FREE tele-seminar that will help you regenerate your productivity and your profits. On July 27, 2010 at 5 pm EST, Paramjit L. Mahli and Allison C. Shields will be presenting “Lawyers: Is Analysis Paralysis Costing You Time and Money?”, a seminar dedicating to putting you back on the right track.
Posted: July 7th, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
Public relations is the art of changing perceptions. One is managing, building and/or changing perception with groups or stakeholders whom the success of a business is highly dependent on. Stake holders or interest groups may include:
• The press
• Current clients
• Prospects
• Trade and industry groups—essentially anyone who can assist in the growth of business
All these relationships are managed, guided and steered effectively by good public relations practitioners. How many times have you heard the expression: “It’s all about perception.” Look what happened to New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani after September 11. His reputation literally skyrocketed into the stratosphere.
Well, good public relations is all about perceptions. A note of caution: public relations is not only about putting seminars together, getting published, speaking or sending out an odd news release to the media. What good public relations does is change behavior. This, in turn, facilitates business growth. For example, your firm may want to:
• Be seen in a more favorable light to an important target group. (This could be the firm’s ideal client target market)
• Demonstrate how the firm’s services are different from its competition’s
• Communicate effectively the firm’s participation in a particular community that is critical to the growth of the firm
• Showcase attorneys in the firm who are experts—those at the top of their game in a specific area of law
If you’re still not clear, ask yourself when was the last time you or another attorney in your firm received a call from the press regarding input on a story they were working on? When were you last invited to speak by a trade or industry group? When was the last time your work was published? Remember the old axiom of “publish or perish.” It’s a critical component in building your firm’s reputation.
Finally, something that I come across all the time, particularly in the legal field, is don’t confuse public relations with advertising. One is based on building credibility, visibility and reputation through third-party endorsements. The other is essentially paying to be seen and heard.
Each tactic has its merits. One thing is for certain, regardless of whether these strategies are implemented by in-house staff and or external agencies; success is dependent on the right hand knowing what the left hand is doing. Otherwise, it will be yet another case of throwing things at the wall and hoping that one of them sticks!
Paramjit L. Mahli is with award winning SCG Legal PR Network. She is a former journalist who has worked with CNN Business News, Canadian Broadcast Corporation and Journal of Commerce. Comprised of small and large firms, SCG Legal PR Network connects legal experts with reporters nationally and internationally. Ms. Mahli is a contributor to Legal Broadcast Network and writes frequently for Technolawyer. She also trains and gives CLEs regularly on media relations.
Posted: July 2nd, 2010 By: Fernando M. Pinguelo, Esq. and Andrew D. Linden, Esq. Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
You arrive at your desk and the day starts like any other - dialing your voicemail while simultaneously typing an email. But today, you notice that a new file has been added to your mountain of work. “New Jersey?!?” you shout. “We do business in New Jersey?” You collect yourself and acknowledge that yes, of course your company does business in New Jersey; but it has never been sued there. Thoughts of New Jersey stereotypes run through your mind: runaway jury verdicts, traffic jams, the Sopranos, and Joisey accents. You think to yourself, “we’ve got a Situation.”
Stereotypes aside, you realize that you’re no longer on your home turf and need to get acquainted quickly with New Jersey’s “local customs” in order to get your arms around this complex matter. Here are ten little known facts about New Jersey’s state and federal court systems.
A. New Jersey State Courts
New Jersey's state court system consists of municipal courts, tax courts, the Superior Court (the trial court), the Appellate Division, and the Supreme Court of New Jersey. There is a superior court in each of New Jersey’s twenty-one counties, which are grouped into fifteen vicinages for administrative purposes. There are approximately 360 superior court trial judges, and each year parties file about seven million new cases in New Jersey's courts.
1. Trial Court Split: The nature of your case and the type of relief sought will determine where your case will be heard. New Jersey is one of only four states to retain a separate chancery court. The vast majority of civil cases are heard in the Superior Court, Law Division. However, actions in which the plaintiff’s primary right or the principal relief sought is equitable in nature (and not monetary) shall be brought in the Chancery Division. Such equitable matters include receivership actions, foreclosures, and the immediate enforcement of restrictive covenants. Generally, equity actions are not triable by jury. Both the Law and Chancery divisions have the power to afford full legal and equitable relief, but a blatant misfiling of a truly legal issue in the Chancery Division is strongly disfavored.
2. eDiscovery: Make Meet & Confer a Priority: New Jersey became one of the first jurisdictions to adopt eDiscovery court rule amendments that address specifically the proliferation of electronic documents and their impact on lawsuits and the discovery process. In complex cases with e-document-heavy discovery, a mandatory meeting among counsel and technical experts is critical to setting the tone for an orderly and manageable exchange of electronic information. Although modeled after the federal rules, New Jersey’s court rules do not have an equivalent to the federal rules’ mandatory meet and confer rule, which requires all parties to promptly meet and confer regarding discovery needs. New Jersey’s court rules do, however, allow for parties to apply to the court to schedule a case management conference to address eDiscovery and related complexities. Specifically, the rules provide that counsel may ask the court to schedule a conference if it appears that such a conference will assist discovery or otherwise promote the orderly and expeditious progress of the case. In complex cases with e-document-heavy discovery, a meeting among counsel is critical to setting the tone for a manageable exchange of eDiscovery; so make an early application to the court for such a conference.
3. Daubert Standard: Not Quite (Yet): New Jersey has not codified or expressly adopted the Daubert standard for the admissibility of expert testimony. In New Jersey, parties must satisfy three basic requirements for the admission of expert testimony: the testimony is beyond the ken of the average juror, the field testified to must be at a state of the art such that an expert’s testimony could be sufficiently reliable, and the witness has sufficient expertise to offer the intended testimony. In cases involving injuries caused by drugs or toxic substances, however, New Jersey courts have used a Daubert-like test, stating that expert testimony is admissible if it is based on sound, adequately-founded scientific method involving data and information reasonably relied on by experts in the field. Be certain that your expert’s reasoning satisfies the applicable standard in order to avoid wasting money and effort compiling inadmissible evidence.
4. Deposition Testimony Will Be Part of the Trial? The court rules provide that a deposition of a witness may be used by any party for any purpose against any other party who was present at the deposition, if the court finds that the appearance of the witness cannot be obtained for reasons such as death, illness, imprisonment, or the witness is out of state. In some cases it will be necessary to depose a non-party witness who does not reside in New Jersey and will be unavailable for trial. Because that witness’ deposition testimony may be admissible at trial, that deposition should not be handled lightly. In one case, the court admitted the telephone deposition of a non-party witness who lived in Hawaii where opposing counsel participated in the deposition and had an opportunity to cross-examine the witness. Thus, be prepared to cross-examine and make proper objections during the deposition of a witness who later may be deemed “unavailable.”
5. “Bending” the Rules: The often forgotten court rule 1:1-2 lingers and could spell disaster to the unsuspecting lawyer. Rule 1:1-2 provides that the court rules shall be construed to secure a just determination, simplicity in procedure, fairness in administration, and the elimination of unjustifiable expense and delay. Unless otherwise stated, “any rule may be relaxed or dispensed with by the court” in which the action is pending if adherence to it would result in an injustice. Although used sparingly, this rule allows judges to dispense with the rules if the circumstances call for it. There are numerous reported decisions where the court invoked the rule. Just when your client thinks it obtained a favorable result, this rule could change the outcome.
B. United States District Court for the District of New Jersey
New Jersey’s federal court system is comprised of a single judicial district with three divisions located in Newark, Camden, and Trenton. The Clerk of the District Court will consider the defendant’s residence, the convenience of the parties, counsel and witnesses, and the origin of the cause of action when allocating cases amongst the court’s three divisions. There are twenty-four district court judges and ten magistrate judges. Last year, parties commenced nearly 6,700 actions in the District Court of New Jersey.
1. Strict Adherence to Proper Form: The local civil rules provide that the first paragraph of every initial pleading, motion, or other form must recite the address for every party named in the case, and that the first page of each filed paper bear counsel’s address. This rule is designed to assist the Clerk when determining which division will hear the case. In addition, litigants, as well as attorneys, must advise the court of any change in address within seven days. These requirements may sound rudimentary, but a failure to adhere to these rules may result in sanctions. Case law supports the court’s imposition of harsh penalties, including dismissal of a complaint, for violations of the local rules. Do not let a simple technicality end your case before it even starts.
2. Need a Little More Time? Pursuant to the local “breathing room” rule, a party, without notice to an adversary, may obtain an initial fourteen-day extension from the Clerk to answer a complaint. If the application is made in writing, prior to the expiration of the time to answer, the Clerk will grant the extension. The extra fourteen days can be used to formulate case strategy, prepare preliminary motions, or negotiate an early settlement. Be sure your application for an extension is timely, and use the extra days to your advantage.
3. Magistrate Judges’ Importance: Magistrate judges play a critical role in the district. Magistrates are the case management “gatekeepers” responsible for adjudicating case management motions, determining non-dispositive pretrial motions, conducting hearings, making recommendations to the district judge on dispositive motions, and, in some cases, presiding over trials. In the Newark vicinage, magistrates are assigned to particular district court judges. In Trenton and Camden, magistrates assist district court judges on a rotating basis. Due to the court’s high volume of complex litigation, the district recently increased its number of magistrates. Knowing the customs and expectations of both district and magistrate judges (most of whom have their own personal practices) will enhance your chances of success during and prior to trial.
4. eDiscovery Gets Hyper-local: New Jersey’s federal courts have been in the forefront of eDiscovery issues. The local rules provide detailed instructions on how to address eDiscovery. For example, local rule 26.1 imposes an obligation upon counsel prior to the initial conference to thoroughly understand a client’s information management system, how information is stored, and how it can be retrieved. These local rules get ever more hyper-local with some judges asking parties to identity IT representatives and produce them for depositions before discovery commences. This local rule and each individual judge’s practices should be considered for proper compliance.
5. Don’t Fall for the Calculatedly Evasive Verification: All too often, parties hedge their responses to interrogatories by submitting a verification that qualifies the responses as being made “upon information and belief.” Local rule 33.1 provides that if the person verifying the answers does not have personal knowledge of the information set forth in the answers, the witness must articulate which answers fall into that category and identify persons with personal knowledge from whom the information was obtained. Don’t let a deficient verification slide without an objection.
New Jersey’s state and federal judiciary is among one of the most respected in the country, and with a strong familiarity of New Jersey’s legal terrain you can vastly improve your likelihood of success in litigation.
Fernando M. Pinguelo, a trial lawyer, Member of Norris McLaughlin & Marcus, and Co-chair of its eDiscovery Group, founded the ABA Journal award-winning eDiscovery blog, e-Lessons Learned, where law, technology, and human error collide. Andrew D. Linden, an associate of the firm, practices in its Litigation and Appellate Practice groups. To learn more about New Jersey’s unique legal landscape, email info@NJLocalLaw.com or visit www.NJLocalLaw.com.
This past Tuesday, The New York Enterprise Report proudly presented The Best Accountants and Attorneys for Growing Businesses. This awards event celebrated the top business advisors in New York.
Joel Greenwald and Joe Bambara, two featured Lawline.com faculty members, were recognized as outstanding attorneys in their respective fields.
Greenwald was awarded Attorney of the Year (a tie with Charles Torres of Reitler Kailas & Rosenblatt) and best attorney in the area of Employment Law. Currently, he is the managing partner at Greenwald Doherty LLP, a law firm dedicated to representing management in the many legal issues that arise from the employee/employer relationship. As a jack of all trades, Greenwald has extensive experience not only as a trial lawyer, but as a counselor, a trainer, and a keynote speaker. He is a highly-valued advisor and is delivering guidance to many management teams in a vast range of industries.
Greenwald recently filmed the CLE course “Top Ten Things Every Employer Should Know Before Firing an Employee” with Lawline.com.
Bambara was awarded top attorney in the area of Technology. He is currently the VP of technology architecture at UCNY, Inc. In addition, he has been counseling small to mid-size technology firms, has participated in many outsourcing contracts, taught computer courses for CCNY’s School of engineering and has authored several books pertaining to technological applications. He has given many presentations on all aspect of law and mobile development, and has also presented several CLE courses for Lawline.com. His most recently filmed course is “Possible Thunderstorm: The Legal Ramification of Cloud Computing”.
Posted: June 29th, 2010 By: Megan Creighton Category: Lawline.com
Lawline.com and Solo Practice University have established a partnership rooted in the belief that learning is a never-ending process. Solo Practice is an online destination that provides students and attorneys with the resources they need to enhance their practice. And through this new partnership, they can also fulfill their CLE requirements by accessing hundreds of Lawline.com’s continuing legal education courses. The overall aim of the collaboration is to create an online community where small firms and solo practitioners can interact and enhance their educational and professional experiences.
Recently, Solo Practice University was featured in The Rinn Law Library Blog of DePaul University College of Law, and sharing the spotlight was its new partner, Lawline.com.
Posted: June 23rd, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
Marketing Lessons Learned continued...
3. Owning a law firm is really having three businesses: finding, minding and grinding the business. Where in your experience have you seen significant strides made?
TD: Our focus at Small Firm Business was really on the finding and minding stages. Finding relates to all of the points mentioned above. Regarding minding, I think the key issue there is the application of technology. Lawyers have to determine which applications might actually benefit their practices and improve client service. There are a tremendous number of tech “bells and whistles” being sold, but not all of them are of universal appeal. Also weighing on a firm’s tech decisions are pressures from both the clients and peer firms.
Clients will expect firms to have certain tech capabilities, particularly corporate clients. Firms also need to be mindful of what competing firms are doing on the tech front, lest they appear to be outmoded and somehow unable to serve clients as effectively.
4. Do you see any generational differences towards marketing? (For
example, younger crowds are a lot more open to marketing than those who are 60-plus and set in their ways.)
TD: There may be some older attorneys who still object to marketing as somehow being inappropriate for a lawyer, but I think most have come around and at the very least understand that things have changed. Though this doesn’t mean that they’re becoming bloggers, instead they’re pursuing more traditional marketing. I tend to see marketing as more of a personality issue rather than a generational one. We all know some people who appear to be “born marketers.” And that’s in no way pejorative. What I think it means is that there’s a certain comfort level and confidence that comes across when speaking to these people.
At the same time, some people are uncomfortable talking about themselves if it seems like it could be self-interested. So I think lawyers have to assess what their strengths are and what their comfort zones are. Partners in a small firm could play off of one another’s strengths to see that their firm gets the most exposure in a way that everyone supports and no one dreads.
A heartfelt thank you to Trevor Delaney for doing this interview. Currently he is the Personal Finance Editor at Black Enterprise.
Paramjit L. Mahli is with award winning SCG Legal PR Network. She is a former journalist who has worked with CNN Business News, Canadian Broadcast Corporation and Journal of Commerce. Comprised of small and large firms, SCG Legal PR Network connects legal experts with reporters nationally and internationally. Ms. Mahli is a contributor to Legal Broadcast Network and writes frequently for Technolawyer. She also trains and gives CLEs regularly on media relations.
Posted: June 23rd, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
Recently, I had the opportunity to talk to Trevor Delaney, former editor of Small Firm, Inc., an ALM publication about law firm marketing, specifically what problems and issues firms have concerning marketing. Here is an excerpt from that Q&A:
1. What are some of the biggest issues facing small law firms?
TD: A key issue for many small firm lawyers is — and I imagine always will be — how they can most effectively market their firms. Not surprisingly, the struggle largely stems from time-management issues. Attorneys want to know how they can most effectively utilize their marketing time and dollars, because there is no magic formula whereby attorneys would be guaranteed results; it just makes the decision making that much harder.
Add to the mix, blogging, podcasting and other ways that the Internet can be used to develop new business, and it becomes abundantly clear that marketing can be a complex decision. Ultimately, it’s a matter of weighing the nature of the practice, the expense, and what marketing efforts the attorney can be enthusiastic about, e.g., sending out a firm newsletter is only effective if there’s someone committed to making it work, each and every time.
2. As far as resistance towards marketing and business development, what changes have you seen during the life of Small Firm Inc.?
TD: While working on Small Firm Business, my sense was the more lawyers were trying to figure out ways to make marketing a more planned aspect of their business plans. Initially as I began to talk with lawyers, many seemed to take an ad hoc approach to marketing, e.g., an attorney might give a speech or make a presentation if the opportunity crossed her desk.
Increasingly I’m hearing about lawyers taking a more proactive approach, and taking the time to fill in some of the obvious gaps in their approaches to marketing. For instance, I think over time you’ll see more small firms setting up Web pages. I’m still surprised by the number of firms that don’t, because the Net has become the starting point for so many of us in any kind of purchase we might consider making.
Check back tomorrow for more marketing tips from Trevor Delaney.
Posted: June 16th, 2010 By: Megan Creighton Category:
If you were to type “Google WiFi Snooping” into Google’s search bar, in 0.16 seconds you would receive 1,630,000 results regarding the investigation of Google and its questionable violation of privacy law.
So how did Google, a search engine so popular that its name has become a common verb, fall under such scrutiny?
In May, Google admitted that it had unintentionally recorded and saved Web traffic data from unsecured wireless hotspots. The data was obtained through its street cars, used to take pictures for services like Google Maps. This “accidentally” retrieved data likely includes fragments of browsers’ e-mail, web surfing, documents, and other private data.
All of the internet surfers’ data has been locked up on a hard drive in a Portland, Oregon federal courthouse.
Google has requested that all of the cases regarding these incidents be consolidated into one, and then having that single case heard by a court near its headquarters. It is thought that the grant of this request would favor Google because the Judges of Northern California are “comfortable with technology matters and familiar with the company and the importance of its services,” states Eric Goldman, a professor of law at Santa Clara University’s School of Law.
So what’s your take on the matter? Did Google breach our civil liberties or is this just a small price we must pay to reap the benefits of its services?
Posted: June 11th, 2010 By: Megan Creighton Category: Law School, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Knewton is an online LSAT prep course provider that is anything but traditional. Its test experts have developed the industry’s first adaptive learning engine, allowing students to receive customized prep courses that meet their every need.
How do they do it? Knewton has assigned tags to each piece of content learned in its courses. These tags categorize every concept to an atomic level. By doing this, Knewton can track a student’s interaction with each concept and assess which videos, lessons, and practice problems are most effective.
For example, if Knewton detects that a student learns certain concepts better by watching videos, then related concepts will also be taught through videos.
Knewton’s unique and innovative services have enticed the brightest, most experienced LSAT teachers to join its team. And through live and on-demand video classrooms, their guidance can be provided to students, wherever and whenever they wish to seek it.
Former CEO of Kaplan, Greg Rorke commented that “Knewton has rendered every other test prep company totally obsolete.” This comment, along with admiring testimonials are proving Knewton’s bold statement, “learning will never be the same” to be spot-on.
Posted: June 9th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Federally-mandated negotiations began recently to resolve an on-going labor dispute between Boeing and striking aircraft workers in Long Beach, California. Federal mediators from the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service convened the negotiations and previously provided negotiation training to both sides.
Why consider a mediator? It is often beneficial, when an impasse has been reached, for the parties to first agree on a process they believe will lead to a better result. Both lawyers and business people often resolve lawsuits and other disputes by bringing in an independent third party to either decide the issue (arbitration) or help them negotiate with each other in a more effective way (mediation).
Mediation is particularly effective in disputes involving high emotions and potential future relationships between the parties, both of which are present in the Boeing labor dispute. Skilled mediators can help parties successfully engage in almost all aspects of the negotiation process. Two factors should be evaluated before agreeing to use a mediator. Do both parties agree using a mediator will:
Increase the likelihood of achieving a “fair and reasonable” result and
Ensure a better result than their respective best alternatives?
Posted: June 7th, 2010 By: Press Release Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
The iPad's early success indicates that it is the next revolutionary step in both personal and business life. As a result, forward looking business are initiating compatible applications to meet the predicted demands of consumers. The following is a recent press release regarding title insurance agency Titlevest's new iPad technology in which attorneys can review documents electronically in their iPad in a near identical manner as a printed document.
Titlevest's New Interactive Online Report™, in Tandem with Apple's IPAD, is a Watershed for the Legal Industry
New York, NY – June 2, 2010 – TitleVest’s newly-launched Interactive Online Report™, a web-based application which streamlines the title insurance review and closing process making it swifter, more comprehensive and thorough than the traditional method of reviewing reams of printed documents, is revolutionary in its own right.
But when TitleVest President and CEO Bill Baron had a hunch that the Online Interactive Report’s™ functionality might be enhanced by running it on the iPad introduced in early April, Baron’s concept instantly became a watershed for the legal industry. Initially intended for use on a desktop or laptop prior to the introduction of the iPad, it turns out that the application is a perfect match for the size and scope of Apple’s hot new product.
“It’s as if they were made for each other,” said Mr. Baron. “What makes the Interactive Online Report™ so ideal for the iPad is that it enables attorneys to review reports electronically in virtually the same manner as if they were working with a printed document—by holding it wirelessly and almost weightlessly in their hands, being able to share it as a ‘living’ tablet with colleagues, being able to slip it into a briefcase, and being able to magnify small print as well as to view documents from both a vertical and horizontal perspective. Virtually every one of our attorney clients who has experienced our Interactive Online Report™ on an iPad has totally embraced the paired technologies.”
Interactive Online Report™ enables all parties involved in a real estate conveyance to view documentation 24/7. If any party updates the information, changes are updated online and an email notification is sent so that everyone may view the revised report. The portal offers users the ability to schedule closings and order transfer tax forms and/or IRS Form 1099, complimentary to all parties involved on the transaction. And post closing, the site provides recording confirmation of all closing documents and archival copies of all title insurance policies.
The Interactive Online Report™ is particularly user friendly and intuitive and it’s Web-based, so it can run on any computer. TitleVest clients were just beginning to use the program prior to Apple’s release of the iPad. It is equally powerful whether viewed on the iPad or on a computer, but the iPad offers a very distinct ‘comfort’ advantage.
“The product is hot off the press, we are just now encouraging our clients to use it,’ said Mr. Baron, “and based on the feedback, it’s evident that users will be hard-pressed to go back to the traditional method of reviewing paper reports once they’ve experienced the virtues of our interactive version.”
About TitleVest
Founded in 2000, TitleVest (www.titlevest.com) is a leading privately held New York City-based title insurance agency offering a full range of title insurance and related services throughout the United States, from large complex commercial transactions to residential purchase and mortgage refinances. TitleVest is a policy issuing agent for six of the nation’s largest and highest rated title insurance underwriters, namely First American Title Insurance Company of New York and Chicago Title Insurance Company, Fidelity National Title Insurance Company, Stewart Title Insurance Company, Old Republic National Title Insurance Company and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company. TitleVest is also an industry leader in developing proprietary web-based solutions for its real estate professional. Two of its most popular offerings are ACRISasap™, which streamlines the creation of NYC/NYS transfer tax documents, (for which TitleVest has been issued a U.S. Patent and has another Patent Pending).
Posted: June 2nd, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Solo Practice University (™), has been making many headlines the past few weeks. The online university is the leading web-based educational and professional networking community for solo lawyers and law students. Yesterday, the company and Lawline.com announced their new partnerships in which newly enrolled students can gain access to one-year of unlimited CLE with Lawline.com
The buzz continues to grow regarding Solo Practice University's(™) stand-out program. The following is an article published today from Law.com entitled "Spinning Solo":
"If there is anything on which lawyers agree, it is that law schools fall short in one critical regard. They teach the process of law, but not the practice of law. This is a particular handicap for the solo lawyer, who has to be not only lawyer, but also chief cook and bottle washer, all without a colleague or mentor to turn to for advice.
Lawline.com and Solo Practice University(™) have launched a partnership to create a one-stop online educational and professional networking community for small firms and solo practitioners. Through the partnership, attorneys and students enrolled in Solo Practice University will be able to access hundreds of Lawline.com’s exclusive continuing legal education courses to further enhance their practice while fulfilling their state bar CLE requirements.
Solo Practice University(™) was formed with the vision of supporting attorneys with the dream of opening a solo practice by replacing the apprentice experience. Susan Cartier Liebel, founder of Solo Practice University, says the company accomplishes this through a single online destination where lawyers and law students learn the basics of running a solo practice, take classes, and get expert feedback from professionals in specialized fields while networking with like-minded entrepreneurs. Lawline.com is the leading provider of online continuing legal education (CLE). The company’s core value is based on the notion that learning is a life-long journey. Through its online learning center attorneys can complete their CLE credits and simultaneously enhance their practice through a variety of video and audio based courses from experts across the profession.
“There is a common preconception that when law school is over, so is learning,” says Lawline.com president David Schnurman. “However, what makes this partnership so engaging is that Lawline.com and Solo Practice University are both founded upon the ideal that learning is a never-ending process."
Both companies are thrilled that the merger of Lawline.com and Solo Practice University's technological and educational resources will make the process of becoming a solo practitioner much more accessible to all attorneys who want to do it.
For additional information on this opportunity, contact Jeff Reekers at jeff@lawline.com or Susan Cartier Liebel at susan@solopracticeuniversity.com.
About Lawline.com
Founded in 1999, Lawline.com is the leading provider of Online Continuing Legal Education, currently offering hundreds of Online CLE Courses in 40 states. The company has also been recognized as one of the “40 Best Companies to Work for in New York State” by the New York State Society for Human Resource Management and as a “Best Customer Service” finalist by the New York Enterprise Report. In addition to producing its own high quality programming, Lawline.com has partnered with bar associations, law schools, and CLE providers across the country to bring the best possible course catalog to its diverse customer base of attorneys. To learn more about Lawline.com’s goals and philosophy please visit www.lawline.com/information/about.html.
About Solo Practice University
Solo Practice University(™) was founded in March 2009 and currently boasts over 40 faculty mentors and 400 individual lessons. Through its focus on availability, breadth of knowledge, affordability, and convenience, Solo Practice University has become the leading educational and professional networking community for lawyers and law students, designed by lawyers for lawyers, and dedicated to helping professionals in the field build their own solo practice. To learn more about Solo Practice University, please visit www.solopracticeuniversity.com/about.
Posted: May 27th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
As summertime is nearing and the weather is warming, many of us want to maximize our time outside under the sun. There’s good news for those who share this thinking in Texas.
New Texas State Bar MCLE regulations are broadening the definition of participatory credits. This change will allow for downloaded MP3 audio courses to serve as participatory credits, meaning attorneys can meet all 15 CLE hours in this manner. The regulation will take effect June 1.
The following is the text from the Texas State Bar’s webpage:
Beginning June 1, 2010, the definition of “participatory” will no longer be the focus of, or a requirement for Accreditation of CLE activities. Instead the focus of “Accredited CLE” will be on content of a CLE activity, and not on delivery method. CLE sponsors will be able to receive accreditation for downloadable CLE activities, such as podcasts and other non-interactive audio/video programs and members of the State Bar will have a variety of new options for compliance with MCLE requirements.
So go for a run, attend your child’s soccer game, and enjoy the sun. Remember, you can now bring your CLE with you.
Posted: May 25th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
The New York Times recently reported that the headquarters for the airline resulting from the proposed merger of United and Continental will be in Chicago. This decision comes close on the heals of Chicago’s successful wooing away of both United’s corporate offices and operations center from a suburb near O’Hare Airport with the promise of over $40 million in incentives.
Chicago beat out Houston, long-time home to Continental. While Houston’s mayor told reporters, “(t)he competition’s now just started,” it’s clear Houston arrived late to the table.
What negotiation lesson can we learn? Get your deal done when your leverage is strong. Here, Chicago appeared to close the deal before Houston had even entered the game. Chicago’s successful negotiations to attract United’s corporate offices and operations center gave it the momentum and access it needed to move very quickly here. While disappointed, Houston residents can take solace in the fact Houston will be the merged airline’s biggest hub.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Major League Baseball commissioner Bud Selig recently threatened to invoke his “best interests” power to compel creditors of the Texas Rangers to accept an estimated $575 million bid for the team by a group which includes Hall of Fame pitcher Nolan Ryan. Some creditors oppose the bid, claiming it is below fair market value.
A threat is simply a very aggressive way of telling the other side you can make its Plan B very bad.
Here, Selig’s threat to take over the team and potentially invalidate the creditors’ liens on the team is a very bad Plan B for the creditors (and presumably worse for them than accepting the $575 million bid).
Of course, the creditors can counter Selig’s move by taking steps to undermine Selig’s leverage, thereby improving theirs. What can they do? Challenge in court Selig’s ability to invoke his “best interests” power and/or force the team into bankruptcy, which would delay any sale and most likely result in a judicial auction that may lead to a bid greater than $575 million.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: May 19th, 2010 By: Andrew Bluestone Category: Attorney Malpractice, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Experts, Summary Judgment and Legal Malpractice
It is an anachronism in New York practice that there is no specific time in which to name an expert. While the 3d and 4th departments have rules that derive from case law [and not specifically, the CPLR], the 1st and 2d Departments are much looser. In general, a "reasonable time" period obtains. There are some courts which will require that the expert be named 30 days or 15 days prior to trial, there is no unanimity of what day that might be. Is it the first day of jury selection? is it the first day of testimony?
On a finer level of analysis is the relationship of naming an expert pursuant to CPLR 3101 and motions for summary judgment. In the 2d Department, especially Kings County, a body of law has arisen which holds that one must name an expert and serve a CPLR 3101 notice prior to the note of issue. Here is an excerpt from Sierra v. D'Apuzzo, 6321/08;Decided: April 21, 2010;Judge Robert J. Miller;KINGS COUNTY;Supreme Court.
"Before the Court considers whether the landlord caused or created the condition or had actual or constructive notice of the condition, the Court must first address the threshold issue of whether the plaintiff's expert's affidavit should be considered in opposition to the defendant's motion. The defendant in reply to the plaintiff's opposition asserts that the Court should reject the plaintiff's expert's report pursuant to Construction by Singletree, Inc. v. Lowe, 55 AD3d 861 [2d Dept 2008]. The Appellate Division, in Singletree rejected a plaintiff's expert affidavit in opposition to the defendant's motion for summary judgement because the plaintiff's expert was not identified until after the note of issue and certificate of readiness were filed and the plaintiff offered no valid excuse for failure to give notice of the expert.
An Everyday Application of Fiduciary Breach and Deceit
Here is a short decision with deep reaching consequences. In Kurman v Schnapp ;2010 NY Slip Op 03786 ;Decided on May 4, 2010 ;Appellate Division, First Department we see the deceitful act of an attorney, and the Appellate Division substituting its finding for that of Supreme Court. We have commented on the natural inclination of attorneys, applying rules of attorney behavior to other attorneys, to minimize and overlook. How, one asks, could Supreme Court have come to such a different conclusion from the Appellate Division?
"Plaintiff stated a cause of action under Judiciary Law § 487 by alleging that defendant deceived or attempted to deceive the court with a fictitious letter addressed to him from the former licensing director of the City's Taxi and Limousine Commission (TLC) that stated, inter alia, that plaintiff was under a lifetime ban on owning any licenses with the TLC (see Amalfitano v Rosenberg, 12 NY3d 8, 14 [2009]). Plaintiff further sufficiently alleged specific damages that could not have occurred in the absence of defendant's conduct (see id. at 15). The 2008 affidavit by the TLC's former licensing director offered by defendant in support of his motion fails to demonstrate conclusively that plaintiff has no cause of action (see Lawrence v Graubard Miller, 11 NY3d 588, 595 [2008]).
Famous Songwriter, the Pullman Financing and Legal Malpractice
Lamont Dozier, author of "Baby I need your Loving" [the Four Tops], "Baby Love", "Back in my Arms Again", "Come See about Me" [The Supremes] and many many others, got snagged in the Pullman financing scheme. the Pullman Bonds. Before him, David Bowie was the recipient of the financing arrangement.
The motion for leave to amend is denied, first, because it contravenes the November 9, 2009 stipulation and, second, because amendment as to Willkie (against whom, alone, the new claim is asserted) would be futile as time-barred.
Posted: May 14th, 2010 By: PR Newswire Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
By controlling its own technology platform end-to-end, M5 has the advantage of being nimble. Software implementations can be easily tailored to meet the specific needs of individual customers and vertical industries. "It is a great feeling to be able to listen to client requests and then implement these real, business-impacting ideas into software," said Hoffman.
John Ziegler, CEO of Biscuits and Bath, comments, "We weren't getting any benefits out of our phone system. Within two months of deploying M5, we saw a 19% increase in sales. Staff work faster and deliver higher levels of service. The real-time intelligence lets us see activity clearly, across five locations and in real-time. We refined our processes quickly, and achieved a big boost."
David Schnurman, founder of Lawline, Inc. adds, "Features like click-to-dial made my team more productive, but more than that, I had visibility into sales activity that I never had before. M5 enabled me to build a predictable sales machine that I could confidently scale up to almost ten times the size it was before M5."
Hoffman notes, "Our list of more than 1,100 satisfied customers includes some of the most discriminating and demanding organizations in the country, including a number of cutting-edge, hi-tech media companies. Our clients include Amnesty International, West Point Military Academy, and Third Avenue Funds, to name just a few. Our Smart Business Phone System allows us to affordably drive use of advanced voice applications that can give businesses a competitive edge."
For more information about M5 Networks' industry-leading VoIP phone systems for business, visit www.m5net.com.
This is the only program in the New York tri-state area that recognizes these advisors in front of their clients.
The program will culminate in an event in June where these top accountants and attorneys will be revealed. The advisors will also be recognized in a special section within the August issue of The New York Enterprise Report as well as on the web at www.nyreport.com.
Attorney Categories Include:
General Category: Attorney of the Year, Rising Star of the Year, Lifetime Achievement
Practice Area: Bankruptcy & Reorganization, Commercial Litigation, Employment Law, General Corporate Law, Financing, Intellectual Property, Real Estate
Industry Focus: Entertainment/Media, Environmental/Energy, Healthcare/Life Science, Professional Services, Technology
For more information on the awards program and to fill out your nomination please visit www.nyreport.com/bestadvisors or call 516-997-1950 for assistance with this awards program.
Posted: May 13th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
Land use and zoning attorney Stuart Beckerman recalls his path to finding his practice of law. He also describes a recent favorable decision that he obtained for his client and even the city of New York. Finally, Beckerman explains what keeps him passionate about his work and why he could not be happier professionally.
Posted: May 13th, 2010 By: Nancy Kramer Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
SELECT A MEDIATOR WISELY(if you have the chance to)
If you are sent to mediation by a court you may have no chance to select your mediator. (However, some courts, like New Jersey Superior Courts, randomly assign a mediator but allow the parties to choose someone else.) If you do have the opportunity to do so, talk with two or more mediators to get a sense of what they are like. Look for intelligence, experience and a style that you feel comfortable with. Of course your adversary has to agree. If a mediator has prior experience with your adversary do not assume that will work to your disadvantage—it may even help your case if your opponent feels comfortable with the mediator and able to maximize the process.
PREPARE THE CASE
You need to be on top of the facts and your client’s needs/demands and have some rough sense of the strength of your legal case. Sometimes counsel neglect this step, figuring that they will really learn the case before a deposition or a trial. If you come to the mediation poorly prepared, you may miss an opportunity to get a good resolution.
PREPARE YOUR CLIENT
A client who understands that s/he is entering into a negotiation process and that the mediator is a facilitator, not a fact-finder, will be better positioned to make the most of the process.
The client should also understand that you will not be making dramatic statements, taking the most extreme position possible or presenting a case as you would do at trial. The whole tone of the proceeding is different and the client should be prepared if s/he hasn’t participated in mediations before.
Encourage out-of-the-box thinking, even in pure money cases. There is generally something (even if only the pay-out schedule) at stake besides the bottom line. A goal of any mediator is to enlarge the pie or find more options to include in the settlement.
Some mediators like to hear from the parties as well as counsel—you can decide if that is wise in your case.
HOSTING THE MEDIATION
Some lawyers prefer to hold the mediation in their own offices, rather than their adversary’s or a neutral place. It saves travel time, lets you begin with a comfort level, etc. It probably has little effect on the outcome, but can make the experience more pleasant for you and your client. If you do this, be a good host— and don’t forget to order lunch (or dinner) if the session goes through the lunch hour. This can affect the outcome—hungry and cranky adversaries are less likely to stay with it to resolve the case.
DON’T POSTURE
LISTEN, REALLY LISTEN
Try to hear what opposing counsel or the principal is really saying and what underlies it. You don’t have to agree with anything but make a major effort to get it. In addition to making you seem polite and not irritating anyone, it could help you emerge with a better sense of where your adversary is coming from and what you will face at trial or in future settlement conversations if the mediation does not immediately resolve the issue.
DON’T INTERRUPT
Courtesy (more than just civility) counts for a lot to succeed at mediation, more than in the courtroom.
NO ATTACKS
You or your client may believe that your adversary has gone beyond self-serving statements and is lying. Resist the temptation to point that out. Also resist explaining to the mediator how past excellent offers to settle were dismissed by your adversary or how s/he has made the whole process more complicated than need be. And so on. Attacks can be truly counterproductive and cause your client to lose an opportunity for a satisfying settlement.
USE CAUCUSES WELL
In many mediations you will spend a substantial amount of time in private sessions with the mediator (how substantial depends on the mediator’s approach and the facts and relationships in the case). You can, of course, meet with your client without the mediator and this can give you the chance to coach the client on using the process well if s/he seems to have lost sight of your preparation on this score.
The mediator is bound to keep confidential what you talk about, with very narrow exceptions. This can be an excellent opportunity to tell the mediator anything that you do not want out in the open—any hidden or complicating facts; your assessment of the case; true bottom line—and to ask him or her for an objective assessment of the case or any aspect thereof.
You can also sometimes make use of the mediator to help your client hear something that s/he wouldn’t hear from you (i.e., that the case is not a slam-dunk one sure to turn out exactly as hoped for).
BE CANDID WITH THE MEDIATOR
There is nothing to be gained and much to be lost from misrepresenting facts or positions to the mediator. S/he is there to help you reach a settlement that you want.
BATNA (Best Alternative To A Negotiated Agreement)
This is the mediator’s mantra—where will you be, what will happen if you don’t resolve this matter in mediation. It’s very worth your thinking about: the unpredictability (depending on how you assess your case); delay and costs (financial and psychic for the client) of litigating. Be realistic and help the client do so as well.
PREPARE TO DRAFT A SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AT THE MEDIATION
Sometimes when an agreement is reached, a memo embodying the key points is drafted by the parties or the mediator. In other cases counsel want to finalize the settlement agreement on the spot to make sure that the meeting of minds is exactly that. It is wise to bring a copy of your standard language.
Whether the settlement agreement is completed at the mediation or not, offer to do the first draft—it gives you more control.
Nancy Kramer is a mediator, attorney and arbitrator who mediates on a variety of matters including employment, commercial, family and co-op/condo. She serves on numerous mediation panels, including the American Arbitration Association (AAA), US Postal Service, US Federal Occupational Safety (FOH) and New Jersey Superior Court, as well as the New York Supreme Court, Appellate Division, First Department and Manhattan Supreme Court, Commercial Division.
Nancy regularly develops and presents mediation seminars, for the American Society For Trainers & Developers (NYC), New York City Bar Association; New York State Attorney General’s Office, New York City Corporation Counsel, Practicing Law Institute (PLI); Touro Law School, other bar associations and a number of psychoanalytic institutes. She is a frequent coach/facilitator at seminars for law schools and others.
Nancy’s background includes over 30 years experience as a lawyer and more than 350mediations. She is the principal of Nancy Kramer Mediation & Other Dispute Resolution Services, whose website is www.nancykramermediation.com.
Posted: May 11th, 2010 By: Paramjit L Mahli Category: Business Development Skills, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Public relations is the art of changing perceptions. One is either managing, building and/or changing perception with groups or stakeholders whom the success of a business is highly dependent on. Stakeholders or interest groups may include:
1. The press
2. Current clients
3. Prospects
4. Trade and industry groups, essentially anyone who can assist in the growth of business.
All these relationships are managed, guided and steered effectively by good public relations practitioners. Yes, lawyers, it’s the relationships not the transaction. Rightly or wrongly how many times have you heard the expression: “it’s all about perception”. Look what happened to New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani after September 11. His reputation literally skyrocketed into the stratosphere. Of course since his foray into national politics, one could argue his reputation has changed somewhat.
Well, a good public relations IS all about perceptions. A note of caution: public relations is not only about putting seminars together, getting published, speaking, or sending out the odd news release to the media. What good public relations does is change behavior. This, in turn, facilitates business growth. For example, your firm may want to:
1. Be seen in a more favorable light in an important target group. (This could be the firm’s ideal client target market);
2. Demonstrate how the firm’s services are different from its competition;
Communicate effectively the firm’s participation in a particular community that is critical to the growth of the firm;
3. Showcase attorneys in the firm who are experts, those at the top of their game in a specific area of law.
If you’re still not clear ask yourself, when was the last time you or another attorney in your firm received a call from the press regarding input on a story they were working on? When were you last invited to speak by a trade or industry group? When was the last time your work was published? Remember the old axiom of “publish or perish.” Of course getting published is in today’s internet driven is quite easy. But, it still doesn’t match the value and prestige of getting ink in a well-respected publication. Unquestionably it is a critical component in building your firm’s reputation.
A common question I am frequently asked while talking to law firms, particularly those who are considering public relations initiatives is the difference between advertising and public relations. One is based on building credibility, visibility and reputation through third party endorsements. The other is essentially paying to be seen and heard. Typical questions range from: which is more effective? Which tactic should we start with? What can we implement in-house? And of course the investment and when will the firm see return on investment.
For firms considering advertising experts such as Al Reis, author of marketing classic "Positioning: The Battle For Your Mind" advises that its best to start with public relations initiatives and then build upon awareness and visibility with advertising.
Each tactic including social media has its merits. One thing is for certain, regardless of whether these strategies are implemented by in-house staff and or external agencies; success is dependent on the right hand knowing what the left hand is doing. Otherwise, it will be yet another case of throwing things at the wall and hoping that one of them will stick!
Bottom-line perceptions matter more than facts. Can you afford to ignore public relations? Call us directly 646-763-1407 for a free no cost no obligation strategy session.
Paramjit L Mahli is with award winning SCG Legal PR Network. She is a former journalist who has worked with CNN Business News, Canadian Broadcast Corporation and Journal of Commerce. Comprised of small and large firms, SCG Legal PR Network connects legal experts with reporters nationally and internationally. Ms. Mahli is a contributor to Legal Broadcast Network and writes frequently for Technolawyer. She also trains and gives CLEs regularly on media relations.
Posted: May 6th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In honor of attorney Ronald Katter's return to Lawline.com, take a behind-the-course look at his latest program. Ronald reveals when and why he first knew he wanted to be an attorney, and discusses one of his early successful cases. He also discusses what keeps him passionate about his practice.
Posted: May 6th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Law School
“NHL preps for renegotiation deals” reads The Hollywood Reporter headline, referring to the NHL’s upcoming negotiations with its advertisers. The NHL “is expanding its digital media strategy and big event programming lineup to make pro hockey more appealing to advertisers.” They are taking these steps to build on the momentum from “a modest rebound in U.S. TV ratings.” And by doing so, they are also hoping to create “off-ice buzz from fans” that will help them when they begin TV contract talks with NBC and Versus in 2011.
What is the NHL doing strategically? Taking steps to make the NHL more appealing than their broadcasters’ Plan Bs, or alternatives to a deal with the NHL. All good negotiators understand that everyone has the ability to change their leverage. Leverage is not static. So when preparing to negotiate, figure out what concrete, practical steps you can take to improve your alternatives and limit the attractiveness of your counterpart’s alternatives.
Lawline.com is now an accredited provider of online continuing legal education in Nebraska, Rhode Island, Iowa, and Hawaii putting its number of accredited jurisdictions at 40.
The following is a list of information regarding the new accreditation and online CLE allowances mandated by each juristiction.
Nebraska attorneys are required to take 10 total credits annually and 2 ethics. They can complete 5 of these online and with Lawline.com
Iowa attorneys are required to complete 15 credits per year and two ethics credits every two years. They can complete six of these online.
Hawaii follows the same CLE requirements as Alaska, requiring 3 ethics CLE annually along with 9 voluntary general credits.
Lawline.com also recently receive accredited provider status in New Jersey; thus, attorneys taking our online courses will no longer need to rely on reciprocity rules to complete their online CLE.
Course applications are currently being processed and Iowa, Nebraska, and New Jersey specific courses will be active on our website before within weeks. Check back for a full listing of our courses or click here to view the status of our catalog.
Posted: April 30th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Customer Experience, Lawline.com, Opinion Corner, The News Beat, Videos
At Lawline we are one big family- customers, faculty, company and all. Here is one new faculty member's recollection on why he first chose Lawline.com for his CLE and why he then chose to present CLE with Lawline.com as well.
Posted: April 28th, 2010 By: Andrew Blueston Category: Attorney Malpractice, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Arbitration Clauses in Retainers and Legal Malpractice
A trend in legal malpractice retainer agreements, especially in the Intellectual Property field is the all encompassing Arbitration clause. Beyond the statutory required arbitration in attorney fee disputes below a certain dollar figure, these arbitration clauses require arbitration of all disputes, whether in tort, contract or other claims.
Arbitration has long been said to be quick and economic, but recent experience has led to a different take. In a $1 million dollar legal malpractice case, the fees to the arbitration company and to the arbitrator may approach $ 75-$100,000. Of course to bring the same action in Supreme Court costs about $ 385.
Matter of Brady v Williams Capital Group, L.P. ;2010 NY Slip Op 02434 ;Decided on March 25, 2010 ;Court of Appeals ;Jones, J. investigates the situation in which a litigant can't afford arbitration, and the consequences. Without deciding the case [it requires further fact finding in Supreme Court] the Court of Appeals reviewed Federal law in pursuit of an answer.
How Widespread is Legal Malpractice Litigation?
Legal malpractice sometimes seems to be the language franca in law news. It can show up in any setting. Here is a most unusual story from Law.com [link unavailable]:
"A legal malpractice lawsuit against Baker, Donelson, Bearman Caldwell & Berkowitz stemming from a case involving a 6-ton marble sculpture of Jesus Christ's face may proceed to trial.
The Court of Appeals of Tennessee ruled Aug. 15 that the lower court erred when it threw out two of the former client's theories for malpractice and granted a final judgment to the plaintiff on a third theory. The decision remanded the case back to the lower court for trial.
The former client is Christus Gardens, a tourist attraction and gift shop in Gatlinburg, Tenn. It sued Baker Donelson for its alleged failure to file an appeal on time in a copyright infringement lawsuit that Christus Gardens was defending.
Narrow Retainer Leads to Dismissal in Legal Malpractice
Sometimes its obvious what responsibilities the attorney will take on in a new representation. If it's a motor vehicle accident, then the attorney is hired to prosecute the personal injury action, up to and including trial. Here, in Hallman v Kantor ;2010 NY Slip Op 03280 ;Decided on April 20, 2010 ;Appellate Division, Second Department the attorneys took on a more limited role.
From the decision: "The defendants submitted a retainer agreement reflecting that the plaintiff "understood, accepted and agreed" that the "scope of" their "engagement" was "to represent" her as a co-executor of her deceased father's estate. This documentary evidence conclusively established a defense to the plaintiff's claims of malpractice. The plaintiff alleged that she was the subject of a pending lawsuit, in effect, to recover sums of money due under certain notes she executed before her father died, and that the defendants committed legal malpractice by, inter alia, failing to speak with her "about the circumstances surrounding [her] signing of [those] notes," and failing to "question[ ]" their "validity." However, the documentary evidence demonstrated that the plaintiff's individual liability on the notes was a matter outside of the scope of the defendants' representation of the plaintiff in her capacity as co-executor of the estate (see CPLR 3211[a][1]; AmBase Corp. v Davis Polk & Wardwell, 8 NY3d 428, 435; DeNatale v Santangelo, 65 AD3d 1006, 1007; Turner v Irving Finkelstein & Meirowitz, LLP, 61 AD3d 849, 850). [*2]"
Accountants and attorneys are consistently considered among the most impactful advisors for business owners. This unique multimedia program will recognize those accountants and attorneys that have gone "above and beyond" in helping their clients succeed. It's the only program in the New York tri-state area that recognizes these advisors in front of their clients.
This one-of-a-kind multimedia program will culminate in an event in June where these top accountants and attorneys will be revealed. The advisors will also be recognized in a special section within the August issue of The New York Enterprise Report as well as on the web at www.nyreport.com.
Attorney Categories Include:
General Category: Attorney of the Year, Rising Star of the Year, Lifetime Achievement
Practice Area: Bankruptcy & Reorganization, Commercial Litigation, Employment Law, General Corporate Law, Financing, Intellectual Property, Real Estate
Industry Focus: Entertainment/Media, Environmental/Energy, Healthcare/Life Science, Professional Services, Technology
Accountant Categories Include:
General Category: Attorney of the Year, Rising Star of the Year, Lifetime Achievement.
Practice Area: Bankruptcy & Reorganization, Commercial Litigation, Employment Law, General Corporate Law, Financing, Intellectual Property, Real Estate.
Industry Focus: Entertainment/Media, Environmental/Energy, Healthcare/Life Science, Professional Services, Technology
For more information on the awards program and to fill out your nomination please visit www.nyreport.com/bestadvisors or call 516-997-1950 for assistance with this awards program.
Posted: April 23rd, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Innovation, Technology Corner, The News Beat, Videos
In this Lawline Exclusive CLE preview, attorney Patrick Oguinn and e-discovery consultants Keith Jones and Jason Briody discuss their work with e-discovery. They further reveal how their passion for technology influences the ever changing world of e-discovery. Finally, they disclose some of the mistakes that attorneys can make during e-discovery.
Posted: April 23rd, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Last year, Lawline.com was a finalist for the New York Enterprise Report's the Customer Service award for its reputation on treating customers with respect, dignity, and care. The company now has another achievement to showcase its philosophy on the practice of serving others: one of New York State's best companies to work for.
On Wednesday, April 21, the Best Companies to Work for in New York program ranked Lawline.com the eleventh top small/medium sized employer in the state. President David Schnurman, who created the online Continuing Legal Education company in 1999, accepted the award in Albany, New York, on behalf of his company.
“Our greatest assets are our employees," Mr. Schnurman states. "We strive to provide them with what they need to excel, and in return we believe that this maximizes their potential."
The award consisted of a two part assessment: an employer survey regarding benefits, policies, practices, and other general data (25 percent of the total assessment), and a confidential employee survey evaluating the employees' workplace experience (75 percent of the total assessment).
Mr. Schnurman and Lawline.com add this accomplishment to their growing list of recognitions, namely its recognition in customer services and features in such publications as Crain's, Entrepreneur, Forbes, Inc.and The Wall Street Journal.
Posted: April 21st, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Lawline.com is happy to announce that at each month we will award a Customers of the Month! The winner will be announced the first week of every month in our eNewsletter and receive a free one-year extension of Unlimited CLE. The winner will also be provided the opportunity to be interviewed and featured right here on The Legal Beat!
The competition is for Lawline.com Unlimited CLE subscribers only. Not an Unlimited CLE Subscriber? Click here...
Posted: April 19th, 2010 By: Paramjit L Mahli Category: Lawline.com, Marketing Tips, The News Beat
With more and more law firms understanding the value of public relations and incorporating it to their business development arsenal, it is essential that paralegals, officer managers and attorneys doing their own media relations and wearing multiple hats be familiar with the very basic tools of communicating with the press.
There are a vast array of tools that law firms can use when communicating with the press. The story/pitch must be newsworthy for the reporter to write about it. Below are tools you can use to garner media interest:
Fact Sheets: these provide reporters with the data they need to support their story.
Press Release/News Release: these should announce something new, a piece of legislation, something that is going to have an impact on the community. Always ask yourself "tell me, something I don't know." Keep it short.
Media Advisories: Typically they can be used to alert reporters what legal experts are available to talk to the press on specific issues.
Letters to the Editor: Even though your firm may not incorporate a public relations plan, there is still a way to get your message and your name published in that newspaper. How many times have you read a newspaper article about a topic that is your area of interest and legal expertise —and felt disheartened and disappointed that you were not the person who was being quoted?
Paramjit L Mahli is with award winning SCG Legal PR Network. She is a former journalist who has worked with CNN Business News, Canadian Broadcast Corporation and Journal of Commerce. Comprised of small and large firms, SCG Legal PR Network connects legal experts with reporters nationally and internationally. Ms. Mahli is a contributor to Legal Broadcast Network and writes frequently for Technolawyer. She also trains and gives CLEs regularly on media relations.
Posted: April 16th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Business Development Skills, CLE Programming, Entrepreneurship, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, Negotiation, The News Beat, Videos
In this Exclusive Lawline CLE preview Entrepreneur, Sergio A. Fernández de Córdova, and attorney Joel Wagman, discuss the complex relationship between and entrepreneur and an attorney. When it comes to deal making what are the priorities and who is in charge of the risk at hand?
Posted: April 15th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com
Tax season represents the busiest time of the year for many professionals. Needless to say, it is easy to become confused, lost, or overwhelmed by the amount of work and little room for error.
Also, get advice from some of Lawline.com's top tax attorneys:
Dr. Bart A. Basi (featured in picture) is a specialist in the areas of business succession, business valuation, mergers and acquisitions, retirement and estate planning, strategic planning, and tax aspects of business decisions for closely held and family businesses. He speaks nationwide, writes, and researches on all of these areas. He has written five loose-leaf bound books, over 300 articles, and has worked with hundreds of businesses and associations. Learn more...
Sheila Gowan joined Diamond McCarthy as a partner in the New York Office in April 2008. She is a trial and appellate attorney specializing in complex litigation and internal investigations. She has tried a constitutional case, and employment, tort, tax and environmental cases. Learn more...
Susan Hayden received her Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and her law degree from Hamline University School of Law in St. Paul, Minnesota. Since 1998, she has guided investors along with their legal and tax advisers through the exchange process.Learn More...
Jany Sabins is an attorney admitted to the New Jersey and New York State Bars. She completed degrees at The Ohio State University, Fordham University School of Law, and New York University School of Law, and has hands-on experience from her association with both New York and New Jersey law firms. Ms. Sabins specializes in tax, estate, and business planning and controversy for individuals and businesses, along with estate administration and litigation. Learn more...
Bruce Steiner has over 30 years of experience in the areas of taxation, estate planning, business succession planning and estate and trust administration. He is a frequent lecturer at continuing education programs for bar associations, CPAs and other professionals. Learn more...
Posted: April 13th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Law School, Lawline.com, The News Beat
The value of a dollar: when the economy is running high, its full worth may become overlooked. In times of scarcity, such as in our current economic climate, each expenditure and each penny becomes magnified, and individuals may begin to more heavily scrutinize investments.
In the case of law school, perhaps at one point it was a no-brainer investment for earning a positive return. This may not be the case today.
This past week, a group of lawyers and legal educators met in New York for a two-day conference entitled “Future Ed: New Business Models for U.S. and Global Legal Education” sponsored by New York Law School and Harvard Law School. The attendees expanded upon the findings of the Carnegie Foundation’s 2007 report on legal education, which detailed the lack of adequate preparation law schools in general provide for students.
Law is a constantly changing profession. Just as fast as the practice changes, so must the curriculum. The economic downturn, for example, has dramatically slowed the acceptance of on-the-job training, and thus, hiring in general. To be worthy of a firm’s expenditure and costs, a new hire has to be ready to contribute and provide opportunity to generate revenue for the firm. A two-year period of training is not profitable for any firm, and this is exactly the type of education law schools need to more thoroughly prepare students for.
The meeting was intended for more than diagnostics, however. New York Law School dean Richard Matasar believes the key to having a successful future for law school and having success from this conference is based upon producing concrete, implementable ideas, according to Law.com.
If the labors of this conference and forthcoming projects can produce legal associates who are ready to make an impact in a business setting, it will be easier for those with the means to invest in law school and rest assured their returns will outweigh the costs and sacrifices.
Posted: April 9th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Attorney Malpractice, CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
Andrew Bluestone discusses when he first knew that he wanted to be an attorney. He also reveals his surefire motto for success for attorneys. I'll give you a hint.... it involves some very early mornings. To see Andrew Bluestone's exclusive Lawline CLE course go to Lawline.com.
Posted: April 8th, 2010 By: Andrew Bluestone Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Client from outside New York is sued in Federal Court in New York. Client hires a NY attorney, and then the case shifts focus to a London Arbitration. When does the billing in NY end, when does the London case take over, and what happens when there is a billing dispute later? Justice Edmead's decision in Eaton & Van Winkle LLP v. Midway Oil Holdings Ltd.sets forth a well written explanation of jurisdiction and account stated.
How much must take place in NY for the out of state defendant to be jurisdictionally available in NY? The short answer is: enough to satisfy due process. The longer answer is: The burden of proving jurisdiction is on the party asserting it. Long arm jurisdiction is found at CPLR 302(a)(1), and allows for jurisdiction over any non-domiciliary who "transacts any business" within the State, provided that the cause of action arises out of that transaction of business. A single act will suffice, so long as there is a substantial relationship between that transaction and the injury. The test is the totality of circumstances when determining the existence of purposeful activity. Such acts may include contract negotiations between the parties, meetings, letters or phone calls.
Posted: April 7th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
CNNMoney.com recently reported that Jones Soda terminated an exclusivity agreement with potential purchaser, Reed’s, “to explore an unsolicited proposal sent by a second suitor.” Jones Soda previously announced plans to be acquired by Reed’s for just under $10 million. Jones Soda also agreed to reimburse Reed’s for $75,000 in expenses incurred due to its termination of the exclusivity agreement.
Why would Jones Soda do this? From a negotiation perspective, when a seller can find at least two bidders, the seller’s leverage is usually strengthened because now they have a good alternative (or Plan B) to each of the bidders. Finding multiple potential buyers allows a seller to play each buyer against the others to obtain the best possible deal.
Here, Jones Soda’s negotiators believed the value of terminating the exclusivity agreement exceeds its $75,000 cost. While time will tell if this move pays off, it is almost always a good idea to take the time to find more than one potential buyer, or, as is the case here, to not look a gift horse in the mouth if a new suitor unexpectedly appears.
________________________________________________________________
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: April 6th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
In any internship, employment, or transaction in a capitalist economy, the ideal situation is one in which both parties are be mutually benefited.
However, the scarcity of employment brought upon by our current economy has caused a shift in leverage. Labor cuts and reduced employment opportunities have led to greater power for employers, and as a result many students and others seek any available opportunities in an increasing competitive environment. This has led to a situation in which employers have the upperhand to take advantage of students willing to provide free labor in hopes of greater returns in the future.
However, many of these businesses do not realize they are walking across a thin line with the law. The Labor Department, according to the New York Times, has begun initiatives to investigate firms failing to properly compensate interns and further educate firms on the laws regarding internships. The Department’s Labor Wage and Hour Division (WHD) developed six federal legal criteria that must be satisfied if an internship is unpaid:
1. The training, even though it includes actual operation of the facilities of the employer, is similar to what would be given in a vocational school or academic educational instruction;
2. The training is for the benefit of the trainees;
3. The trainees do not displace regular employees, but work under their close observation;
4. The employer that provides the training derives no immediate advantage from the activities of the trainees, and on occasion the employer’s operations may actually be impeded;
5. The trainees are not necessarily entitled to a job at the conclusion of the training period; and
6. The employer and the trainees understand that the trainees are not entitled to wages for the time spent in training.
Although there is no exact count of the number, there is little doubt among federal regulators that the number of unpaid and underpaid internships is on the rise. Times may be tight, and companies may have to reduce their labor forces within the company, but, unless in accordance with the six factors outlined, this cannot be accounted for through the use of free labor – internship or not.
40 years as a personal injury attorney, Robert Conason, what's your secret? What sustains his passion for his practice? Two words- responsibility and concern. Conason also puts a new positive twist on the phrases "sitting on your rear end" and "compulsive neurosis."
Posted: April 1st, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Business Development Skills, Entrepreneurship, Innovation, Press Release, Technology Corner, The News Beat
CLIO CLOUD-BASED LAW PRACTICE MANAGEMENT INTRODUCES CLIOPAD
A magical and…well…not so revolutionary device is perfect companion to Clio!
Vancouver, BC – April 1, 2010 – Vancouver-based Themis Solutions Inc., provider of web-based legal practice management offering Clio (www.goclio.com), today announced the introduction of its newest product, the ClioPad (www.cliopad.com).
ClioPad’s high-quality paper stock, made from 100% recycled and biodegradable paper, is college ruled and spiral bound. At a mere 3 ounces and a sleek 0.25 inches thin, the ClioPad is easy to carry and use anywhere. Featuring an infinite battery life, you won’t be hunting around for an outlet to plug into anytime soon. ClioPad gives you the ability to jot down ideas whenever and wherever they occur, whether there’s an internet connection or not! It is the perfect offline companion to Clio, the best way to manage your law practice online.
Legal technology and eDiscovery expert Brett Burney of Burney Consultants was amazed at the innovativeness of the ClioPad. He reveled, “The ClioPad helped me re-discover the pencil. Who knew you could create text without typing? The ClioPad is so intuitive and user-friendly that even my 3-year old picked it right up ... although she preferred to use a crayon. Surfing the Internet is still a little primitive - I tried visiting www.cliopad.com but I had to draw my own 404 error. Also, the ClioPad is so versatile when compared to other products - just try making a paper airplane out of your laptop!”
Clio President and Co-Founder Jack Newton said, “We think the ClioPad is the ultimate offline companion to Clio. It will work anywhere, with or without internet, with or without power. With its built-in handwriting compatibility, we think we’re really on to something.”
Features of ClioPad:
- Offline functionality
- Infinite battery life
- Biodegradable, PVC-free
- Handwriting-enabled
- Copy notes from one ClioPad to another
For more information about ClioPad visit www.cliopad.com. Happy April 1st!
Posted: April 1st, 2010 By: Andrew Lavoott Bluestone Category: Attorney Malpractice, The News Beat
When a tort is committed outside of New York and a non-resident sues within the State of New York, courts apply the borrowing statute, especially with regard to the statute of limitations. As an example, Kat House Prods., LLC v Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker, LLP ; 2010 NY Slip Op 02489 ; Decided on March 25, 2010 ; Appellate Division, First Department reminds us that although the NY statute of limitations is 3 years, the California statute of limitations for legal malpractice is only 1 year. In this case, the Court applied the California time limits.
"When a nonresident sues in New York's courts on a cause of action accruing outside the state, our "borrowing statute" (CPLR 202) requires that the cause of action be timely under the limitation periods of both New York and the jurisdiction where the claim arose (see Global Fin. Corp. v Triarc Corp., 93 NY2d 525, 528 [1999]). Generally, a tort action accrues "at the time and in the place of the injury," and "[w]hen an alleged injury is purely economic, the place of injury usually is where the plaintiff resides and sustains the economic impact of the loss" (id. at 529).
Applying these principles, it is clear that plaintiffs' legal malpractice claim accrued in California, where their residences and principal place of business were located and the alleged economic injury was sustained, at the latest, in March 2006. Under that state's applicable one-year statute of limitations (Cal Civ Proc Code § 340.6), this action, commenced in November 2007, was time-barred. "
Posted: March 31st, 2010 By: Fernando M. Pinguelo and Laura J. Tyson Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Ever quickly peek at your web-based personal e-mail account while still at the office? Yes, many of us do, too (and we’d be willing to bet that certain Justices on the New Jersey Supreme Court may, as well).
On March 30, 2010, in Stengart v. Loving Care Agency, Inc., the New Jersey Supreme Court held that an employee could “reasonably expect that e-mail communications with her attorney through her personal account would remain private, and that sending and receiving them via a company laptop did not eliminate the attorney-client privilege that protected them.”
The New Jersey Supreme Court has a long history of affording New Jersey citizens broader privacy protection rights than those offered by the federal government. For example, the New Jersey Supreme Court has held that citizens have a reasonable expectation of privacy in their bank account records, in their garbage, and in the personal information linked to their IP addresses.
Thus, when the question of whether an employee who uses a company computer to access e-mail communications between her and her attorney maintains the confidentiality of those communications, it was no surprise that the Court held that the act of an employee who accesses her attorney-client communications via a company laptop does not destroy the privilege.
But the Court did unleash at least one surprise by announcing that even a “bulletproof” company policy on workplace computer use that claims the employer could read an employee’s attorney-client communications would not be enforceable if the employee accessed the communication through a personal, password-protected e-mail account.
The Legal Marketing Association is a non-profit organization that supports legal professionals in marketing, communications, business development, and client services. Mahli, who also provides Marketing and Public Relation insights for lawyers here on The Legal Beat, produces an overview of the top issues and how communication technology is transforming the worldwide business platform into a global community.
Posted: March 26th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In this episode of Behind The Course, Lawline CLE Faculty Members and partners in crime, Josh Silber and Richard Abend discuss their Personal Injury and Medical Malpractice practice. They also recall the first case that they each tried, and what's important to remember when entering the legal field.To see more courses from Richard Abend and Josh Silber go to Lawline.com.
Posted: March 25th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com
Delaware: your CLE needs just got a whole lot easier! Lawline.com is now an accreditted online provider for Delaware CLE.
Delaware allows for up to 12 credits to be taken online. To celebrate, Lawline.com is offering specific Delaware Bundles at discounted prices to fultill maximum credits at a minimum cost, as well as individual CLE featuring top rated courses.
Posted: March 25th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
The CNN.com headline “Both sides claim victory in BA [British Airways] strike” caught my eye yesterday. It illustrates the importance of both sides being able to “save face” in a negotiation.
One closing strategy I suggest to accomplish this is to avoid narrowing the negotiation down to a single remaining issue. Instead, keep at least two issues alive so you can trade them off for each other in the end. If you give in on one of the issues and your counterpart on the other, this will allow your counterpart, at the least, to save face and not walk away feeling like he lost on the final issue. This has an important psychological impact on your counterpart and this, in the end, will make the deal better for both parties.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: March 23rd, 2010 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
For many attorneys, the word “networking” conjures up trepidation and concern about their own inadequacies about not being able to “schmooze,” coupled with misconceptions ranging from not having enough time and not having “star” power, to networking being a waste of time that robs them of valuable billable hours. So it’s no surprise that networking often ranks on the lower rungs of business development activities.
By holding these misconceptions to be true, attorneys are really doing themselves a disservice. The truth is that informal networks are at the heart of our lives: it’s how we find jobs, find the right business coach, get our children into the right universities, and even find our spouses.
Similarly, business-related networks provide us with an array of benefits, often overlapping into our personal lives: they help us create strategic partnerships, foster professional development, and as an added benefit, many lifelong friendships are formed along the way. Networks increase our value, as we are more able to help others with their needs.
Many attorneys use the opportunistic or, as it is commonly referred to, the hit-and-miss approach to networking. Typically, attorneys attend an event, strike up a conversation, talk about themselves, and exchange business cards. They usually attend these events with the mind - set of collecting business cards, without really paying any attention to having two or three engaging conversations.
This type of random networking will produce clients every so often. However, it is based on the fact that the person you are speaking to requires legal services. Usually when opportunities do occur, their impact on your practice is marginal.
One of the other problems with this type of networking is that while business cards may have been exchanged, if services are not needed, the cards are discarded.
Networking gurus such as Keith Ferrazzi, the author of Never Eat Alone, will tell you that professional services marketing is about building relationships and, quite simply, that these relationships develop through contact. Mr. Ferrazzi also discusses “Leverage Networking” who are well connected individuals and whose job entail considerable contact with people, such as fund - raisers, journalists, public relations professionals, lobbyists, conference organizers, etc.
In leveraged networking, the attorney cultivates continuing relationships with people who are constantly in contact with large numbers of people in the attorney ’ s target group. The relationships are carefully chosen and continually maintained to assure that the contact will refer a client if the opportunity arises.
The problem lies in the fact that attorneys, by nature, are more attuned to viewing networking as a transactional relationship. Networking, though, is rarely transactional; 99 percent of the time networking is relational. Attorneys have to make that intellectual shift for their networking efforts to be successful. Fortunately, the same skill set required for being an attorney -- being organized, focused, and applying yourself -- is required for networking.
Rather than resist networking, attorneys need to take stock of the skill set they already have and apply it. Like most things there is no magic formula; the truth lies in discovering what that magical formula is for you.
We’re offering Lawline readers a complimentary report on “Why Law Firm PR Fails.” Call directly 646-763-1407. To receive your report and customized pr strategy session.
Paramjit Mahli represents SCG Legal PR Network. SCG Legal was created to bridge the gap between law firms of all sizes and the media. The company serves as a cost-effective way for law firms and solo practitioners to manage public relations. For more information, please visit www.scglegalprnetwork.com
Posted: March 22nd, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
POW! Superhero movies gross huge profits!
BOOM! Disney takes over Marvel to fully capitalize on the profits to be had!
WHAM! Copyright issues slam down on the company!
This past Saturday, The New York Times published an article regarding the resentments the children of Marvel Comics artist Jack Kirby have had in regards to their share of the company’s profits. Now that Disney has acquired Marvel, Los Angeles copyright attorney Marc Toberoff has donned his cape and sprung into action for the family.
Mr. Kirby’s children have accused Disney and Marvel of depriving the family of a fair portion of credit and profits from the Blockbuster hits many of the Marvel superhero movies have made.
The issue delves into copyright law and infringement upon intellectual property. It has huge implications for all companies that have created franchises based upon the intellectual design of prior creators.
Lawline.com faculty member Tracy Batt, know well the issues at hand and the likely direction the law points to in this case. Her most recent program, “An Introduction to US Copyright Law,” offers direct application to the questions and issues at stake in this case.
Posted: March 19th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Law School, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
Like father like son, Andrew Smiley discusses how his father introduced him to the Legal World and how his "old school" teachings gave him an advantage over his "new school" contemporaries. He further relays his passion for teaching and Continuing Legal Education. Go to Lawline.com to see Andrew's full course, Practical Guidelines for Getting Items Into Evidence, with a special guest appearance by yours truly!
Posted: March 18th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, The News Beat, Videos
How does an altered power-of-attorney statute affect the daily practitioner? In this exclusive Lawline CLE preview, Attorney Joel D. Sharrow will focus on New York statutory major gifts rider, durable versus nondurable powers of attorney, and agents and the legal repercussions thereof.
Posted: March 16th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Lawline.com is offering one year of free CLEin Solo University's Scholarship Contest.
One year ago, Solo Practice University first opened its doors to attorneys. In that year, the company has exceeded its goals and provided educational and networking opportunities for lawyers and law students across the country.
Founder Susan Cartier Liebel has a passion for helping those with the hopes of opening a solo law firm to fulfill their dreams. She created Solo Practice University to enact her vision and provide the availability, knowledge, affordability, and convenience an attorney needs to begin a solo firm. Her services include live online classes, on-demand courses, podcasts, and other available media.
Currently, the company is celebrating its one year anniverary by offering a scholarship contest, with the Grand Prize winner receiving a total cash value of $12,000 in prizes,including one-year of free CLE from Lawline.com.
To enter the scholarship contest, the attorney needs to fill out a form at Solo Practice University and submit a five minute video on the individual reason and passion for going into solo practice.
Posted: March 15th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
Tips for Using Independent Standards
In its Small Business Questions & Answers section, CNNMoney.com suggests one way to fairly set employee salaries is to rely on third-party salary surveys.
Why? Because relying on independent standards, like a third-party salary survey, (1) gives you credibility, (2) minimizes emotional roadblocks by depersonalizing the issue and (3) provides a good-faith basis for your position.
As the article points out, you should evaluate the salary survey (or other market value determinant) to verify its relevance. Consider whether it is a representative sample based on its numeric size, geographic area and/or time frame.
And be prepared to counter unfavorable criteria proffered by your counterpart. In addition to those mentioned above, consider these tactics: (1) distinguish your item from the market by focusing on its uniqueness; (2) highlight market changes that call into question the validity of your counterpart’s market analysis; and/or (3) focus on other favorable independent standards such as tradition and precedent.
Posted: March 12th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In a post CLE interview, Ben Brafman and I sat down to discuss a side of criminal defense law that most attorneys may not know. Ben opened up about the addictive nature of the human drama in criminal defense. Although it's not always easy or fun to be Ben Brafman, he knows why he continues to practice, and believe me, he's not throwing in the towel any time soon.Go to lawline.com to view Ben Brafman's CLE courses.
Posted: March 11th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In a recent New York Times article about the just-starting labor negotiation between the NBA owners and players, David Falk, the NBA's first superagent, said "This is not the time to fight. This is a time to sit down as partners and create a system that is realistic in today's economic climate."
Falk's quote raises an important negotiation question - when should you use Competitive Negotiation Strategies vs. Problem-Solving Strategies?
Generally, Competitive Strategies work best when no future relationship is at stake, when the negotiation involves only one or a few issues, when more for your side necessarily means less for your counterpart (zero-sum) and when your counterpart uses Competitive Strategies against you.
Competitive Strategies include not sharing strategic information, aggressively developing and emphasizing your alternatives, employing your own standards, implementing an aggressive offer-concession strategy and actively controlling the agenda.
Problem-Solving Strategies work best when you have or will have a long-term personal or professional relationship with your counterpart, when the negotiation is complex (it involves many issues), when creative options are present and when your counterpart uses Problem-Solving Strategies with you.
Problem-Solving Strategies include sharing strategic information more liberally, deemphasizing your alternatives and focusing instead on independent standards, implementing a more accommodating offer-concession strategy and openly discussing the agenda.
Here, the owners and players obviously are in a long-term professional relationship, there are numerous issues on the table and creative options, such as yet untapped foreign revenue sources, are present. As David Falk pointed out (and assuming both sides are willing to reciprocate), using Problem-Solving Strategies probably makes the most sense.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: March 10th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
The amount of information the attorney is subjected to every day can be overwhelming. If you want just enough information on today's headlines and top legal news to be able to keep up at that water cooler, then here are some legal shorts to help keep you up to beat:
Did you hear...
“Jihad Jane,” a Pennsylvania resident, has been indicted for a conspiracy to provide support for terrorist in a murder plot overseas.
Rodney Alcala, a serial killer who appeared as a guest on “The Dating Game,” has been recommended for the death penalty by a California jury.
Police will question the Pittsburgh Steeler’s Ben Roethlisberger in regards to accusations of sexually assaulting a woman last Friday in a Georgia nightspot. Authorities are currently reviewing surveillance videos to determine what exactly happened.
A Greenville, South Carolina woman was charged with homicide after shaking a two year-old child left in her care to death. The woman, Judy Greer, claims that she was trying to rock the child to sleep.
New York’s own David Letterman is still in the news. His former television producer, Rober Halderman, pleaded guilty for attempted grand larceny. "I attempted to extort $2 million from David Letterman by threatening to disclose personal and private information about him, whether true or false," he said, according to Law.com.
According to a court filing, former executives of the Milpitas, CA KLA Tencor Corporation settled a $33 million lawsuit regarding stock options backdating four years.
Lindsay Lohan has sued an extension of E*Trade Financial Corporation, an online brokerage operator, in a claim that the company misappropriated her identity in a recent television ad. Lohan is seeking $100 million in damages and for the ad to be halted. The commercial refers to Lindsay as a “milkaholic.”
Posted: March 9th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
Consider this quote from a recent New York Times article about Derek Jeter playing in the last year of his 10-year, $189 million contract: "Per team policy, the Yankees do not negotiate contract extensions during the season."
Jeter, one of the best shortstops of all time, seems perfectly content to abide by the Yankees' policy and wait until the end of the season to discuss a new deal.
Why? The Yankees' policy gains negotiation power from three key objective criteria:
Precedent power - the Yankees' have followed this policy in past player negotiations;
Tradition power - the longer a practice is followed the stronger it becomes; and
Policy power - policies are used in the negotiation context to promote uniformity and consistency.
Good negotiators use objective criteria in negotiations to support their claim that something is "fair and reasonable." Here, the cumulative effect of multiple powerful objective criteria makes it very difficult for a player to argue otherwise. Other teams which don't have a similar policy or have made prior exceptions would have a much harder time turning down a request from a top player like Jeter to negotiate a contract extension during the season.
'Trouble lurks when you rely on ‘a pure heart and an empty head’
Now, I know what you’re probably thinking. “Revisit Zubulake!? But that was so long ago! Surely everything has changed!” (Sarcasm)
To be fair, things were quite different back then – no iPhones, no clouds (in the IT world), no Google Any-Application-You-Can-Think-Ofs. The technology landscape has certainly evolved since Zubulake became a household name.
But (at least) two things haven’t changed: Judge Shira A. Scheindlin’s view of eDiscovery due diligence and parties’ (and their lawyers’) continued failure to meet these expectations.
In Her Honor’s latest eDiscovery-related opinion, Pension Comm. of Univ. of Montreal Pension Plan v. Bank of Am. Secs., LLC, __ F. Supp. 2d __ (S.D.N.Y. 2010), Judge Scheindlin provides us all with a much needed reminder that sloppy (i.e., negligent or grossly negligent) document preservation and production will expose parties (and their lawyers) to the court’s arsenal of sanctions: from further discovery, to cost-shifting, to fines, to special jury instructions, to preclusion, to the most severe sanction of all – entry of default judgment or dismissal.
If you’re looking for scandalous discovery abuses or headline-grabbing fines, you’re not going to find that here. This case addresses boring, run-of-the-mill – yet all too common and very serious – sloppy preservation and production actions on the part of clients and their lawyers.
In Pension Comm. of Univ. of Montreal Pension Plan, a group of ninety-six investors filed the initial action in an attempt to recover $550 million in losses after the liquidation of two British Virgin Island-based hedge funds in which they held shares. During the lengthy discovery process, defendants brought to the court’s attention substantial gaps in some (thirteen of the ninety-six) plaintiffs’ document productions.
These defense allegations led to depositions and affidavits that detailed the steps (not) taken to preserve and produce documents (including electronically stored information). At the close of discovery, defendants sought the dismissal of the complaint or some alternative relief for plaintiffs’ discovery abuses.
All tolled, the court found thirteen plaintiffs either negligent or grossly negligent in meeting their discovery obligations and issued sanctions that ranged from further discovery (at the low end), to monetary sanctions and an adverse inference “spoliation charge” (at the high end). In true eLessons Learned fashion, let’s take a closer look at exactly why Judge Scheindlin found plaintiffs’ (and their lawyers’) efforts to be “flawed.”
The ‘Pure Heart and Empty Head’ Syndrome
It’s important to point out from the start that Scheindlin’s assessment of plaintiffs’ acts concluded decisively that this was an instance of careless and lazy preservation of data, as opposed to an intentional destruction of evidence. Nonetheless, she concludes that “there can be little doubt that some documents were lost or destroyed.” Thus, Scheindlin begins down the path of determining the appropriate sanctions for such conduct, despite plaintiffs’ “pure heart [and] empty head.”
But, before we solve the final puzzle (SAN_TIONS), here are the plaintiffs’ R-S-T-L-N and E (Reckless Steps Their Lawyers Negligently Endorsed):*
The Plaintiffs
Plaintiffs did not issue an appropriate written litigation hold until a few years after they should have.
Plaintiffs failed to execute a comprehensive and orderly search for documents.
Plaintiffs failed to sufficiently guide, supervise, and monitor their employees' document collection.
Plaintiffs submitted inaccurate, incomplete, vague, and contradictory declarations that misled defendants and the court about plaintiffs’ document preservation and production efforts.
Plaintiffs failed to adequately prepare and produce witnesses with knowledge about document preservation and production efforts, including which files were searched, how searches were conducted, who was asked to search and what they were told, and the extent to which employees’ efforts were supervised.
Plaintiffs’ document preservation and production efforts were found to be “severely deficient.”
Plaintiffs failed to collect or preserve any electronic documents prior to their belated litigation hold.
Plaintiffs failed to request documents from key custodians and witnesses.
Plaintiffs’ memoranda (purporting to be litigation holds) never specifically instructed employees and key custodians not to destroy records.
Plaintiffs designated employees with no experience conducting searches and who received no instruction on how to conduct searches, had no supervision during the collection, and had no contact with lawyers during the search.
Plaintiffs unduly limited the scope of persons with relevant documents to the point of excluding many more who did in fact have responsive documents.
One plaintiff’s representative admitted that she failed to search an executive’s PalmPilot, which may have contained relevant emails.
One plaintiff’s general counsel at first declared that he supervised his company’s document search efforts; but later testified at a deposition that he delegated the search to a paralegal. When pressed, he did not know the details of the paralegal’s communication with employees regarding preservation or whether employees complied. In fact, general counsel signed his declaration without fully investigating his company’s search efforts, and he lacked personal knowledge of many of the issues raised in his declaration.
Their Lawyers
Lawyers’ telephone conversations, emails, and memoranda instructing plaintiffs to be over, rather than under, inclusive and noting that emails and electronic documents should be included in the production were not enough to constitute an effective litigation hold.
Lawyers’ subsequent monthly case status memoranda, which included additional requests for documents, were not enough to constitute either an effective litigation hold or adequate monitoring.
Lawyers failed to focus efforts on discovery while a three-year discovery stay was in place.
Lawyers failed to sufficiently guide, supervise, and monitor their clients’ document collection.
* - On the surface, these actions may appear intentional or wanton to the unsuspecting eye. However, what “saved” these thirteen plaintiffs was the fact that these errors were corrected later through the filing of amended declarations and other curative conduct.
Wheel of Sanctions
Now back to the sanctions. Scheindlin stated “a plaintiff’s duty [to preserve information] is more often triggered before litigation commences, in large part because plaintiffs control the timing of litigation.” Here, as with other cases we’ve blogged about, “the breach of the duty to preserve, and the resulting spoliation of evidence, may result in the imposition of sanctions by a court.” Recognizing that not all sanctions are created equal, Scheindlin addresses which sanctions would be proper under the circumstances.
She explains that for fines, cost shifting, and other “less severe” sanctions, the crux of the matter is the conduct of the spoliating party. For more severe sanctions (i.e., dismissal, preclusion, and adverse inference jury instructions), “the court must consider, in addition to the conduct of the spoliating party, whether any missing evidence was relevant and whether the innocent party has suffered prejudice as a result of the loss of evidence.”
Scheindlin employs the following burden shifting test to deal with the burden of proof in cases such as this one, which seek more severe sanctions for egregious conduct:
When the spoliating party’s conduct is sufficiently egregious to justify a court’s imposition of a presumption of relevance and prejudice, or when the spoliating party’s conduct warrants permitting the jury to make such a presumption, the burden shifts to the spoliating party to rebut that presumption.
If the spoliating party demonstrates to a court’s satisfaction that there could not have been any prejudice to the innocent party, then no jury instruction will be warranted, although a lesser sanction might still be required.
The Final Spin
After a lengthy and thorough review of the facts (indeed, Judge Scheindlin estimates that, collectively, almost 300 hours were spent on the motion and opinion), the court found that plaintiffs “failed to execute a comprehensive search for documents and/or failed to sufficiently supervise or monitor their employees’ document collection.” Scheindlin concludes with the lesson of this case:
While litigants are not required to execute document productions with absolute precision, at a minimum they must act diligently and search thoroughly at the time they reasonably anticipate litigation.
The failure to issue an effective written litigation hold constitutes gross negligence because that failure is likely to result in the destruction of relevant information. Furthermore, a litigation hold that places total reliance on clients’ employees to search and select what they believed to be responsive records without any supervision from counsel is not “effective.”
In the end, jurors will receive instructions that they are permitted to presume the lost evidence is relevant and favorable to the defendants. Additionally, plaintiffs must now deal with monetary sanctions on top of their alleged $550 million losses.
Scheindlin set the precedent for the consequences of this sort of behavior in Zubulake and subsequent decisions. Courts are not going to accept excuses for disregarding now-standard principles and practices. Attention must be paid to avoid the pitfalls documented by Judge Scheindlin. Heed her warning because with one spin of the Wheel of Sanctions, you might not be able to afford buying a vowel.
Posted: March 4th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Business Development Skills, CLE Programming, Entrepreneurship, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
The Legal Beat Takes you Behind The Course to meet faculty member, George Brunelle. Through his course on how to run a law firm ethically and profitably, he remembers the first night that he opened his own firm and why and how he knew he had made the right choice. He also recalls our first meeting and why teaching attorneys through CLE is so important. Go to Lawline.com soon to watch the full course.
Posted: March 3rd, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Two connotations a Yankees World Series game may bring a baseball fan: an experience of a lifetime and a horrendous hit to the pocket book. However, foregoing the latter has caused New York Governor David A. Paterson a whole lot more of the former, but not in a good way.
On Wednesday, the state commission on Public Integrity charged Paterson with violating state ethics laws by accepting free tickets to the World Series opening game last fall between the Yankees and Phillies. This is in direct violation of the state’s ban on gifts to public officials.
The commission also determined that Paterson lied under oath in regards to his intentions of paying for the tickets. Further, Paterson is charged with violating two provisions of the Public Officers Law and three sections of the State Code of Ethics, according to the New York Times.
Amongst the scandal, the governor and his cabinet insist he will stay in office.
Posted: March 2nd, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In this episode of Behind The Course, Lawline.com introduces one of its faculty members, Criminal Defense attorney, Marc Agnifilo. Agnifilo discusses his passion for bonding with the humanity of every case. He also reflects on how he has changed as an attorney after 25 years of practice and even recalls his first big trial which involved bagels and a Machete! Lawline.com, meet your faculty member, Mark Agnifilo, and for more of Marc's CLE courses go to Lawline.com.
Posted: February 25th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Entertainment, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In a final round of questions, Alan Schnurman reveals what maybe his own children did not know. With the help of the famous interviewer Bernard Pivot and his questionnaire, Alan answers the tough questions, like his favorite sound or alternative profession considerations. To see Alan's other interviews and courses go to Lawline.com and The Legal Beat.
Posted: February 24th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
In recognition for its recent inclusion in Best Companies New York's "40 Best Companies to Work for," Lawline.com's Chief Operations Officer Frank Bastone was featured in the February Edition of the Zweig HR Letter, a publication dedicated to highlighting the most innovative tactics on motivating and capturing the talent of employees. In the article, Bastone is attributed for his motivational innovativeness at Lawline.com and offers insights into the specific programs that led to the company's recent accolade.
Below is the featured article. Also refer here for the original publication from The Zweig HR Letter.
Look for Talent Everywhere and You Will Find It
A legal continuing education company puts brainstorming to good use.
When your firm needs fresh ideas— whether in the human resources department or on the front lines of business development—instead of always looking to the upper levels of management or the principals, how about opening the floor to everyone?
While at first blush it may seem like it invites chaos, one company has figured out how to put the old corporate saw of talent scouting and brainstorming into productive company-wide practices that give its employees a greater stake in idea-generation— and thus a greater sense of pride and ownership in the company.
Lawline.com (New York, NY), a 25- person company that provides online continuing education services to lawyers, was recently recognized by the New York State Society for Human Resource Management (NYSHRM) as one of the 40 Best Companies to Work for in New York. It will be honored with the award in April.
‘Real world school’
“We realize our greatest asset at Lawline.com is our employees and there are many specific examples of how we show this,” says Chief Operating Officer Frank Bastone.
Lawline.com makes it a policy to expose its employees to each department at the company.This allows them “to experience a full spectrum of our business development,” Bastone says.“We encourage them to take greater initiative in areas where they excel, and in return we help them further nurture that talent with increasingly greater responsibilities. “In essence,” he says,“we become a ‘real-world school’ that emphasizes and fosters the process of learning within the company.”
Bastone says Lawline.com’s focus on increasing its employees’ knowledge of the company from this perspective has made it a top place to work.
“We find that our employees develop a real vested interest in our company,” he says. “The passion they portray for their work and the passion they develop in growing our company have a synergistic effect on their motivation.This passion becomes contagious, and the positive environment that results is why we feel we were voted for this award.”
Cast a wide net for ideas
Lawline.com also makes it a point to mine that knowledge. Its HR department provides two ways that all employees can contribute ideas toward the growth of the company.
The first is called Innovation Days, Bastone says.
“During this meeting, we gather our entire staff and brainstorm ideas for new products, programs and innovations, utilizing a white board,” he says.“There are no limits, boundaries, or scope to the brainstorming session.”
Nor are there limits on who attends.
“Everyone, from our CEO to our newest intern, is given the opportunity to share and develop these ideas,” Bastone says. “At the end, we review and decide on the ideas that can improve the company and can be put into actionable steps.”
Exercise employees’ options
While internal idea generation has had great results, the company’s top brass is always on the lookout for new talent to add to the mix as well. It has found it in unexpected places.When Lawline.com’s president was exploring joining a gym for employees near the office, he was impressed with the corporate sales manager.
Lawline.com’s president hired the gym’s sales manager as a consultant to train employees in the company’s daily 8 a.m. meetings, which were eventually expanded into a program for the entire company.
“Our daily 8 a.m. meeting program began for our customer service department, but received such positive feedback that employees from separate departments began attending as well,” Bastone says.
“These meetings serve a multitude of purposes— from brainstorming and idea generation to motivational words and goal formations,” he says.“The results of this have been tremendous. Employee productivity has increased dramatically and the energy afterward has instigated great camaraderie and enthusiasm.”
And the consultant who started the whole idea? Three months later, the company hired him as full-time vice president of sales.
Posted: February 24th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Arlene G. Dubin, a featured faculty member of Lawline.com, was quoted in The New York Post February 20 article "The New Sweetheart Deals." We at TheLegalBeat and Lawline.com would like to congratulate Arlene on her inclusion and all her success.
The following is a news release from Moses & Singer regarding her quote in the NY Post.
Arlene G. Dubin, co-chair of Moses & Singer's Matrimonial and Family Law practice was quoted in the February 23, 2010 edition of the New York Post. In the article, "The New Sweetheart Deals", Arlene discusses the explosive trend in cohabitation agreements particularly in New York where an increasing number of couples are signing "dating prenups". Please click here to view the article. The article was also referenced by NY1 during its "In the Papers" segment. Click here and drag the play button to minute 1:15 to see the segment.
Arlene literally "wrote the book" on marital agreements; see Prenups for Lovers: A Romantic Guide to Prenuptial Agreements, www.prenupsforlovers.com. She is nationally recognized for prenuptial, postnuptial, cohabitation, paternity/parenting and divorce/settlement agreements. Arlene has appeared on many national TV and radio shows and has been quoted and referenced in numerous national publications. She also lectures extensively on the topic of marital agreements.
If you need counsel in the area of matrimonial law, please contact Arlene at 212.554.7651 or at adubin@mosessinger.com.
Since 1919, Moses & Singer LLP has provided legal services to diverse businesses and to prominent individuals and their families. Among the firm's broad array of U.S. and international clients are leaders in banking and finance, entertainment, media, real estate, healthcare, advertising, and the hotel and hospitality industries.
Posted: February 24th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Law School, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Students applying for college have one chance to present themselves beyond their GPA, SAT scores, and extracurricular agendas. Traditionally, this platform has been the essay, in which most colleges strive to analyze the student’s writing capability, creativity, personality, and motivations. However, technology presents opportunities, and Tufts University is experimenting with admissions materials to gain greater insight into the indivduality of each applicant.
Tufts University is accepting short YouTube videos for potential students to attach along with their applications. The university has always been known for its unique applications, and it has always pushed for creativity within the process. This upcoming year for example, according to the New York Times, Tufts essays pose such questions as "Are we alone?", along with the option to "create something" out of a single piece of paper.
The videos do not yet carry the same weight in the application as other criteria yet, and for now are an optional addition. However, representatives of the school state that, unless inappropriate, vidoes generally cannot hinder the student's chances of admission. At the same time, video content allows for a platform that may be a more familiar form of self expression for many students.
Applicants should be wary not to associate innovate with lax, however, as Tufts remains one of the country's most prestigious universities. According to the 2010 US News & World Report college rankings, Tufts ranks as one of the top 20 most selective universities in the United States. Tufts was also recognized in the report as a top 30 undergraduate university in the United States, making it difficult for any traditionalist to argue with their methodology.
Posted: February 22nd, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Think about student privacy and what comes to mind? Locker raids? Backpack searches? Parking lot investigations?
How about webcam surveillance?
A Philadelphia school district recently denied allegations after being accused of secretly using the school’s laptop computers to monitor student activities and behaviors at home via webcam. Philadelphia's Lower Merion School District stated their only use of activating the webcams was to find missing property. The district issues Macs to each of its 2,300 students.
Blake Robbins, a student of Lower Merion’s Harriton High School, along with his parents Michael and Holly, filed the lawsuit this past Tuesday. The student claims the school’s vice principal made accusations of him selling drugs off-campus based upon a photo taken on the school's laptop webcam. Their attorney further supports his defense by acknowledging there was no notification that the school’s laptops had such software installed or could be potential utilized.
The defense claims that the vice principle has been unjustly portrayed, and that the computer tracking feature and webcam’s only usage has been in the recovery of lost property.
The FBI is currently investigating the violation of wiretapping and computer-intrusion laws, according to the AP Press.
Posted: February 18th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
Tax attorney, Jany Sabins, didn't plan on practicing tax law, but now it is the focus of her practicing. She also has invaluable advice for females breaking into the legal field.Go to Lawline.com to view Jany's course on estate tax planning,Tax Planning in Wills: Time is of the Essence.
Posted: February 16th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
Lawline.com faculty member Fernando Pinguelo and his 15 law review students of his eDiscovery Course at the prestigious Seton Hall Law students will channel their insights on today's hottest eDiscovery issues right here through The Legal Beat.
Fernando has also published an extensive reviews on the topic of eDiscovery, and will soon be presenting The Tiger Woods Effect: The Uncertain and Turbulent Future of Endorsement Deals, Morals Clauses, and Reverse-Morals Clauses, at The Cardozo Arts & Entertainment Law Journal Annual Spring Symposium, March 4, 2010. Fernando's blog e-Lessons Learned ia an ABA Top 100 blog.
Check in with the Legal Beat to get all the latest briefs of Fernando and his students legal insights.
Posted: February 16th, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Congratulations on the following press release to our good friends at SCG Legal PR Network. They have a tremendous service and deserve all the recognition and good fortune that they will undoubtedly continue to find.
The company is celebrating its one-year anniversary with the achievement of 90 percent of its current members being interviewed by the press to date.
Check out the full release.
NEW YORK—SCG Legal PR Network, a service that connects lawyers as sources with reporters seeking legal experts, today marked its one-year anniversary with the achievement of 90 percent of its current members being interviewed by the press to date.
“Law firms are quickly learning that public relations and visibility are essential ingredients for business growth. However, given the current economic climate, law firms, like most businesses, are grappling with how best to get ROI on their marketing dollars. SCG Legal PR Network does this. When I think about all that SCG Legal PR Network has managed to provide, it’s hard to believe it has only happened in one year,” said SCG Legal PR Network Founder Paramjit L. Mahli. “Joining the right lawyers with the right members of the press was not always so streamlined. SCG Legal PR Network’s database of legal experts continues to grow throughout the country.”
Within its first year, SCG Legal PR Network has received over 160 international television and print press requests from media such as Associated Press, Bloomberg, Reuters, Guardian UK, CNN and many more. Thirty percent of SCG Legal PR Network’s lawyer members who have been contacted by the press have been interviewed twice or more within the first year.
“SCG Legal PR Network certainly levels the playing field for small firms that are just getting their feet wet in the world of PR,” said SCG Legal PR Network lawyer member Ginger D. Schröder of Schröder, Joseph & Associates, LLP. “In today’s fast- paced, 24/7 technological world, it doesn’t matter whether your law firm is in Albany, N.Y., or Lexington, Kan. Google has become the first point of reference, and this is precisely where building your leadership as an expert is critical. Services provided by businesses such as SCG Legal PR Network are invaluable. Very affordable for firms starting PR.”
Other accomplishments include SCG Legal PR Network’s law firm member roster expanding from domestic firms to global firms such as Chadbourne & Parke LLP and international legal groups such as the International Lawyers Network. The network also won the Gold MarCom Award for creativity and innovation last October.
About SCG Legal PR Network
SCG Legal PR Network is a global network that connects lawyers as expert sources with reporters and features a 24/7-accessible database of legal experts from a variety of areas. Its team is comprised of former award-winning journalists whose experience spans over three continents and 30-plus years in the field of journalism and public relations. The network was started by a former journalist, Paramjit Mahli, who has worked within news outlets like the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), Financial Post, CNN, CNNfn and The Journal of Commerce. For more information about the SCG Legal PR Network,
Posted: February 12th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In the third and final installment of On the Line with Alan Schnurman, Alan discusses the stakes of New York real estate and making patience the key to any success. Go to The Legal Beat to view Part 1 and Part 2 of Alan's On The Line interview, and go to Lawline.com for exclusive Alan Schnurman CLE programming.
Posted: February 12th, 2010 By: Laura J. Tyson Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Suddenly find yourself at the wrong end of a trade secrets litigation? Heed this advice: When the court says “preserve,” that means documents, files, data, and BlackBerry® smartphones. Thus, be sure to instruct your clients not to wipe the memory from their BlackBerrys or other handheld devices before turning them in; or else, your client may be subject to sanctions.
The defendants in a trade secrets theft case learned this lesson the hard way when the District Court in Florida slapped them with sanctions after they turned in freshly “wiped” BlackBerrys. The court interpreted the freshly sanitized BlackBerrys as evidence of bad faith that justified sanctions. But you might be thinking: “A BlackBerry wiped clean? Who cares! All the e-mails the other side could possibly want are readily available on the server.” This type of thinking could get you in trouble. Let’s see why.
After plaintiff Southeastern Mechanical Services, Inc. (“SMS”) prosecuted employees of a construction services company (“Defendants”) with theft of trade secrets, they obtained a court order requiring Defendants to preserve “all computer files, data, documents, or similar information on their computers” until otherwise notified. The court also prohibited Defendants from “destroying any and all information and documents potentially relevant to” SMS’s claims. Defendants’ in-house counsel properly requested employees to turn in their laptops and BlackBerrys, but seemingly failed to warn them to refrain from wiping the BlackBerrys’ internal memory.
The BlackBerrys ultimately made their way into the hands of SMS’s computer forensics expert who quickly determined that (a) they had been wiped clean, and (b) the “wiped-clean” condition was no accident. Even the Defendants’ own forensic expert conceded at a deposition that only “intentional actions” would result in a full BlackBerry data wipe. That was all the court needed to hear.
The court considered SMS’s requests to sanction Defendants by granting either (a) default judgment, (b) a ruling as to the improper use of trade secrets, or (c) an adverse inference jury instruction. In Florida, a court may impose sanctions based on evidence spoliation when the opposing party, in bad faith, destroys evidence it had a duty to preserve and that had once existed. The destroyed evidence must also be “crucial” to the other party’s case or defense. Thus, for the court to justify issuing the sanctions requested against Defendants, it would need to conclude that the deleted BlackBerry data was crucial to SMS’s case.
With minimal deliberation, the court first concluded that “evidence existed at one time” on the BlackBerrys and that Defendants had a duty to preserve that evidence. But was that evidence crucial to SMS’s case? And had Defendants deliberately wiped the BlackBerrys in bad faith?
The “crucial” requirement was easy. The court concluded that a “substantial and complete” destruction of data justified a finding that the destroyed evidence would have helped SMS’s case and its loss was prejudicial.
The court next noted that the BlackBerrys could have only achieved a “wiped” state following deliberate and intentional actions; and that it was “suspicious” that, following months of use, the BlackBerrys contained no “e-mails, text messages, calendar entries, or records of telephone calls.” It all reeked of bad faith. The court discounted the Defendants’ suggestion that SMS’s forensic expert could have accidentally deleted the files from the BlackBerrys.
Defendants argued that it didn’t matter that they had wiped the BlackBerrys before returning them because any e-mails that had been deleted were mirrored on their server, and they had already given SMS copies of those e-mails.
The court, however, was not impressed. It pointed out that Defendants had used their BlackBerrys for both work and personal e-mail accounts; and the personal e-mail accounts were not mirrored on the employer’s server. For one Defendant, the court calculated that approximately three weeks’ worth of potentially relevant data had been deleted. Based on all facts at hand, the court granted SMS an adverse inference jury instruction based on the Defendants’ failure to preserve their BlackBerrys.
While this case dealt specifically with BlackBerrys, the lesson learned should be applied to any smartphone or other handheld device that can store data, including iPods, digital cameras, and GPS devices. To avoid spoliation sanctions, make it clear to all employees that they should not perform any data wipes, system resets, scrubs, scours, or other similar actions once the duty to preserve exists. Bottom line: don’t go near the “Wipe Handheld” choice in the “Security Options” menu.
eLesson Learned:
When the court orders your client to preserve data, don’t let employees wipe their BlackBerrys® before turning them in. A wiped BlackBerry smartphone could translate into “bad faith” and might just induce a court to impose spoliation sanctions.
Author: By day, Laura J. Tyson handles e-discovery issues for a boutique litigation firm in Roseland, NJ, while at night she completes her J.D. at Seton Hall Law Schoolin Newark, NJ.
Posted: February 11th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
This attorney is a self proclaimed ethics geek, who bleeds scarlet red, and is ultimately just a frustrated performer a heart. Who is teaching at lawline? Attorneys meet your faculty member, Stuart Teicher.
Posted: February 11th, 2010 By: Andrew Lavoott Bluestone Category: Attorney Malpractice, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Actually we're a little shocked at the facts of this matrimonial action involving Thomas Liotti. in Coccia v Liotti ;2010 NY Slip Op 00917 ; Decided on February 9, 2010 ; Appellate Division, Second Department we see some very unusual language from the Appellate Division. Beyond reinstating [or more correctly put, modifying] the legal malpractice claims, the AD basically granted summary judgment wiping out attorney fees by Liotti on the almost unheard of use of a disbarred attorney and misleading the client into thinking that the attorney was in good standing.
Rather than explain, here is the decisional language:
However, the Supreme Court erred by, in effect, upon renewal, vacating the determination in the order entered September 13, 2007, denying that branch of the initial cross motion which was for summary judgment dismissing the sixth cause of action to recover damages for fraudulent inducement, based upon the defendant's alleged misrepresentation that the person who would be substantially responsible for her case was an attorney. The plaintiff alleged that she later learned that such person was a disbarred attorney, prohibited from practicing law, and that the defendant fraudulently concealed this information. Contrary to the Supreme Court's conclusion, we find that the defendant failed in his initial submissions to establish, as a matter of law, that the plaintiff did not justifiably rely upon his representation of this individual's status as an attorney in good standing.
The Supreme Court erred in denying those branches of the plaintiff's cross motion which were for summary judgment dismissing the first, second, and third counterclaims seeking to recover outstanding counsel fees.
Liability of Subsequent Attorneys in Legal Malpractice
Macaluso v Pollack, 2010 NYSlipOp 30276(U) , Justice Diamond, Nassau County presents an interesting story of how a case can get dismissed. Beyond the storyline, the case presents analysis of liability of predecessor/subsequent attorneys, how the dissolution of a partnership affects legal malpractice litigation, what subsequent attorneys can accomplish in the Second Circuit, and potential liability of associate attorneys.
The original attorneys were to represent plaintiff in an employment discrimination case, but negligently failed to follow court orders in US District Court. Eventually, the case was dismissed by the US District Judge, on one particular day in which the attorneys did not appear for a conference. This was apparently the last straw, as there had been many previous late filings, etc. So case is dismissed. Attorneys for plaintiff at that point were a partnership of two attorneys. These attorneys then file an appeal to the Second Circuit, but leave out several essential filings which dooms the appeal.
Employment Discrimination and Legal Malpractice
Carboni v Ginsberg; 02/02/2010 2010 NYSlipOp 30256(U) Maltese, J. is an illustration of how a potential legal malpractice case underlays almost all activity within the realm of attorney representation, which is to say, everything.
Here, the question is whether plaintiff lost his employment in a wrongful manner, and after that determination, whether he has sued the attorneys within the appropriate statute of limitations time.
In a meticulous, fact specific decision, Justice Maltese writes that under CPLR 3211(a)(1) "the movant is required to demonstrate that the `documentary evidence utterly refutes plaintiff's factual allegations, conclusively establishing a defense as a matter of law.'"
No Right to Arbitrate Fee Dispute Despite Retainer Language
In Edelman v Poster; 2010 NY Slip Op 00788 ; Decided on February 4, 2010 ; Appellate Division, First Department we see a situation in which a matrimonial retainer agreement boldly stated a right to arbitrate, yet the Appellate Division, First Department, determined that client has no right to arbitrate
Here is the retainer language: "While I seek to avoid any disputes concerning the payment of our fee, in the event such a dispute does arise, you have the right, at your election, to seek arbitration, the results of which are binding on both parties. I shall advise you in writing by certified mail that you have 30 days from receipt of such notice in which to elect to resolve the dispute by arbitration, and I shall enclose a copy of the arbitration rules and a form for requesting arbitration. If no action is pending and if you do not timely enforce your rights to enter into fee arbitration, I may commence legal proceedings against you to recover any unpaid fee "
Posted: February 11th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In her recent FT.com column, Memory doesn’t matter when you have the net, Lucy Kellaway humorously recounts recent memory lapses and multi-tasking failures. She considers several solutions, one of which is to make lists.
When preparing for a significant negotiation, we suggest you make three lists regarding your information needs.
First, list the information you want to get before you meet with your counterpart. Second, list the information you want to get during your negotiation. Finally, list the information you want to initially share and withhold.
Making lists will help you strategically and comprehensively think through the information gathering process. It will also help you avoid forgetting something important in the heat of the battle or when juggling several tasks.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: February 10th, 2010 By: Fernando M. Pinguelo Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
So what is all the fuss about Stengart v. Loving Care Agency,Inc. et al.? Why are eDiscovelebrities and employment lawyers alike watching the case so closely? Why should YOU be watching? Privacy! (And eDiscovery, Of Course)
“It” (Stengart, the fuss, the Supreme Court of New Jersey, this post, all this blog attention) all boils down to whether this employee had a reasonable expectation of privacy in emails between the employee and her lawyer sent and received (during work hours) using the employer’s computer and IT systems.
According to the trial court, Stengart did not have a reasonable expectation of privacy and the emails were properly retrieved and used by the employer and its lawyers in defense of the lawsuit. According to the appeals court, not only did she (have a reasonable expectation of privacy), but also the appeals court took issue with the way the company lawyers handled the situation and queried whether the lawyers acted inappropriately when they retrieved and used these emails – and whether they should be sanctioned and/or thrown off the case. Ouch!
Posted: February 8th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Entrepreneurship, Lawline.com, The News Beat
Despite an economic environment that has crippled many small businesses, there is still opportunity to be found. The Wall Street Journal cited Lawline.com today for its ability to take advantage of a suffering real estate market.
Lawline.com has seen its workforce grow beyond the capacity of its current Downtown Manhattan office, and it has used an aggressive but patient approach in order to take full advantage of lower rent prices.
“Take David Schnurman, president of Lawline.com CLE Inc., an online provider of continuing legal education, who needed more space for his growing work force.
When hunting for a new location last year, he put out queries on an entrepreneurs' mailing list—which netted a number of leads—and saw more than 50 spaces with six different brokers. Working with different agents was crucial, he says, because some had listings that the others didn't.
‘"It seems to be that there are more deals in the market than ever,"’ Mr. Schnurman says. ‘"For any company that's growing, this is a time to be a bit more aggressive.’"
Posted: February 5th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In her recent FT.com column, Memory doesn’t matter when you have the net, Lucy Kellaway humorously recounts recent memory lapses and multi-tasking failures. She considers several solutions, one of which is to make lists.
When preparing for a significant negotiation, we suggest you make three lists regarding your information needs.
First, list the information you want to get before you meet with your counterpart. Second, list the information you want to get during your negotiation. Finally, list the information you want to initially share and withhold.
Making lists will help you strategically and comprehensively think through the information gathering process. It will also help you avoid forgetting something important in the heat of the battle or when juggling several tasks.
Posted: February 4th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat, Videos
The Legal Beat's Meredith Ganzman heads to New York's LegalTech to Interview LegalRelay CEO John Gilman. LegalRelaymade a splash at the event with the launching of its legal version of Amazon.com Reviews.
Posted: February 3rd, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Career Corner, CLE Programming, SHOWCASE CORNER, Videos
There are many times when lawyers who deal with estate planning and taxes will need to use an appraiser for different types of personal property. Lee Drexler, president of Esquire Appraisals, Inc. of New York City and Westchester, is an experienced appraiser of fine arts, furniture and jewelry and has seen many unique pieces throughout her career. We spoke with Lee recently and asked if she could share with us some of the more interesting things that she has seen over the years.
One such story that she shares in the video below is of a woman who wanted her to appraise her engagement ring. It appears the woman had take the ring in to be reset earlier and had never been fully satisfied with the look and feel of the ring afterwards. Well, as you might suspect, it didn’t take Ms. Drexler long to discover that in fact the ring she was given back was fake. Both the diamond and the gold that it was set in were no longer real. An awful fact to find out so many years later, but as Lee says, she is brought in to reveal an ugly truth a lot of times.
Lee Drexler recently filmed a presentation with James Cohen on the legal aspects of appraisals for CLE credit on Lawline.com. The program covers the issue from both sides, the attorney and the appraiser. Lee has also written a book called Fabulous Finds, where she shares stories like this about finding valuable pieces that nobody even knew existed.
To contact Lee Drexler, call 212-889-2580. Please enjoy the short video below, and look for the CLE lecture soon.
Posted: January 30th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: The News Beat
I'm taking a guess that, in many cases, the Louisiana attorney has a high chance of also being a Saints fan, or at least caught up in the Saints Super Bowl frenzy.
Word on the virtual street (Twitter) is that the Louisiana State Bar Association will be holding a CLE seminar next Friday, February 5 regarding the "Who Dat?" trademark controversy.
If you aren't familiar, the issue is over vendors selling t-shirts with the phrase "Who dat?" - a long time phrase used in New Orleans from the chant "Who dat gonna beat dem Saints?" The NFL views the sale of these shirts on an infringement of a trademarked phrase that it owns.
If the rumors on the Louisiana State Bar Association CLE are true, then I'm the first to commend them on putting together such a timely and relevant program on short notice.
Check back with The Legal Beat and we'll keep you up to date on the status of the program.
Posted: January 29th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation
In light of Toyota’s unprecedented decision to recall and stop selling eight car models, this New York Times excerpt caught my attention: “In its drive to become No. 1 in worldwide sales, Toyota may have left its reputation vulnerable.” The Tokyo Shimbun went so far as to say, “[t]he discrediting of Toyota could even destroy the world’s trust in Japanese manufacturing, which relies on its reputation for high quality.” Time will tell what the full consequences will be.
In negotiating and in life, trust is hard to build, easy to destroy and difficult to restore. Toyota’s plight is a useful reminder that we should always value and protect our reputation.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author ofGain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want(St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: January 28th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, The News Beat, Videos
Lawline.com is proud to announce The Golden Ticket. The NYCLA Insitue and Lawline.com now offer unlimited online and live CLE programing for just $499. Register now at Lawline.com/goldenticket!
Posted: January 28th, 2010 By: Lawline.com Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
In a historic moment for Continuing Legal Education, Lawline.com and the New York County Lawyer’s Association (NYCLA) have teamed up to provide a combination of the highest quality live and online Continuing Legal Education - but only with an exclusive Golden Ticket. The offer is extended to twenty-five fortunate attorneys who come across the opportunity. Each recipient receives one full year of unlimited access to both Lawline.com and NYCLA courses, which combines for a total of over 275 hours of CLE. The price? Only $499.
Lawline.com has been providing online CLE for over 10 years and has been featured in such publications as Forbes, Crains, Inc., Entrepreneur, and CNBC. Lawline.com has also recently been named one of the 40 Best Companies to Work for in New York State and a Finalist for Customer Service by the N.Y. Enterprise Report
The New York County Lawyers' Association has historically been one of the largest and most influential county bar associations in the country. Having turned 100 years old in 2008, the organization holds strong to its traditions, and their Golden Ticket offering with Lawline.com is another example of advancing the practice and education of attorneys.
Time is short for receiving the exclusive Golden Ticket, and The Legal Beat provides one of the limited routes!
Posted: January 25th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com
The combination of technology, innovation, and law means one thing: 2010’s 3-day LegalTech Trade Show in New York, NY, beginning Monday February 1. Last year’s dominant theme was eDiscovery, with much attention being given to social media as well. What will stand out this year?
Technolawyer produced a great article on predictions for 2009 after last year’s show, and there’s great reasons to believe those predictions will come to light. The first forecast was a wave of iPhone applications. Is there any doubt about this one? Yes, there are finally other products being released in the market to compete with the iPhone, but competition is negligible at this point. Last year was still the early stages in iPhone potential in regards to applications, and in 2010 there is going to be a host of maturation in the development of downloadable legal applications. Without a doubt, there will be much innovation released in iPhone Applications throughout the three day event.
CourtReportersSchools.com has a great list of current iPhone Legal Applications currently out on the market. Again, look for this list to be greatly expanded throughout 2010.
Social media is another hot topic in the legal industry that will be sure to produce buzz at the event. Blos, Twitter, Facebook, Linkedin – it’s a mixture of excitement, confusion, and growth. It has been a bit of a hit and miss area of legal application, with some attorneys and firms diving in greatly, and others reluctant, preferring traditional forms of media and focusing solely on their practice. However, there’s no denying its growth within the industry, and with growth comes innovation.
And don’t forget eDiscovery. The big hit at last year’s event will likely be so once again. The question is whether this year’s technology will help sort through the clutter of electronic evidence. The electronic age is producing a constantly expanding set of new law and litigation, and because of this rapid change many still struggle with the concept of the necessity in dealing with electronic forms of evidence. But again, with the growing importance of this form of evidence will come a great influx of legal technology to aid in the process.
The Legal Beat will be attending the three-day event and produce up close interviews with some of the most innovative firms in the industry. We’ll also give you a behind the scenes look at the event itself. For more information visit http://www.legaltechshow.com/
Posted: January 23rd, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Entertainment, Lawline.com
ABC had its debut this past week of the The Deep End, a new television series about first year associates at Sterling Law, a top Los Angeles Law Firm. That’s about all the time I’m going to take delving into the shallow depths of its plot. Instead, I’m just going to list off reasons why if you missed the first episode, you should consider yourself lucky.
1. Everybody is sexy. Apparently the law schools these first-years recently graduated from based their enrollments on aesthetic qualities and time spent at the gym.
2. Everybody is witty. Every character says the perfect line, with perfect diction, and with no delay. It makes me feel like hiding behind my computer, writing blog posts complaining about my inferiorities, and wishing I could accomplish such a feat.
3. I did not hear one piece of legal knowledge in the episode. The most legal term was “pro-bono.”
4. The group of first-years takes “victory shots” after a good day at work.
5. I heard the word “totally” more than any other word. Was this an episode of Dawson’s Creek? It totally could have been.
6. These characters went to top-ranked law schools and passed the California Bar. Really? Totally.
7. Everybody is sexy AND they eat very large cupcakes at work. Combine this with victory shots and the character's wittiness, and now I really just want to hide in a corner.
Billy Zane does star in the show as a competitive head-honcho at the law firm, and his dealing with young the attorneys is at least a comic relief, so that is one plus to the show. However, it doesn’t make up for the rest of the over-dramatization and unrealistic realm presented as an actual daily life in a competitive law firm. The only thing I see coming out of this series is a wave of high school and college graduates applying to law school, only to realize that books are actually involved somewhere in the process.
Posted: January 22nd, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat, Videos
Michael Stutman stars in this week's Family Law Friday on The Legal Beat. Host and Producer Meredith Ganzman leads Stutman through a discussion on Pets in Divorce and Custody Cases.
Posted: January 21st, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In December, GE CEO Jeffrey Immelt disclosed NBC would lose an estimated $200 million on the Winter Olympics. In a New York Times article yesterday, Dick Ebersol, chairman of NBC Universal Sports, said he would have preferred that Immelt wait to reveal the losses until the end of January “so it didn’t cause any disruption of sales.”
“When you say something like that,” Ebersol said, “advertisers think they’ll get a bargain, and we’ve told them there aren’t any.” In effect, Immelt decreased NBC’s leverage with its advertisers by disclosing that NBC is a bit desperate for revenue due to its expected loss, and that it had fewer competing advertisers for its spots.
What is the lesson here? All of the key internal stakeholders in a negotiation need to be on the same strategic page. Problems arise when the left hand doesn't know what the right hand is doing. To help prevent this, organizations should – for all their significant negotiations – create strategic negotiation plans and implement negotiation best practices. This includes identifying what strategic information should or should not be disclosed and ensuring all of the key stakeholders are aware of those strategic choices. Importantly, our ExpertNegotiator Planning and Management Software is designed to help you do this by allowing you to create online negotiation plans accessible by each stakeholder in your negotiation – thus ensuring you avoid problems like the one created by Immelt.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want(St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: January 20th, 2010 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Tiger Woods: he’s flipped sports, entertainment, and media upside down as of late. But it doesn’t stop there – he’s thrown the legal world into turmoil as well.
In a symposium set for March 4 at Cardoso Law School, in New York City, three attorneys, Fernando Pinguelo, a partner at Norris McLaughlin & Marcus and Chair of the firm's Entertainment Law Group, Porcher L. Taylor, III, an associate professor at the University of Richmond, and Timothy D. Cedrone, a 2009 cum laude graduate of Seton Hall University School of Law, will lead the topic, The Tiger Woods Effect: The Uncertain and Turbulent Future of Endorsement Deals, Morals Clauses, and Reverse-Morals Clauses? The trio is also focusing on producing a first of its kind law review.
Media, business, and law are industries greatly familiar with moral clauses – a provision in a contract that companies utilize to prohibit specific behavior unto the “talent,” whereby the company can terminate the contract if the talent violates these terms. However, Pinguelo, Taylor, and Cedrone are focusing in on the opposite end of the spectrum. Can the talent hold businesses accountable for unethical behavior?
This is what is becoming referred to as the Reverse-Morals Clause, an area of increasing interest and discussion within the legal community. According to Pinguelo, there is currently no scholarly law research on the subject, and little to no known law review in regards to it. He and his colleagues are out to change that.
“The reverse moral clause allows the talent unilateral ability to terminate a contract if the ethics of a business is called into question,” Pinguelo states. Pinguelo added that these issues date back to examples of Enron, but also have been notable in more recent cases such as Lehman Brothers.
The trio’s research will focus on a phenomenon they have dubbed “The Tiger Woods Effect.” Woods’ climb to fame, stardom, and power, along with a near perfect image, created him into the ideal model to demand reverse-morals clauses. However, the current ethical questions surrounding him in the media have damaged this negotiating power.
“Pre-Tiger Woods scandal, before Thanksgiving, he could write his ticket,” says Pinguelo. “If anyone had the potential for a reverse-morals clause, it would have been him.”
Before the symposium, the three attorneys plan to publish a law review titled, The Reverse-Morals Clause: The Unique Way to Save Talent Reputation and Money in a New Era of Corporate Crimes and Scandal. In the review, they divide the issue into five sections, in which they discuss the necessity of reverse-moral clauses and offer drafting and negotiation insights.
Pinguelo and Cedrone also recently authored what now will serve as a framework for the upcoming material entitled, Morals? Who Cares About Morals? An Examination of Morals Clauses in Talent Contracts and What Talent Needs to Know.
Both the review and the symposium present the potential to be the foundations of a largely growing and increasingly important area of law. We’ll keep you up to beat on all that’s coming up in research and news leading up to the symposium.
Posted: January 12th, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Bridgewater, NJ (January 12, 2010) – Fernando Pinguelo will speak at the Second Annual Campbell Law Review Symposium, entitled Emerging Issues in Electronic Discovery, on Friday, January 22, 2010, in Raleigh, North Carolina. His topic will be “How Are Company Legal Departments Positioning to Deal with eDiscovery in the Event of Further Litigation.” The Campbell Law Review Symposium expects to draw hundreds of practitioners and in-house counsel from across the country. Pinguelo’s presentation is part of a larger project that will assist in-house counsel address electronic discovery issues in a meaningful and cost-effective manner. The results of his project will be published within a special Campbell Law Review edition dedicated to electronic discovery.
The Campbell Law Review began publication in 1979 for the purpose of serving the legal community with scholarly articles, notes, comments and other reviews of legal topics. The Campbell Law Review fulfills this service by placing special emphasis on issues from North Carolina and other states in the Southeast, as well as issues concerning national legislation and Constitutional questions from all circuits and the Supreme Court.
Pinguelo, Co-Chair of the firm’s Response to Electronic Discovery and Information (REDI) Group, devotes his practice to complex litigation with an emphasis on business disputes, electronic discovery, and media and employment matters. He has experience in all facets of litigation (trial, mediation, arbitration, and appellate) in both federal and state courts. As a former prosecutor, he has tried several cases. Today, Pinguelo handles a broad spectrum of disputes including copyright infringement, misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud, breach of non-compete covenants, discrimination, and business torts; and is able to address a rapidly evolving crisis or emergency.
A leader in the emerging area of electronic discovery, Pinguelo works with business owners, C-level executives, in-house counsel, and human resources, information technology, and risk managers to develop strategies to manage business and legal issues related to electronic documents. He recognizes that complex contract and statutory considerations impact the evolving business environment. This understanding enables him to help clients comply with the broad array of laws that regulate document management. Pinguelo focuses on preventing claims and pursues strategies that enhance a client’s ability to manage electronic documents because he is keenly aware of the financial and public relations fallout that can result from high-profile electronic discovery abuses and negligence.
Notably, Pinguelo was involved in New Jersey’s first case addressing its new electronic discovery rule amendments, and has lectured numerous times on the topic, including at the Judicial College which provides judges with a wide range of academic programs. He has designed a state-of-the-art electronic discovery law course and teaches one of only a few such courses in the country at Seton Hall University School of Law. Recently, the Fulbright Program, the U.S. government's flagship international exchange program, designated Pinguelo a Fulbright Specialist for his work in eDiscovery, and he will engage in a project at a university in one of over 100 participating countries. Pinguelo was also invited to be a member of eDiscovery Group of The Sedona Conference® Working Group Series, a prestigious series of think-tanks consisting of leading experts brought together by a desire to address various "tipping point" issues in each area under consideration. Pinguelo founded and contributes regularly to eLessons Learned (www.eLLblog.com), an educational blog about electronic discovery best practices that was recently recognized by the ABA Journal magazine as being one of the top 100 law blogs of 2009.
Pinguelo earned his J.D. from Boston College Law School in 1997 and his B.A., magna cum laude, from Boston College in 1994. He is admitted to practice in New Jersey, New York, and the District of Columbia.
~ ~ ~
Norris McLaughlin & Marcus has been serving the business community of New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area since 1953. Once a humble two-man practice on Main Street in Somerville, New Jersey, Norris McLaughlin & Marcus has become the largest firm in Somerset County and one of the top 20 firms in New Jersey, with a significant presence in New York City and the Lehigh Valley in Pennsylvania.
Norris McLaughlin & Marcus’ clients run the gamut, from Fortune 500 corporations to smaller publicly and privately held companies to start-up companies and individuals. The attorneys, with staff assistance, provide legal services in nearly every area of business law. A full practice area listing can be found at www.nmmlaw.com.
The firm’s more than 150 attorneys come from diverse backgrounds, hold degrees from top U.S. law schools and regularly serve as leaders in bar associations and various trade groups. With 25 of its members listed as the Best Lawyers in America for 2010, in addition to an active repertoire of speaking engagements and legal publications, attorneys at Norris McLaughlin & Marcus embody large-firm talent in a small-firm setting. This combination of legal talent and personable surroundings allows attorneys at Norris McLaughlin to provide service and value to their clients on an individual level. It is the goal of Norris McLaughlin& Marcus to accommodate the needs of every client through the use of experience, strategic planning and common courtesy.
Norris McLaughlin & Marcus enjoys an international reputation for excellence through its membership in Meritas, the largest worldwide affiliation of high-quality, mid-sized law firms. With Meritas, Norris McLaughlin & Marcus is able to extend its services to clients in every state and in more than 70 foreign countries.
Posted: January 11th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In this Legal Beat edition of the CLE Faculty Spotlight, attorney Abram Bohrer will review his background in and his passion for handling personal injury and airline travel. He will also reflect on his experience as a new addition to the Lawline Faculty. Look for Abram Bohrer's Lawline exclusive CLE course soon.
Posted: January 8th, 2010 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
A friend recently purchased a used car "as is" for around $5,000 from a dealer. About 45 days later the transmission tanked. Unfortunately, the problem appeared after the state "lemon law" warranty expired. My friend obtained several estimates for the repair, the cheapest of which was $1,400. Not wanting to pay so much, she returned to the dealer to see if they would help.
What negotiation approach should she take?
She could try a competitive approach and threaten to file complaints with the appropriate state regulatory agency and the Better Business Bureau and stop making her payments (the dealer had financed almost the entire purchase price).
Alternatively, she could take a more problem-solving approach and appeal to the dealer's sense of fairness and potential sympathy for her plight (she is a single mother and her car broke down shortly before Christmas).
Based on her positive experience buying the car (the dealer hadn't use overly competitive, high-pressure tactics), she decided to take the latter approach. It worked, and the dealer ultimately agreed to repair the car for only $300 even though they had no contractual obligation to do so.
The bottom-line: picking the right negotiation approach will help you get the best results.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want(St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: January 7th, 2010 Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
NEW YORK, Jan. 7 /PRNewswire/ -- Lawline.com is once again being recognized for its excellence and innovation. It was named one of the "40 Best Companies to Work for in New York" by the New York State Society for Human Resource Management and Best Companies Group. This comes just a few short months after being chosen a finalist in the "Best Customer Service" category by the New York Enterprise Report.
Established in 1999, Lawline.com has become one of the nation's leading providers of Online Continuing Legal Education. Focusing on “quality, price and service” has always been its primary mission. Lawline.com has been able to achieve this goal by hiring energetic, highly motivated individuals and exposing them to multiple departments in order to find the best fit for the employee’s skill set.
David Schnurman, Lawline.com's President, believes this is at the core of his company’s success. “Our greatest assets are our employees. We strive to provide them with what they need to excel, and in return we believe that this maximizes their potential."
Lawline.com is always on the lookout for great talent and often meets them in the most unexpected places. One such example is when Schnurman explored joining a gym for his employees near his office. He was so impressed with the corporate sales manager, he hired him as a consultant to train his key personnel in sales and customer service at 8:00AM every day. The response was overwhelming and before long, the conference room was filled with other employees wanting to participate in the morning brainstorming. Within three months, he was hired full time as V.P. of Sales.
Lawline.com will be honored at the Best Companies to Work for in New York at the awards dinner on Wednesday, April 21, 2010, at the Albany Marriot.
If you would like more information on Lawline.com, visit www.Lawline.com or contact Jeff Reekers at (646)448-3265 or Jeff@Lawline.com.
About Lawline.com
Lawline.com was founded in 1999 and was one of the first companies to offer online Continuing Legal Education. Lawline.com now provides hundreds of hours of original online CLE programming to attorneys across the nation.
Lawline.com expanded from Lawline, a well regarded legal television program in the New York Metropolitan area.
ABC is releasing a new legal drama series entitled The Deep End. The show’s premise centers on the cutthroat competition amongst a group of young attorneys as they strive to be accepted into Sterling Law, a prestigious Los Angeles Law Firm.
Here at The Legal Beat, we’ll be watching closely and providing weekly episode reviews.
The Deep End airs January 21 from 8:00-9:00p.m., ET, on Twentieth Century Fox Television.
Check out the clip for an introduction to the series.
Posted: January 5th, 2010 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
In this episode of On The Line, Alan Schnurman discusses his early days as a Personal Injury attorney and also reflects on his the proud moments of his career. He further reflects on what some of the more embarrassing moments in his career has taught him about his work. Even after thirty-eight years of practicing, Alan explains why he still gets nervous in trying a case. Go to The Legal Beat to catch Part 1 of Alan's interview and Lawline.com for all of your CLE needs and to view Alan's CLE courses.
Posted: December 31st, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation
In a Forbes.com article last week, Jerry Kennelly, a 30-year Silicon Valley veteran, described a negotiation he was involved in while at Inktomi, one of the first internet search engines, as follows: “There were two of us, and when we went into the room we faced 14 people.”
Using the power in numbers ploy is a common negotiation tactic. For example, if you show up for what you think will be a one-on-one meeting and your counterpart brings along his technical expert and a secretary, you will be at a disadvantage because you lack your own expert and will end up with a less detailed written record of the commitments made during the session.
How can you avoid being strategically outnumbered?
Find out who will attend before the meeting. Don’t hesitate to negotiate this aspect of the agenda. If you still wind up outnumbered, ask your counterpart’s decision-maker to go to a nearby room to see if you can reach a deal. Ask, “You don’t need your entire team with you, right?”
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 31st, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Videos
At Lawline we are very serious about the January 31st California CLE Deadline. It's a team effort at Lawline. Even members of the programming department pitch in and reach out to our California attorneys, some more successfully than others. Take a look at what happens when a host and producer joins the sales team. Go to Lawline.com for all of your CLE needs.
Posted: December 31st, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Tonight in New York City, the Times Square Ball will reach its descent at the stroke of midnight, confetti will explode through the air, balloons will become lost in the stars, and cheers will be heard for miles. Some will be celebrating the final moments of 2009. Some will be celebrating the hopes and dreams of the New Year. Yet, the legal community will be embracing the legendary career of Robert M. Morgenthau.
After 35 years at the helm of Manhattan’s District Attorney’s office, the man known as the nation’s premier DA and the inspiration behind the “Law and Order” television series is stepping down at the age of 90.
Many have called him fearless, bringing high profile celebrities, mobsters, terrorists, money launderers, and Wall Street criminals to justice. Likewise, he brought justice between the blocks and cleaned up much of the crime-ridden streets of New York.
Back in 1975, when Mr. Morgenthau took office, New York City was in the midst of a crime wave. Fast forward to 2009, and New York City has one more thing to celebrate this New Year's Eve: fewer murders this year than any in recent history.
According to an article by CNN.com, much of this can be attributed to his restructuring of the prosecution system. In the old system, a single case could see up to five different representing attorneys, making dismissal rates high and conviction rates low. Under the restructured system, known as "vertical prosecution," a single attorney follows the case from beginning to end. The result has been lower dismissal rates, higher conviction rates, and, in the eyes of the district attorney, greater justice.
Regardless of the time and effort necessary to prosecute street criminals, unions and mob-controlled trash-collection companies, Mr. Morgenthau kept his sights clear on white-collar criminals. New York City is at the center of the global financial markets, and thus financial crimes in the city have potentially global implications. Manhattan's DA was aware of this and made it a priority. This past year, according the CNN.com article, the DA’s office received $175 million in a settlement with Lloyd's bank in a wire fraud suit. Last year, the office sent $181 million to New York City and $119 million to the state.
As with all high profile people, he had his critics, but it’s hard to understate what Mr. Morgenthau has done for installing justice in the city of New York. So tonight, as the ball lowers in Time Square, celebrate the passing of 2009 and the welcome the New Year, but also embrace the final moments in office of a legend.
Posted: December 28th, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Lawline.com, Marketing Tips, The News Beat, Videos
In this episode of the The Legal Beat Tip of The Day, Personal Injury attorney, Gerald Oginski, discusses marketing his legal services. After years of investing in traditional marketing and advertising, Gerald focused his efforts online with viral video media. Go Lawline.com soon to view Gerald Oginski's full course.
Posted: December 28th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Creative thinking and commanding knowledge of the law landed Lawline.com faculty member Gerald L. Shargel into Sunday’s New York Times. The article, entitledBail Sitters, discussed the increased privatization of bail, and detailed such high-profile cases as that of Bernie Madoff and Marc S. Dreier, the latter who Shargel defended.
Shargel is cited in the article for his role in convincing the courts to allow his client, Mr. Dreier, to be released into the custody of a team of private guards at his home. “What guards do is put a mechanism in place that reassures the court,” Shargel explained in the article. “There are people on site who are there to make sure that the conditions are enforced.”
Bail generally cannot be denied unless there is reason to believe that the individual poses a danger to the community or is a threat to escape. It is often associated with favoring wealthy individuals; the poor often lack the resources to post bail. As Judge Jed S. Rakoff wrote in his statement for the Dreier case, “This is a serious flaw in our system. But it is not a reason to deny a constitutional right to someone who, for whatever reason, can provide reasonable assurances against flight.”
Shargel has also been the recipient of many awards, including the New York State Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers’ Thurgood Marshall Award for outstanding criminal law practitioner.
Posted: December 23rd, 2009 By: Norris McLaughlin & Marcus, P.A. Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
Bridgewater, NJ (December 21, 2009) – Editors of the ABA Journal announced they have selected E-Lessons Learned as one of the top 100 blogs by lawyers, for lawyers. E-Lessons Learned was founded by Fernando M. Pinguelo, a Member of the law firm Norris McLaughlin & Marcus, P.A. and Adjunct Professor at Seton Hall University School of Law.
“Each year, it’s gotten harder and harder to pick the 100 best blogs because so many lawyers are now sharing their professional expertise online,” says Edward A. Adams, the Journal’s editor and publisher. “We’ve never had as strong a group of law blogs as we have this year.”
E-Lessons Learned is an educational blog about electronic discovery and how technology affects corporate governance and lawsuits. E-Lessons Learned features insightful content authored by young lawyers and law students from across the country. Each blog post identifies a case that includes a technology-related mishap, which occurred through negligence, ethical lapses in judgment, too much reliance on outside counsel and vendors, or fraud; exposes the specific conduct that caused a problem; explains how and why the conduct was improper; and offers suggestions to businesses about how to learn from these mistakes and prevent similar ones from re-occurring.
“It seems only fitting that a course in electronic discovery – which teaches students the art and science of using electronically stored files and emails to build a legal case – would use a Web-based tool as a study aid and an opportunity to develop further e-skills,” explained Fernando M. Pinguelo.
Pinguelo described the impetus behind the creation of e-Lessons Learned: “I wanted to create a place where business leaders and corporate counsel could see first-hand how technology impacts lawsuits and learn how common mistakes can be avoided. I also wanted a place where my students could showcase their skills and contribute meaningfully to the legal discourse of this emerging area. E-Lessons Learned does just that. It’s a place where ‘law, technology, and human error collide.’”
Pinguelo, Co-Chair of the firm’s Response to Electronic Discovery and Information (REDI) Group, devotes his practice to complex litigation with an emphasis on business disputes, electronic discovery, and media and employment matters. He has experience in all facets of litigation (trial, mediation, arbitration, and appellate) in both federal and state courts. As a former prosecutor, he has tried numerous cases. Today, Pinguelo handles a broad spectrum of disputes including copyright infringement, misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud, breach of non-compete covenants, discrimination, and business torts, and is able to address a rapidly evolving crisis or emergency.
A leader in the emerging area of electronic discovery, Pinguelo works with business owners, C-level executives, in-house counsel, and human resources, information technology, and risk managers to develop strategies to manage business and legal issues related to electronic documents. He recognizes that complex contract and statutory considerations impact the evolving business environment. This understanding enables him to help clients comply with the broad array of laws that regulate document management. Pinguelo focuses on preventing claims and pursues strategies that enhance a client’s ability to manage electronic documents because he is keenly aware of the financial and public relations fallout that can result from high-profile electronic discovery abuses and negligence.
Notably, Pinguelo was involved in New Jersey’s first case addressing its new electronic discovery rule amendments, and has lectured numerous times on the topic, including at the Judicial College which provides judges with a wide range of academic programs. He has designed a state-of-the-art electronic discovery law course and teaches one of only a handful of such courses in the country at Seton Hall University School of Law. Recently, the Fulbright Program, the U.S. government's flagship international exchange program, designated Pinguelo a Fulbright Specialist for his work in eDiscovery, and he will engage in a project at a university in one of over 100 participating countries. Pinguelo was also invited to be a member of eDiscovery Group of The Sedona Conference® Working Group Series, a prestigious series of think-tanks consisting of leading experts brought together by a desire to address various "tipping point" issues in each area under consideration.
Pinguelo earned his J.D. from Boston College Law School in 1997 and his B.A., magna cum laude, from Boston College in 1994. He is admitted to practice in New Jersey, New York, and the District of Columbia.
Norris McLaughlin & Marcus has been serving the business community of New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area since 1953. Once a humble two-man practice on Main Street in Somerville, New Jersey, Norris McLaughlin & Marcus has become the largest firm in Somerset County and one of the top 20 firms in New Jersey, with a significant presence in New York City and the Lehigh Valley in Pennsylvania.
Whereas, on an occasion immediately preceding the Nativity festival,throughout a dwelling unit, quiet descended, in which could be heard no disturbance, not even the sound emitted by a diminutive rodent related to, and in form resembling, a rat; and
Whereas, the offspring of the occupants had affixed their tubular, closely knit coverings for the nether limbs to the flue of the fireplace in expectation that a personage known as St.Nicholas would arrive; and
Whereas, said offspring had become somnolent, and were entertaining re: saccharine-flavored fruit; and
Whereas, the adult male of the family, et ux, attired in proper headgear, had also become quiescent in anticipation of nocturnal inertia; and
Whereas, a distraction on the snowy acreage outside aroused the owner to investigate; and
Whereas, he perceived in a most unbelieving manner a vehicle propelled by eight domesticated quadrupeds of a species found in arctic regions; and
Whereas, a most odd rotund gentleman was entreating the aforesaid animals by their appellations, as follows:
"Your immediate co-operation is requested. Dasher, Dancer, Prancer, and Vixen; and collective action by you will be much appreciated, Comet, Cupid, Donner, and Blitzen"; and
Whereas, subsequent to the above, there occurred a swift descent to the hearth by the aforementioned gentleman, where he proceeded to deposit gratuities in the aforementioned tubular coverings.
Now, therefore, be ye advised: that upon completion of these acts, and upon his return to his original point of departure, he proclaimed a felicitation of the type prevalent and suitable to these occasions, i.e.:
Posted: December 22nd, 2009 Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Last month the Virginia State Bar announced their proposal to reduce the amount of allowable online MCLE for Virginia attorneys from twelve credits down to eight.
Lawline.com released a poll to a random sampling of 1000 Virginia attorneys with an approximate 10% response rate. Here are the results:
Do you think the proposed amendment to the VA MCLE rule - which would restrict attorneys to taking only 8 of the required 12 CLE hours through online programs - should be approved?
Strongly Agree
00.00%
Agree
1.43%
Somewhat Agree
2.86%
Somewhat Disagree
4.29%
Disagree
7.14%
Strongly Disagree
84.29%
Do you feel that this amendment, if approved, would make it difficult for you to complete your MCLE requirements?
Strongly Agree
57.97%
Agree
30.43%
Somewhat Agree
10.14%
Somewhat Disagree
0.00%
Disagree
1.45%
Strongly Disagree
0.00%
Given the choice, would you prefer to watch CLE Programs online instead of attending a live event?
Strongly Agree
71.01%
Agree
15.94%
Somewhat Agree
10.14%
Somewhat Disagree
0.00%
Disagree
2.90%
Strongly Disagree
0.00%
Do you feel that the convenience and flexibility afforded by online CLE makes it easier for you to learn and retain the material presented to you during the program?
Strongly Agree
77.14%
Agree
17.14%
Somewhat Agree
1.43%
Somewhat Disagree
1.43%
Disagree
2.86%
Strongly Disagree
0.00%
The vast majority of Viriginians polled feel that a reduction of allowable online MCLE would would make it increasingly and unnecessarily more difficult to complete their state MCLE requirements.
Lawline.com plans to submit these findings to the Virginia State Bar and allow Virginia attorney's voices to be heard.
Posted: December 21st, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
This "On The Line" interview was four years in the making and too riveting to edit down to just one episode. In Part 1 of the interview Alan and I discuss his background and entrance into the legal profession and then his practice . He reviews then how he built his business to include Lawline TV and then Lawline.com.
Posted: December 18th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
The PGA Tour’s current television deal with CBS and NBC expires in 2012 and negotiations for a new contract are expected to begin soon. For obvious reasons, both sides are closely following Tiger Woods’ recent travails.
So what negotiation lessons come to mind?
First, leverage is fluid so strike while the iron is hot. Here, the networks’ leverage improved dramatically with Woods’ announcement that he’s taking a sabbatical from golf. His absence will almost certainly result in lower TV ratings while he is out, which lowers the value of the broadcast rights, including for the future (for who knows if and when Woods will return and the impact his problems will have on his and the PGA Tour’s popularity). As a result, the PGA Tour most likely will try to delay signing any new deal until after Woods’ return has been confirmed and some of its impact evaluated. Likewise, the networks may push for a deal sooner not later.
And second, watch the negotiations to see how the networks will rely on objective criteria to support their position. Specifically, television ratings decreased by half while Woods’ was sidelined by knee surgery in 2008 – and they will very closely monitor their current ratings while Woods is out now. And if the ratings, as expected, drop precipitously, then watch the networks use those to try to get a better deal.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 17th, 2009 Category: Lawline.com, Opinion Corner, The News Beat
The Virginia State Bar has proposed legislation that would restrict attorneys to taking only 8 of their total 12 annual MCLE online. We will be polling members for submittal to the state bar and will post these results as they finalize later today.
The following is a compilation of some of the feedback we have received from our Lawline.com members. We have kept the comments anonymous to conserve our member's confidentiality.
“I fail to understand why the Bar feels it needs to turn its back on progress.”
“Online education save on transportation and other expenses, increases productivity and allows me to practice law while staying current.”
“Ridiculous, absolutely ridiculous. Why the Va Bar believes attorneys must be treated like school children is beyond comprehension.”
“With a child at home, I cannot attend live seminars and likely would have to withdraw from the firm and change my license to inactive status.”
“My instructors online are far better than the"in-person" instructors who have graced the podium.”
“I believe this proposal was presented to permit certain organizations to generate more revenue.”
“There is absolutely no benefit whatsoever from physically attending live CLE courses.”
"Online courses afford me the opportunity to get up, stretch, get a coffee, or even eat during the presentation WITHOUT MISSING A SINGLE WORD presented -- a feat unattainable with live courses."
“It will significantly increase the costs of my CLEs.”
“It would limit the CLE programs I could take to those offered only in the town where I live.”
“Its all about the money for them.”
“I have no doubt that the initiative is supported by CLE providers, sponsors and presenters with an active interest in real-time formats, all of which are losing market share to pre-recorded programs.”
“There is virtually nothing to be gained by the proposed restriction.”
"I would be very disappointed if I could not continue taking all my classes on-line.”
“This is the worst thing the VA State Bar could do."
Feel free to add any of your own comments or feelings.
In this Lawline.com Exclusive CLE Trailer, Attorney Louis Bricklin discusses the fundamentals of Insurance Bad Faith Claims. He further explains the burden of proof in a Bad Faith Claim case. Go To Lawline.com to view the full course.
Posted: December 14th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation
If you’re in purchasing or procurement, how can you reduce your costs, increase your margins, and still ensure the quality of service required from your vendors?
When your vendor contracts come up for renewal, bid out the contract and come up with several alternate plans to renewing the current deal. While you may ultimately stick with your current vendor, this classic leverage move—especially effective in a down economy—ensures you will tap into hungry and possibly desperate vendors increasingly worried about revenue and finding and keeping good customers. The better your plan B, the stronger your leverage; and the stronger your leverage, the higher the likelihood you can negotiate better deals.
And if you’re on the sales or vendor side, reassess your leverage and, as much as possible, incentivize your customers so they don’t bid out your contracts. At the same time, seek out new customers. Challenging times often present great opportunities if you can undercut your competitors’ prices.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 10th, 2009 By: Anne Silver Category: Technology Corner
These days, everyone is on Facebook and other social networking sites. So what happens when a judge has a Facebook? It goes without saying that a judge must be unbiased. Does being Facebook friends compromise a judge’s impartiality? According to the Florida Judicial Ethics Advisory Committee—not quite. But that doesn’t mean that a Florida judge will be accepting your friend request anytime soon.
The Florida Judicial Ethics Advisory Committee recently ruled that judges may not be listed as being “friends” with local attorneys on social networking sites like Facebook. Of course, being friends on Facebook rarely implies an actual relationship, a fact the Committee acknowledges. However, the issue is not whether an attorney has influence over a judge, but “whether the proposed conduct, the identification of the lawyer as a ‘friend’ on the social networking site, conveys the impression that the lawyer is in a position to influence the judge”. In this case, the Committee ruled that being Facebook friends gives the appearance of influence and is therefore not permitted.
Posted: December 9th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In her Tuesday New York Times article, "So How’s It Going?," Jennifer Walzer states that she needed “to come up with a better way to track what happens in the office when I’m not there – and even when I am.” She then recognizes that “if I want to provide my employees with clearly defined expectations and then hold them accountable, I have to have a way to measure their performance.”
We hear these same two concerns over and over again from negotiation managers. So how can you best address these issues in the negotiation management context?
First, create negotiation best practices for your team. Negotiation is one of the last significant areas in business that remains largely unmanaged. Frankly, the vast majority of negotiators just don't consistently and systematically use proven, research-based strategies. Fortunately, research over the last 30 or so years has tested various negotiation strategies, and it's now become fairly clear which techniques work and which don't.
Second, require your team to implement those best practices. More specifically, require them to:
1. Complete a best practices-based strategic negotiation plan prior to their significant negotiations (and which should include setting specific, written goals and a number of other proven research-based strategic and tactical elements);
2. Update their plans during their negotiations and send you reports of their key moves;
3. Track and retain all of their strategic plans, including their results and lessons learned, and other crucial intelligence that's been gathered; and
4. Incentivize their changed behavior.
Finally, make this relatively easy for your team to accomplish (if you don’t, it will be very hard to get your team to actually do it). You can start having plans developed with word processing and/or spreadsheet programs at a basic individual level. But at an enterprise level, you will need more, one solution of which is my ExpertNegotiator Planning & Management software.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 1st, 2009 By: Marty Lantz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
In her Monday New York Times article, “Trying to Sell Your Business? Think Like a Buyer,” Barbara Taylor asks, “Why is it so difficult for business owners to put themselves in the shoes of a potential buyer?”
One of the main reasons is the vast majority of people negotiate instinctively, not strategically. In other words, they don’t systematically and comprehensively prepare for their significant negotiations based on the experts’ proven research. Instead, they prepare and negotiate in an off-the-cuff manner. So not only are they not adequately considering their counterparts’ situation, they’re not even fully exploring their own.
Negotiation research over the past 30 years has proven emphatically that negotiating strategically will improve your results. Our Five Golden Rules of Negotiation methodology includes all of the key research-based components present in significant negotiations, included understanding your counterpart’s perspective. What about your counterparts do you need to know? As a starting point, answer these questions:
1. What are your counterparts’ goals and interests?
2. What is their preferred negotiation style and what negotiation strategies have they used in the past?
3. What is their need level (how badly do they need the deal) and what is their best alternative to doing a deal with you (their Plan B)?
4. What objective criteria (like market value or precedent) will they rely on to justify their position?
Investigating and answering these questions will help you get the best deal possible.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want(St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 on Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: December 1st, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Baltimore’s mayor Sheila Dixon was convicted of one count of fraudulent misappropriation, The Associated Press reported Tuesday afternoon. The elected Democrat used or kept gift cards originally intended to be given to the city’s poor. Although acquitted of a felony, Dixon does face possibly losing her seat in office.
Dixon is believed to have kept $630 worth of gift cards from Best Buy, Old Navy, and Target. After searching her home, prosecutors report finding an Xbox, Playstation, video camera, and DVDs, all believed to have been purchased with the cards.
Dixon’s defense, however, pointed to Ronald Lipscomb, a man who the defense stated has a romantic interest in Dixon, and had been recently providing her with anonymous gifts. According to their argument, Dixon thus assumed the cards had also been from Lipscomb.
Dixon, Baltimore’s first African-American mayor, has brought other controversy during her career. She was indicted in January 2007 for corruption charges as City Council president, the Associated Press states. However, she has been popular during her time as mayor, and she has been recognized with great results in reducing the city’s crime and improving its recycling system.
Other accusations are coming up for the mayor as well, including a perjury charge for not reporting Lipscomb’s gifts. The conviction of these accusations can only lead Dixon closer to being removed from Baltimore’s lead.
Posted: November 24th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, Opinion Corner
Attention all attorneys in Alabama, Alaska, Colorado, Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Washington, Wisconsin, I have some good and bad news for you. Which one would you like first?
We’ll start with the bad news: your CLE deadlines are approaching fast. December 31 is the day for most of you, and that day is fast approaching. Let me say, it may not be a bad idea to start planning to finish your requirements, because with the Holiday Season starting, life is likely to become only more hectic. That’s the bad news.
The good news, you ask? Online CLE provides a perfect opportunity to finish these requirements well before the deadline while reducing Holiday Stress. What better time to start than Black Friday? While the rest of the country fights, scratches, and crawls into department stores, you can kick back and relax, learn, and check off your CLE deadline.
Using the visual, the advantages to an Online CLE Black Friday are evident:
1) Stay warm in bed and not cold in the streets.
2) Be comfortable in your pajamas all day long.
3) Avoid angry and potentially dangerous mobs.
4) Have the freedom to grab a snack, be with family, and enjoy home.
5) Learn in a stress free manner.
6) Complete a required task before the deadline.
7) Release any built up stress on pillows, rather on nearby shoppers (plus the latter can come with serious legal repercussions, which you could be learning all about meantime!)
So enjoy the weekend, give thanks, and relax. But know that if you would like to get a head start on some of the tasks for this busy Holiday Season, Online CLE is there for you when you need it!
Posted: November 23rd, 2009 By: Tim Baran Category: CLE Programming, The News Beat
Recognized for their innovative and relentless attention to customer service, Lawline.com focused on their distinguished faculty for one special night, celebrating and honoring their contribution to continuing legal education.
Cloud Computing is the future of technology. Expert Joseph J. Bambara provides what attorney's need to know to prepare in his Lawline.com Exclusive course "Possible Thunder Storm: The Legal Ramifications of Cloud Computing."
Posted: November 20th, 2009 By: Anne Silver Category: The News Beat
In 2005, Texas voters and the state legislature approved a Constitutional amendment banning gay marriage. According to the Democrat Attorney General candidate Barbara Ann Radnofsky, Texas may have inadvertently banned all marriages.
The amendment declares that “marriage in this state shall consist only of the union of one man and one woman”, a straightforward enough statement. The confusion arises from a clause in Subsection B, meant to ban same-sex civil unions, which states: “This state or a political subdivision of this state may not create or recognize any legal status identical or similar to marriage.”
Something “identical…to marriage” is, of course, marriage. Radnofsky argues that the wording of this clause bans, not just gay marriage, but marriage in general. Radnofsky blames the current Attorney General, Republican Greg Abbott, for allowing the language to become part of the Texas Constitution and has called it a “massive error”. Abbott contends that the amendment does not ban marriage, only same-sex civil unions and domestic partnerships. A representative from the group that drafted the amendment claimed that a lawsuit based on the wording would have little chance of success.
Although the clause is not likely to result in the wholesale dissolution of Texas marriages, Radnofsky maintains that the wording leaves the door open for a host of lawsuits related to marital issues, such as inheritance and spousal rights. Though this controversy may never be played out in the courts, it will be interesting what effect, if any, this has on the upcoming elections in Texas for Attorney General.
Posted: November 19th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Opinion Corner, The News Beat
As President Obama continues his first presidential trip to Asia, much attention has been focused on his negotiation approach and whether he has achieved noteworthy results. Obviously, a whole range of difficult, complex and long-term issues are being addressed, including those in the economic, political, environmental and human rights arenas.
My take on the trip so far is that President Obama has focused on long-term relationship building and information gathering instead of short-term headline-generating results. Why might this be his strategy?
It is critical to uncover the fundamental interests underlying the parties’ positions. Interests are the parties’ needs, desires, concerns and fears. They’re the basic driving forces that motivate parties. The number and type of interests in complex negotiations like those involving China and the United States are many and varied. For example, the parties’ interests here include maintaining and increasing their political power and influence, both domestically and internationally, and ensuring and improving their security and economic well-being. Plus, I suspect both sides’ here are focused on their long-term relationship interests.
Positions, by contrast, are what each side believes or states will satisfy their interests. At a basic level, positions are what you want. Interests are why you want it. In the information-gathering stage of a negotiation, you must do your research and drill down far enough to discover your and the other side’s fundamental interests. Why? It will help you define success, leave as little as possible on the table and find the true “win-win” outcomes. Ultimately, I believe the success of President Obama’s trip will be measured more by what he is able to accomplish over the course of his time in office rather than by any specific results achieved this week.
-----------------------------------------------
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Posted: November 18th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Customer Experience, Lawline.com, The News Beat
You make plans for dinner at a well-known restaurant, set the reservation, show up on time, and then somehow end up waiting an extra half hour before you actually sit. Then, it takes an additional fifteen minutes before you receive your first drink. Ordering the meal takes equally as long, and don’t even think about a refill on that drink. Your only chance is to manually flag down the waiter, and that’s not something any patron should have to do.
Customer service can make or break a client's experience. Here at Lawline.com, we make our Customer Service a priority. We don’t just offer a product, but a service as well.
Here are just five of the philosophies of Customer Service we focus on every day:
1) Create an Positive Experience
We don’t want to just sell a product and be done. We want to provide the greatest utility possible to our customers, and every interaction is an opportunity to maximize this. The relationship we establish with each customer is part of what our business offers.
2) Listen
Who knows customer service better than the customer? We take to heart everything our customers say, positive or negative, so that we can provide a great experience. Listening allows us to create a Virtuous Learning Cycle where we can constantly improve our products and services to fit each individual customer.
3) Be There when the Customer Needs You
We provide round the clock feedback. We understand customers have different schedules and may need our services at various hours. At Lawline.com, support e-mails are answered on average within fifteen minutes of submission on weekdays. This is something we take great pride in.
4) Follow-up
We always seek closure with a client or potential customer. We want to know whatever issue or concern you had was resolved, and we do not want to make any assumptions. We are here to help, and that means seeing your concerns to the end.
5) Be Passionate
What good does it do to have all these key outlines and goals if employees are not passionate? Here at Lawline.com we have passion. We want to help, we enjoy interaction, and when our customer has a positive experience it means we did our job. This passion creates a continuous improvement cycle and facilitates the necessary environment for great customer service.
Those are some of the foundations of great Customer Service we believe in here at Lawline.com. More importantly, however, what do you think are some additional keys to providing great customer service?
Posted: November 17th, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, The News Beat, Videos
Do you have questions for the Lawline CLE faculty members appearing on our upcoming programs? If so, Lawline wants to hear from you. Send your questions for our CLE faculty to me at Meredith@lawline.com or support @lawline.com. The Lawline team looks forward to hearing from you.
Upcoming Lawline CLE Prorgams
David Klein- Email Marketing
Richard Abend and Josh Silber- Hospital and Medical Records Used in Evidence.
Posted: November 17th, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, Entrepreneurship, Lawline.com, Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat, Videos
As the host of The Legal Beat, I promised that I would start tweeting. I enlisted the help of Tim Baran, of UMCLE. In this episode of On The Line, he discusses the importance of attorneys being engaged in social networking such as Twitter. He further notes the future relationship between CLE and such social media platforms as Twitter.
Posted: November 17th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
A recent New York case is going to have large implications for parties and attorneys relating to e-discovery and litigation holds.
The case, Einstein v. 357 LLC et al., involved plaintiffs Harold Einstein and Jennifer Boyd in an action against The Corcoran Group, a national real estate broker, for the defective design, construction, and sale of a duplex condominium in Brooklyn, New York. The court ruled in favor of the plaintiff, and found that the defendant was in violation on various grounds of discovery.
In a first of its kind case, the court ruled that failure to preserve electronic documentation upon the commencement of litigation constitutes gross negligence. In this case, The Corcoran Group was unable to submit to the courts electronic documentation, citing that routine deletion of these files was a part of its general business practice. However, upon litigation, The Corcoran Group failed to alter this scheduling and continued to delete potentially relevant electronically stored information (ESI).
As a result, Justice Charles E. Ramos concluded that “[The Corcoran Group] are deemed to have known of the water infiltration problem and to have willfully misled the Plaintiffs by concealing that condition from them during the sales process.”
The discovery issues at hand have been previously reviewed at the federal level under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and from the Zubulake decision; however, the court’s decision in this case represents New York State’s adaptation of those Federal rulings. Plaintiff attorney Jay Itkowitz, of the law firm Itkowitz and Harwood, cited the federal courts hand in the decision.
“The Federal Courts had what I would say is persuasive authority,” Mr. Itkowitz stated. “But the Judge also applied New York standards in the decision.”
The standards in New York can be traced back to when paper documentation was the primary source of record keeping. Discarding relevant paperwork while under litigation would violate the concept of protecting key information, and the Einstein decision carries the concepts of paper records over to electronic data. “You have evidence, you have to preserve it,” Mr. Itkowitz explained.
The only separation between the state and federal findings may revolve around the Plaintiff. At the federal level, the party producing the electronic data must pay for its imaging and review; however, in New York State, the Plaintiff is likely to be the one responsible to pay.
Simon Reiff, Itkowitzs’ partner as the Plaintiff’s representative, believes that the decision will have great significance on the way electronic information is handled in New York.
“Any litigator in New York now must advise his/her clients to preserve all relevant data,” Mr. Reiff stated. “But also [he/she] must inquire as to the basic mechanics of the client’s IT configuration and methods of business communications,” Mr. Reiff stated.
The Einstein decision will eradicate the excuse of ignorance in terms of how ESI is saved, deleted, and retrieved. Clients and their legal representative must now have a clear understanding of the involved IT configurations.
As Mr. Reiff stated following the decision, “Those attorneys and parties who fail to take preservation efforts upon being apprised that litigation is reasonably imminent risk severe sanctions.”
Posted: November 12th, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat, Videos
The Legal Beat Clip of The Day features the CLE Faculty Spotlight with Anne Jordan. She discusses her background as an attorney practicing Discovery and Electronic Discovery. Anne focuses on the ethics of Electronic Discovery and also provides tips necessary to preserving these ethics.
Posted: November 11th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, Opinion Corner, The News Beat
If I were to describe a life in which one was served a private breakfast and dinner, given free daily exercise in the California sun, full control over the television and CD player in the evenings, and a private room to sleep in at night, you probably wouldn’t think of a California death-row inmate, but that’s exactly what it is.
Heck, that sounds like a life that most married men would envy. Full control over the remote? That sounds like pretty decent freedom for an inmate. Not to mention, these individuals also receive liberal telephone use and the ability to individualize their cells with entertainment and snacks.
An argument may be that these individuals are given a little extra luxury due to the doom that awaits them. However, with California’s system, many may not live long enough to see their death sentence. Despite having the nation’s longest list of death row inmates with 685 currently sentenced, California has only completed 13 executions since capital punishment resumed in 1977. According to an LA Times article, 75 inmates on death row have died premature of their sentencing date. Good thing they were provided so many special privileges.
The costs associated with this inefficiency have not been kind to the state taxpayer either. California, a state that has been hit hard financially over the past decade, really does not have the extra cash to fork over for this. According to the LA Times, “A state commission of experts last year estimated that the additional security and legal spending for capital inmates costs taxpayers $138,000 per death row prisoner each year.” Who needs education anyway?
Executions in the state are currently on hold as review possible reform to the lethal injection procedure. Nonetheless, Federal Judges need to get on track with this issue. It’s taking money out of the state taxpayer’s pockets and allocating resources away from a plethora of state issues that could use the funds.
Some of the points in here may be a little extreme. Obviously, a life in the cellar ticking down the days until your execution is not a luxury or a life many of us on the outside envy. Nor does spending even a day in San Quentin sound like anything most us would remotely wish to experience. However, if confronted with the choice between life in prison or the death-sentence, the latter seems to be the better choice.
Posted: November 10th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
When it comes to patent law, there is much up to interpretation, especially if the patent pending material verges on the side of the abstract. On Monday, the Supreme Court Justices took on a case that has the potential of reshaping the concept of abstract patents.
The case revolves around Bilski and Warsaw v. Kappos, and the issue pertains to an abstract intellectual patent for which the two had been denied. Their proposed idea, in which they applied for in 1997, is a methodology of hedging to cut energy costs. They believe the process would help utility companies, factories, schools, and other institutions have more predictable and stable energy bills. The validity of their idea has not been questioned; however, the ability to patent the proposition has brought great controversy.
Mr. Bilski and Mr. Warsaw’s attorney J. Michael Jakes, received intense questioning and skepticism from justices. Some made it into a laughable matter by comparing the proposed patent to incongruous hypothetical cases, such as patenting teaching methodologies or book ideas.
State Street Bank v. Signature Financial Group had opened up the patentability of business models, and a model could be eligible if it provided a useful, concrete, and tangible result. Although this temporarily paved the road for many business patents, these findings are no longer in consideration for US patent law.
Concurrently, the US Constitution states that patents should bring protection to authors and inventors alike in order to “promote progress of science and useful arts.” The degree to which this is applicable is material for the court to review.
Posted: November 5th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Intel’s antitrust allegations had simmered in the United States the past decade. However, on Wednesday, New York attorney general Andrew M. Cuomo filed a suit against the microprocessor giant on the basis of aggressive business tactics and unlawful payments to PC makers.
Intel, the world’s largest computer chip manufacturer, supplies approximately 80 percent of the computerized chips used in creating PCs and servers. Cuomo, according to a New York Times report, believes Intel has abused its market dominance: “Intel has used illegal threats, coercion, fines and bullying to preserve its stranglehold on the market.”
Cuomo also stated in the report specific tactics Intel has used to keep Dell Computers from seeking smaller suppliers, including large rebates and co-marketing arrangements.
Although there has been little previous activity domestically in antitrust allegations, the company has been fighting suits in Asia and Europe the past five years. Most recently, the European Commission fined Intel $1.45 billion for violating antitrust laws, to which Intel is currently appealing.
Intel has also been involved in a suit with A.M.D., Intel’s longtime competitor, and constantly under the watchful eye of the Federal Trade Commission.
Intel has fought the accusations all along, citing in the report the benefit that they have provided consumers in innovation and low prices.
Posted: November 5th, 2009 By: Associated Press Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
BERKELEY, Calif. (AP) - The California Supreme Court is set to hear arguments challenging a key section of a law aimed at protecting children from sexual predators.
Jessica's Law prohibits registered sex offenders from living within 2,000 feet of a school or park.
It mandates that all those paroled after Nov. 8, 2006 — when the law took effect — must comply or face more jail time.
The case to be heard Tuesday claims the requirement violates the constitutional rights of sex offenders.
Four registered sex offenders have sued the state, arguing the law makes it impossible to find a place to live.
Posted: November 4th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Many gay-rights activist saw great potential in establishing same-sex marriage in Maine. However, on Tuesday's state ballot, Maine voted against the legislation. Maine is now the 31st state to reject a proposition to legalize same-sex marriage.
The state was a top prospect for gay-rights advocates. Its New England neighbors, including Vermont, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and Connecticut, allow same-sex marriage. In addition, Maine’s liberal political makeup made it a seemingly greater prospect for advocates. The loss now places additional pressures on supporters to rethink their campaign efforts.
Currently, gay-rights groups have focused on the creation of new legislature across individual states. However, the loss in Maine brings with it the perspective of gay-rights advocates to campaign through federal efforts.
Concurrently, gay-rights opponents see Maine’s results as a representation of America’s overall beliefs. According to the New York Timesreport, Maggie Gallagher, president of the National Organization for Marriage, stated, “Maine is one of the most secular states in the nation, it’s socially liberal, they had a three-year head start to build their organization and they outspent us two to one. If they can’t win there, it really does tell you the majority of Americans are not on board with this gay marriage thing.”
For now, individual states will continue to be polled over the potential legislation. Voters in New York, New Jersey, Oregon, and California will all likely see same-sex marriage on ballots in the upcoming years.
Posted: November 4th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
GOP members are boycotting a Senate committee’s debate on climate control legislation, the Associated Press reported Tuesday. The proposal aims to cap greenhouse gases generated by industrial plants and curb fossil fuel usage.
Republicans demand further studies on the economic impacts of the proposal. Republic Sen. George Voinovich of Ohio, the only GOP member in attendance at the debate, stated that the GOP’s reasoning for boycott lies in the ambiguity of the future fiscal implications of the potential legislation.
The Environmental Protection Agency has projected costs to be no greater than $111 per year, but the GOP believes this projection needs greater backing. The legislation would utilize tradable pollution permits to create a 20 percent reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by the year 2020 and an 83 percent reduction by 2050.
Senator Barbara Boxer, D-Calif., who serves as the committee chairman, reports that she would like to accommodate the GOP, but also hopes to keep the process moving forward. Currently, Democrats have a 12-7 majority within the committee, which would provide enough votes to send the proposal to the Senate.
Republicans stated in a letter to Boxer that, according the AP’s report, ignoring the GOP’s concerns ''would severely damage rather than help'' the bipartisanship needed to pass the bill through the Senate.
Posted: November 3rd, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Facebook has taken a strong stances against internet spam in the past, and it has recently strengthened that reputation. This past week, the online social media giant, based in Palo Alto, California, received $711 million in damages after a U.S. District Court Judge ruled Nevada resident Sanford Wallace violated the U.S. CAN-SPAM Act and California’s anti-fishing law on Facebook’s website.
The CAN-SPAM Act, which offers protection against unsolicited emails, not only affects large corporations like Facebook, but also individual users. Although the verdict directly impacts Facebook, it also sets a precedent that can protect all individual email users from unsolicited marketing campaigns.
This is not the first time a large corporation has taken action against spam. In addition to another case involving Facebook in 2008, in which the company received $873 million in damages, Microsoft and AOL have also taken legal action to halt spamming. Just last month, Microsoft filed five suits related to spam and deceptive internet practices. AOL has also been involved in numerous cases throughout the past decade, although none to the extent of the damages awarded in the recent Facebook decision.
Facebook likely will never collect the full sum from Sanford. However, the case sets an important legal precedent against spam, and many, including Facebook, will deem this externality as victory enough.
Posted: October 30th, 2009 By: Anne Silver Category: The News Beat
The last thing a child wants to see on Halloween is a sign reading “No candy at this residence”. But in many states, these signs are meant to protect the trick-or-treaters. Why? Because these residences are home to a sex offender.
States, including Missouri, Tennessee, Virginia, New York, California, Wisconsin, New Mexico, Texas, South Carolina, Illinois, New Jersey, Maryland, Arkansas, and Florida, have passed laws restricting the movement of sex offenders on Halloween. These laws are not founded on any specific incident, but are a reaction to the idea that Halloween provides a prime opportunity for sex offenders to interact with children and use costumes to conceal their identity.
Many of these laws require a curfew from 5 P.M. to 10:30 PM, during which sex offenders must remain in their residences (which cannot be decorated for Halloween), with the outside lights off, and a sign posted saying “No candy at this residence”. Some states, like Virginia and South Carolina, even require that sex offenders attend a seminar or treatment session during these hours. These laws are often enforced with random door checks, and some districts, like Franklin County in Missouri, have detailed a team of officers for enforcement.
But are these measures effective in protecting children? A new study, published in the September edition of Sexual Abuse: A Journal of Research and Treatment, says no. This study found that there was no increased rate of incidents on or just before Halloween and that incidents did not demonstrate any unusual case characteristics. Additionally, the rate of incidents has not changed in response the Halloween crackdowns. According to the Bureau of Justice, only 5% of incidents involving children aged 6-11 are perpetrated by a stranger, rather than a family member or acquaintance. These findings have led some states, like Alaska, to reject such measures as a waste of money.
These laws are also being challenged based on the question of constitutionality. Suits have been brought in many states in response to these measures. In Missouri, a ruling by a federal judge has already declared several aspects, such as the requirement that sex offenders remain in their residence, of the Missouri law “unenforceable” for a lack of clarity. However, other parts, such as the requirement for porch lights to be turned off and for signs to be posted, were deemed acceptable. There is currently a challenge pending at the Missouri Supreme Court, and the possibility exists that a ruling could be administered before this Halloween declaring this law unenforceable.
Posted: October 29th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Hogan and Hartsen is currently in advanced talks for completing a merger with Lovell, the New York Times reported. This merger would create one of the world’s largest law firms.
Both firms are already internationally stable, as Hogan owns 14 offices outside of the United States and Lovell 26. Combined, the firm would have an estimated 2,500 attorneys with revenues of approximately $2 billion.
Established in 1904, Hogan and Hartson, based in Washington D.C., is the oldest major law firm in the United States, and currently employ approximately 1,100 employees. In 2006, the American Lawyer listed the company as one of the top twenty firms in the United States.
Lovell currently has a strong hold in nearly every European district. It has also had an extensive history of mergers, most notably with the German firm Boesebeck Droste in 2000, which has increased its client base.
The two firms have reportedly been in negotiation for two years, and have now engaged in higher talks due to growing legal market opportunities abroad in countries such as Russia, Brazil, and India.
Posted: October 29th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
PepsiCo was a no-show at its court date on Wednesday, October 28, and consequently lost a default decision for $1.26 billion. A lack of representation at such a case is highly unusual, especially for a company with as many attorney contacts and representatives as PepsiCo.
The suit involved two men, Charles Joyce and James Voigt, who accused PepsiCo of using their idea to sell purified water. The two claimed they had met with company officials and presented the idea, but received no feedback despite the decision to launch Aquafina, PepsiCo’s branded purified water that has accumulated billions in profit.
PepsiCo argues that the company has been improperly served, and that the decision should be overturned as a result. However, other sources have cited misplaced paperwork as the reason for PepsiCo’s absence.
A hearing will be held on November 6, allowing PepsiCo to argue its side of the issue.
Posted: October 29th, 2009 By: Meredith Ganzman Category: CLE Programming, The News Beat, Videos
It was 1987 when a crash in the stock market prompted Personal Injury and Medical Malpractice attorney Ed Ruffo to reconsider a career in business. With an upcoming CLE Course, Ruffo recalls his early days as an attorney and what still keeps him passionate about the profession today. He also imparts invaluable advice to young attorneys and legal associates entering the field.
Posted: October 28th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
At 2:30 p.m. today, President Obama signed the 2010 National Defense Authorization Act. The bill will bring Federal protection to the homosexual, bisexual, and transgender community. Many see it as a progressive step in civil rights under the Obama administration, while others view the bill as an attempt to silence religion.
Many conservative Christians are wary of the bill’s implications. Although the bill states that criminal measures will apply only to violent cases, Christian leaders believe this may extend to sermons with a perceived link to violent acts. Furthermore, they believe this extension could ultimately silence those who oppose the law.
The bill explicitly states that “Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit any constitutionally protected speech, expressive conduct or activity… including the exercise of religion.” In effect, the bill stays true to the Constitution, and pastors retain the right to speak their religious beliefs.
Nonetheless, opponents of the bill have their eyes on the future implications of the bill. Some see the bill progressing to the workplace through the proposed Employment Non-Discrimination Act (ENDA), which would prohibit employment discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identification.
Supporters of the bill and people of the homosexual, bisexual, and transgender communities focus on the bill’s impact on the status quo. The bill represents advancement in acceptance, understanding, and equality in America amongst a community that past civil rights legislation has overlooked.
Posted: October 28th, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: Lawline.com, Opinion Corner
“Thoughtcrime, they called it. Thought was not a thing that could be concealed forever… sooner or later they were bound to get you.” George Orwell, 1984.
Today’s children are being groomed for the future with stricter regulations on school hours, curriculum, behavior, and even nutrition. Slap the label of “Tomorrow’s leaders” on these kids and its all fair game to have such demands, right? But how much of this comes at the cost of the children’s freedoms? And how will this affect their thoughts as adults?
Freedom of speech in public schools has been an ongoing issue for decades. Recently, Morse v. Frederick, a 2007 Supreme Court ruling, addressed a student’s “Bong Hits for Jesus” banner. The student, Joseph Frederick, held the banner at an after-school event. The banner was confiscated and the student suspended as a result. The court denied Frederick’s claim. While “Bong Hits for Jesus” may not be the most progressive message on the record, the question remains as to whether the expression was protected under the First Amendment.
The concern becomes even hazier from there. For example, The Supreme Court ruled in favor of a Poway, California school in a case involving the school’s dress code. The student wore a shirt with the words “I will not accept what God Has Condemned. Homosexuality is Shameful, Romans 1:27” on the school’s homosexuality tolerance day. He was forced to wear masking tape to block the message, and the Courts ruled this was acceptable.
The messages may seem trivial, but the implications are big. What are we teaching kids about our country and our laws? We are sending the message to students that freedom of speech is conditional. Whether or not one agrees with a given expression, disagrees with it, or regards it as nothing more than juvenility, these cases are forms of protest. By restricting the student’s freedom of speech, we restrict the future of the very values our country stood upon; the ability to speak out, stand up, and preserve rights.
It’s a topic that can easily snowball. Stricter regulations build upon each other, and eventually we create a future in which the adults become silent drones, whose freedom of thought issued by our First Amendment Rights becomes restricted through regulation. George Orwell’s 1984 depiction, undoubtedly, is quite an extreme reference, but nonetheless, it forms the vision of a dangerous path that Federal and State government alike need to consider when handling our “Leaders of tomorrow.”
Posted: October 27th, 2009 By: Julia Hardinger Category:
Some Real World Tips for Supervising Document Review
Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 26(g) states that, “Every disclosure . . . and every discovery request, response, or objection must be signed by at least one attorney of record in the attorney's own name . . . By signing, an attorney or party certifies that to the best of the person's knowledge, information, and belief formed after a reasonable inquiry. . . it is complete and correct as of the time it is made . . .”
In the last few years, the legal community has been bombarded with an explosion of discovery vendors who are rapidly expanding the scope of their services. Many of these staffing agencies and consulting firms now offer “end-to-end” discovery services that go way beyond the mere furnishing of contract attorneys or document review software—they now including non-discreet services such as the “management” of the entire discovery process.
What does this mean for the attorneys and clients who purchase these all-inclusive services with respect to the federal and state discovery rules? Can the attorneys just sit back and wait for the production discs to be delivered to their desks? The answer is a definitive “no.”
The American Bar Association and all of the state and local bar associations who have examined the outsourcing issue all arrive at the same conclusion: outsourcing is permissible as long as the attorney of record remains responsible for the work performed and rigorously supervises those performing the work. Unfortunately for the practitioner, none of these bar opinions attempt to tackle the crux of the issue by articulating a clear definition of what constitutes adequate “supervision.”
Stepping in where the bar associations have fallen short, we have developed a list of rules to follow for attorneys who wish to outsource part of the discovery process while still meeting the high level of professional responsibility imposed by the ethics rules. We hope that this information provides some concrete guidance to practitioners on the specific topics in which the bar association decisions have remained vague.
1. Do Not Hire A Substitute Supervisor – All of these newly emerging document review vendors offer “project managers” or “team leaders.” But hiring non-attorneys to oversee the daily operations of a legal document review is highly suspect. If you hire someone to supervise or manage your project, you are either not taking full responsibility yourself, or the client is paying twice for the same services.
2. Know Your Case and Know the Law – It may seem obvious, but if a document review team is relying on you to teach them about the case, you have to know the facts and the applicable case law well enough to accurately convey it to your team. In addition, you must know the ethical rules and regulations regarding outsourcing in your jurisdiction. The oft-cited ABA Formal Opinion 08-451 regarding outsourcing is a useful guide, but may not be controlling in your jurisdiction.
3. Know the Technology – As attorneys, this step can be one of the most daunting. The simple truth is that the technology used by our clients, courts and opposing counsel in the discovery process is an inescapable aspect of practicing law today. Any experienced discovery attorney can tell you that minor technological gaffs can dramatically impact the substance and quality of your document production.
4. Personally Select Your Team – Staffing agencies do an excellent job of providing a convenient pool of potential contract attorney and paralegal candidates. However, as the person ultimately responsible for the work completed by the team, you should review the resumes, interview and select the team personally.
5. Personally Train Your Team - You should take responsibility for training the team in person, even if the review team is located across town or across the globe. Resist the urge to do a “quick start” training with a slim list of bullet points, key words or ideas.
6. Give the First Assignment to Yourself – Someone who has never played a musical instrument would not make a good conductor. Similarly, in order to be a credibly supervisor on a document review, you have to get some hands-on experience. Depending on the size and scope of the review, sit down and code documents yourself for an hour, a day, a week or even a month.
7. Design Tracking and Status Metrics
Using your experience in reviewing and coding documents, what are the expectations that you have for your review team? What is the slowest acceptable rate of review? Is there a pace that would be too fast? How will you calculate accuracy? Almost all review software will automatically generate reports regarding number of documents coded in any given time period and allow for a comparison among team members, but the important part is how those reports are interpreted.
8. Maintain Constant Contact with Your Team
There are many good excuses that attorneys give for not working directly with their review team: too busy with other responsibilities, not enough physical space close to the office, or fear of leaving their office for an extended period of time. However, there is absolutely no way to credibly and effectively supervise a document review team (especially a large team of anywhere from 10-100 attorneys) without physically seeing them every day.
9. Conduct Extensive Quality Checks and Make Adjustments Accordingly
On one hand, the quality checking phase is incredibly simple, right? If you’ve selected a top-notch team and trained them well, they will not make many mistakes and the supervisor can review a handful of random documents and pat himself on the back for training the team so well. Unfortunately, that is not how document reviews work. No document review has ever been accurate and consistent from the get-go. As the case develops, issues and strategies change, priorities are revisited, new players emerge, etc. Readjusting is inevitable.
The hard part is not just checking to see if there is a problem, but getting that problem fixed and making the necessary adjustments to steer the team in the right direction. This critical step absolutely cannot be outsourced.
10. Personally Review and Approve all Discovery Related Invoices – You may have multiple vendors assisting with discovery tasks such as document collection, processing, hosting, software, staffing agencies, etc. The supervisor should not blindly approve bills and pass them through to the client. Rather, the supervisor should have personal knowledge of the charges.
In summary, as the attorney of record, you have been retained to certify that you personally have performed a reasonable inquiry and, to the best of your knowledge, are making complete and correct discovery disclosures. The vendor assisting you will never be willing nor able to sign their name to anything. Therefore, the supervision of a discovery project can not be ignored or outsourced to non-attorneys. The attorney who neglects her job as a discovery supervisor is not only shirking her ethical duties, but is exposing herself and her clients to enormous risk. In today’s world, conducting discovery may include taking advantage of a wealth of resources offered by staffing and technology vendors. But, the attorney of record is always ultimately accountable.
This blog was written by Julia Hardinger, co-founder of Hardinger & Tanenholz LLP, a unique Discovery Counsel law firm that specializes in all aspects of discovery, including the end-to-end management of large-scale document reviews. This blog is the personal opinion of the author and not intended as legal advice.
Posted: October 26th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
The on-going negotiation between the NBA and their locked-out referees provides a very useful negotiation lesson to anyone who has a boss, board or a constituency.
First, to summarize the negotiation’s current status, a deal had been tentatively struck last month between the parties but was then rejected by the refs’ executive board at the last minute. It was then subject to a vote by the referees, who voted it down.
This two-step approval requirement on the side of the referees illustrates an important negotiation tactic – and one that gave them a structural advantage in the negotiations.
What is it? The Higher or Limited Authority move.
It occurs when one side constantly defers to a “higher authority” to make any substantive move and says they just “don’t have the authority.” How should you respond? Explore the extent of your counterpart’s authority early in the negotiation. Then, to the extent you can, match it. Generally, it’s disadvantageous to have more authority than your counterpart because you can concede – and often do - while your counterpart can’t.
Posted: October 26th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
The Intersection of Judiciary Law and Collateral Estoppel Izko Sportswear Co., Inc. v Flaum ; 2009 NY Slip Op 04387 [63 AD3d 687] ; June 2, 2009 ; Appellate Division, Second Department is a somewhat famous case in Legal Malpractice. In earlier decisions, the Appellate Division determined that plaintiff stated a cause of action in Judiciary Law 487. Now, the case has ended with a dismissal; The Court of Appeals then denied leave to appeal. Two lessons are to be learned here:
1. Violation of Judiciary Law 487 may be demonstrated either by deceit or by chronic extreme pattern of delinquency; and
2. Judicial determinations of attorney fees act as collateral estoppel to a later legal malpractice or Judiciary Law 487 determination.
Reviewing the findings of the Appellate Division, we see:
"A violation of Judiciary Law § 487 may be established "either by the defendant's alleged deceit or by an alleged chronic, extreme pattern of legal delinquency by the defendant" (emphasis supplied) (Knecht v Tusa, 15 AD3d 626, 627 [2005]; see O'Connell v Kerson, 291 AD2d 386, 387 [2002]; see also Bridges v 725 Riverside Dr., 119 AD2d 789 [1986]; Trepel v Dippold,2005 WL 1107010, 2005 US Dist LEXIS 8541 [May 9, 2005]). "
A Short Personal Note
The folks over at Attorney.org recently contacted me about an interview for their website. If you don't know who they are, check them out. . In addition to legal news, they also highlight noteworthy attorneys from around the country. One of their upcoming features is a highlight of local Attorney Generals and District Attorneys. They interviewed me for an article about how to decide if you need a Legal Malpractice Attorney and whether or not you have a case. You can view the article here: Attorney.org
Exclusions and Recission in Legal Malpractice Insurance
A prime worry for the legal malpractice practitioner, on either side of the aisle, is whether there is legal malpractice insurance. For the defendant, it is paramount; for the plaintiff it is significant. Much thought has gone into how to determine whether the target defendant has adequate [or indeed, any] insurance, and planning has to go into the target's application for insurance."
One prime weapon that the insurer has is the "prior acts" doctrine. It says in essence that you must report all past prior acts that one might reasonably believe could lead to a law suit for legal malpractice, whether it has been started or not. We remember one managing attorney who shouted at least once a week: "Put the Carrier on Notice!" Sometimes he was right.
Here, in Executive Risk Indemnity v, Pepper Hamilton, LLP, we see Justice Jone's decision on this issue:
The Outer Reaches of Breach of Fiduciary Duty and Legal Malpractice In PETER GIANOUKAS, DORIS GIANOUKAS and NICHOLAS TARSIA, Plaintiffs, - against - PETER CAMPITIELLO, ESQ., LEVY & BOONSHOFT P.C., DAVID M. LEVY, ESQ., STEPHEN BOONSHOFT, ESQ. and EAST WEST ACQUISITIONS, LLC, Defendants.;09 Civ. 1266 (PAC);UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK;2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 95354;October 13, 2009 we see the outer reaches of a breach of fiduciary duty and of legal malpractice in a well written and reasoned decision by Judge Paul Crotty of Southern District of New York. The facts and allegations are simple:
"The Amended Complaint alleges five separate fraudulent transactions: (1) Codine(x), (id. PP 41-68); (2) Pay Pad, (id. PP 69-87); (3) LIMPE, (id. PP 88-106); (4) Acellus, (id. PP 107-16); [*3] and (5) UTTI, (id. PP 117-34). Throughout the Amended Complaint, Campitiello is portrayed as the architect of the fraudulent transactions which bilked Plaintiffs out of in excess of $ 400,000. He did this as an employee of L&B, and used L&B's escrow account to receive funds from the Plaintiffs and thereafter funds were disbursed from the account to consummate the fraud. The Amended Complaint does not allege that Levy and Boonshoft were involved in, or knew of, the fraud"
Posted: October 21st, 2009 By: Jeff Reekers Category: CLE Programming, Law School, Lawline.com, The News Beat
“Extra! Extra! Read All About It!”
Remember when the penmanship of professional journalist, fresh off the daily press, dominated as our morning media source? Kids would stand on the street corners, selling the daily paper for a nickel in return from the passing professional catching up on the previous day's events. Those were the days. Okay, so I don’t remember that either, but I saw something like it in The Newsies. Nowadays, things are a little different.
The internet has created a platform in which millions of readers can decipher between a seeming endless array of sources for their news and media outlets. What’s more is that just about anyone can be a journalist: professionals, amateurs, teenagers with permanently indented grooves in their computer chairs, and yes, even lawyers. It’s not all fun and games though, and there’s more legal repercussions than many realize when they type away at the keyboard, especially in the very privacy-sensitive Legal profession. Put it another way: “Lawyers who blog, it almost sounds like a horror movie.”
These are the words of Michael Grygiel, a chairman of Media and First Amendment Law Practice and speaker at the October 14 “Social Media For Lawyers” Gothamedia Ventures seminar at the New York Law School. The seminar dug deep into the growing blogging trend and the impact it has had on the Law profession. Perhaps it’s the ease or the seeming anonymity, but what may appear as harmless communication can lead to great consequences. The seminar discussed many of the pitfalls and legal repercussions that can result from “innocent” blogging. Every blogger is subject to risks, such as libel, trademark, copyright infringement, and invasion of privacy.
Then again, blogging is still a fairly new phenomenon, so there’s a lot of interpretation and ambiguity involved in its related law. Are bloggers treated the same as journalists? Do they get the same Reporters Privilege protection under the law as professional journalists? And finally, can Joe Schmo really get sued for the things he posts on his website after downing beer number twelve on a lonely Saturday night? How do we even know who Joe is?
The seminar covered all this in a one hour discussion that proved to be far greater in professionalism and class than my words can portray. However, Michelle Zierler, organizer of the event and Director of Programs in Law and Journalism at the New York Law School, provides greater grace: “We wanted to offer hands on tips for maximizing the effectiveness of social media and flag the dangers that lawyers, in particular, need to stay clear of.” And the program did just that. The speakers gave anecdotal references of attorney’s who have faced legal repercussions relating to issues of client confidentiality, multi-jurisdictional practice, advertising, and criticisms of fellow associates, despite the thought that these were “anonymously” written (as the discussion showed, no web blogger is actually anonymous).
From the basis of the first amendment on the Freedom of Speech to current issues involving Facebook, BALCO, and “The Skanks of New York,” this seminar provided a thorough breakdown of what attorneys need to be conscious of in regards to blogging and social networking. It is essential to any legal practitioner – and any blogger for that matter – who wishes to learn about a still maturing set of legal issues and boundaries. At the very least, the seminar revitalizes an appreciation to the art, professionalism, and delicacy that goes into traditional journalism. And, even though the internet has shared the power of the press with each and every one of us, perhaps there are some things better left for the boy on the street corner. If there’s still any around, that is.
Posted: October 19th, 2009 By: Anne Silver Category: Entertainment
Ringtones, popular among music lovers of all sorts, are everywhere. Just walking down the street, I hear snatches of songs emanating from cell phones everywhere. As the American Society of Composers, Authors, and Publishers (ASCAP) would have it, I am being treated to a concert every time I hear a ringtone.
On Wednesday, October 14th, a federal judge ruled on a case brought against Verizon and AT&T by ASCAP, seeking to collect performance rights for the playing of a ringtone. ASCAP’s argument was founded on the basis that copyright infringement begins when others can hear a song played in public; therefore the download fees already paid by cell phone providers is not sufficient.
This argument was rejected by US District Judge Denise Cote, who ruled that: “ASCAP has failed to raise a question of fact that the downloading of a ringtone from Verizon to a customer’s cellular telephone is a public performance of a musical work”. The case, while legally a long shot, establishes an important precedent: that playing music in public, without any commercial purpose, does not infringe copyright, a standard that will protect consumers in the future.
Posted: October 16th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
Poor planning is the first mistake identified in an article about negotiation pitfalls on the Stanford Graduate School of Business website. I have long emphasized that our biggest challenge as negotiators – and managers of negotiators – is to change our planning and negotiation behavior from off-the-cuff, instinctive negotiating to strategic negotiating based on the experts’ proven research.
The negotiation research is clear – there is a right way and a wrong way to plan for negotiations and to negotiate in most circumstances. And by strategically preparing on the substantive issues involved AND the process of negotiation – based on what you know works and what doesn't - and then letting this guide your moves, you will substantially increase your likelihood of success. This, in essence, is strategically negotiating.
On the other hand, if you only plan and negotiate instinctively or intuitively and, in effect, wing it, you are leaving your likelihood of success much more to chance. It's not that you cannot achieve the best possible result. It's possible, just much less likely.
My ExpertNegotiator Planning and Management Software is a unique web-based tool designed specifically to help individuals negotiate more strategically and to help managers create and implement negotiation best practices. It is an easy-to-use system that will help you become a more strategic – and thus more effective – negotiator and/or manager.
Posted: October 15th, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: The News Beat
Yesterday, Oct 14th, two court cases pertaining to same-sex marriage were brought to the New York State Court of Appeals: Godfrey v. Spano, 147, and Lewis v. New York State Department of Civil Service, 148. The ensuing discussion tackled the implications of recognizing out-of-state, same-sex marriages.
In Lewis, the Civil Service Commission is being confronted on its decision to grant benefits to the spouse and dependants of residents who married outside New York’s jurisdiction.
Similarly, Godfrey challenges Executive Order No. 3, issued by Westchester County Executive Andrew Spano, which stated that Westchester County would officially recognize same-sex marriages issued outside of New York.
A major issue of concern involves the rights of those New York residents who have filed for domestic partnerships or civil unions inside of New York. Some judges believe that these residents would feel slighted by giving out-of-state marriage benefits. In fact, Judge Pigott claimed, "we're going to say to Canadians and to Vermont residents and to people of other states that, 'You're more valuable to us than our own residents.' "
But proponents of granting out-of-state marriage benefits claim that such decisions would bring stability to families. By offering such benefits, those interested in moving to New York would be able to maintain their lifestyles. Susan L. Sommer noted, "It allows [a] family to plan. It allows there to be reliance by third parties."
However, the extension of benefits to same-sex marriages has further implications. As Judge Graffeo commented, not only would government agencies be subject to providing certain benefits to the families of same-sex-marriages, but private companies would as well. Further debate led to suggestions that the Civil Service extend benefits only to those spouses of state employees. The effect these decisions would have has great implications for public policy and judges are looking to the legislature for support.
The Court is most likely to have reached a decision on Lewis and Godfrey by the end of November.
Posted: October 12th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
CIT Group, a US commercial lender, is negotiating with its bondholders to exchange a portion of its debt for equity. To increase its leverage, it is simultaneously preparing to apply for Chapter 11 bankruptcy ¬protection – and default on $800 million in debt due next month.
As I describe in my most recent monthly column, leverage is a combination of two factors:
First, how much you and your counterpart need a deal. The more desperate you are, the weaker your leverage; the more desperate your counterpart, the stronger your leverage.
Second, the relative value of your and your counterpart's Plan Bs (your alternatives if you don't do the deal). The better your Plan B, the stronger your leverage and the better your counterpart's Plan B, the weaker your leverage.
By preparing for bankruptcy, CIT Group is taking a concrete step to limit the attractiveness of their counterpart’s Plan B. Bondholders reportedly would get about 90 cents on the dollar if they agree to the deal but likely only 70 cents on the dollar in bankruptcy. CIT Group is also taking steps to discourage individual bondholders from holding out in the hopes of getting a better deal than those who sign on to the plan early. The holdouts believe the passage of time improves their leverage because the approaching deadline increases CIT Group’s need level.
Posted: October 5th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
Many variables impact the offer-concession stage of a negotiation. What issues to address first and when and how much to move should be considered during your strategic planning process. Here are my Top Ten rules of thumb for orchestrating the best game plan once the negotiation begins:
1. Expect, plan and insist on reciprocity of movement. Be prepared to give to get but don’t give more unless you’re getting more.
2. Say “I’m sorry. You will have to do better than that” in response to the other side’s initial offer (as many times as they will let you).
3. Start with the most critical issues on which both sides will likely agree.
4. Consider the value of momentum – the longer the negotiation lasts, the more committed both sides will feel.
5. Initial moves of less than 5 percent rarely generate meaningful moves from the other side.
6. Rarely make a larger concession than your counterpart.
7. Buyers should insist on reciprocal percentage moves; sellers should insist on reciprocal dollar moves.
8. The earlier and more often you raise an issue, the more important it will be perceived.
9. Consider limiting your authority on the most critical issues.
10. Remain flexible so you can take advantage of new strategically important information and unanticipated opportunities.
For a more comprehensive discussion of each, sign up for a free trial of my ExpertNegotiator Planning & Management Software to access the online version of my book, Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin's Press 2004).
Posted: September 30th, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: The News Beat
Tired of trudging to work Monday through Friday, 9am-5pm? Jack Borden sure isn’t. At an impressive 101-years-old, Borden still is still a happy worker. In fact, Experience Works, a nonprofit group dedicated to supporting working seniors, awarded Borden on Wednesday as the nation’s ‘Outstanding Oldest Worker.’
Almost 70 years of practicing law in Texas didn’t slow this attorney down. Other than a 45 minute rest imposed on him by his doctor’s orders, Borden works a full work day, usually arriving to his firm by 6:30am, and leaving around 4:00pm. But what prompts his motivation for practicing law? It’s not the money, Borden explains. He just feels, “as long as you are capable, you ought to use what God gave you. He left me here for a reason, and with enough of a mind to do what it is I'm supposed to be doing.” Jack Borden’s perception is indeed inspirational, especially around that 3 o’clock slump.
And what’s even more impressive is that he is not alone. In a survey composed by the Pew Research Center, 54% of workers over the age of 65 responded that they were working mainly because they want to, 17% claimed money as their reason for continuing to work, and 27% claimed both desire and money as their motivation for working. The public stress on maintaining a healthy and active senior population seems to be an important factor in this new trend of working senior citizens. While those surveyed from the ages of 16 to 64 most commonly responded that they were working to “support myself/family,” those over 65 claimed that they were working to “feel useful/productive.”
The current recession also has a significant effect. 63% of workers ages 50 to 61 say they might be forced to push back their retirement date due to the unexpected economic downfall. Though this is unfortunate, at least those who already passed their retirement age tend to report satisfaction at their jobs. Like Jack Borden, they feel strongly about remaining active in their older years.
Posted: September 25th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Mixed Result in Landlord-tenant Legal Malpractice Case
Landlord hires big-time Landlord-Tenant attorneys in New York City, and expect that the attorneys are in fact bringing a series of eviction proceedings. This case alleges that they did not, yet charged fees, and misled the client. What is a client to do? In this instance they sued for legal malpractice, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, breach of contract, etc. Justice Joan Madden of Supreme Court, New York County decided a CPLR 3211 motion to dismiss in Cayuga Capital Mgt. LLC v, Borah Goldstein.
The fraudulent inducement, fraudulent misrepresentation and negligence claims were all trimmed as duplicitive of a potential legal malpractice case. Justice Madden reasoned that they were based upon the same facts, and sought the same damages, and thus were duplicates of the potential legal malpractice.
More interesting was plaintiff's invocation of Ulico v. Wilson Elser, 56 AD1 (1st Dept, 2008), That case has been the center of a growing number of "breach of fiduciary duty" cases, and supports a claim for such a breach. Here, in a footnote, Justice Madden disposes of reliance upon Ulico.
A Particularly Shocking Judiciary Law 487 and Legal Malpractice Case
Were one to read each of the 150+ legal malpractice cases decisions filed each year, one would see a wide range of attorney-client problems. Some are frivolous and some very serious. This case, DAVID GOLDSTEIN, Plaintiffs, - against - ALLEN S. GOLD and LAW OFFICES OF ALLEN S. GOLD, Defendants;No. 06 CV 6707 (ERK)(VVP); UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK;2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 78822; September 1, 2009 is remarkable for the "brazen" behavior by the attorney. Judge Korman disposes of a motion for summary judgment in this decision.
"Plaintiff further alleges that, in early 2001, defendant informed him that he filed a complaint against Mass Mutual ("2001 action"), "seeking the relief [plaintiff] had requested." (Id. P 8). This was not true - defendant never filed the 2001 action. (Id. P 9.) Nevertheless, from 2001 to 2005, in response to plaintiff's repeated inquires as to the status of the 2001 action (id. PP 10-12), defendant led plaintiff to believe that he was vigorously litigating the 2001 action against Mass Mutual (id. PP 8, 13-22).
Whose Case is It in Legal Malpractice and Bankruptcy ?
When one files a petition in bankruptcy, ownership of assets is upended. Some if not all assets of the debtor become part of the estate, and will be used to pay creditors. A current cause of action in legal malpractice, even if not reduced to a law suit is one such asset. What happens if the negligence is unearthed in the bankruptcy proceedings? Is it the property of the estate or that of the debtors; is is pre-petition or post-petition.
In IN RE: ANNE DE HERTOGH and PETER DE HERTOGH, DEBTOR; CASE NO. 04-22006 (ASD), CHAPTER 7; UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF CONNECTICUT;2009 Bankr. LEXIS 2466;August 28, 2009 we see the following:
"The major point of contention in the present proceeding concerns whether the Malpractice Action is property of the estate or of the Debtors. Courts have taken several approaches to this question. Some, relying on Butner v. United States, 440 U.S. 48, 99 S.Ct. 914, 59 L. Ed. 2d 136 (1979), and the language of Section 541, have looked to whether, as of the petition date, a cause of action had accrued under applicable state law. See, e.g. Swift v. Seidler (In re Swift), 198 B.R. 927 (Bankr. W.D.Tex. 1996) (under Texas law, cause of action for legal malpractice causing loss of an exemption could only accrue post-petition and was therefore not property of the estate);
Posted: September 22nd, 2009 By: Anne Silver Category: Business Development Skills, Lawline.com, Technology Corner
Applying to college can be a daunting task for high school seniors. Perhaps the most intimidating aspect of the application process is the essay. Not only is quality of the utmost importance, the quantity of essays needed to be written can be overwhelming. Many colleges require two essays and even colleges that use the common application often require supplements.
One new online resource designed to guide students through this trying task is College Essay Optimizer. By entering a list of colleges, CEO’s Essay QuickFinder generates a list of essays required for each school, along with additional information and deadlines for each particular school. The Essay RoadMap helps students reduce the number of original essays needed to be written by instantly showing students how to complete all requirements with only a few essays. As an added bonus, this service also provides sample essays. The Essay Wizard matches students with their own essay guide, who assists the student via email through the entire essay writing process. This service can turn a good essay into a good college admissions essay, and a good college admissions essay into a great one.
CEO provides valuable tools for any student applying to college. Its consolidated and simple approach to writing college admissions essays will save any student time and reduce stress, making the college application process easier and more manageable.
Posted: September 22nd, 2009 By: Emily Norman Category: Lawline.com, Videos
In Today's Legal Tip of the Day faculty member Henry Mazurek discusses the relavance of learning and understand the rules of evidence. Familiarization with these rules is highly advantagous when presenting one's case.
Posted: September 15th, 2009 By: Press Release Category: Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
RIVERWOODS, Ill., Sept 14, 2009 /PRNewswire via COMTEX/ -- Lawline.com, a leading provider of Online Continuing Legal Education, along with CCH and Aspen Publishers, part of Wolters Kluwer Law & Business, a leading provider of research products and software solutions in key legal specialty areas, have come together with a shared vision to provide timely high quality education to professionals in a rapidly fluctuating economic environment.
"The fallout from the financial crisis has been sweeping, and we realize now just how close the system came to collapse last year," says David Schnurman, President of Lawline.com. "With President Obama addressing Wall Street and the nation today about the need for reform and strengthening oversight, we know it's more important than ever to ensure we offer the best, most timely information. It just made sense for us to team with CCH and Aspen Publishers as they are the leaders in legal and financial information."
"Teaming with Lawline.com, a leading provider of online CLE course delivery, is another example of how CCH and Aspen customers can count on us to deliver the most valuable and specific tools and services to help in their day-to-day practice and career training," said Steve Errick, Legal Education Managing Director, Wolters Kluwer Law & Business.
The courses will be available through the CCH Financial Crisis News Center web site starting this week. Topics include securities fraud, bankruptcy, SEC, lending regulations, foreclosures, among many others.
Posted: September 10th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
The Phoenix Coyotes professional hockey franchise is facing a bankruptcy court auction this week. One likely bidder is Jim Balsillie, co-CEO of Research In Motion (which makes the Blackberry). He wants to relocate the team to Ontario, a move opposed by the NHL. While Balsillie will likely be the high bidder, the NHL is arguing his bid should be rejected by the judge in part because of a dispute over the relocation fee Balsillie would have to pay the league. The amount of such a fee is unclear.
So, Balsillie hired a consultant who determined a reasonable relocation fee would be in the $11.2 to $12.9 million range, which includes payments to nearby teams for damage to their franchises. The NHL hired two consultants who determined the fee would be in the $101 million to $195 million range, not including payments to nearby clubs.
Using “fair” objective criteria to justify your position can be very effective. Here, both parties are employing experts to attempt to convince the judge of the “fairness” and “reasonableness” of their respective positions. Experts derive their power from both their actual expertise and knowledge and their perceived knowledge.
What should you do if your counterpart has an expert or an expert opinion? Find an expert to provide you with an opinion that supports your side and attempt to undermine the credibility of the other side’s expert. A battle of the experts will then ensue, potentially giving both sides more credibility and a greater ability to justify their position.
How can you undermine your counterpart’s expert? Closely examine their credentials, qualifications, independence and objectivity and find out their compensation arrangement. A large fee may undercut their perceived independence and objectivity.
Posted: September 10th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
One Case With Several Lessons in Legal Malpractice
Sometimes a court's decision will simply tell how the case came out. Sometimes a decision can teach a lesson; in this case one decision teaches several lessons in Legal Malpractice. KIRK , -against- HEPPT, 05 Civ. 9977;UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK;2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 80989;September 1, 2009, Decided by Judge Sweet is one such case. We will look at this case today and tomorrow.
"The Kirks, pro se, filed their complaint against Heppt, Kirk's former attorney, on November 28, 2005, alleging claims for, inter alia, breach of contract, fraudulent misrepresentation, and breach of fiduciary duty arising out of Heppt's representation of Kirk in an action brought by Kirk against his former employer. On October 2, 2003, Kirk filed suit against Schindler in New York State Supreme Court, New York County, asserting causes of action for breach of contract and defamation and seeking a declaratory judgment that Kirk had been constructively discharged by Schindler.
How Close is Privity in Legal Malpractice and Elsewhere?
Sometimes we find a stimulating discussion of a principal of legal malpractice in decisions concerning other professions. In this case Sykes v RFD Third Ave. 1 Assoc., LLC ;2009 NY Slip Op 06387 ;Decided on September 8, 2009 ;Appellate Division, First Department ;Moskowitz, J. we find a discussion of privity and third-party beneficiary law which informs legal malpractice issues.
"Plaintiffs' negligent misrepresentation claim fails to allege a "special relationship," i.e., "a relationship so close
as to approach that of privity" (Parrott v Coopers & Lybrand, 95 NY2d 479, 484 [2000]). The New York Court of Appeals takes a rather cautious approach to determining whether a relationship necessary to support a claim for negligent misrepresentation exists (see Ossining Union Free School Dist. v Anderson LaRocca Anderson, 73 NY2d 417, 424 [1989]
Failure to Communicate a Settlement Offer and Legal Malpractice
In "Boglia, v Greenberg, et al., ; SUPREME COURT OF NEW YORK, APPELLATE DIVISION, SECOND DEPARTMENT;2009 NY Slip Op 5278; 63 A.D.3d 973; 882 N.Y.S.2d 215; 2009 N.Y. App. Div. LEXIS 5183 the court writes:
"The client retained the attorneys to represent her in a matrimonial action. After terminating the attorneys' representation, the client settled the underlying action and received a settlement in the amount of $ 200,000. Thereafter, the client sued the attorneys alleging, inter alia, that they negligently advised her of her rights to equitable distribution of the residence, and failed to communicate an offer of settlement to her in the amount of $ 250,000. She also sought to recover
Posted: September 8th, 2009 By: Emily Norman Category: SHOWCASE CORNER
In today's Tip of the Day faculty members Josh Silber and Richard Abend explain what resources are available for acquiring evidence for medical malpractice cases. Supplemental evidence can be crucial in cases where medical reports are false, or ambiguous.
Posted: September 4th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
Walt Disney announced on Monday its acquisition of Marvel Entertainment in a $4 billion deal. Both sides stand to benefit. Marvel gains access to Walt Disney’s powerful marketing and distribution system, including Disney’s theme parks and cable television channels, and significantly improves its ability to finance its movies.
Disney gains the rights to Spider-Man, the Incredible Hulk and about 5,000 other comic book characters which tend to be more popular with boys. This will supplement Disney’s existing intellectual property, led by Hannah Montana and its many princesses, which are more focused on girls.
Both boards approved the transaction. The negotiation began in June when both CEOs reportedly had a very cordial meeting in Marvel’s New York office. Disney’s CFO described the acquisition as being driven by “the opportunity for synergies over time.”
This deal appears to exhibit the hallmarks of Problem-Solving Negotiation Strategies. Problem-Solving Strategies involve mutually sharing critical information openly and liberally, downplaying leverage (while still recognizing its impact), relying on independent standards like market value and precedent, using less aggressive offer-concession moves and tactics and implementing mutually agreeable agenda and agenda-control tactics.
When does this approach work best? When the parties involved anticipate a strong future professional relationship, when the deal is complex and involves multiple issues and interests, when there are many creative options available and when both parties take this problem-solving approach to the negotiation - all of which appear to be the case here.
Posted: September 4th, 2009 By: Emily Norman Category: Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Tip of The Day, faculty members Lee Drexler and James Cohen discuss what stipulations the IRS has for an appraiser and how they affect charitable donations of tangible personal property.
Posted: September 3rd, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: The News Beat
With the U.S. Food and Drug Administration recently given oversight over all tobacco products, it comes to no surprise that there would soon be discourse between the government and the tobacco companies. Indeed, Reynolds American Inc.'s R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company joined with Lorillard Tobacco Company - respectively the second and third largest tobacco companies in the U.S. - in a federal lawsuit against legislation passed in June.
This legislation, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, greatly restricts how the tobacco companies are able to advertise. In an attempt to prevent teenagers and children from the lure of smoking, the new law bans outdoor advertising within 1,000 feet of schools and playgrounds. More controversial, the law prevents tobacco companies from using colors and logos in all advertising, except those in magazines that claim at least an 85% adult customer base. Moreover, the companies would be forced to include a large, colorful, shocking graphic on their packaging that would serve to both defer customers from purchasing the product as well as to limit the amount of space the companies have for their own advertisement.
Tobacco companies claim that this will prevent them from effectively advertising to adult smokers and stress the importance of being able to convey important information about their products to adults. Reynolds and Lorillard state that the restrictions are an impediment to their Freedom of Speech. Other opponents of the legislation include the Association of National Advertisers and the American Civil Liberties Union, who claim that the new law could set a dangerous precedent against the First Amendment. Proponents of the law, however, state that the legislation was drafted carefully in order to ensure protection of all civil liberties.
The largest manufacturer of cigarettes in the U.S., Altria Group Inc.’s Philip Morris USA, supported FDA regulations and endorsed the law.
Posted: September 2nd, 2009 By: Emily Norman Category: Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Tip of The Day, faculty member Hon. Michael Dontzin discusses the differences between arbitration and mediation, and why mediation can provide a more satisfying resolution for parties in conflict.
Posted: September 2nd, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: Employment Law, The News Beat
Accountant Vicki Walker recently exposed the bizarre story behind her lawsuit against the New Zealand company she was working for. The company, ProCare Health, fired Walker after accusing her of causing disharmony in the workplace. But the reason for her dismissal is most unusual; apparently, Walker's so-called confrontational email style, which consisted of big, bold, red and capital lettering, was the root of the dismissal. While using this vexing text style, Walker would send co-workers massive emails with subjects like “How to Fill out Forms” and “Please Complete the Following Checklist.”
Annoying? Absolutely. Cause for dismissal? Not at all. Walker was victorious in her lawsuit. She walked away with compensation for $6,000 in lost wages, pertaining to the time it took for her to find a new position, as well as $11,500 for any harm caused by her dismissal. Indeed, Walker claimed that the abrupt layoff left her forced to re-mortgage her home. She claimed, "They nearly ruined my life."
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog.
Creator Scott H. Greenfield, Esq. states, “Blogs don't require the tedious style used in briefs and motions, and allow me to have some fun with the subjects.” And his enjoyment is definitely palpable through his informative entries that combine current events with the law. Although the blog primarily focuses on stories surrounding the legal realm, Greenfield expands them to anything that may capture his attention.
What makes this blog stand out from the rest is the style in which it’s written: “My posts generally take me 10 minutes to write, and aside from spell-check, they are posted as written, errors and all.”
This au natural posting style coupled with succinct, up-to-date information makes this blog a must-follow.
Posted: September 1st, 2009 By: Emily Norman Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Tip of The Day, faculty member Marvin Pickholz explains the importance of understanding foreign anti-bribery statutes, what constitutes bribery varies in different countries and why accepting the normative procedure may involve risk.
In today's Legal Tip of The Day, faculty member Herald Price Fahringer explains the importance of the opening statement and summation. From word choice to the way you say a sentence, the style in which you speak in extremely important when dealing with cases.
Posted: August 28th, 2009 By: Sulina Gabale Category: Lawline.com
Having a high priority task can actually lead to procrastination. Some people who believe they work well “under-pressure,” tend to push things until the last minute. Is this a bad thing? No, it’s fairly subjective.
Folding a photography reflector is really hard, but watching people do it is really fun.
Ted Kennedy was, quite arguably, the best and most influential senator in American history. The question now: who’s his successor?
There are two phases in a site assessment. The first involves gathering information, and the second is an invasive (soil and groundwater samples) investigation. It is important to work with an environmental consultant who is willing to communicate with the attorney on a continuous basis and not just when the report is finished, because it’s always wise to see a draft of the report before it’s signed.
Don’t wear a Red Sox hat and t-shirt to a Yankees game… or better yet, avoid red altogether.
The Cash-for-Clunkers program (providing a credit from $3,500-$4,500 for anyone who trades in an older car to buy a new, fuel-efficient car) which ended this past Monday was a fairly successful program with about 500,000 applications submitted over the past several weeks.
In today's Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Irwin Karp talks about the most frequent causes of procrastination. These include the task not a priority, fears of the unknown/failure/success, boredom, disintrest in the topic, perfectionism, waiting until the last minute, a high deadline task, questioning the task, and carelessness.
Posted: August 27th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Business Development Skills, Negotiation
To conclude my trilogy of blog posts about negotiation styles, here are my Top Seven Characteristics of Conflict Avoiders:
1. Strong need to avoid conflict, especially open conflict
2. Belief that almost all conflict is unproductive
3. Extremely uncomfortable with emotional conflict
4. High skill level at avoiding answering questions
5. High skill level at avoiding addressing undesirable issues
6. Rarely will overtly control the agenda
7. Can appear aloof and uninterested as they rarely engage in negotiations involving conflict
If you recognize your counterpart is a conflict avoider, how should you proceed? First, be patient because it will take more time and effort to fully explore conflict-related issues. Second, stay focused on your goal because it’s easy to get off track when your counterpart is skillful at avoiding issues. Finally, aggressively probe their interests. Find out what your counterpart wants and needs, keeping in mind they may try to hide these if they believe discussing them will lead to conflict.
Posted: August 27th, 2009 Category: Business Development Skills, CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Thinking about starting a small business? Consider forming it under an S Corporation. These can be preferable to an LLC for tax purposes. Under an S Corporation, individuals are only liable for self employment tax on their "reasonable salary." Under an LLC, self employment tax applies a wider category--revenue minuses expenses. Finally, Lawline.com faculty member George Cornell mentions that self employment tax does not apply to passive income like real estate. This clip is from his course "Using LLC's and Other Forms of Asset Protection."
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog.
Back in 2003 when Arnold Schwarzenegger was being introduced as “the governator,” Jack Balkin had the idea to create a legal blog focusing on constitutional law and related issues with a liberal yet serious tone. However, after a few years, as more and more contributors joined, Balkinization transformed into a group blog with topics changing according to the authors’ interests.
So what’s so special about this one? It’s all-encompassing. Although it has a more liberal lean, the variety of contributors who give their opinions on current issues and the fact that each post is followed by insightful comments from readers makes it well-balanced.
As for the content, Balkin states, “In the past we've done a lot of work on war on terror and presidential power issues, and a lot about civil liberties and constitutional interpretation. Because there are several political scientists as well as lawyers on the blog we have a fair number of political science discussions, and through Sandy Levinson's influence we have had many posts on constitutional design.”
A law blog with posts and input from non-lawyers? That’s progressive.
Visit the Balkinization blog at http://balkin.blogspot.com/
Posted: August 26th, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: The News Beat
Former U.S. Senator Edward Kennedy passed away last night, at the age of 77. Diagnosed with brain cancer in May 2008, Kennedy continued to influence Congress despite his condition. In his more than 40 years of service in the United State's Senate, Ted Kennedy touched the lives of countless citizens as well as government officials.
President Obama released a statement saying, "even as he waged a valiant struggle with a mortal illness, I've profited as President from his encouragement and wisdom." Indeed, Kennedy threw large support behind Obama's health reform plans.
Throughout his career, Kennedy proved to be an enthusiastic activist in favor of civil rights and justice. He aroused controversy when he came out in support of abortion rights, despite his Catholic faith.
Ted Kennedy will be buried at Arlington Cemetery, Saturday, near the sites of his two brothers, former President John F. Kennedy and former Senator Robert F. Kennedy.
Posted: August 25th, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Copyrights are everywhere. Intellectual Property attorneys David A. Kalow and Tal S. Benschar explain where they come from, what they cover, and what they don't to anyone who is new to the area of intellectual property. This presentation originally appeared in our course, "Intellectual Property for the General Practitioner."
Posted: August 25th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: The News Beat
Check out some of the latest legal news on the web.
► A previously anonymously blogger is attempting to sue Google for revealing her identity. [Concurring Opinions] Google, however, was obeying a court order.
► Courts face difficutly in shutting down file-sharing torrent, Pirate Bay [Wired Online]
► A Federal Judge in Milwaukee makes an unprecendted move by declaring he will no longer take criminal cases [Wall Street Journal Law Blog]
► Seattle has rejected a proposal for a tax on plastic bags, despite inital widespred support. Seattle currently has a tax on paper bags [taxgirl]
This week on the Legal Beat we’d like to talk about the value of empowering employees when serving clients and/or customers. Some managers or supervisors give employees as little power as possible in fear that the employee may use it carelessly or potentially take advantage of it. This fear is not unfounded, but it is sometimes worse for the company if their customers hear phrases like “I’m not authorized to do this.”
When an employee is restricted in making individual decisions that pertain to customers, he or she is likely to follow the rules. The employee is doing the right thing on his or her part, but customers don’t care whether that employee is following the rules designated by his or her supervisor. They want their questions to be answered, and problems to be solved quickly. Having to run through many chains of command annoys customers and will often turn them away. When employees are empowered enough to make decisions, the experience of the customer will flow more smoothly, and he or she will be likely to return for the product or service at another time.
Here are some tips on empowering your employees:
1) Educate Employees
The more employees know, the better decisions they will make. Make sure that they are updated with the latest information, whether it is about clients or one of your products. Also make sure they know
2) Common Vision
Every company or firm should have a vision. Employees should know what this vision is. Being familiar with it will help them make decisions that are consistent with the goals and visions of the organization.
3) Record Common Problems
When common questions are asked or common problems keep coming up, responsibilities may have to be extended to employees. If this is necessary, it should be done, especially if issues are reoccurring. Maintaining a record of common problems will make it easier to designate responsibilities and to facilitate operations.
4) Make It Clear
Make sure employees know the goals behind a particular promotion, or project. Let them know how much room they have for either negotiating, or for making decisions. This way they will feel more confident in their decisions and better serve clients and customers.
7. A Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) assessment measures psychological preferences in how you perceive the world and make decisions; heavy stuff but certainly useful.
8. When trying to get information from someone, never interrupt, ask open-ended (non-yes or no) questions, avoid offering options in my questions, and ask one question at a time.
9. HD cameras have a mind of their own. That or I should probably read the owner’s manual.
10. String cheese is making a come-back (at Lawline at least).
11. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit only has jurisdiction is New York, Vermont and Connecticut and is just one of thirteen U.S. Court of Appeals.
12. After patents expire, the product is up for grabs to the public unless the terms of the patent are extended.
13. Subway etiquette is a very touchy subject.
14. Drafting a will with a lawyer’s presence is a safer bet than a home-made will. The last thing you want is for the will to be considered invalid.
Posted: August 20th, 2009 By: Nicole Wagoner Category: The News Beat
Esteemed Lawline faculty member Benjamin Brafman appeared in court Thursday with his defendant Plaxico Burress, former receiver for the New York Giants. Burress was indicted by the New York State Supreme Court for weapons charges earlier this month for an incident that occurred in November.
Burress accidentally shot himself in the leg at a Latin nightclub when a gun tucked into his waistband fell and fired, missing a nearby security guard. Burress did not register the gun in New York or New Jersey, where he lives, and his only license to carry a concealed weapon existed with the state of Florida and expired in May 2008.
Prosecutors did not charge Giants linebacker Antonio Pierce, who carried the gun from the nightclub, to his own home, and back to Burress after the November incident, nor did they prosecute the hospital staff for failing to report the gunshot wound or the security guard who carried the gun to Burress's car.
Months of attempted negotiations between Burress's attorney Benjamin Brafman and the Manhattan district attorney's office left both sides doubtful that a plea bargain would be reached. While DA Robert Morganthau claimed that the charges were serious and insisted upon at least a two-year jail sentence, Brafman stated "This was not an intentional criminal act. In my judgment, a two-year prison sentence is a very severe punishment."
But surprisingly enough, before his Thursday court appearance, Burress agreed to the plea. He admitted guilty to one count of attempted criminal possession of a weapon with a two-year sentence. With good behavior, it is likely that Burress will be out in 20 months.
However, this does not mean that his football career will be saved. He was released from the Giants in April and has yet to sign up with another team. Moreover, NFL commissioner Roger Goodell could ban Burress as a disciplinary measure.
In today's Lawline.com legal tip of the day, faculty member Amy Goldsmith talks about the difference between patent laws and trade secrets. Specifically, she goes into what happens with utlity patents after they expire, using the example of "generic drugs" after formerly being a patented drugs.
Posted: August 20th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation
As a follow-up to last week’s blog about preferred negotiation styles in which I identified three broad categories of styles (competitors, accommodators and conflict avoiders) and shared a list of competitor characteristics, here are my Top Ten Characteristics of Accommodators:
1. Highly value good relationships
2. Love to be liked and are often quite likeable
3. Attitude reflects concern, compassion and understanding
4. Fairly accurately show nonjudgmental understanding of others’ concerns
5. Very effective listening skills
6. Tend to be viewed as trustworthy, due in part to their superior listening skills
7. Dislike open conflict, especially when it might harm the relationship
8. Extended conflicts make them uncomfortable, and they will try to smooth them over
9. Typical relationships lack open conflict
10. Adept at creating stress-free atmospheres
Accommodators also can allow relationship concerns to overshadow substantive issues. A very high profile accommodator is former President Bill Clinton.
Are you more of an accommodator than a competitor? If so, keep this in mind when you negotiate and recognize that sometimes you will be better served by taking a different approach. For example, adjust your negotiation preparation and approach if your counterpart is an aggressive competitor.
In today's Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Rick Supple talks about ethical issues in the litigation process. He specifically explains the appropriate behavior when dealing with judges. This includes no false or scandalous statements to the public, no objects of value offered to the judge and his staff, and no ex-party communication.
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog.
At times, reading law blogs can be a bit weighty and academic for lawyers and non-lawyers, alike. But recently, I stumbled across a blog that not only focused on pertinent civil rights issues, but also explained them in a smart, concise manner.
The blog I refer to is “Wait a Second!” by the law firm of Bergstein & Ullrich, LLP. Its main focus is the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit because of the fascinating nature of Federal appellate decisions.
Blog creator and self-proclaimed “Second Circuit case law junkie” Stephen Bergstein started the blog in July 2007 with a post about the First Amendment case Husain v. Springer. He was intrigued by the dissenting opinion of the conservative Second Circuit judge, Judge Jacobs, who deemed the act of even reading the case’s majority opinion a waste of time.
As for Bergstein’s reason to blog about such cases? “Second Circuit decisions often have very interesting asides from the judges which no one other than the case law junkies even knows about. I thought that someone should be publicizing cases like this.”
Posted: August 17th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Business Development Skills, Customer Experience, Lawline.com
Lawline.com values customer service to the fullest extent. We take pride in our customer service and in our ambition to continuously improve the “customer experience.” Everyone has something to learn from the concepts that comprise customer service, regardless of whether you work for a company that is directly servicing many customers every day. In some way or form, 99% of jobs can relate to customer, or client service. We’re all communicating, and working for each other. Customer service concepts can be applied in many different situations, and at Lawline.com we want to facilitate the sharing of such ideas and strategies.
For this reason, we are implementing a weekly blog series that talks about improving client relations and experience. Every week we will provide tips for attorneys, and all others, that will help communications in any setting. As customer Service expert John DiJulius often says, there is a growing Customer Service Revolution, it is important that we all take part in it if we want to succeed in the business world.
Today’s blog is on accessibility. If you’re looking to sell a service or product, you have to be accessible to both potential buyers and previous buyers.
For attorneys, when there is a potential client trying to contact you, it should be easy for him or her to get information about you and your company and to eventually speak with you. Direct connection is important-- If you’re inaccessible in general, potential clients may assume that you will also be inaccessible throughout the course of the case. The same holds true for other products and services, if a potential customer is trying to reach you to find out information about the product, you need to get back to that person right away. This assures the customers that they can rely on you if they need support later on in the relationship. What can you do to stay accessible to customers? Offer multiple ways to be contacted. Phone, e-mail, website, etc. Set a deadline for you and your team in regards to responding to both phone calls and e-mails. In after business hours, set up a messaging service that e-mails you the messages left for the company. If you or one of your team members has time, you can call them back, or even e-mail easily. And if you have a Blackberry or Smartphone, you should definitely have those e-mails forwarded to you, so you can respond from anywhere with convienence.
In today's Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Diane Steiner explains the common mistakes made by witnesses during matrimonial case depositions. The witness can be unprepared, leading them to ramble on and give too much information or they can be flat out lying, creating a theme for the opposing counsel.
Posted: August 14th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Last September, Lawline.com reported that a record number of attorneys were viewing, and requesting additional, courses on bankruptcy. An obvious correlation existed between the financial crisis brewing on Wall Street and the interest of attorneys (among others) in the subject.
Now, there is more evidence of relevancy of bankruptcy issues. The Blog of Legal Times reported this week that bankruptcy filings have rose over 35% in the previous year ending June 30th. The filings were pretty evenly distributed in all areas, with business filings going up to 63% and individual up to 34%.
Analysts expect that the increase in bankruptcy rates among Americans will cause Congress to further restructure bankruptcy laws, thereby making it more difficult for a party to file for bankruptcy. Many people file simply to avoid their debts, and many loop-holes exist.
Additionally, USA Today predicts that the number of individual Americans who file bankruptcy can potentially hit 1.4 million by the end of the year.
In today's Lawline.com Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Phil Kleiner talks about what to look for in a passport when interviewing the potential immigration client. This includes the type of visa, date of issue and other requirements for it to be considered valid.
Posted: August 13th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Lawline.com, Negotiation
One important aspect of negotiating is to understand your and your counterpart’s preferred negotiation styles. I have found it helpful to categorize negotiator styles into three broad categories: a) competitors, b) accommodators and c) conflict avoiders. Of course, these categories describe general tendencies which can change depending on the context and the self-awareness of the individual. Which is your preferred style? To get you to think about it, here are my Top Ten Characteristics of Competitors:
1. High comfort level with conflict and competition
2. Enjoy debating substantive issues
3. Not great listeners, due at times to significant egos
4. Direct, sometimes adversarial tone, words and body language
5. Relatively impatient and aggressive in their offers and concessions
6. Enjoy openly controlling and framing issues
7. Strong desire to win and not lose
8. Enthusiastic attitude toward negotiations
9. Style can appear stubborn, arrogant and/or untrustworthy
10. Often at ease with risk and pressurized environments
Competitors are also comfortable using relatively risky leverage tactics like walkouts, threats, ultimatums, bluffing and other ways to focus the parties on leverage and other power elements in a negotiation. Examples of negotiators with a competitive reputation include Donald Trump and White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel.
Does this describe you? If so, consider when this approach works best and when you may be better served by resisting your natural tendencies and taking a different approach. Also, if your counterpart is a competitor, adjust your negotiation preparation accordingly.
Posted: August 13th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Lawline.com, The News Beat
Gerald Shargel, prominent defense attorney and Lawline.com faculty member, has made news headlines again. This time he is defending another famous New York attorney, Robert Simels. Simels, who has defended clients in many high profile cases, is facing charges of witness tampering and obstruction of justice.
Apparent evidence has surfaced of Simels making several references to bribing and threatening witnesses, using heavy vocabulary such as “killing” witnesses. Simels has said that such language is simply legal jargon, and does not contain any seriousness. Simels also said that in the recorded conversations of him talking to a government informant, he was attempting to maintain a relationship and flatter the individual, not bribe or invoke fear.
The ten day trial ended this week.
In today's Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Erica Dubno defines "defamation" with six basic requirements. She also introduces the
problems associated with online publishing, third party viewers, and the anonymity of posters on the internet.
In today's Lawline.com Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Mary Noe talks about the classification of children with disabilities under the Individual with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). In this clip she particularly talks about the initial evaluation that a child must undergo in order to receive disabled status. The components include psycho-education evaluation, social history, physical evaluation, observation of child and other specific tests for specific disabilities.
Posted: August 6th, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Business Development Skills, Lawline.com, Negotiation, The News Beat
Former President Bill Clinton met yesterday with North Korean leader Kim Jung-il seeking the release of two imprisoned American journalists. Fortunately, he was successful and the journalists have now been reunited with their families in the United States. In light of Kim Jung-il’s sordid reputation, here are my Top Ten Tactics for Negotiating with the Unethical and Untrustworthy:
1. Ensure significant negative consequences for any breach by your counterpart, increasing the likelihood they will actually follow through on their commitments
2. Independently confirm all statements that may provide your counterpart with leverage, especially if they say they have a better alternative (or Plan B) to doing a deal with you
3. Discount the relevance of statements that cannot be confirmed
4. Consider recording the negotiation – it’s tough to dispute a recording of statements actually made
5. Aggressively explore your potential alternatives (or Plan Bs)
6. Be wary of vague and ambiguous statements
7. Build mechanisms into the agreement that independently ensure each party fulfills its commitments
8. Understand that such negotiations take more time and effort than others, and recognize this as a cost of dealing with this person or entity
9. Pay attention to the details and don’t leave ambiguous issues unresolved
10. Consider bringing in an independent third party to help
In addition, define what constitutes a breach of any agreement, provide for a fair and efficient way to resolve disputes that may arise from a potential breach and finally, don’t lower yourself to their level. Your reputation is far too important to risk!
Posted: August 6th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Tolling or Abatement of Statutes in Legal Malpractice
Plaintiff has a right to sue target attorney, and then, for strategic reasons, agrees to put the case aside for the time being. Plaintiff and target attorney reach a stand-still agreement, but the question of tolling or abatement of the statute of limitations remains. How is the statute of limitations calculated in this situation?
In CMI Capital Mkt. Inv., LLC v Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney P.C., 2009 NY Slip Op 31708(u) we see Justice Tolub's definitions and answer. In that case, the statute of limitations was tolled, not abated. Tolling is the suspension of the running of a statute for a period of time. Abatement is the ending of the statute, allowing for it to start running again, from the beginning.
An Unexpected Recovery and Legal Malpractice
Defendant hired plaintiff to represent him in a Federal Court law suit over NYC placard holders parking on sidewalks and curbs in front of his commercial establishments, depriving defendant of use of his properties. He retained plaintiff who started the Federal law suit, and was attorney until a settlement conference. Defendant's story is that he was so taken aback by the negligence of plaintiff, that he settled the case for $ 2,125,000 against the City.
Breach of Contract: To state a claim of breach of contract, the plaintiff must establish 1) the formation of a contract between the plaintiff and defendant, 2) performance by the plaintiff, 3) failure by the defendant to perform, and 4) resulting damages. Eternity Global Master Fund Ltd. v. Morgan Guar. Trust Co. of N.Y., 375 F.3d 168, 177 (2d Cir. 2004) (citing Harsco Corp. v. Segui, 91 F.3d 337, 348 (2d Cir. 1996); Furia v. Furia, 116 A.D.2d 694, 498 N.Y.S.2d 12, 13 (2nd Dep't 1986).
To state a claim of breach of contract, the plaintiff must establish 1) the formation of a contract between the plaintiff and defendant, 2) performance by the plaintiff, 3) failure by the defendant to perform, and 4) resulting damages. Eternity Global Master Fund Ltd. v. Morgan Guar. Trust Co. of N.Y., 375 F.3d 168, 177 (2d Cir. 2004) (citing Harsco Corp. v. Segui, 91 F.3d 337, 348 (2d Cir. 1996); Furia v. Furia, 116 A.D.2d 694, 498 N.Y.S.2d 12, 13 (2nd Dep't 1986).
Posted: August 5th, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Ever wonder what happens after you file for Chapter 7 bankruptcy? The eloquent, knowledgeable bankruptcy attorney, Daniel Gershburg explains how to get creditors off your back, rebuild your credit, and get back on the right track. Gershburg sees bankruptcy as a hurdle that clients have to get over, not an insuperable disaster. Working with an experienced lawyer, clients can start making good decisions and get on with life.
This clip is from Daniel Gershburg's course, "Chapter 7 Bankruptcy: The Initial Consultation."
Posted: August 5th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Business Development Skills, Lawline.com, Marketing Tips, The News Beat
Social media and the internet offer unprecedented opportunity for attorneys and all professionals. While everyone should recognize these potential benefits, they should not forget the possible downfalls that also exist.
Publishing something on the internet places it there forever. It also makes it accessible by an infinite amount of people. Attorneys often do not realize that unfavorable information may be available about them. In terms of social media, they may often be the ones who are actually posting the content.
A recent article in the ABA Journal notes that BigLaw Associates “Google” all candidates before considering them for a position. Most companies do this as it offers insight into the individual that they are considering for a position. It can easily be assumed that potential clients will do the same. On the internet, almost everyone is a public figure. Attorneys must pay attention to the information that they make available and, if necessary, control it.
What Can You Do?
1) Regular Checks on Major Search Engines
Not just to boost your ego….search your name and make sure that there is nothing you wouldn’t want others to see. If there is content that you control (such as a blog post, twitter, etc.), you can probably erase it easily. If not, you may have to contact website administrators.
2) If it’s Personal, Make it Private
If you plan to post pictures partying with friends, don’t make your Facebook or MySpace profiles public. The same goes for blogging and Twitter. When using them for personal use, limit the visibility to just your friends so that they are the only ones who see it.
3) Use an Alias
If you really have something that you want to share on the internet, but you believe it can potentially put you in an unfavorable light, use a different publishing name. You can easily create an alternate e-mail address and/or social media account so that way you can still receive feedback on this content.
These are just some tips on what you can do to control the content that is available on the internet. Anything you post that has your name on it can be associated back to you. Comments should always be as neutral or inoffensive as possible, because you never know when they may resurface.
Posted: August 4th, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Lawline.com Legal Tip of the day, attorney Ron Coleman describes the best thing an attorney can do if a clients come into the office claiming they're the victim of defamation on a blog--stay calm. Perhaps the worst thing an attorney can do is attract unneccessary attention on a blog that otherwise has little traffic. An example involving the major law firm, Jones Day, is highlighted in order to demonstrate a counter-productive response.
Posted: July 31st, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Lawline.com Tip of the day, faculty member Harvey Weitz talks about attorneys finding their own style when cross examining a witness. Mr. Weitz says you should "know yourself." By knowing yourself, you will be able to work your strengths and weaknesses to your advantage.
Posted: July 31st, 2009 By: Marty Latz Category: Negotiation, SHOWCASE CORNER, The News Beat
CNN reported today that Democratic leadership in the House reached a deal with several “Blue Dog” Democrats to allow the Energy and Commerce Committee to resume its debate of the health care bill with a vote expected by the end of the week. The deal also reportedly puts off a vote by the full House until after the August recess.
President Obama and House and Senate Democratic leadership originally wanted both the House and Senate to approve the bill before the recess. Why?
Short deadlines tend to increase pressure and urgency and provide incentives to parties to accelerate the negotiation process. As a result, they are often used by those hurt by the passage of time and who don’t care much about a future relationship with their counterparts. Here, President Obama sought to capitalize on his early popularity, which has started to wane as the economic slowdown continues. Delay – especially over the August recess - will also allow opponents of the bill more time to publicly organize and resist passage. Bipartisanship also wasn’t a huge priority for President Obama.
Now that a vote on the bill most likely won’t occur until September at the earliest with President Obama’s new deadline for a bill on his desk by the end of the year, let’s consider the benefits of this new longer deadline. Longer deadlines decrease pressure and urgency. As a result, they are often used by those helped by the passage of time and/or those who want a future relationship with their counterparts. Longer deadlines also help those creatively working together to resolve mutual problems.
Here, the longer deadline allows Senate Democrats and Republicans time to potentially negotiate a bipartisan compromise. This longer deadline thus increases the likelihood of garnering support from moderate Senate Republicans.
Finally, with both sides of the aisle creatively working together, it might also result in a more thoughtful and ultimately effective piece of legislation.
Marty Latz is the founder of Latz Negotiation Institute, a national negotiation training and consulting company, and ExpertNegotiator, a Web-based software company that helps managers and negotiators more effectively negotiate and implement best practices based on the experts' proven research. He is also the author of Gain the Edge! Negotiating to Get What You Want (St. Martin’s Press 2004). He can be reached at 480-951-3222 or Latz@ExpertNegotiator.com.
Badway discusses the crises of several big companies, as well as the credit card companies and international recessions. In addition, subtle issues have shaken the market, such as IFRS. Lastly, there is the mistaken belief that our markets can be perfect and need little regulation.
Posted: July 30th, 2009 By: Julia Hardinger Category: Career Corner, Law Firms, Lawline.com
Hardinger & Tanenholz has recently fielded questions from several contract attorney candidates who are not admitted to the DC Bar regarding their eligibility to perform document review work in DC. Specifically, there seems to be genuine confusion about whether it is necessary to be admitted to the DC Bar, or whether admission to another state is sufficient.
The answer is, in general, contract attorneys performing document review must be admitted to the DC Bar.
The unauthorized practice of law is governed by District of Columbia Court of Appeals (“COA”) Rule 49, and we encourage all attorneys seeking to work in the District to read it. In 2005, the COA’s Committee on the Unauthorized Practice of Law (“UPL”) issued an opinion stating that Rule 49 does, in fact, apply to contract lawyers working within the District (see http://tiny.cc/OP_16_05). The Opinion held that, in general, all contract attorneys performing document review must be admitted to the DC Bar.
Specifically, the Committee opined that even if a contract lawyer is performing work that is similar to or overlapping with work performed by paralegals, such as first level document review, the attorney is engaging in the practice of law “if the person is being held out, and billed out, as a lawyer . . .” (16-05 at 5).
So, what to do if you are a contact attorney not admitted to the DC Bar, but you want to work in DC? Opinion 16-05 urges all contract attorneys who are engaging in the practice of law to seek admission. It warns, “Failure [to apply for admission] may jeopardize the lawyer’s ability to continue to practice law in the District on a contract or other basis. Failure to do so also places the lawyer in jeopardy of discipline in jurisdictions where the lawyer is admitted . . .” (16-05 at 7).
If you are not admitted to the D.C. bar, there is nothing keeping you from working as a paralegal or law clerk, even if you are admitted to practice law in another jurisdiction. Simply make your bar status very clear to anyone with whom you have professional contact, especially your employment agency and the legal service provider who will be supervising your work. You must never hold yourself out as an attorney in DC if you are not a member of the DC Bar, even if you are fully-licensed in another jurisdiction. (See Rule 49). Remind your employer that you should not be held-out or billed out as an attorney.
Finally, we encourage all contract attorneys to read the ethical rules and relevant UPL Committee decisions (http://tiny.cc/UPLWebsite) and take full responsibility for their own professional conduct. Attorneys should not risk their bar standing by relying on the representations of employment agencies and law firms that may or may not be fully aware of the applicable ethical rules.
This blog was written by Julia Hardinger, co-founder of Hardinger & Tanenholz LLP, a unique Discovery Counsel law firm that specializes in all aspects of discovery, including the end-to-end management of large-scale document reviews. This blog is the personal opinion of the author and not intended as legal advice.
Lawline.com has been receiving great feedback on our Legal Tips of the Day (via YouTube) initative. We've been working very hard to facilitate the flow of information and make it accessible to those that seek it.
We wanted to remind everyone that you can subscribe to Lawline.com's Channel on YouTube. You will be notified daily on your YouTube account of the latest clips that we have posted.
In addition to the Legal Tips from our CLE courses, we have some other fun videos to share with you. We appreciate all feedback, so if you have any comments or questions, don't hesitate to contact us.
In today's Lawline.com Video Clip of the Day, faculty member Scott Colesanti talks about the SEC and short sales. In short-sales, an investor who believes their stock will fall and rise within a three day period, sells their stock at a high price, and leave it hanging within the three day period so that way they can buy it back at a lower price. Public company officials are not permitted to sell their own stock. In July of 2009, the SEC passed Rule 204 which tightened security measures around short-selling.
Posted: July 29th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, The News Beat
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) implemented rules yesterday in an attempt to alleviate “abusive short sales” (also commonly referred to as “naked” short selling) and to provide more information to the public concerning these transactions.
Rule 204T, once temporary, is now permanent as Rule 204: Amendments to Regulation SHO.
The rule will require broker-dealers to immediately buy or borrow securities to deliver on a short-sale. Before, the investor was able to sell the shares short, without ever actually buying them. The temporary rule was tested last year and has shown a 57% decrease in naked-short selling.
Attorney and Professor, J. Scott Colesanti, teaches one of Lawline.com’s newest courses, “The Securities and Exchange Commission: History & Status.” The course offers a detailed and comprehensive history of the SEC, starting with its inception in 1934 through the Securities Exchange Act, and continuing onward through the Joseph Kennedy era and the adoption of the No Action Letter Protocol.
Mr. Colesanti also discusses the SEC’s role in the economic crisis. He talks about the temporary Rule 204T (before it was made permanent) and its effects, as well as many other recent developments.
Check back later today for Lawline.com’s Legal Tip of the Day featuring Colesanti’s course.
To read the press release from the SEC click here.
Posted: July 28th, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Lawline.com tip of the day, attorney Gina Rubel describes issues surrounding publicity, the media, and litigation. She uses personal anecdotes and general tips in order to explain best practices. She advises a conservative approach to trial publicity.
This week we are kicking the friday five to the curb. But don't fret.....we have something else in store.
Recently, we were announced as a finalist for the Customer Service category of the New York Enterprise Report Small Business Awards of 2009. In celebration of this achievement we decided to amp our normal Friday Five to a Friday Ten. Customer service is our passion. Here are the top ten things you may or may not have known about Customer Service at Lawline.com.
1) Customer support messages (through phone and e-mail) are checked and answered regularly by the friendly Lawline.com team during weeknights and weekends.
2) Support e-mails are answered on average within fifteen minutes of submission on weekdays.
4) We do our best to get to know every customer we speak to on a personal level. It's important you know that you can rely on us in any situation, especially when those deadlines are approaching.
5) Not a phone person? Don’t worry about it! If you need customer support, you can also access us via LivePerson, an live online chat system where you can talk to someone on the Lawline.com support team instantly. Don’t worry, we all type fast.
6) Our customer service staff is awesome. We promise you. (Just give us a call and find out!)
7) We hear you. We review course comments and recommendations on a regular basis. If customers have a complaint, we address it. When a customer makes a recommendation, we add it to a list and analyze and consider these recommendations.
8) We follow up. Seriously…we can’t sleep unless we know your issue was resolved.
9) You won’t have to tell us again! If you called or e-mailed us before about an issue, we already have it recorded. The next time you need to ask us a question, the team member will know your technical problem before you even dial the number (okay, not quite, but we’re getting there).
10) Best of all…our product is so seamless that chances are that you will never have to talk to us. But you know….we are here if you need us.
If you have any comments or suggestions don't hesitate to contact us at support@lawline.com or 1-800-LAWLINE.
In a clip from the course entitled Estate Planning: A Perspective on Family and Values by John S. Erwin and Thomas J Henske, there is a discussion on noticing the details of a situation, especially when the law is involved. Erwin and Henske give some examples as to what matters in the long run in regards to estate planning. Morals and values are discussed, and how important details are is highlighted.
Posted: July 23rd, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Business Development Skills, Entrepreneurship, Lawline.com, Press Release, The News Beat
NEW YORK, July 21, 2009 /PRNewswire/ -- Lawline.com, a national continuing legal education (CLE) provider, has emerged as a finalist in the New York Enterprise Small Business Awards of 2009 in the customer service category.
Finalists were selected on the basis of the techniques employed and achievements attained through their customer service practices.
"We are proud to recognize the achievements and accomplishments of Lawline.com," said Robert Levin, Editor-in-Chief & Publisher of The New York Enterprise Report. "The use of their unique best practice has given them a distinct competitive advantage and we congratulate them for their initiatives and innovative thinking." The success of Lawline.com's customer service system has gained recognition for placing customer service at the center of its business strategy. Development and implementation of a service based approach, with a focus on the full experience of the customer, brings the company to the forefront of the continuing legal education community.
President David Schnurman explains how the passionate customer service effort began with a mission statement. "Our overall aspiration is to serve and educate our customers. In order to do this efficiently, we need superior practices that serve our users." With this in mind, Schnurman and his team developed a training program and an entire backend system that focuses chiefly on the customer.
This system backend helps to facilitate the execution of the customer service initiative. Director of Customer Relations, Christie LaBarca, illustrates, "Customers complete their CLE feeling educated by our courses, and appreciated by our company. We extend ourselves to our fullest ability in order to demonstrate our gratitude." Schnurman says that [the initiative has] really increased our loyalty in the past three years. The retention rate has jumped from 20% to over 40%." The New York Enterprise Report Small Business Awards Gala is scheduled for Wednesday, September 30, 2009 from 6 p.m.- 10 p.m. at the Metropolitan Pavilion in New York City, NY. The Best Practices winners will be announced at the gala for Customer Service as well as for Green Business, Human Resources & Leadership, Sales & Marketing and Technology.
Lawline.com has been providing high quality online continuing legal education courses since 1999. To visit the site, go to http://www.lawline.com.
Today we shot a new CLE course on witness preparation that was pretty exciting. It's now in it's post-production phase, but here’s some interesting insight.
Dr. Melissa Gomez is an expert in Psychology and Education. She’s using her background to teach lawyers what they need to get witnesses ready for trial. Are they giving off nonverbal cues like pausing, wiping their brow, fidgeting, swiveling in their chairs, or darting their eyes? If so, they’re probably distracting the jury. She suggests ways to put witnesses at ease so that they can do their job—listening to questions and answering them.
She’s done some surprising research. It shows that 62% of jurors use their own conception of justice rather than the court’s jury instructions when considering a case. It just goes to show that having the law on your side may not be enough. You have to understand how juries think and learn in order to win cases.
The new course should be up on Lawline.com in the next week or so, stay tuned!
Posted: July 23rd, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Avoiding Legal Malpractice:
A Settlement is a Settlement is a Settlement Actions have consequences, and in legal representation it may be malpractice, Here is an example. Say, for example that you have a robust asbestos practice, and in one of your many pending actions, you have one of many defendants file a motion for summary judgment. You may not be sure whether there is any evidence against that particular defendant and sign a stipulation of discontinuance. Is the stipulation binding, when a couple of months later you determine that there was evidence against that defendant? Can you vacate? The short answer is NO. The longer answer is found in Hallock v. State of New York and in Charlop v A.O. Smith Water Prods.
2009 NY Slip Op 05911 ; Decided on July 21, 2009 ; Appellate Division, First Department
Forgery Claims in a Legal Malpractice Setting Plaintiff loses a commercial law case, and sues his attorneys for legal malpractice. During discovery, while preparing responses to interrogatories, he discovers, and then sues over what he claims is a forged affidavit said to be prepared by the attorneys and unsuccessfully used in his case. Worse he says, the affidavit contained inaccurate information which was the cause of the loss, and hence a sort of double malpractice. Defendants say, its too late, and what kind of a cause of action is this, anyway?
It's Today's Law, Not Yesterday's in Legal Malpractice
Attorney takes on case for client, and the job is to check whether client can erect a Walgreens in Brooklyn. Attorney does research, and determines that the building and parking lot will be legal in that zoning. Attorney, however, fails to check if any new laws have been passed by the NYC Council on zoning recently. Two weeks prior to the report, the Council had passed a law which made the parking lot illegal, and those changes were certified.
Legal Malpractice and the Failure to File a Letter
Legal representation in even simple matters can lead to unintended consequences. As an Example H & J Restaurant v, A & J Grand Enterprises and Leigh, 2009 Slip OP 21544, authored by Justice Edmead, demonstrates how a simple ministerial mistake can end up with a potential $ 400,000 loss, with later judgment against the attorney.
It's a simple transaction, A buys a restaurant from B. As might be expected, Seller exaggerates the sales, or hides underpayment of taxes. Since these commercial transactions have taken place since time immemorial, there are safeguards and protections.
Posted: July 23rd, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Ever wonder what the law has to saw about birth control? This is one area where religious organizations and the legal system collide. Lawline.com faculty member Michael Grossman explains who comes out on top. He looks at landmark cases in order to illustrate some of the finer points of the law.
Posted: July 22nd, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Join Lawline.com faculty member, Olivera Medenica, as she discusses legal issues surrounding domain names and trademarks. She explains how to avoid inconvenient court appearances, what makes for a good case, and other issues that arise in this common E-Commerce topic. She uses illustrative examples and real world facts to tell you what you need to know about domain names.
Posted: July 21st, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Lawline.com faculty member Benjamin Brafman, criminal defense attorney to the stars, explains how his process of developing a summation begins. He stresses that it is a work in progress that an attorney should begin considering the moment a client walks through the office doors. Essentially, a good summation should sell the attorney, the client, and the defense to a jury.
Posted: July 20th, 2009 By: David Tanenholz, Esq Category: Career Corner
David Tanenholz is the co-founder of Hardinger & Tanenholz LLP, a unique Discovery Counsel law firm that specializes in all aspects of discovery, including the end-to-end management of large-scale document reviews. http://www.hardingerlaw.com/
There is no doubt that Legal Process Outsourcing (“LPO”) companies have become a major force in the document review services market. A recent article from the Washington Business Journal cited an ABA Journal finding that there are currently about 100 LPO companies operating in India alone, and projects the industry to approach 4 Billion in revenue by 2015. Thus, it is not surprising that there has been much written about the most effective ways to evaluate and/or utilize these companies. Typically, commentators have focused on issues relating to security, privacy, confidentiality, privilege, as well as the logistics of performing litigation document reviews in a foreign country. We present here 5 less obvious questions that companies should consider before taking the LPO plunge.
How much money am I really saving?
By most accounts, the number one benefit of hiring an LPO to review your documents is to save money. Estimates vary widely, and the LPO’s themselves have not been shy about promoting the magnitude of their cost savings. A quick Internet search reveals the following cost saving estimates from various sources: “30%-70%,” “roughly 50%,” and “60% - 90%.”
Where are they getting these numbers?
One answer may be that they are simply comparing the hourly billable rate of their local document reviewers to more expensive US counterparts. But to whom, exactly, are they comparing their reviewers? Its easy to calculate a 90% cost savings if you are comparing a $300/hr AMLAW 100 associate to a $30/hr reviewer in India. But is that the proper comparison? Fewer and fewer US reviews are being performed by the expensive big-firm associates. It is much more common— and a much fairer comparison— for reviews to be performed by some type of lower-cost staff or contract attorney. Even in big cities like NY and DC, contract attorneys can be hired from staffing agencies in the $50/hr range, slightly more if special languages or technical skills are needed. These same attorneys can often be hired directly in the $35/hr range, and (sadly) at even lower rates during this current recession. Craigslist postings even reveal offers for US contract attorneys for as low as $20/hr. Most foreign LPOs offer their reviewers in the $30 range. US paralegals can often be obtained from staffing agencies in the $25/hr range. Thus, the analysis of “how much cheaper?” depends greatly on the who you selection as the standard for comparison..
In addition to the question of “to whom” should LPO reviewers be compared, you should also raise questions about the “what” the LPO is claiming to be cheaper than. In comparing costs between potential US attorney reviews and potential LPO reviews, you must always compare apples to apples. Many LPOs are only willing or able to perform basic, first-pass review for potential relevancy or potential privilege. Often, the “potentially relevant” set then needs to be sent to domestic attorneys for final relevancy calls, issues coding, confidentiality review, or final privilege review. The costs of these extra levels of review must be factored in when comparing the LPO review to a comparable review by licensed US attorneys who may be performing those “second-level” tasks during their initial review. Because work sent back to the US for higher level review tends to be performed by associates rather than contract attorneys, even a small amount of documents being re-reviewed greatly increase the total cost of the LPO review.
Finally, when dealing with the issues of cost, clients should always demand transparency from their vendors and counsel. It is reasonable to ask how much of the reviewer rate is being allocated between salary, overhead, and profit. A December 2008 article from Asia Legal Business News noted that the annual salary for an Indian LPO attorney starts around $6,000 per year. That roughly translates into $3/hr. So, your comfort of being charged a lower review rate for an LPO reviewer might quickly dissipate if you realize that 80-90% your fee is comprising overhead and vendor profit. Once you are aware of an LPO’s markup (or domestic vendor/law firm’s), you are better able to negotiate the best price for those services.
Thus, when evaluating the “cost savings” claims by LPOs, you should always ask them to clarify to whom and what they are comparing their costs, and also insist that any assumptions or benchmarks they are using are transparent and appropriate.
How does discovery work in the host country?
One of the primary benefits promoted by LPOs is that their attorneys are well-educated and well-trained, and might even provide superior performance to US lawyers and paralegals. For example, in a March 2009 article of the Massachusetts Lawyers Weekly, outsourcing consultant Stephen Seckler noted that India has “a large pool of highly educated law school graduates who have studied common law and have a strong command of the English language.” Similarly, KPO Consultants comments on its website that “Attorneys in India are familiar with the law doctrines (sic) as Indian legal system is similar to the legal systems of the UK, US, and also Indian legal training is conducted solely in English.”
Having been to India and met with and trained LPO document review attorneys, it is undoubtedly true that they are well-educated, intelligent, and focused. What is unclear from the above-cited quotes is how well to they understand the US discovery process. Simply saying that they are familiar with “common-law” or “similar” legal systems is insufficient. Having a Common Law system just means that the rule of law is based on judicial interpretation of case law, rather than solely on legislative or executive action. While this is useful background in working on US cases, it does not provide any insight into whether foreign attorneys have any legal training or experience with the US system of voluntary discovery and large-scale litigation document reviews. So, before you merely accept the fact that LPO reviewers are “attorneys” and familiar with the US legal system, delve further into precisely the type of discovery and document reviews that occur in their home country. You may find that with respect to the important roles of relevancy, privilege, confidentiality, etc., you are starting at square one.
What are the licensing requirement in the host country?
In the US, licensed attorneys must (1) graduate from a law school accredited by the ABA, (2) pass a bar examination in the state in which they wish to practice, and (3) remain in good standing. If the LPOs are touting their reviewers as “attorneys,” you should find out what are the requirements needed to achieve that status in the host country. Is there a governing body, like the ABA, that accredits schools? Do standardized tests need to be passed to qualify as an attorney?
Moreover, many LPOs like to promote the fact that they only hire the best and brightest local attorneys. SDD Global’s website provides a typical claim: ”Work is done by top law graduates and experienced lawyers and/or former law professors from some of the best legal outsourcing companies, law firms and law schools in India.”
When claims like these are made, its best to ask them to explain the basis for their characterizations. What do they mean when they use terms like “top graduates” and “top tier schools” ? Is there some type of published ranking system? What separates the top schools or students from the lower ranked ones? Are there ongoing CLE requirement like many those of US jurisdictions?
If having foreign reviewers be “attorneys” is an important factor in your decision process, you should learn exactly what that term means for those reviewers.
How are the outsourced attorneys to be trained for your case?
Even when LPO reviewers have a solid legal background and outstanding English proficiency, there is still the issue of who is going to teach them the language of your company, case, or industry? There obviously needs to be some transfer of information from the client to the LPO. Before signing on, you should obtain a clear understanding of how the LPO plans on learning that information and instilling it in their reviewers. Is the client responsible for providing that training? Is outside litigation counsel going to do it? Is the LPO itself capable of providing that training? Do they have experience in drafting manuals and other reference aids? These are all issues that should be discussed in detail before a decision on using an LPO can properly be made.
Who is responsible for the supervision of the outsourced attorneys?
Similarly, who is responsible for supervising the document review? In August 2008, the ABA rendered Formal Opinion 09-451 that said the outsourcing trend was “salutary,” but that outsourcing attorneys have the burden of ensuring that “tasks are delegated to individuals who are competent to perform them, and then to oversee the execution of the project adequately and appropriately.” How are these duties to be discharged?
Are you performing the supervision? Is your litigation counsel? Is it permissible to “outsource” the supervision of the review to the LPO? For whomever is providing the supervision, what systems are being put in place to accomplish it competently? Will the outsourcing attorney have somebody on-site to manage the reviewer? How will information be exchanged between the review team and the litigation team/client? Should domestic attorneys be engaged specially to oversee the project? Addressing these types of issues will help ensure not only that the outsourcing attorney’s ethical obligations are met, but also that your case is being litigated efficiently and properly.
Conclusion
Engaging an LPO is a huge proposition, entailing potentially huge risks and rewards. Be sure to ask the right questions so that you can make a fully-informed, responsible decision as to how to staff your review project.
Take me out to the ball game . . . but please bring me back in one piece! In one of the latest programs from Lawline.com, experienced attorneys Gil Fried and Carla Varriale offer a fact-packed run-down on the legal ins and outs of America’s most revered sports, the dangers they pose to those who revere them, and the forms of recourse, or lack thereof, that are available to injured spectators. Dancing the fine line between acknowledging a sports facility’s need to protect its fans and the fans’ desires to get “up close and risky,” Gil and Carla leave no stone unturned in this nuanced and highly entertaining lecture.
Posted: July 16th, 2009 By: Cristina Pansolini Category: Business Development Skills, CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today’s Legal Tip of the Day, Richard Roth expands on his experiences in the Entertainment and Sports Litigation world, using his past cases as examples for each category. The clip below, entitled “When a Lawsuit is Necessary in Entertainment and Sport Litigation”, is a highlight on Roth’s explanation on why sometimes a lawsuit is inevitable in the entertainment and sports arena.
Richard Roth is a prominent lawyer in New York City. His practice areas include complex commercial litigation, securities litigation and arbitration, employment litigation, entertainment and sports litigation, real estate litigation, and more. An alumnus of Hofstra University School of Law, Roth has had several high profile cases, including a major sports litigation case with Peyton Manning, the quarterback of the Indianapolis Colts.
This clip can also be found on YouTube.com, in Lawline’s Legal Tip of the Day series.
Posted: July 14th, 2009 Category: Business Development Skills, CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
Attorney Jay Sullivan's work has appeared in the New York Times, the New York Law Journal, and Readers Digest. Now he brings his expertise to the YouTube community as a part of the Lawline.com Legal Tip of the Day series. Watch as he explains how to transform abstract ideas into a concrete, easy to follow presentation.
His advice originally appeared in a course at Lawline.com entitled "Building Dynamic Client Meetings" but can apply to anyone who wants to improve his or her communication skills. His ideas regarding using space strategically and organizing presentations logically can apply to the client meetings and beyond.
In today's Lawline.com Video Clip of the Day, Sarah Jo Hamilton discusses the historical sources of ethics law, including the issues and solutions that ensued. She briefly goes over the development of ethics law.
Philip Kleiner discusses what to look out for when dealing with non-immigration visas, including what is a sign of fraud and what is legitimate in immigrant marriages.
Watch the clip for more information
The clip is from Phil Kleiner's Course "Overview of Non-Immigrant Laws and Temporary Visas" which can be accessed here.
Posted: July 9th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
The Texas Version of Privity in Legal Malpractice
One of the beautiful things about the US is that every state has its own law. It was shocking to learn in Law School that events a few miles away, across a state border could be handled differently. Sure, other countries, but Connecticut?
Here is a story from Law.Com about how Texas handles executor-estate attorney legal malpractice cases.
"In a 5-2 decision, the Texas Supreme Court held on June 26 that the executor of an estate may sue a decedent's attorneys for alleged malpractice committed outside the realm of estate planning.
"We hold that the executor should not be prevented from bringing the decedent's survivable claims on behalf of the estate," Justice Harriet O'Neill wrote for the majority in Smith, et al. v. O'Donnell.
Criminal Law and Legal Malpractice Law Intersect
Criminal law and legal malpractice law seldom intersect. One reason is an almost complete ban on criminal defendants suing their defense attorneys. In order to sue, one must show "actual innocence" which is customarily demonstrated by reversal upon appeal or exoneration. Since that is a rare occurrence, there is little vitality to criminal defense legal malpractice.
Here, the view is obverse, and a real estate broker [perhaps an investor ?] sues an attorney involved in the real estate transaction for legal malpractice. The kicker is that the attorney has been arrested upon a felony complaint, and now awaits the action of the Grand Jury.
In THE CORCORAN LAW GROUP, L.L.C. et ano., -against- JANE Y. POSNER, ESQ. ;09 Civ. 1861 (WHP)UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK;2009 we see that the Court grants a stay of legal malpractice proceedings to see what happens to the felony complaint.
Not Plaintiff's Attorney, But Still Owes a Duty in Legal Malpractice
Privity of contract is an important element of legal malpractice. For policy reasons [and to avoid infinite and endless litigation] courts enforce a rather strict requirement that one may sue their own attorney, but not the opponent's in legal malpractice. There are exceptions.
In LYDIAN PRIVATE BANK d/b/a VIRTUALBANK, -v- RICHARD A. LEFF, UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK;2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 48756
June 8, 2009, we see a well enunciated set of rules for the combination of breach of fiduciary duty and legal malpractice by Judge Laura Taylor Swain.
"
"An action for legal malpractice requires proof of three essential elements: (1) the negligence of the attorney; (2) that the negligence was the proximate cause of the loss sustained; and (3) proof of actual damages." Mendoza v. Schlossman, 87 A.D.2d 606, 606-7, 448 N.Y.S.2d 45 (2d Dep't 1982). In some cases, a lawyer may owe duties to a nonclient that are actionable in a legal malpractice claim if his client has a fiduciary relationship with the nonclient, to the extent that action necessary to prevent or rectify the [*9] breach of a fiduciary duty owed by the client to the nonclient falls within the scope of his representation. 4 In order to state a claim for negligence, a plaintiff must demonstrate "(1) a duty owed by the defendant to Plaintiff, (2) a breach thereof, and (3) injury proximately resulting there from." Solomon by Solomon v. City of New York, 66 N.Y.2d 1026, 1027, 489 N.E.2d 1294, 499 N.Y.S.2d 392 (N.Y. 1985).
Today in Lawline.com's Legal Tip of the Day, Ron Katter discusses the plaintiff's attorney's ethical obligation when reviewing the facts of the case with a witness that is going to go through a deposition. He also talks about actually going through the importance of the deposition with your clients.
Watch the clip for more information.
The clip is from Ron Katter's Course "Depositions: The Keystone of Litigation." Which can be accessed by going here.
In today's Lawline.com clip of the day, Lawline.com faculty member and image consultant Megan Kristel, talks about preparing your image for a public appearance. She particularly focuses on the importance for attorneys to ensure they are perceived as professionals. For High Definition (HD) television, Megan recommends that individuals work with make-up artists to ensure that they're satisfied with their appearance.
Watch the clip for more information.
The clip is from the course "Understanding How Public Relations Can Improve Your Legal Practice" which can be accessed here.
Posted: July 1st, 2009 Category: CLE Programming, Lawline.com, Videos
In today's Legal Tip of the day, productivity expert and Lawline.com faculty member, Neen James outlines tips specifically targeted towards boosting attorney productivity. She gives clear, simple advice on everyday practices attorneys can use to make the most of their work day.
Her mantra "plan tomorrow today" captures the idea that lawyers can prepare for upcoming meetings, appointments, or projects by devoting ten minutes at the end of the previous workday for planning. This should be accompanied by fifteen minutes of planning at the beginning of every work day. This way lawyers can strategize about how best to allocate their time.
Today in In Lawline.com's Legal Tip of the Day, prominent criminal attorney, Benjamin Brafman talks about using humor when trying a case. He particularly talks about how humor allowed him to successfully lighten the mood among the jury when working with Johnny Cochran to represent P Diddy a few years ago. Watch the clip for more.
Benjamin Brafman is a well established attorney and Lawline.com faculty member. He has represented and worked with many well known individuals including P Diddy, Michael Jackson, and most recently Plaxico Burress.
Click here for more information on Mr. Brafman's course "Summation: A Work In Progress"
Posted: June 30th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Entertainment, Lawline.com, The News Beat
The king of pop may have passed away, but his legacies will continue to live on. His music will forever keep people of all ages, from teenagers to great grandmothers, on the dance floor. Young performers will always attempt to imitate the ground-breaking dance moves that caused Michael to revolutionize pop music. He is the Elvis of our generation, and like Elvis, his legacy will resonate with generations to come. It’s hard, however, to separate Michael from his second legacy, which will also continue to live on, his legal troubles. In the past decade these troubles overshadowed his talent and tainted his image as an entertainer.
From the molestation charges to his recent bankruptcy problems, Jackson made the news more often for legal issues than for anything else. It is estimated that he died with a debt of $400 million dollars. This is sure to raise issues for whoever actually inherits the assets that he did hold onto–such as publishing rights to over 250 songs from the Beatles catalog, and music compositions from his own catalog. The Wall Street Journal reports that Michael also had outstanding litigation from former concert promoters, managers, and auction houses.
The “Bitter Lawyer” has listed the Top Ten Lawyers that have represented Michael Jackson. Third on the list is Lawline.com faculty member, Benjamin Brafman. Brafman appeared on CNN the day after Michael’s death where he recounted his experience with Michael. The AM Law Daily reports that, “The singer’s ‘naivete’ about the legal process shocked Brafman, who told Cooper he was even more surprised when Jackson collapsed onto his shoulder and began “sobbing hysterically” after the blunt New York lawyer informed him of the seriousness of the molestation charges. When Brafman put his hand on Jackson’s back to console him, all he felt was bones.”
Brafman also said that after interacting with Michael, he had a sense that “he was not going to live to be an old man.” He later went on, “He was so thin that you had to believe that the pain was real and you could see in the -- in his speech pattern. Sometimes they were halting that there was a pain that enveloped him. Whether it was real, whether it was psychological, I don't know. I'm not trained in that regard but I worried about Michael Jackson a lot.” To read a transcript of Brafman’s appearance go here.
Since his unfortunate death last week, his image as a performer has been revitalized. Radio playlists and charts are saturated with his songs, MTV and VH1 have been playing marathons of his music videos, and millions of people have been streaming his performances on YouTube. It is clear that his legacy as an entertainer will survive. His legal troubles, however, will also continue to surface, and will probably become even messier.
Posted: June 25th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone, Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Plaintiff Continues with Legal Malpractice and Unjust Enrichment and Fiduciary Duty Claims
In a well-reasoned opinion from the SDNY, Judge Koeltl determined that plaintiff may continue with three claims against the attorneys. In SMARTIX INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a.k.a. SMARTIX INTERNATIONAL, LLC, - against - GARRUBBO, ROMANKOW & CAPESE, P.C. AND ANTHONY RINALDO, 6 Civ. 1501 (JGK); UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; 2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 29114;March 30, 2009, Decided
In this case, Smartix, a corporation with certain ticketing intellectual property, was in the business of selling and licensing that technology, and wanted to enter into a contract with Mastercard. They retained the defendant law firm to advise them on the contract negotiation, to engage in corporate governance, and put one of the attorneys on the board.
Things went wrong with the MC contract and then Smartix was sued by plaintiffs named Metzger. Plaintiffs retained defendants to defend that suit. In this blog entry we'll look at the legal malpractice claims, and in tomorrow's we'll look at the unjust enrichment claim.
Plaintiffs complained that defendants failed to advise them correctly on the Mastercard contract negotiation and left them open to Mastercard's exploitation. Beyond that, they claim malpractice when defendant attorney failed to attend a court ordered mediation session, [as well as the other attorneys] and was open to a sanctions hearing for which they billed plaintiffs.
Judge Koeltl denied summary judgment on both counts. "The plaintiff's first legal malpractice claim is based on the defendants' representation of the plaintiff in the course of the Metzger litigation. The plaintiff alleges that it was billed for the defendants' attendance at a sanctions hearing resulting from Mr. Rinaldo's failure to attend a court-ordered mediation. The defendants [*11] point out that both Metzger parties failed to attend the court-ordered mediation and that no sanctions were ultimately imposed.
The allegation regarding the sanctions hearing raises an issue of material fact with respect to the plaintiff's first legal malpractice claim. The plaintiff has provided evidence that it was billed in connection with a sanctions hearing resulting in part from Mr. Rinaldo's failure to attend a court-ordered mediation. [T]he failure to follow direct orders from the court would fall below any standard of care. Cf. Logalbo v. Plishkin, Rubano & Baum, 163 A.D.2d 511, 558 N.Y.S.2d 185, 187-88 (App. Div. 1990) (finding in the absence of expert testimony or expert report that attorney who disregarded "clearly defined and firmly imbedded" obligation failed to meet any permissible standard of due care).
Moreover, although the defendants point out that the trial judge in the Metzger litigation did not ultimately [*12] impose sanctions on the defendants, they do not argue that this decision by the trial judge precludes a finding of legal malpractice against the defendants, and there is no reason that would be so. Plainly claims for legal malpractice may exist even where attorneys have not been sanctioned for their conduct."
"The plaintiff has produced evidence in the form of deposition testimony that the MasterCard Agreement was drafted to the disadvantage of the plaintiff and contained certain vagaries that MasterCard was able to exploit at the expense of the plaintiff. (Katz Dep. at 47-49 ("[The Agreement] was very vague . . . . It did not protect Smartix from MasterCard's efforts to secure [*19] use of the software outside the contract."), 101 ("The MasterCard Agreement was vague enough so that MasterCard felt that they would roll the dice and try to do these businesses without us, which they subsequently did . . . ."); Huber Dep. at 72 ("It sounds as if MasterCard can do pretty much anything they want with this in one part of the contract . . . . There's also penalty clauses in here that would cause Smartix enormous damages if they wanted to market this outside of MasterCard . . . “
What Creates an Attorney-Client Relationship for Legal Malpractice Purposes?
Privity of contract is an essential in legal malpractice litigation. One may not sue the opponent's attorney; only one's own. What makes for privity of contract? As all know, no writing is necessary to create a contract. So, can there be privity of contract without a retainer agreement. Putting aside Rule 137 questions about the attorney's obligation to provide a writing, in Denise Terio, v Lance Roger Spodek, Reich Reich & Reich, P.C., 2008-03594, 2008-04435; SUPREME COURT OF NEW YORK, APPELLATE DIVISION, SECOND DEPARTMENT; 2009 NY Slip Op 4412; 2009 N.Y. App. Div. LEXIS 4411June 2, 2009, Decided we see a short answer:
"To recover damages for legal malpractice, a plaintiff [**4] must prove, inter alia, the existence of an attorney-client relationship (see Velasquez v Katz, 42 AD3d 566, 567, 840 N.Y.S.2d 410; Moran v Hurst, 32 AD3d 909, 822 N.Y.S.2d 564; Wei Cheng Chang v Pi, 288 AD2d 378, 380, 733 N.Y.S.2d 471; Volpe v Canfield, 237 AD2d 282, 283, 654 N.Y.S.2d 160). While a plaintiff's unilateral belief does not confer upon him or her the status of client (see Volpe v Canfield, 237 AD2d at 283), an attorney-client relationship may exist in the absence of a formal retainer agreement (see e.g. Swalg Dev. Corp. v Gaines, 274 AD2d 385, 386, 710 N.Y.S.2d 619). To establish an attorney-client relationship there must be an explicit undertaking to perform a specific task (see Wei Cheng Chang v Pi, 288 AD2d 378, 733 N.Y.S.2d 471; Volpe v Canfield, 237 AD2d at 283)."
Attorney and Client Battle over Fees and Legal Malpractice
So often, the practice of law seems to have devolved into an attorney v. client battle over the work and fees. Here in Morelli & Gold LLP v. Altman, NY Slip Op 31492(U) we see a large scale battle over a child support/custody case in which there has been litigation, fees, fee dispute, trial de novo, counterclaims and appeals. All this, and the case has not yet left the pleadings stage.
In her 32 page decision, Justice Edmead goes through a complete primer on:
a. Rule 137 fee disputes, trial de novo, the pleading requirements for a trial de novo, and the forms used;
b. Defenses and counterclaims after a fee dispute;
c. Proper pleadings in legal malpractice counterclaims;
d. The role of res judicata and collateral estoppel in legal malpractice fee disputes.
It's a long decision,,,look to the link and read through it for a good discussion on these issues.
Today in Lawline.com's Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Jay Sullivan sheds some light on little tips to keep a client meeting organized and concise. He tells us how to not only keep the client's attention but how to appear prepared as well.
Watch the clip for more information.
Read more about Jay's course on "Building Dynamic Client Meetings" by going here.
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog. As constant advocates of education, we recognize the importance legal blogs (or more appropriately named Blawgs) as they facilitate the exchange of information. This week we will be featuring “That’s What She Said.”
For anyone who is a fan of the NBC show “The Office,” you will certainly find this blog both entertaining and revealing. Most people who work in an office environment will agree that the television series can be very representative of reality. This blog, however, takes it to a new level and views the episodes from an unconventional viewpoint by highlighting problematic legal situations that generally go unnoticed. Like an analysis of literature that sheds new light upon the work, this blog similarly offers new insight and perspective upon, and often greater appreciation for the television show.
In one particular blog post, Foster identifies a potential liability claim after Michael (the main character of the Office) announced that there would be lay-offs at a company picnic in front of employees and their families. In a real life situation this can potentially present a claim of “negligent or even intentional infliction of emotional distress.”
The blog is run by Troy Foster, an employment attorney from Arizona. Foster started his career as an HR professional and recognized that when work is fun, learning is facilitated. Using this concept, his blog provides the opportunity to teach something out of a fun and entertaining show.
Employment attorney and Lawline.com faculty member Ardra O'Neal talks about ways of structuring the inevitable layoff. Performance and Seniority based evolution may be one way that the layoff structure is approached. Watch the clip for more information. Ms. O'Neal notes that employers often fail to adequately document the poor performance of their employees, which can potentially lead to legal liability if laid off. Watch the clip for more.
The clip is from Ardra O'Neal's course "Best Practices For Implementing Lay-Offs For Private Sector Employers" which can be accessed here.
Posted: June 22nd, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Entertainment, Lawline.com
Here at Lawline.com we are in the CLE business. And around the legal community, we know that CLE stands for Continuing Legal Education. But, just like any other acronym, it can be fun to think about what else CLE could stand for.
Inspired by a post to Twitter by a lawyer who clearly did not like his most recent CLE course, we decided to make the acronym the focus of this week’s Twitter contest. Come up with the most unique, interesting, funny, etc. phrase that CLE could stand for. Then, to enter the contest, post it to Twitter with the hash tag #Lawline. You can only win if you use that hash tag.
Example:CLE is Critical Legal Endorsements #Lawline
At the end of the week, we will pick our favorite one and that person will win a free year of CLE with us. Enter as many times as you want.
Today in Lawline.com;s tip of the day, faculty members Gina Rubel and Laura Powers talk about identifying your target audience when pursuing a social media campaign. Furthermore, you must decide what your key message will be to this audience and how it will influence your desired appearance.
Watch the clip for more information.
The clip is from the course, "Social Media For Lawyers: Facebook, Linked In, Twitter and More" and can be accessed here.
Our Unlimited CLE product has become so popular in the past month that we have decided to expand its reach. We launched a Lawline.com Affiliate advertising campaign to allow anyone with a law related website to share in its growth.
Becoming an affiliate is quite simple. We will give you an ad to place anywhere on your website. The ad will promote our Unlimited CLE program to anyone who is visiting your site. Since it is a special offer, it is something that will really relate to your readers.
Additionally, the ad will benefit you because it pays royalties based on conversions. Through our tracking program, you can monitor how many sales you receive from the ad, and get paid a percentage of every sale. So the more you promote the ad on your site, the more money you will make from the affiliate program.
If you currently operate a website that relates to the legal community and is seen by lawyers in general, please don’t hesitate to sign up. Contact Frank Furbacher for more information or to register to become an affiliate advertiser today.
In today’s Lawline.com Legal Tip of the Day, faculty member Malcolm Taub discusses the significance of a condition report in the purchase and/or sale of artwork. Condition reports are prepared by a curator or a restorer and should be obtained before the initial viewing of the artwork. They refer to the mechanical characteristics of the art work, and have no relation to its visual appearance. Mr. Taub further outlines the details of a condition report. Watch the clip for more.
The clip is from Malcolm Taub's course "Legal Issues Relating to the Purchase & Sale of Art." For more information click here.
Posted: June 16th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Lawline.com
Last Friday we discussed the importance of getting a vanity URL on Facebook over the weekend. Our Friday Five focused on the top 5 reasons that lawyers can use Vanity URLs. To show you how serious we were about it, we took our own advice and registered for one.
Posted: June 16th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part nineteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed what to do when you want to remodel the office. This week we will turn our focus towards the food that you eat when you are at work.
The work day for most of us starts in the morning and ends in the evening. This unfortunately covers a long period of time, including the time when we like to eat lunch. And how you eat can affect how “green” you are.
Ordering in or picking up from a local place is a sure fire way to increase trash and paper waste. When going out to eat or picking something up, it can be best to look for a place that is environmentally conscious. There are a number of ways you can learn how and where to eat in a more environmentally conscious way. Here is a site (http://www.dinegreen.com/customers/) to find restaurants that have been deemed “green” by the Green Restaurant Association.
Ordering in can be made more efficient if you treat lunch orders by the group instead of individually. Large group orders save additional waste by combining things like plastic eatery, bags, and containers. It also limits travel of those that are delivering the food.
Of course the most environmentally friendly way to eat at work is to bring it with you in a reusable container. In an earlier post in this series we discussed using coffee mugs and water bottles that can be reused instead of thrown out. In this case, prepare a sandwich or some leftovers and bring it to work in some Tupperware each day. This can drop your personal waste from lunch down to zero and help make the office even more green.
Posted: June 15th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Lawline.com
This June, we have brought you a new Twitter contest every week. This week, the contest comes in the form of a quiz. The winner this week will receive 3 years of Free CLE. To win, simply send us an @reply on Twitter with the answers to the questions below (ex. @Lawline C, B, D, C, B).
Everyone who gets all 5 correct will be entered into a drawing for the prize. If no one gets all 5 correct, the next highest number will win. Answers are due by Thursday at 5pm, the winner will be announced Friday morning. Clearly, you have to be a member of Twitter to win, so if you have not done so yet, sign up your free Twitter account and follow us at www.twitter.com/Lawline. Good luck.
1. What year did Lawline.com start offering CLE?
a. 1990
b. 1999
c. 2003
d. 2007
2. How many states does Lawline.com offer Online CLE in?
a. 12
b. 21
c. 29
d. 33
3. What city is Lawline.com located in?
a. Los Angeles
b. New York
c. Chicago
d. Miami
4. Lawline.com was developed from a popular cable TV show called LAWLINE, who was the host?
a. Mark Matthews
b. David Sanders
c. Alan Schnurman
d. Raymond Williams
5. When is the deadline for Illinois attorneys to complete their CLE Courses?
a. June 30
b. August 15
c. December 31
d. January 31
The great thing about the internet is that it provides the opportunity to publicize any type of information. Today in Lawline.com’s Video Tip of the Day, Richard Levick talks about how the internet sets the agenda for the media and also about how the internet can provide as a valuable resource for the traditional media outlets.
Watch the clip for more information.
The clip is from Richard Levick's course "A Lawyer's Guide to Litigation and Crisis Communications" which can be accessed here.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 25 of our blog series on social media for attorneys…
That’s how I have started each blog post in this series, and it is how I wanted to start the last one too. The social media series has reached the end of section 1, having covered the fundamentals of everything from Twitter and LinkedIn, to viral marketing and recruiting, to blog content.
This content has been so popular that we have decided to expand on it. We are organizing the information from the first 24 blog posts into a book to be published and distributed by Lawline.com. Look for that later this summer.
In addition, we will introduce the 2nd section of the blog series right here on the Legal Beat later this summer as well. Section 2 will hopefully include some more dynamic features such as video and image sharing. In addition, we will dive into more details regarding the specifics of interaction with others on the web.
For now, take a look back the first 24 parts of the series that have gotten so much attention around the internet. Below is a link to each post with a basic description.
THE SOCIAL MEDIA SERIES as it stands today:
Part One – Intro to Social Media for Attorneys: This post introduces the purpose of the series and explains what we hope to accomplish with regard to educating attorneys about the social web.
Part Four – Start Blogging Today: This post expands on the previous one, by explaining how and why you should start your own blog and get involved in social media.
Part Five – Introduction to Twitter: This post provides a basic understanding of Twitter, the most popular micro-blogging platform on the web.
Part Six – Introduction to LinkedIn: This post gives you the fundamentals of LinkedIn, a network for professionals, and tells you how you can use it to your advantage.
Part Seven – Networks as a Communication Tool: This post introduces the idea that you can use all the various social networks to communicate with more people than was ever possible before social media.
Part Nine – Put Your PR Department to Work: This post explains how you can use social media in your public relations efforts, whether you take care of it in house or you outsource it.
Part Ten – Lend us your Comments: This is a call for feedback from those of you reading the posts and trying out social media for the first time.
Part Eleven – Intro to Viral Marketing: This post lays out the concept of viral marketing and explains how the social web is responsible for the spread of ideas more so than anything else.
Part Twelve – Answer Questions 2.0: This post outlines some of the newer question and answer platforms that allow experts to answer the questions of anyone online.
Part Thirteen – The Big Picture: This post shows 5 different trends that go to prove that social media is more than just a fad.
Part Fourteen – Interactions on Blogs: This post is meant to outline how you should be interacting with readers of your blog as well as other bloggers in your area to add value and get noticed.
Part Seventeen – Promote Yourself to Get a Job: This post expands on the previous one by showing how you can use the social web to make yourself look good to future and potential employers.
Part Eighteen – Video Resumes: This post goes to supplement the one before it by laying out the basics of a movement towards online video resumes and their effect on job searches.
Part Twenty – Blog Content is Vital: This post lays out some basic ideas for how to come up with unique and valuable content for your blog to get you noticed.
Part Twenty One – Law Students are Coming: This is a comment on another post that I read from a law student who writes about social media, and it theorizes that social media will only get more popular among lawyers as the next generation joins the field.
Part Twenty Three – Future Networks: This post presents the idea that social networks will continue to form and grow, and shows you why you never need to worry about being the first to join new communities.
Today in our Lawline.com Video Tip of the Day, faculty member Bart Basi talks about the difference between an acquisition, a merger and a consolidation in business transactions.
Today in our Lawline.com Video Tip of the Day, faculty member Daniel Fish talks about the difference of custodial care and skilled care in the context of health care. Recently, due to health care issues, there has been an expansion of Elder Law Practice. As Fish illustrates, the difference between the two types of care is an important distinction.
Watch the clip for more information.
The clip is from Daniel Fish's course "Elder Law Fundamentals." For more information click here.
Posted: June 9th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part nineteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed offsetting carbon emissions by giving back to the environment. This week we will turn our focus towards remodeling, retooling, and recycling the big stuff.
In any office, there is an assortment of “stuff”. There are tables, chairs, desks, shelves, bookcases, pictures, posters, clocks, etc. Most offices are filled with stuff, and eventually all of that stuff gets old.
Whenever you decide that it is time to update the look and feel of your office, you should think about how you plan on disposing of the old furniture and various décor that you are getting rid of. There are ways to do it that can help you save some money, as well as reduce your overall waste.
Recycling is an option, and it can be done in a number of ways. You can take advantage of eBay or Craigslist to sell old furniture, and whatever else you have, to some people who may be looking for cheap stuff. It is an easy way to get the unwanted stuff off of your hands and make a little money to pay for the replacements at the same time.
There are also companies that will come collect your stuff and take care of the entire process for you. Use groups like Freesharing and Freecycle to move out unwanted items. You can find some great deals through these organizations as well.
You can also donate everything that you plan on getting rid of to an organization that may be in need. Maybe there is a local community center, lodge or library that is looking to add furniture and decoration but don’t have the funds to spend. Donating to them is a great way to give back to your community, while eliminating unnecessary waste at the same time.
And always remember, when buying the new stuff for your office, there are companies that are more efficient and sustainable than others. Search online for environmentally sound products and companies, or use directories and guides like this one.
Lawline.com was featured in yesterday’s issue of Crains New York. The story focused on small businesses that were practicing innovative strategies to make it through the recession. We are proud to share the article with you. For the full text you can follow the link below.
The following is the excerpt dealing specifically with Lawline.com.
Going For Volume
David Schnurman decided to lower prices at 10-year-old Lawline.com, which offers lawyers online classes to satisfy their continuing education requirements, after it became clear that thousands of attorneys were losing their jobs. He gambled that his Manhattan-based operation could keep revenue at about $5 million a year by increasing the number of classes sold, even if they were bought at a discount—in some cases up to 50% less.
So far, Mr. Schnurman says, the strategy is working.
He has cut his marketing budget by 25% and is investing less in online infrastructure and new course development, but hasn’t had to fire any of his 15 employees.
“I’d rather hunker down, lower my prices and spend less money—and not lay people off,” the entrepreneur says.
Today in our Lawline.com video tip of the day, faculty member Irwin Karp provides some tips on avoiding procrastination. We all do it so this four minute clip is sure to be helpful to anyone. He talks about the most efficient ways to get things done and how to beware of the tyranny of the urgent. Watch the clip below for more.
The course is from Irwin Karp's course "Overcoming Procrastination." For more information click here.
Posted: June 8th, 2009 By: David Schnurman Category: Entrepreneurship, Lawyer Profiles
Matthew Weiss graduated from Hofstra Law in 1984 and started his career as a clerk in the highest court in New York State. After clerking for two years, he left the prestigious and highly coveted position in order to devote his time to fighting traffic tickets. The entrepreneurial side in him saw that there was a lot of opportunity in this practice area and he decided to build an entire brand around it. From that 888 REDLIGHT, a turnkey operation and law firm that handles traffic tickets all across the state, was born. Matt has treated his practice like a business from day one and when he is not in the office, it runs itself. In addition to working with individuals, Matt represents corporate clients such as limo companies, taxi services, and truckers.
Matt is also the President of the not-for-profit Entrepreneurs' Organization, the premier peer-to-peer business group in New York City and worldwide. Matt has been featured in Crains, WSJ, and interviewed on TrueNYC. Lastly, Matt is one of our esteemed faculty members, teaching the online CLE program “How to Fight a NYC Traffic Ticket.”
Lawline.com would like to congratulate Matt for being a lawyer turned entrepreneur.
The link is a sign-up for two free CLE credits from Lawline.com. You do not have to be a Lawline.com member to post the link on Twitter. If you like, however, you can sign up for the two free credits as well. There is no purchase required. To follow Lawline on Twitter click here
Posted: June 8th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a weekly post where we review some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Barry Temkin joined the Lawline.com faculty with his first course on undercover investigations, adding to our growing Ethics CLE subjects. The response from that course was so good that he recently came back and presented a new ethics course on client perjury. Take a look at some of the great comments that both courses have gotten below.
Favorite Comments about Barry Temkin
"Excellent speaker, with good exposition of the issues and use of hypotheticals." - Michael (Matawan, NJ)
"Good subject matter by a speaker who has good analytical school and conducted good research." - Judith (Lyons, IL)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"Entertaining and informative, great examples and stories together with other jurisdictional interpretations to drive home subject matter. Best one yet, and there have been some very outstanding presentation." - Glenn (Babylon, NY)
"Interesting examples showing the differing interpretations of various states on this topic." - Paula (Alhambra, CA)
Today in our Lawline.com Video Tip of the Day, faculty member Ronald Coleman talks about the invasion of privacy clause as it relates to blogging. He highlights the ability for an individual to take legal action if a photograph is posted of him or her on a blog and what types of claims may or may not be filed. He also notes the the differing degrees of leniency from one state to the next with regard to privacy law.
The Clip is from Ronald Coleman's course entitled "Legal Aspects of Blogging." To check it out go here.
Today in our Lawline.com Video Tip of the Day, faculty member Daniel Gershburg emphasizes the importance of paying your credit card bills on time. Failure to pay your bills when they are due can severely hurt your credit score. Accordingly, if you (or your client) has to raise your credit score, even over a short period of time, this is the most efficient way to do so. Watch the clip below for more information.
Posted: June 4th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Lawline.com
We are happy to announce the winner of our Twittertest, Pamela G. from Pennslyvania. Pamela was Lawline.com’s 1000th follower on Twitter and therefore won a free year of Unlimited CLE.
The contest was the first of several that Lawline.com will be holding during the month Of June through Social Media outlets. Stay tuned for another chance to win.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 24 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will talk about getting the word out on something you’ve done.
To start, I will use an example of something you may want to use social media to promote. Let’s say you wrote a book that you self-published on a topic related to your practice. In order for the book to mean anything, you have to get it in front of people. The more people that see it, the more important the book will be to you and your career. It can help you get speaking gigs, promote you as an expert in your field, and lead to new opportunities.
Social media is a great way to get the word out on your new book if you can do it in the right way. The wrong way to do it is to simply blast messages like “Buy my book” to anyone and everyone who will read them. This makes you sound annoying and desperate. You have to be creative, be selective, and have a strategy involved.
The following are some things that can be done to help promote the book. You can pick and choose what works for you from the list, but using multiple outlets with one succinct strategy is the best way to get more eyes on your prize.
1. Write an introduction to the book as a blog post. Make it chapter 0. It is the part of the book that is not part of the book. Make it short and to the point, so those readers that see it will know that the topic is interesting and understandable. Give a link to purchase the book from your site or from Amazon.com.
2. Release an E-book. Create an E-book copy of the book that you can promote online. There are two options here. Either you can create an exact copy of the physical book and sell it online, or you can create a dumbed down version and give it away for free to entice people to buy the real thing. If your goal is to make money directly from sales of the book you will probably want to charge for the e-book, though it may be a tough sell because most e-books are free today.
3. Run a contest to give away free copies of the book. Leverage your blog readers and Twitter followers to announce a promotion for free copies of the book. Make it creative; for example, you can ask trivia questions on the book’s topic via Twitter and give away copies to correct responders.
4. Contact bloggers who do book reviews. Send them free copies of the book and tell them you would love them to review it. In the package that you send them write a personalized letter thanking them. The more people who review the book, the more people will hear about it. All press is good press, so don’t worry about negative reviews too much.
5. Take some quick video of you at events with the book in hand. Get people to give a quick review and post the videos to YouTube. Then embed the videos back on your blog and ask for other people to send in their own video reviews. This will make those people that do buy the book feel a part of a community of readers that you have created.
6. Finally, use your blog to announce that you are coming out with an extended version of the book in the near future, and ask for submissions. Allow people that book the book to write a page or two that will be featured in the new book, at your discretion of course. This type of collaborative effort will create new voices that will champion your work for you. These evangelists can help spread the word and get others involved.
There are hundreds of things that you can do online to spread the word about something. If you spend some time to think about how this news, or product, or service will benefit other people, then create a social media strategy based on that idea, the doors will fly open for you.
In Our Lawline.com Video Tip of the Day, David A. Kalow and Tal S. Benschar talk about how to copyright your produced work and the necessity of registering your copyright.
Most people don’t know that a work is copyrighted (in the United States) the moment it is put into tangible form. Watch the clip for more information!
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog. As constant advocators of education, we recognize the importance legal blogs (or more appropriately named Blawgs) as they facilitate the exchange of information. This week we will be featuring “Taxgirl.”
Kelly Phillips established “Taxgirl” after recognizing that there existed a lack of taxing resources and information for the general public. She doesn’t provide explicit legal advice, but she does seek to answer general questions that is probably already available to the public in some way (it’s just a matter of seeking it out—tax girl eliminates that problem). Kelly says that, she "loved the idea of promoting a dialogue about tax that anyone could take part in."
In her “Ask the tax girl” series she answers questions that “taxpayers” send in. Questions range on topics from personal deductions to general questions such as what happens if you get caught cheating on your taxes.
The witty writing of the blog makes the tax information more enjoyable than it would otherwise be. We are all, however, taxpayers, so a lot of the information is useful to us and quite interesting. One Taxpayer asked if the President of the United States has to pay income tax. Some people may be surprised to find out that the answer is yes. You can read that entry here.
Herald Price Fahringer says that cases are won or lost in an opening statement. The Lawline.com faculty member, who has argued before the Supreme Court over fifteen times, adamantly stresses the importance of the opening statements attorneys give at trial. Fahringer says that the opening line of a case, much like a book, is often what captivates the jury and strongly assists in their formation of an opinion. In fact, studies show that 80% of jurists make their decision on a case at the close of the opening statements.
The opening line of a book by famous mystery writer P.D. James reads “The whistler’s fourth victim was his youngest…she died because she missed the 9:40 bus from East Haven…” After reading a line like this, most readers would not put the book down. And as Mr. Fahringer illustrates, attorneys must employ similar techniques when addressing the jury. The words that an attorney uses are critical in making the jury intrigued, but furthermore, influenced by the argument he or she makes.
To receive some tips from Mr. Fahringer on how to deliver opening statements watch the video below.
The mission of Lawline.com is to educate. We focus on the legal community, but we aim to educate anyone who is eager to learn. In accordance with this goal, over the next few months, we will be working our hardest to make available some of our best content via YouTube to anyone who is interested in watching it. Areas of interest will range in all areas of law and will cater to a variety of topics.
Posted: June 2nd, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part eighteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed greener options for marketing and communication with new and existing clients. This week we will turn our focus towards what you can do to offset your carbon emissions.
No matter what you do to limit the amount of travel for members of your law firm, it is impossible to reduce carbon emissions to zero in the real world. But there are things that you can do to give back to the environment in order to offset those harmful emissions.
You can participate in various “give back to the environment” activities in your community. For example, you can sponsor a tree planting or a park cleanup once a month. There are usually local groups that try to raise money for initiatives like this all the time. You can take an active role by reaching out to them and offering a donation that will help them get the job done.
You can also donate or invest in local businesses who are working towards a cleaner environment. For example, local wind farms or other clean energy organizations looking for funding to increase productivity.
This type of venture not only helps you to offset the negative impact you may still have on the environment, but it is a strong PR move. If more firms start to associate themselves with organizations who are cleaning up our environment, whether they are for profit or not, the trend will continue to spread across the country.
If you do not have the time to commit to reaching out to these events or organizations yourself, there are a number of websites that make it even easier. One example is www.carbonfund.org, which lets you calculate your average carbon emissions and donate an equal amount by credit card right on the website. The goal here is sustainability, and if you get to the point where you balance the negatives with the positives, you are doing your part to promote sustainability across the globe. Offsetting carbon emissions is a great way to accomplish that.
Posted: June 1st, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a weekly post where we review some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Amy Goldsmith recently joined the faculty at Lawline.com, and has already recorded three popular programs in the Intellectual Property area. Her programs have received some excellent feedback from lawyers around the country, and we continue to work with Ms. Goldsmith to come up with ideas for future course topics.
Favorite Comments about Amy Goldsmith
"Presenter was excellent. She clearly knew the area very well." - Nancy (Alexandria, VA)
"I think the presenter did a good job of making understandable the complicated field of patents." - Lester (Colleyville, TX)
Favorite Comments on her CLE programs
"This is one of the better lawline seminars I've heard. Anyone who uses the Internet will find this presentation fascinating." - Jared (Arlington, VA)
"This was one of the more useful CLE presentations I've seen." - James (Irvine, CA)
"This was the best Lawline seminar I have viewed to date. It was well organized, the written materials were clear and useful, and the speaker was engaging. Having it be a video of a real seminar before a live audience--instead of a single speaker in front of a dark background--made it more pleasurable to watch as well. Well done!" - Elizabeth (Annandale, VA)
Posted: June 1st, 2009 By: David Schnurman Category: Entrepreneurship, Lawyer Profiles
In 1999 Jason Finger graduated law school at New York University’s School of Law, along with a joint degree at NYU’s Stern School of Business. After less than a year of working at a private equity-focused law firm, he left to start an online delivery website called Seamless Web. He was so reluctant to back out of the new venture that after passing the Bar Exam he never got sworn in. Jason figured he had two years to get sworn in, and if the company failed he could always go back to practicing law. Well, fail it did not! It quickly grew and according to the New York Enterprise Report, in 2006 it was sold for an undisclosed sum rumored to exceed $100,000,000. Visit New York Enterprise Report to read a great interview with editor-in-chief Robert Levin.
Lawline.com would like to congratulate Jason for his hard work, passion and the guts to take the risk to succeed as an entrepreneur.
If you know any ‘lawyer-turned-entrepreneur’ stories, please email support@lawline.com.
Posted: May 29th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Lawline.com
We have an exciting announcement for everyone today. Yesterday instead of posting a social media blog, we were busy developing a new promotion to enthuse the legal community. Every week, during the month of June, we will be holding different contests giving away free continuing legal education. The contests will all be organized through social media.
We held an effective experiment today when we offered five years of free CLE on Twitter to the first person who can make it to our office. A local New York attorney (who did not want to be explicitly named) was able to make it to our offices in Manhattan just before 4pm. She will be receiving Unlimited CLE for free for the next five years.
We are aiming to demonstrate the effectiveness of social media in reaching internet users and giving back to the community. In response to the economic crisis we are always looking for ways to help out as many attorneys as possible. Social media takes us to new depths and we are working our hardest to maximize the potential that social media offers.
Make sure you follow us on Twitter and become a fan on Facebook to stay updated with the weekly contents. Stay tuned for the first official contest next week. We may even hold a scavenger hunt...
Posted: May 27th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: SHOWCASE CORNER
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog. This week we will highlight Steve Schwartz’s LSAT Blog. Every prospective law student knows the importance of the LSAT. And every attorney remembers the significance of the LSAT. This blog provides tips on the LSAT and law school admissions.
Schwartz, a private LSAT tutor in Manhattan, started his LSAT blog because he feels that “people shouldn't feel the need to spend $1500 to do well on the LSAT and get into law school.” I would have to agree with him. LSAT Courses are increasingly expensive. With the competitiveness one faces when applying to law school, they are also deemed necessary in order to succeed. This blog demonstrates a few ways around taking an expensive course.
The blog, which began six months ago, offers new tips every Friday. Schwartz also updates his Twitter page daily. The tips range from study techniques to advice on specific sections of the exam. A useful post I found was Best LSAT Prep Books, which lists different LSAT books one may use as well as introductory books on Logic. There is also a “Better Know a Law School” series where admissions officials from law schools answer questions that help perspective students understand the school a little better. This offers valuable insight on other aspects of admissions because normally the only information available is the numbers.
Posted: May 26th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part seventeen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed employee incentives as they relate to traveling to and from work. This week we will talk about the various mailers, marketing pieces, and announcements that you distribute.
Most lawyers and law firms are constantly looking for ways to grow their practice and build awareness in any way possible. Mailers are a very popular tool for reaching potential clients, holding on to existing clients, and spreading news about your firm. Mailers include case announcements, newsletters, marketing materials, and calendars that are distributed by the firm.
To date, most or all of these things are paper products sent through the mail. We know from past parts in this series that this creates an inordinate amount of waste, and it’s not the most efficient way of doing things. Here are a few suggestions on how you can “market” your firm in newer, cleaner ways.
1. Email Newsletters. Instead of traditional newsletters, there are now a number of third party clients that can help you distribute an email newsletter. You can include all the same things as your old newsletter, but make it more environmentally friendly by making it digital. Icontact.com is a website that we use at Lawline.com to distribute emails to our members.
2. Online Ads. Instead of sending out huge amounts of paper ads and marketing pieces, increase the amount of money you spend advertising online. More and more people are focusing things like finding a lawyer online through search engines and directories. Target your advertising on Google, Yahoo, and various organizations or networks to spread the word about your firm in a new capacity.
3. Social Networks. Get your law firm involved in social networks so people have a place to go online to find out more about you. You already have a website, but starting a blog or creating your own group in Facebook or a similar website gives you new ways to connect with existing clients and other people you have a relationship with.
4. Green Mailers. If you still see the value in physical mailers, you can limit their impact on the environment by using recycled paper products and “green” mailing companies. Most third party printing and mailing companies now offer a recycled paper option. This reduces waste and makes paper mailing a little cleaner.
There are many options when it comes to marketing and branding. Above are four good examples of how you can boost your marketing efforts in ways that minimize your impact on the environment. Stay ahead of the game.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 23 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will discuss what to do as new forms of social media become available.
It is well understood that the social media websites and services that we are using today will eventually give way to bigger and better versions of themselves. Either the service will change and get more advanced, or there will be new competitors in the space that will become more popular. It is important now to plan out how you will address these “advances” in the social media realm.
For many of the lawyers using social media, and following along in this series, you are using it mainly to broaden your online voice and build awareness about yourself and your practice. Because of this, there is no race to be an early adopter of the next big thing in the social media space. You want to “locate” yourself where you will have access to the most people, which means the more popular sites and networks. So as new companies join the race toward more complete online communities, you can feel comfortable letting them come and go, only taking notice when they start to grow.
The “tech-sters” and social media experts will jump from new service to new service. They will try them, grade them, and most likely move on. That is, unless enough people find a new site that much better than an existing one. Then a crowd will start to form, the service will grow, and more people will start to talk about it. That is when you will want to take notice, maybe give a trial run, and see what it’s all about.
But, a warning, if you do decide that there is a new site out there that you need to become active in, don’t leave your old accounts to rust. Stay active, continue to connect with people through writing and conversing. Obviously you don’t want to spread yourself so thin that you are spending so much of your time worrying about social media, but it is a good idea to keep up with those sites and networks that are working.
So do not fear as you look toward your future in our online world. When the right opportunities come along, you will hear about them. Just keep listening, and keep growing your networks.
Posted: May 20th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: SHOWCASE CORNER
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog. As constant advocators of education, we recognize the importance legal blogs (or more appropriately named Blawgs) as they facilitate the exchange of information. This week we will be featuring “Wired GC.”
GC stands for “General Counsel,” as the blog focuses on the “Role of the General Counsel.” So if you’re in charge of legal transactions in your company, this is the place to go to keep direction and stay on top of the latest issues that concern the legal world. Even if you don’t “run things,” the blogs John Wallbillich posts are useful to all.
One post gave suggestions on procedures to follow if a pandemic had broken out. Wallbillich’s straightforwardness is appreciated as he recognized, “You will have workers who can’t come to work, and many others who won’t want to.” Another post is quite frightening for any student, as Wallbillich illustrates, that students who use Facebook tend to have lower grade point averages.
You can also check out the blog series of Wired GC – Off the Meter. This is a seminar series that highlights the changing legal market and how to best adapt to it.
Posted: May 19th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part sixteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed how you can change your news consumption habits to be more efficient. This week we will turn the focus back on employee incentives as they have to do with travel.
In part 14, we discussed the need for employers to incentivize their employees to work from home by making it easier to do so. Ideas included an allowance for laptops, building an easy to use network that all employees have remote access to, and training sessions on how to set up various tools to work from the road.
Sometimes, working remotely and working from home is not an option. Sometimes, you have no choice but to be in the office. And that is fine, as long as you are getting there the right way. In part 4 of this series, we discussed the need to “Travel Together, and Travel Less”. For employers, it’s time to start incentivizing your lawyers and support staff to travel smarter.
There are a number of ways to travel smarter. You can take public transportation, when available. You can drive a hybrid or electric vehicle that is more efficient and less harmful to the environment. And you can travel with friends and co-workers to cut down on the number of cars on the road.
Employers can use money or other perks to get your employees to think about these alternative methods of travel. Offer to pay for bus and train tickets for those employees that go with public transportation. Offer a partial allowance for all hybrid vehicle purchases by your employees. Or come up with a bonus structure for people that carpool or rideshare to work.
Sometimes that is all it will take to get people to start thinking about the way they travel. And as more and more people travel to and from work in more efficient ways, we will begin to solve many problems associated with CO2 emissions and congestion.
Posted: May 18th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a weekly post where we review some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
James Cohen has been a part of three programs at Lawline.com, teaming up with Lee Drexler for two courses on personal property, and joining Bruce Steiner for a CLE program on Estate Planning. We continue to invite him back for more, especially after the tremendous feedback we have been getting on his courses. Some of the best comments we have gotten recently are listed below.
Favorite Comments about James Cohen
"Informative and engaging speakers - one of the better courses I have seen at lawline..." - Nancy (Chicago, IL)
"I thought the speakers were excellent and presented the topic well." - Jennifer (Fairfax, VA)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"Excellent update for new and experienced practitioners. Especially useful are examples of how to combine, leveraging, planning techniques." - Peter (Garden City, NY)
"Very informative, enjoyable even, and useful. Thank you." - Sharon (Pana, IL)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 22 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will take a look at an article that was published in this month’s edition of the New York State Bar Association Journal.
The cover article is titled “Look Who’s Talking: Legal Implications of Twitter Social Networking Technology”, by Steven C. Bennett. It is always great to see a prominent legal publication run a story on social media, especially when they go and make it the cover. And this article really touches on some important points that lawyers need to know about the service. Follow the link to read a copy of the article online.
My favorite quote from the piece comes right towards the end. “The only reliable means to cope with new technologies like Twitter is to embrace an understanding (if not a use) of such technologies, to participate actively in efforts to understand how such technologies may modify legal regimes, and to help clients formulate best practices to control and exploit such technologies.”
Mr. Bennett displays an understanding of Twitter, and does a nice job of combining thoughts on how to use the service in a legal sense with the idea that there is a lot of “yet-to-be-written” law about what you can and cannot say in such online conversations. Some key takeaways include the future of legal ethics regarding communication over social media and using Twitter messages as part of the discovery process.
After I read it I decided to do a little research, and found that the NYSBA was on Twitter over at www.twitter.com/NYSBA. I would have been a little disappointed if they had not been. It’s good to see that more and more bar associations and legal authorities are getting involved, recognizing that social media is a powerful tool, and something that needs to be accepted and addressed in the legal community. At Lawline.com, we’d like to think it is partly because of the efforts of this blog and others like it!
Articles like this one by Mr. Bennett are just the beginning of the examination process, whereby laws and procedures will be written and practiced as they pertain to social media. And though this blog series has tended to focus on the implementation side of social media for lawyers, the future of the written law in this area is just as important. So we will be sure to keep up with any updates.
Posted: May 14th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone, Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
RCM Technologies and Buchanan Ingersoll Legal Malpractice Case
Henry Gottlieb at Law.Com reports this $10.6 million Legal Malpractice settlement between Buchanan Ingersoll and RCM Technologies over a stock registration agreement, today. Here is the news article:
" A lawyer and two Philadelphia firms have agreed to pay $10.6 million to settle a claim that they botched work on a New Jersey company's stock transactions and failed to alert the company to the errors.
Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney, the wind-down committee of defunct Clark, Ladner, Fortenbaugh & Young, and a former partner of both firms, Stephen Cohen, agreed to settlements of a malpractice complaint by computer and engineering consultant RCM Technologies of Pennsauken, N.J.
RCM accused Cohen of preparing a stock registration agreement that failed to memorialize a plan to restrict the rights of two key shareholders to sell their RCM holdings. That drafting, plus an alleged failure to alert RCM in time for remedial action, cost the company millions of dollars, according to the Morris County, N.J., suit.
How much the defendants paid was not included in stipulations of dismissal filed with the court. But RCM did disclose the sums in its March 27 annual report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
A comparison of the dates of the stipulations of dismissal and the SEC filing shows that the Clark Lardner settlement in 2007 was worth $800,000 to RCM and that the company recovered $9.8 million -- $5.9 million after taxes -- in a March 16 settlement with Buchanan Ingersoll."
Real Estate Sales and Legal Malpractice
Real Estate sales and the plummeting economic scene have dominated the news cycles for months now. Legal Malpractice litigation often follows economic disturbances, and this case, Walker v. Berman, 2009 NY Slip Op 50887(U) ; Decided on May 4, 2009 ; Supreme Court, New York County ; Stallman, J. is an example. In this case plaintiff wanted to buy an apartment house, but got something different.
Unsophisticated buyer purchases a building at 151 West 76th Street, and relies on broker and attorney to guide buyer through what would turn out to be a difficult process. In the end, buyer bought a "Class "B" Multiple Dwelling. Ex. G. A Class "B" Multiple Dwelling is a dwelling that is intended for use as the temporary abode of individuals and families; the classification includes hotels, lodging houses, rooming houses, boarding houses, boarding schools, furnished room houses, lodgings, club houses, colleges, and dwellings designated as private dwellings but occupied by one or two families with five or more transient boarders, roomers or lodgers in one household. Multiple Dwelling Law § 4. The Class "B" Multiple Dwelling designation also appears on the certificate of occupancy search ordered by plaintiff prior to agreeing to the purchase (Ex. N), and on the listing notice provided to plaintiff by defendant ."
Plaintiff sues attorney who defaults. [A quick look at the Lawyer's Diary shows no entry for this attorney. A search of the OCA attorney directory shows that Ira L. Berman is disbarred.] Plaintiff now tries to go after the broker, with negative results.
"After the contract was signed, but prior to closing, plaintiff informed Robin that there were some problems with the Certificate of Occupancy, and, allegedly, Robin advised plaintiff to confer with her attorney regarding the legal ramifications associated with the Certificate of Occupancy.
After the closing, plaintiff discovered that the Class "B" Multiple Dwelling classification is used for buildings operated as a Single Room Occupancy (SRO) dwelling, not a regular apartment building (i.e., a Class A multiple dwelling). Consequently, plaintiff asserts that she paid far more for the building that it is worth, believing it to be an apartment building, not an SRO. "
Result? Plaintiff seems to lose all the way around. Attorney defaults, has been disbarred, has no insurance defense, and broker is not liable.
Can This Happen in New York and is it Legal Malpractice
Questions of attorney billing, expenses and disbursements often surface in the guise of a legal malpractice defense. Did the attorneys over bill ? Did they over-charge for expenses? May a law firm use Lexis or WestLaw as a profit center? For example, if the law firm is paying a flat fee for legal research, may it charge hourly legal research rates to the client [not the attorney's time...legal research fees]
Here is a case from California, which arose after a NY legal malpractice case. From the National Law Journal:
"A California plaintiffs' attorney has filed a lawsuit against a New York-based law firm on a behalf of a former client of the firm for what she claims is a hidden but widespread practice within the legal profession: law firms secretly profiting off legal research fees by overcharging clients.
Consumer protection attorney Patricia Meyer filed a suit against New York's Chadbourne & Parke on March 2 for allegedly overcharging J. Virgil Waggoner, a Texas businessman, by several thousands of dollars for computerized legal research. His bill was roughly $20,000 for the research, she said, but it should have been closer to $5,000. Waggoner v. Chadbourne & Parke, No. BC408693 (Los Angeles Co., Calif., Super. Ct.).
She did not serve the firm until May 1 because, she said, she did not want to compromise other investigations alleging similar claims.
Meyer of San Diego's Patricia Meyer & Associates said that many similar lawsuits are in the pipeline, noting that she has amassed evidence that shows at least a dozen other law firms are overcharging clients for legal research, but not telling them.
According to Meyer, profiting off fees, such as computerized legal research fees, without the clients' knowledge violates rules of professional conduct set forth by both the California and American bar associations, which limit the recovery of legal fees. She said that law firms can charge clients more for services than what they actually cost — they just have to let the client know upfront. "
Posted: May 13th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: SHOWCASE CORNER
In our continuing effort to recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web, we bring you this week’s Featured Blog. As constant advocators of education, we recognize the importance legal blogs (or more appropriately named Blawgs) as they facilitate the exchange of information. This week we will be featuring “Patent Baristas.”
Patent Baristas is initially attractive because of the image it constructs. Visiting the blog immediately inspires my desire for a cup of coffee, but that’s beside the point. The blog focuses on recent developments on national and international intellectual and property patent law; often with a concentration on biotechnology and pharmaceutical issues.
For any attorney, or person interested in these issues, this site can be very resourceful. As editor, Stephen Albainy-Jenei posts information on upcoming events, book reviews, useful websites, recent cases, etc. For an example of the high quality commentary that the blog provides, take a look at this recent post on the Department of Justice Antitrust Division.
Additionally, many of the posts exemplify how patent law and intellectual property may impact a person who is not particularly interested in the topic. For any innovators or entrepreneurs, patent law can be significant. In a global economy, both national and international laws matter. As technology advances, patent and intellectual property law become more and more relevant.
Posted: May 12th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part fifteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed incentives for law firms who encourage their lawyers to work remotely. This week we will focus on the news.
The news is an essential part of most people’s daily routines. It is customary to pick up a newspaper first thing in the morning, read it on your way into work, and even take some time throughout the day to catch up on what’s going on in your area and around the world. For many people, it would be unthinkable to go a whole day without the news.
The problem is, newspapers are not good for the environment. The good news is, we live in an age when you can get all your news without a single piece of paper. The environmental, and even financial, cost of information has plummeted, and its time to take advantage.
Take a look at this article on TechCrunch this morning. It shows how 1 newspaper is 850 times worse for the environment than a Google search. You can use Google to find all the articles and blog posts that you need right on the web. But if that sounds too difficult, just go straight to the source. Odds are that the newspaper you read every morning has a website, with all those article you love to read.
If you need the news to support you during your morning and evening commute, then take that information on the go in alternative forms. Most smart phones, like Blackberry and iPhone, allow you to browse the internet or use various applications to read articles from almost any source. However, because of the size of those screens and the difficulty that many people have reading them, it’s not for everyone.
What you should be checking out, however, is the Amazon Kindle. Amazon already has an exclusive deal with the New York Times, and the future of this new gadget is bright. It is light weight, easy to read off of, and continues to add features and sign partnerships. This is the new standard in commuter reading, and they are only getting more popular.
So drop the newspaper, and pick up your news from any of these sources. You will be doing yourself a favor in cost savings, and doing the planet a favor by limiting the use of paper and waste.
Posted: May 11th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a weekly post where we review some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Jay Sullivan has partnered with Lawline.com to produce some incredible CLE Courses on communication and presentation skills. Since these courses have been part of the CLE catalog on our site, their popularity has grown. And recently Jay returned to film several new courses that will be added to the rest of the offerings soon. Below is some of the great feedback we have already gotten.
Favorite Comments about Jay Sullivan
"Fantastic! Jay Sullivan is extremely informative and very easy to listen to and learn from. The best Lawline course to date!" - Elsa (Northridge, CA)
"He is a dynamic speaker and the insights were tremendously helpful- this may have been the best selection I made." - Jill (Chappaqua, NY)
Favorite Comments on his CLE program
"Excellent. Very useful information. I plan on using the written materials in the future. I sincerely believe this will better my practice." - Mark (Memphis, TN)
"Best program of the lot so far; I'll not only recommend this, I'll watch it again." - Annie (Denver, CO)
"I thought I knew how to negotiate. Although I did, now I know much better how to negotiate. Exquisite!!!" - Glenn (Virginia Beach, VA)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 21 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on our youth, the up and coming lawyers in the world.
Technology has always been something that changes very rapidly, and today that is more true than ever, especially in the legal community. Today’s law students will inevitably be more familiar with the possibilities that social media holds than older generations of lawyers. So that means that this shift toward social media in the legal community should get a huge push as this generation of new lawyers make their way through the ranks.
This post, over at Social Media Law Student, shows that many of the country’s top Law Schools are getting involved on Twitter. That is a step in the right direction, and one that should not go unnoticed. As law schools realize that social media is a necessary part of branding and recruiting, they are realizing that the legal profession is headed the way of the rest of the world, online. And their students already know this, so it should be no surprise to see a rise in interest from the schools themselves.
As these new “lawyers” graduate and join the ranks of those that came before them, the legal community will be in for an awakening. This “new media revolution” which has started in other industries means a new way of doing things. It provides new channels of communication, more efficient systems, and unique promotional opportunities.
With it will come a rise in new areas of the law that focus solely on the internet and communication. New ethics rules will be written to handle communication by lawyers in the online world. Big changes are coming, and it is this next generation of lawyers that will bring them to the forefront of the legal community.
In other industries, there has been resistance to this type of a change. But in most cases, new technology and social media can not be fought, it is a natural movement toward the future. And the law will be no different. Acceptance of new media by major law firms, bar associations, and lawyers who are currently practicing will be the deciding factor in whether or not this transition is smooth or more complex.
Posted: May 6th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: SHOWCASE CORNER
This week at Lawline.com we are beginning a new blog series that will recognize some of the most notable legal blogs on the web. As constant advocators of education, we recognize the importance legal blogs (or more appropriately named Blawgs) as they facilitate the exchange of information.
“Overlawyered,” although essentially critical of the legal system, is a blog I often visit to find unique legal news that other Law Blogs don’t typically pick up on. The outlandish situations that he blogged about attracted my attention. For example, a recent post talked about a Tennessee woman who is suing McDonalds for failing to provide a safe environment for their customers. The woman was assaulted by a homeless man outside of the fast-food restaurant after she offered him a cheeseburger. Another post was about a former convict describing his jail experience on Twitter. The posts are normally witty and partially entertaining as they are comparable to “weird, but true.”
Walter Olson, founder of Overlawyered, created the blog with intent of underlining the mishaps of the American legal system. The blog began in 1999, and is considered to be one of the first legal blogs on the internet. Olson is not a lawyer himself but is well versed in the field after authoring several books on the American legal system. He says he initially founded the blog as a method to keep “notes for future use.” Olson says when writing posts for Overlawyered, he often anticipated that internet users would later be able to refer back to them when doing research on related topics or issues. He feels this, as well as blog interaction, was a major asset to his prominent longevity in the blogosphere.
Olson acknowledges the importance of social media and blogs for professionals today. He was reasonably well-known as an author before he established his blog, but he now concentrates on turning his blog readers into his book readers. This exemplifies that blogs have potential to be the primary resource point. Furthermore they can successfully serve as an avenue to promote what used to be the primary creation.
Posted: May 5th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part fourteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed your ability to represent “green” clients. This week we will focus on law firms who encourage their employees to work from home more often.
“Lawyers at the Newark firm Sills Cummis get a $3,000 allowance to buy laptops so they can work from home rather than idle in traffic.” That is a line in this story from NJ.com, written in August of last year, and the #1 ranked page for the search term “law firms going green”.
That symbolizes that in order for law firms to truly initiate any kind of green policies, they have to incentivize their employees to get on board. We discussed this previously in part ten of this blog series, but it is worth noting that unless your employees buy into a more environmentally friendly law firm, it just won’t happen.
Encouraging employees to work from home is a great way to get them to buy into the system. People like to work from home, and if it is allowed, you will see many people take advantage of it. Your job is to tell them why they should be working from home, and make it as easy as possible for them to do so without falling behind.
An allowance to buy a new laptop is one great way to make working remotely more convenient. In addition, you could have an IT professional set up a program on everyone’s computer so that the lawyers can log in from outside the office. That same IT person could also demonstrate to everyone at the firm how to use it properly.
Another helpful thing would include a database of information that people could access from outside the office. If there are a lot of people working on one case, it makes sense that anyone working from home has access to all the same files that people in the office have access to. This means a secure website and a sophisticated scanning system that allows files to be shared among a limitless number of people.
Sometimes, working from home is simply not an option. Next week we will dive into further incentives that can help limit travel, or encourage smarter travel.
Posted: May 5th, 2009 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Law Firms, Marketing Tips
Back in the old days, law firms were built on “old-boy networks” and schmoozing over cocktails at the golf course. But those methods are no longer in Vogue in the 21st century. Instead despite firms closing and laying off attorneys daily, there are firms who are seizing the marketing opportunities available to them. These firms are discussing about profile building, and brand equity rather than gin and tonic. They understand differentiating yourself/law firm is very important. Differentiation helps not only with bringing in new clients BUT helps with attracting and retaining good staff.
A proactive solid public relations plan helps in the process of differentiation and is a MUST for law firm business development strategy, regardless of size. Getting quoted in news stories, both in targeted industry publications and mainstream media, is one of the most cost-effective ways of securing exposure. A good public relations plan serves several purposes: it builds reputation and visibility, allows firms, practice areas and solo practitioners to become known, liked and trusted in their target market, and finally—and most importantly— helps to bring more business.
The three common ways to increase visibility are getting published, writing and getting quoted by the press.
Getting articles published in trade publications, magazines and newspapers have long been considered important benchmarks for building reputation as thought leaders and experts in a specific market for all businesses. It works very well for lawyers who don’t like the limelight but still need to get the word out about their firm or practice.
If you are doing your own marketing and public relations, then follow the guidelines below:
1. Come up with a couple of ideas that will be of interest to YOUR reader not you. Remember its all about your reader not you.
2. Identify a couple of publications your target market reads.
3. Review at least a couple of issues, before approaching the editor.
4. Approach the editor.
Like it or not, speaking engagements are a very important component of a public relations plan of any law firm intent on growth. Whether you fear public speaking, or your workload leaves little free time, it is important to find a way to make room for speaking.
Well-known marketers such as Dan Kennedy and countless others agree that speaking engagements are one of the fastest ways to get new clients. Firms need to expose their areas of expertise to prospective clients.
By speaking at conferences and forums put together by professional and industry trade groups, lawyers can increase their firm’s visibility and consequently its prospects for attracting new business. What speaking does is give the speaker special status, thus making it easier for speakers to meet prospects. Attendees expect speakers to reach out to the audience, in turn they give speakers respect and credibility.
Finally, consider becoming a resource for the press and getting quoted in press. We all have a love/hate relationship with the press. Yet survey after survey has shown that we the public pay far more attention to experts that are quoted than advertising that often supplements content. Take a quick inventory, when was the last time a reporter called the firm? When was the firm/partner/lawyer quoted last? Do you have an online newsroom that has you bio with subject areas that you can talk to the press about?
Becoming known as an expert in one or more areas is only part of the equation; the other part is leveraging these opportunities successfully into other marketing activities. Articles, columns and/or bylines written by attorneys can be sent to prospects, strategic alliances and clients with the view of providing value, rather than circulating them with the intent of getting the attorney known. All published or sourced works can be included in newsletters and e-zines. They can be used as a basis for a speech or presentation to your target audience. And they should be added to your Web site.
Given today’s economic climate where every dollar spent is reviewed twice before spending is approved it is absolutely imperative to recognize and understand that building credibility and visibility does not happen overnight and rarely does it reap immediate results. It may take a nanosecond to destroy a reputation, but to build one takes work, effort and commitment from all the decision makers in the firm. However, with a sustained campaign working in conjunction with other marketing activities, public relations will reap huge dividends.
Posted: May 4th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Ernest Badway is one of our newer Faculty Members, joining the team less than a year ago. He has helped us produce two extremely informative CLE Courses. The most recent one involves a commentary on the current financial crisis as it pertains to the SEC. His courses have received very solid reviews, and below you can find a few of the best.
Favorite Comments about Ernest Badway "The speaker was excellent and made rather dry subjects interesting. He provided very specific examples that helped illustrate the points he wished to make." - Mari (Chicago, IL)
"Excellent clear speaker....." - Sherri L. (Laguna Niguel, CA)
Favorite Comments on his CLE program
"Very good substance and presentation. Very much enjoyed this CLE. Congrats!" - Timothy (Washington, DC)
"Very well organized presentation, articulate and comprehensive!" - John (New Rochelle, NY)
Posted: May 1st, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Lawline.com
Over the past several months, the Legal Beat has featured 3 weekly blog series that have garnered a lot of attention. We have received excellent feedback on all three, “Guide to Going Green for Lawyers”, “Social Media for Attorneys”, and “Featured Course Reviews”.
Because the feedback has been so great, we have decided to add two new series to the lineup. The first will be a weekly highlight of the blawgosphere. We will be featuring our favorite legal blogs from around the web, with one new blog each week. We base a lot of our content on news and ideas we find across the web, and we want to clue our readers into the other blogs that they should be reading.
The other one is a revitalized return of an old favorite. Longtime readers of this blog will remember the Friday Five, a weekly look at the top five items in various categories as they relate to the law. Well, after a number of requests, we are taking the Friday Five Blog Series off the shelves and shining it up for another go around. So go ahead, call it a comeback if you want to.
So now you have five new blogs to look forward to every week, in addition to breaking news and legal opinion. The new lineup will look a little something like this:
Monday – Featured CLE Course Reviews Tuesday – Clean Lawyer: An Attorney’s Guide to Going Green Wednesday – Legal Blog Highlight of the Week Thursday – Social Media for Attorneys Friday – New and Improved Friday Five
Posted: May 1st, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone, Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Insanity and Legal Malpractice
Is an attorney required to perform more work that set forth in a retainer agreement? If the attorney does not perform more work, will the statute of limitations be tolled by the client's insanity? These two questions are partially answered in Turner v Irving Finkelstein & Meirowitz, LLP ;2009 NY Slip Op 03158 ;Decided on April 21, 2009 ;Appellate Division, Second Department .
"The plaintiff allegedly was assaulted by a coworker at his place of employment in 1997. The defendant law firm represented the plaintiff in the ensuing claim before the Workers' Compensation Board (hereinafter the Board). The claim was disallowed, the Board affirmed that decision, and full Board review was denied. No later than May 2002, the defendant informed the plaintiff that its representation was complete."
Plaintiff unsuccessfully appealed, and then years later, sued the attorneys. "In November 2006, the plaintiff, pro se, commenced the instant action, alleging that after he was [*2]denied full Board review, the defendant failed to advise him of "any other legal remedies" relating to the workplace incident. The defendant moved to dismiss the complaint ....In opposition, the plaintiff asserted that he suffered from a mental illness for which he had been hospitalized several times and, thus, he was entitled to a tolling of the statute of limitations pursuant to CPLR 208. The Supreme Court rejected the plaintiff's claim because the medical records he relied on were not in admissible form.
Although the evidentiary facts alleged by the plaintiff reveal the existence of an issue of fact as to applicability of the insanity toll, we nevertheless affirm on other grounds. "
When the Damages are Huge, Look for Legal Malpractice to Follow
This story from Law.Com by Zusha Elinson tells of the aftermath of a $ 82 million Sony Patent case, with its reports of witness buying, false testimony and unreliable evidence. From the Legal Malpractice perspective here is the nugget:
"Craig Thorner was the key witness in the Sony legal team's effort to overturn an $82 million patent infringement verdict in a case against Immersion Corp. over vibrating video game controllers. Sony claimed that Immersion paid Thorner to keep quiet about inventions of his that could have invalidated Immersion's patents.
But U.S. District Judge Claudia Wilken wouldn't retry the case, concluding in 2006 that Thorner was an unreliable witness and that there was strong evidence -- supported by testimony and internal Sony documents -- that Sony paid $150,000 for Thorner's testimony.
The patent fight between Silicon Valley's Immersion and Sony, and its salacious post-trial motions, were followed closely by local lawyers.
In a wide-ranging suit filed Tuesday in New Jersey District Court, Thorner accuses Sony's outside and in-house lawyers of snookering him into the $150,000 deal, which came in the form of convoluted agreement to license his patents. He also accuses Sony's outside counsel -- Gregory Gewirtz of New Jersey firm Lerner David Littenberg Krumholz & Mentlik -- of malpractice for allegedly acting as his lawyer in the deal, but for Sony's benefit.
The lawsuit claims that the lawyers "contrived to take advantage of Thorner's inexperience and lack of resources in order to (i) obtain a patent license from Thorner on extremely favorable terms, and (ii) induce Thorner to testify against Immersion."
Reached Thursday afternoon, Gewirtz denied the allegations.
"In my view, all the allegations against me and my firm are reckless and false and all, of course, denied," he said. "We will very vigorously defend against all the claims."
The way the deal at issue worked, according to the lawsuit, was this: Electro Source -- a video game company also being sued by Immersion -- would pay Thorner $150,000 to license his patents. The deal, however, was actually being funded by Sony, which in turn got a license from Electro Source according to the lawsuit and court hearing transcripts.
Thorner claims that Gewirtz agreed to be his lawyer in the negotiations with Electro Source, but was actually looking out for Sony's interest
Multi-State Legal Malpractice and the Borrower Statute
California corporation retains New York law firm to process a trademark application, which fails. California plaintiff sues New York defendant for legal malpractice in Federal District Court, SDNY. Case is dismissed on jurisdictional basis. Case is later brought in State Court in New York. Does California or New York statute of limitations apply?
In Kat House Productions v. Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker, Justice York determines that California law applies, based upon CPLR 202. The borrower statute's purpose is to prevent forum shopping between states and [as the Court of Appeals favors, have a "bright line rule".]
"CPLR 202 is designed "to prevent forum shopping by plaintiffs and to adhere to the generally accepted definition." Global Fin. Corp, v. Triarc Corp., 93 NY2d 525.
"CPLR 202 is designed to add clarity to the law and provide the certainty of uniform application to litigants. This goal is better served by a rule requiring the single determination of a plaintiff's residence than by a rule dependent on a litany of events relevant to the `center of gravity' of a contract dispute." Global at 530.
Justice York then decided that since the "place where investors resided and sustained the economic impact of the loss" was the state for borrowing purposes, that the California one year statute of limitations applied.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 20 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will shift the focus back onto your blog.
Blogging can sometimes be a difficult task to keep up. It is tough to come up with unique and interesting content all the time, especially when you are doing other things. But remember, the key to writing a good blog, one that gains readers and gets attention, is content. Without quality content, a blog is sure to fail.
So what can you do? There are a number of things you can try to do to keep the content flowing and spice up your posts.
1. Comment on or highlight another blog. Find blogs that you like or dislike, that you agree with or disagree with, and tell people why. If you feature other blogs in your area, you will get noticed as an active member of the blogosphere. You will also be providing valuable information to readers of your blog that do not necessarily know about this other blog.
2. Use video. You can always embed video from anywhere on the web, or even your own content, in your posts. If relevant, this is a great way to make the blog come to life, and changes the pace of each post to keep readers interested.
3. Create a poll. Is there an issue that you wish to highlight? If so, you can use free tools to create a poll and ask your readers to chime in. This generates an interactive feeling on your blog that will be sure to get attention. Then you can use the next post to discuss the results of your poll.
4. Highlight old posts. If you have something to add on to an old post, do it in a new post. Simply refer back to the old post with a link, and let people know of any updates on this subject. Additionally, every so often it makes sense to do a top 3 or top 5 most popular older posts for new readers. This clues them in to what other people have already read, and highlights some of your most important topics.
5. Open it up for posts by other people. You do not have to be the only one writing your blog. If there are other people in your practice, or people you know that have exciting topics to discuss, allow them to contribute. Additionally, ask for reader submissions as well. Featuring other people on the blog allows for more content, and is a great way to interact with other bloggers/lawyers.
There are many strategies out there to help you create great content. The above suggestions are just a few. Hopefully they can help you generate some interesting blog posts over the coming months. Remember, though it is a huge cliché, content is king.
Posted: April 29th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Lawyer Profiles, The News Beat
Marc Dreier, the attorney who made newspaper headlines for swindling investors just before Madoff got caught, will plead guilty on May 11 to all charges found in his indictment. Dreier was accused of several counts of fraud after running a $700 million dollar scheme that consisted of selling bogus promissory notes to investors.
Dreier is represented by Lawline.com faculty member, renowned defense attorney, Gerald Shargel. Dreier apparently sold notes to thirteen different funds and three individuals. The notes were issued by Sheldon Solow, a developer and client of Dreier’s. Dreier pretended to be selling them at a discount but instead funneled the funds through his firm and paid back investors from new investments.
There was no plea bargain, but it seems that Dreier is looking for the simple compassion of the court by taking responsibility for his accounts. Shargel is quoted in the New York Law Journal as saying, “He wants to end it because he accepts responsibility for what he did….he simply went off the tracks.”
At least five of Dreier’s counts have a potential jail sentencing of twenty years or more. How do you think the court will respond to Dreier’s call for redemption?
Posted: April 28th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part thirteen of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed your ability to cut down on physical mail, to reduce waste and make you more efficient. This week we will focus on your practice, and how you can help the world go green by representing green companies.
There are many firms out there that are starting to see the value in representing companies that are trying to go green. This is a growing area of the law, one that is sure to provide some exciting and groundbreaking cases.
I have previously written about a couple of firms that are practicing in this area here and here. You can see that these firms are expanding their current practice, and even creating new divisions to handle clients that are working in across various green industries, such as alternative energy. Since a lot of what these companies are relatively new, much of the law has yet to be written.
In addition, the stimulus plan, and other measures taken by Barack Obama and his administration are geared toward helping to make the country more efficient. Companies that practice environmentally friendly business, and focus on creating new sources of energy, are going to get a lot of help from this administration’s policies.
So what can you do? Research. Read up on new rules and changes in this area of the law. Start to talk to other attorneys that you know or work with who are also interested in this area. Then, whether you are on your own, or working in a larger firm, find out what you can do to get new clients in this area. Promote yourself as someone who is versed in clean technology law, or energy law, or even business law.
This is not for everyone. But for those that are interested and have the necessary background, this is a prime example of something you can do to help society move forward towards a greener future. These companies are trying to help us, and they will need good representation to get the job done. You can be the attorney or law firm they need.
Posted: April 27th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Murray Schwartz has been a part of the Lawline.com Faculty for many years. He continues to provide us with some fascinating courses in the area of employment law, an area he helped to define through his years of practice. His courses are always some of our users’ favorites, as you can see clearly from the comments below.
Favorite Comments about Murray Schwartz
"Mr. Schwartz is my favorite speaker. Great presentation." - Katrina (San Diego, CA)
"Mr. Schwartz shows a passion for this field of law and a compassion for his clients. I wish he were my boss!" - Jill (Fairfax, VA)
"I enjoyed Murray Schwartz very much. Such a gentleman, and it is inspiring to consider that the practice of law truly can be a lifelong endeavor." - Ruth (Chicago, IL)
Favorite Comments on his CLE program
"One of the very best MCLE courses I have attended in nearly 30 years of practice." - Arthur (Palm Springs, CA)
"This was an excellent program touring the details of employment law litigation. Really excellent in every way." - Mark (New York, NY)
"Easy to understand. Good examples of age related employment problems. Relevant and timely" - Bonnie (Niagara Falls, NY)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 19 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. What good would a blog series about social media be if we did not use the social web to highlight our ideas? So this week we turn the focus outwards, and look at what some other people are saying about attorneys involved in social networking.
E-Justice put together a list of 50 social networking sites that lawyers should be aware of and operating on. The list includes some well known names that we have discussed in past editions of this blog, and some lesser known sites that might be interesting to check out.
The ABA Journal wrote a blog post about lawyer blogs. They claim that blogs are the cheapest way lawyers can grow their practice, and provide some first hand evidence to support it.
Bentley Tolk has written a great little post about the “Green” advantages of marketing via the internet. This is a nice tie in to the other blog series we have been running on the legal community becoming more environmentally friendly. There are some good points to think about here.
Law Firm Blogger has a post that captures more of the big picture thinking that we like to address here. The message, social networks may not be the answer to all your prayers, but if you can use them in such a way that gets you some positive attention and publicity, you are winning.
All of these blog posts show you just some of the attention that social media is getting in the legal community right now. It is not a passing fad, and it is something that any lawyer should consider strongly if they want to grow their practice in the coming years. Tomorrow’s lawyers need to learn tomorrow’s strategies today.
Posted: April 22nd, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part twelve of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. We are happy to celebrate Earth Day here at Lawline.com. It is important to remember though that every day is Earth Day. We must always take initiative in implementing green policies that attorneys and employees will follow. Today we will talk about ways for attorneys and businesses to go green involving their mail.
Most of us get hundreds of unwanted catalogs, flyers, and other types of advertisements in the mail every year. This is especially true for businesses and law firms. Instead of merely throwing them in the trash, there are many ways to reduce this type of unsolicited material.
Firstly, if you continuously get advertisements from an organization you have no interest in, give them a call or shoot them an e-mail and let them know to take you off their mailing list. If it is a company that you are familiar with and sometimes potentially order from, or use, ask them if they have an online form of newsletter or catalog that you can be e-mailed to your directly. Not only will this reduce paper waste, but it will also be easier for you to access at your convenience. It is also important to take caution when signing up for programs or purchasing something. Many companies will ask you if you’re interested in receiving offers in the mail, if they give you the option, select receiving by e-mail instead of snail mail.
Businesses can also do all of their billing and banking on the internet in replacement of receiving paper bills and mailing out checks. This creates less clutter and makes everything a lot easier. Most companies allow you to pay your bills online (credit cards, phone companies, etc) and generally they keep record of your statements (for access) for a particular amount of years.
When it is necessary that you use snail-mail instead of e-mail, try to use recycled materials. When receiving and sending packages, you can reuse the same packaging material. It is usually simple to just put labels over previously used addresses. This will also save you money on purchasing these materials.
Lastly, if you move and change your address, ensure that your address is updated and that the mail comes to the correct place. This way, you don’t have to get sent the same thing twice and there will be less trash circulating around. When people receive mail that is not theirs, they usually just throw it in the garbage.
Initiating a campaign to reduce mail waste will help the environment in unprecedented ways. Attorneys and law firms should take the lead in setting such standards because collectively we can efficiently make change happen.
Posted: April 20th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Richard Levick taught his course on Litigation Communications last year, and his course continues to be a popular choice for lawyers during this troubling economic climate. His course provides a much needed refresher on communication strategies and tips.
Favorite Comments about Richard Levick "Mr. Levick is incredible!!!" - John (Harrington Park, NJ)
"For the first time in 30 years of attending CLE seminars I found myself totally concentrating on the speaker and the content. BRILLIANT." - Kenneth (Richardson, TX)
Favorite Comments on his CLE program "One of best, most interesting, useful and well communicated topic I have ever heard as an attorney! Forces lawyers to think outside just the lawyer-box in dealing with client crises." - Christine (Davie, FL)
"Phenomenal quality of material, excellent presentation. Having spoken professionally, including teaching at the college level and training judges, I can unequivocally state that Mr. Levick's presentation was one of the finest CLE events I have had the privilege to experience. Well done!" - Lory (Southlake, TX)
"I found it to be timely, relevant and refreshingly more interesting than I expected." - Gerald (Montclair, NJ)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 18 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus we will continue our discussion on promoting yourself to potential employers.
In last week’s post, we discussed how you can use blogs and social networks to highlight your potential and accomplishments so that when it comes time to get a new job, you are more than ready to put your name out there. This week, we will expand on that idea by diving into something that is relatively new, the video resume.
Video resumes are the wave of the future. There are already a number of websites out there that promote the fact that job searches are more effective, for both the applicant and the hiring organization with video resumes. They allow you to see not only a one sided list of accomplishments on one sheet of paper, they give you a feeling of how the person carries themselves, their personality and energy, and offers a more personal approach to recruiting.
In my opinion, everyone should set up a video resume now, because in the future it may be the norm. Creating a video resume is very easy. All you need is a type of digital camera, maybe a web cam or a Flip Camera. Set it up in a quiet room in your house and just discuss the strong points of your personality, past accomplishments, reasons you’re a good hire, etc. The best thing about a video resume is that it allows your personality to come out. Don’t be afraid to stand out a little, this will convey something to a potential employee that a standard resume cannot.
Then, download the video onto your computer and edit it down to something that you can use. An ideal length is somewhere between 3-5 minutes, because any video that is too long will just bore the viewer, and you will lose their attention very easily. Make it quick and to the point. You can download very simple editing software for free, or pay for something a bit more complex if needed.
Then, once you have your final product, upload it to the web. Join a video resume hosting site, like the ones at Vault.com, HireVue, and ResumeVideo. A simple Google search for the term “video resumes” will give you hundreds of sites that are entertaining the idea of including video resumes in future projects, which will tell you that this is a growing trend.
Also, you can post your video on your own sites. Post it on your blog along with a copy of your standard resume so people have more to look at. Or you can post it to a Facebook or LinkedIn page to get it more exposure. Even uploading it to YouTube is a good idea, because from there you can just copy and place the link anywhere you want.
If all of this sounds too technically difficult, you can hire an IT professional or video editor at minimal cost. You can also go online and find thousands of tutorials to help you get started on your own. You will find that it is much simpler than you originally thought.
When you are ready to search for a new job, get the video some exposure by talking about it and sharing it with as many potential employers as you can. It will get the word out that you are creative and a forward thinker. And, if you provide the right content, it may land you an interview faster than any other method out there.
Posted: April 15th, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part eleven of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we talked about how educating and rewarding your employees will help to implement a change in environmental behavior. This week we will be discuss different products and devices that advance and ease the effort to go green.
1) Compact Fluorescent Light Bulbs (CFLs): Fill the office with the CFLs instead of the standardized light bulb. Not only do these light bulbs require 75% less energy, but they also last ten times longer. In the long run, you’ll end up saving money on buying the short-lived light bulbs over and over again. And your energy bill will be lower as well.
2) Reusable Cloths: Washing out environmentally friendly coffee mugs requires drying them as well. Instead of constantly using paper towels this is a much more efficient method of drying not only mugs, but anything that you may wash in the office.
3) Recycled Copy/Printing Paper: Although you should refrain from doing so as much as possible, we know that sometimes it is necessary to use paper. In this case you should use recycled paper. It is sometimes a little pricier than regular priced paper, but if you shop around and buy in large amounts, you can find a decent deal.
4) Reusable Kitchenware: We used to keep everything from paper plates to plastic spoons and knives in the office. Slowly we have been fading that out as we use washable and reusable mugs and other kitchenware. Just because it is an office, doesn’t mean kitchenware is off limits. By doing this we produce much less waste.
5) Plants: Having plants around the office not only helps in increasing oxygen but it is an essentially reminder to employees to stay focused in the company’s effort to go green.
6) Mountain Bikes: We figured we would throw this last one in for fun. If applicable, how much gas would you save by riding a bike to work instead of driving? Okay, we get it, many of you take public transportation…but with fares rising to outrageous numbers (ahem…New York), it may not seem like a bad idea.
All of these products will help the legal community in the global effort to go green. We each make a small difference, but in the long run; the collective effort will have a big impact.
Posted: April 13th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Ronald Coleman joined the Lawline.com faculty last year with an exciting new course on blogs. The course is based on the idea that blogs are growing in importance and the rules and laws that govern the internet and online media are in the evolutionary process. Ron goes over the basics and gives a good introduction of the area to lawyers who may still be unfamiliar with blogs. Ron also writes his own blog entitled Likelihood of Confusion.
Favorite Comments about Ron Coleman
"Very interesting topic by knowledgeable speaker." - Virginia (Red Bank, NJ)
"Interesting speaker; good presentation on a topic of growing significance." - Kenneth (New York, NY)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"This course was a home run! I can now have a conversation about blogging instead of looking at the subject as something from outer space." - Gerald (Montclair, NJ)
"Fascinating information about a new technology in conjunction with legal issues associated there with. Good discussion." - Paula (Alhambra, CA)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 17 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on the other side of recruiting, where you are the one trying to get a job.
Let’s face it, in any market, you always want to be prepared to move on to another job. Whether you are changing your area of practice, moving up within a company, or moving to another firm for any reason, you will be in a position where you want a job. And social networks have increased the amount of information that you can put out about yourself, and increased the ability that you have to reach out to potential employers.
By using social media, as we have said before, you are creating an online brand. You are continuously adding to this image of yourself for all to see in the online world. Well, when it comes time to get a job, having a solid image can do you a lot of good.
You can use the networks to continue to post your accomplishments, even using a Facebook page as your own personal online resume. Tweet about cases you have worked on, successes that you have had, and new clients that you have taken on. Update your status across all of your networks explaining that you are looking for a new position and what you are looking for. Write a blog about what you have accomplished and what you are hoping to accomplish in a new position.
The great thing about the integration of the social web with the rest of the “old internet” is that all of these profiles are searchable. Potential employers can find you, and they will. Why not make it easier to find out about all the good things that you have to offer by putting them out there over time. Don’t wait until it is too late and then rush to get it all out there. Every week you should be adding stuff to your various profiles and pages on the web.
In a sense, by paying attention to how you might appear to potential employers at all times, you become your own recruiter. You have a continuous stream of positive things to say about yourself, and the more that the information is on the web so that other people can see it, the more powerfully you can present yourself when it comes time to.
Soon we will come to a time when everyone is using the web to recruit and hire top talent, so it is important to get yourself in the game as soon as possible.
Posted: April 9th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone, Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Cruise Ship Negligence and Legal Malpractice
Cruise Ship Season comes and goes, and even in poor economic times, the ships carry many people to their vacations. As in all events human, there will be accidents and injury. The very nature of cruise ships, their location and the mere fact that they travel on water, complicates the legal horizon. Nautical law is different from terrestrial law, and many times [for legal advantage] the ships themselves are registered in other countries.
All this leads to mistakes when a passenger is physically injured. Whom does one sue, the travel agent or the cruise ship line? Where does one sue? How does one effect service of process? These are just some of the smaller questions. How do you line up the witnesses, now back in their many different homes? How do you get the medical testimony, which was taken far, far away?
Here is a legal malpractice case from such an occurrence. Engler v Kalmanowitz ;2009 NY Slip Op 02237 Decided on March 24, 2009 Appellate Division, First Department . Here, the legal malpractice claim is not set forth. Was it service of process? Was it failure to bring the action in a timely fashion? We do not know. What we do know is that Supreme Court determined that there were questions of fact still existing and that the Appellate Division found, as a matter of law, that the cruise ship, who was not a party to the legal malpractice action, had no notice of the defective carpet.
An Attorney's Mistake with No Remedy in Legal Malpractice
Nature abhors a vacuum, they told us in high school and the law abhors a wrong without a remedy. One particular area of legal malpractice where this occurs is criminal defense, in which no legal malpractice action might be brought by a convicted defendant, no matter whether the attorney's mistakes contributed, or caused the conviction.
Another area is the estates-peri-death area. One example is the will beneficiary who does not receive a legacy or bequest because of attorney mistakes, but has no privity. The attorney's mistake may not be litigated by the will beneficiary. Here is another example:
Estate of Saul Schneider v Finmann ; 2009
NY Slip Op 02319 Decided on March 24, 2009
Appellate Division, Second Department . Assume here for this example that the attorney mishandled the insurance transfer. Money is lost to the estate because of it. May the estate successfully sue? No.
""The well-established rule in New York with respect to attorney malpractice is that absent fraud, collusion, malicious acts or other special circumstances, an attorney is not liable to third [*2]parties, not in privity, for harm caused by professional negligence" (Estate of Spivey v Pulley, 138 AD2d 563, 564). Inasmuch as the estate was not in privity with Finmann, and there is no allegation that one of the exceptions to the privity requirement is applicable here, the estate may not maintain an action for legal malpractice against Finmann in its own right (see Deeb v Johnson, 170 AD2d 865; cf. Estate of Nevelson v Carro, Spanbock, Kaster & Cuiffo, 259 AD2d 282, 285). Moreover, Schneider himself did not have a claim during his lifetime against Finmann for legal malpractice, since the only alleged damage suffered from the malpractice was the increase in estate tax liability, which could not have been incurred while Schneider was alive. Consequently, the estate may not maintain this action under EPTL 11-3.2(b) (see EPTL 11-3.2[b]; Deeb v Johnson, 170 AD2d at 866; Rutter v Jones, Blechman, Woltz & Kelly, P.C., 264 Va 310, 314; cf. Nembach v Giaimo & Vreeburg, 209 AD2d 222, 222-223). "
Fee Suits and Legal Malpractice Counterclaims - A Constant Duo
"The best defense is a strong offense"..."Tyranny shall not go unopposed!" which of these two opposing story lines will succeed in a legal fee / legal malpractice case. Here is one example where the fee side wins out. Duane Morris LLP v Astor Holdings Inc. , 2009 NY Slip Op 02544
Decided on April 2, 2009 Appellate Division, First Department permits the attorneys to collect their fee, and the malpractice claims to die.
"The record shows that in December 2003, each defendant signed an agreement with plaintiff, acknowledging that it owed plaintiff a certain sum of money for their legal representation and agreeing to pay it within a certain amount of time. Although defendants contend that there is a triable issue of fact as to whether these agreements were signed under duress, "[r]epudiation of an agreement on the ground that it was procured by duress requires a showing of both (1) a wrongful threat, and (2) the preclusion of the exercise of free will" (Fred Ehrlich, P.C. v Tullo, 274 AD2d 303, 304 [2000]). The affidavit of defendants' principal, which claimed that he orally protested plaintiff's services, does not serve to defeat plaintiff's motion. A client's "self-serving, bald allegations of oral protests [a]re insufficient to raise a triable issue of fact as to the existence of an account stated" (Darby & Darby v VSI Intl., 95 NY2d 308, 315 [2000])
The part of defendants' malpractice counterclaim that dealt with the action against Edward Roski III was properly dismissed. "A legal malpractice action is unlikely to succeed when the attorney erred because an issue of law was unsettled or debatable" (Darby, 95 NY2d at 315 [internal quotation marks and citation omitted]). When the Southern District of New York found that some of Astor's claims in the Roski Action were barred, it noted that "there appears to be no federal authority directly on point" (Astor Holdings, Inc. v Roski, 325 F Supp 2d 251, 262 [SD NY 2003]), and relied on a California state case that was decided in 2002 (see id.), which was after the Roski action was filed...."
Posted: April 7th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part ten of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed how reusable water bottles and coffee mugs can cut down on the waste that your practice produces. This week we will focus on educating and rewarding employees to encourage them to buy into the environmental standards you set.
Let’s face it, the human condition is to go with the status quo, especially when there is no incentive to change your ways. Just because you implement a set of Green initiatives to help your practice become more environmentally friendly, does not mean that people want to adhere to them. Sure, you can threaten them with punishments, but that will lower morale and only force people to try just so hard.
A better way to deal with the situation is to make it more exciting. Just like any other system that you implement, going green will take a group effort. Set up contests and rewards for following the new guidelines and going above and beyond the expectations. The person who is most environmentally friendly each month gets a small cash bonus, however you want to measure that.
Also, take one day a week, or twice a month, and plan a “green education” event. Invite guest speakers to present new ideas on how people can be more efficient and work better to help the environment. These can be fun and informative, and help spread the idea of environmentalism around the office.
If you are serious about going green at the office, these are two steps that you can take to insure that the others at the office are on board as well. The most important idea to take out of this is when people are excited about something, it is much easier to move forward with it. Create a workplace that encourages this type of enthusiasm about going green and you will be much more likely to inspire real change.
Posted: April 6th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Joel Cohen joined the Lawline.com faculty last year, with an interest in helping to make Ethics CLE course as interesting as possible. With his help, we have produced 3 roundtable discussions on various ethical topics that have been rated very highly by our customers. We hope to continue to work with Joel in the future so that we can provide the highest quality Ethics programming on the web.
Favorite Comments about Joel Cohen
"Joel Cohen excelled in this excellent panel discussion, exploring the ethical dilemmas of practicing law and focused quite well on client and witness truthfulness and attorney obligations. A very thoughtful discussion." - Steven (Indianapolis, IN)
"Special to hear these very famous speakers. Thank you." - Lauren (Boca Raton, FL)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"Very good trio of advocates. comfortable, knowledgeable of their subject matter and they seem to like what they do. Great lecture, good 'office discussion' format." - James (Reston, VA)
"I enjoyed this presentation, especially the "roundtable" format. The speakers were knowledgeable on the topic and effectively used examples to further explain their points." - Chadwick (Washington, DC)
"Most engaging presentation; dialogue format with excellent attorneys was informative and enjoyable." - Thomas (Evanston, IL)
Here at Lawline.com we know that times are hard. That is why we have decided to launch the Continuing Legal Education Stimulus Package, to provide all new members with TWO FREE continuing legal education courses. “We want to give attorneys a head start on their CLE requirements, it is important that the legal community stays informed, and we’re here to help” says Lawline.com president David Schnurman. We’re hoping the free hours of CLE will give attorneys a break and turn them on to the ease of online CLE options.
Everyone keeps saying that the best time to polish your education and abilities is now, with the economic crisis, but education is not always cheap. For attorneys who have lost their jobs it is difficult to spend thousands of dollars on CLE. Not only is Online CLE cost effective for Law Firms and attorneys, but the elimination of travel to lecture halls saves money as well.
The complimentary courses offer 1 general credit and 1 ethics credit. They are two of our most highly rated programs, “Ethics: Should Lawyers Be Constrained by the Truth,” and “Chapter 7 Bankruptcy: The Initial Consultation.” Incidentally Chapter 7 Bankruptcy has been viewed in record numbers in the last few months, showing a heavy rise of interest in bankruptcy law.
Please take advantage of these free courses by signing up today. Click Here to Join.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 16 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on using various forms of social media for recruiting.
Any good lawyer needs help. Any good law firm needs lots of help. And where do you go to look for that help? More and more, people are looking to social networks and various other online sources to recruit talented workers.
I must have been thinking ahead when I posted this article just about a year ago about using the web as a recruiting tool. Just one year later, the popularity of social networks as a means of recruiting potential employees is on the rise.
You never know when you are going to need to hire people, though in this economy it may be less frequently. It is a good idea to have your professional network open to people who may be looking for jobs at all times. For example, a simple status update on Facebook or Twitter can alert those people that know/follow you to the fact that you are hiring. Additionally, a blog post about your open position can draw a lot of attention.
Job seekers are increasingly looking to the web for potential employers and opportunities, so it is a good idea to meet them there. Using unique sources to find job applicants can increase the number of responses that you get for the open position, which usually leads to more qualified candidates.
As an example of how this can work, the Lawline.com summer internship spawned from online recruiting strategies. We posted on our blog, Facebook, and LinkedIn that we were looking for interns with certain qualities and a defined skill set. Within days we had hundreds of responses from interested college students and young professionals. Now, we use these networks to announce all open positions at the company with tremendous success.
The recruiters and temp agencies already know the value in social networks, so why shouldn’t you use your knowledge of the social web to hop on board. The more people use the internet for, the more attention you can get online. Some simple announcements across your networks can go a long way to hiring your next team member.
Posted: April 1st, 2009 By: Christie LaBarca Category: SHOWCASE CORNER, The News Beat
The current state of the economy has everyone in a flurry. Employees are finding that jobs are hard to come by and employers are being left with an understaffed workforce. It’s not only the big businesses that are being hurt by this situation, but also small businesses, that including law firms. Cari Sommer and Lauren Porat recently launched Urban Interns, a New York based website that may provide some relief to the small workforces in need of a hand. Urban Interns is a job resource that provides more flexibility options for both employers and employees.
Employers post detailed listings seeking paid or unpaid interns, with the option of selecting how many hours assistance is needed, what type of work it will be, and who is eligible to apply for positions. They can also search through a database of potential employees based on their specific needs. Sommer says this is a cost effective solution for small businesses and law firms as needs are changing and employers need help in a variety of fields in everything from admin work to research assistance. Sometimes a full time employee is not necessarily needed, but there is a need for someone who is at least semi-qualified and possibly even skilled in some field.
Skill isn’t, however, always a necessity. Urban Interns is also a resource for interns who are trying to get their foot in their door. And being by saying semi-qualified, it could mean merely holding an interest in the particular field of work. To the benefit of employers, every candidate must be at least a college student, to post their profile on the site. Small law firms can potentially recruit students who are eager and interested in being exposed to the legal world. It benefits the students as well as their tight class schedules often require minimized work hours.
Urban Interns aims to be different than other job-listing sites out there by allowing ease and flexibility on both ends of the spectrum. Employers and interns also have the ability to communicate via messaging through the site before exchanging personal contact information. The job market is changing right now, and needs are changing. It is obvious that the part-time workforce is likely to grow. And even when the economy IS restored, there will surely be a need to find competent part-time help.
Posted: March 31st, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part nine of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed the positive effects that recycling can have on your business and on the environment. This week we will focus on drinking.
When you are at work, you are most likely drinking various beverages throughout the day. The majority of us can’t make it through the day without our morning coffee, and maybe afternoon coffee as well. And in between we may knock back countless glasses of water, or cans and bottles of any other drink that we can get our hands on.
But most offices, no matter where they may be, use plastic, paper and Styrofoam cups. And most offices simply throw them out after use. That creates a whole lot of waste that can be avoided in a few simple ways.
Obviously, whenever possible, we should recycle products like this. And never, should we ever use Styrofoam. But instead of using a lot of different containers to drink out of, discarding each after a drink or two, why not use some sort of renewable container that will last.
In the office, get everyone their own coffee mugs that they can use over and over. Instead of wasting a cup every time, these mugs will allow everyone in the office the ability to enjoy their coffee in a more environmentally friendly way.
And it is the same with water. A reusable water bottle can go a long way toward eliminating waste. Nalgene bottles became the hit of the day when they emerged on the scene as the indestructible water bottle. If everyone in the office had their own Nalgene bottle, it would eliminate the need for plastic cups at the watering hole.
More reusable items means less waste, and less waste means a healthier planet.
Posted: March 30th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Harvey Weitz joined the Lawline.com Faculty in 2008. His first program, highlighted above, has received tremendous feedback by attorneys who have taken the course from all over the country. Because of comments like the ones we have displayed below, we will be sure to ask Mr. Weitz back for future courses on Lawline.com.
Favorite Comments about Harvey Weitz
"As an aspiring trial lawyer, I found it especially helpful to learn basic cross-examination tips from a seasoned, well-respected attorney." - Mandy (Houston, TX)
"Mr. Weitz is the man!" - Roger (Richmond, VA)
"The speaker was very informative on a subject that I know little about." - Mary (Winnetka, IL)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"Thought he was a great speaker and really liked the written materials--easy to read and organized well" - Colleen (Lake Forest, IL)
"Excellent presentation. Clear, but not dogmatic. Rules as guidelines was very helpful. As with all attorneys, they talk in generalities about their mistakes, but with specificity about their successes." - Edward (Hanover, NH)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 15 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on interactions that you will have on social networking platforms.
As a member of any social network, you’ll see that the interactions that you have with other people across that network are the most important part of creating and driving new business. Clearly defined goals (ie. increased traffic or new clients) are helpful in determining how to conduct yourself on these networks.
For starters, with any social network account, it is very difficult to mix business with pleasure. If you are using Facebook with any type of professional focus, for example, do not also use that account for casual correspondence with family and friends. Keep it professional.
Also, in conversations on various social networks, you never want to come off as doing too much self-promotion. Many people that do this get “called out” for it by the community and lose their influence to connect and converse with people. Be genuine, be interesting, help others, and help yourself a little bit in the meantime.
Here are some quick do’s and don’ts for Facebook and Twitter interactions that should help you…
Do: Reply to people on Twitter if they ask a question that you know the answer to.
Don’t: Reply to everyone saying “I agree”, no one cares.
Do: Send direct messages to Twitter followers after interacting with them to keep the conversation going.
Don’t: Automatically send direct messages to everyone who follows you saying “Thanks for the follow, check out my website”.
Do: Link your Facebook account to your blog and website.
Don’t: Send constant messages to people in your network with your most recent blog post.
Do: Reach out to people/companies in your network that you are interested in partnering or working with.
Don’t: Write on walls and comment on status updates with mindless dribble.
Facebook and Twitter, along with other social networks, are a great source of future business leads/partnerships. Companies have found that using them to connect with customers and other businesses have lead to increase productivity, creativity, and customer satisfaction. In law, it is clear that there is the potential to give your practice a boost using social media. So use these tools to their greatest potential, and don’t exploit them with self-promotion.
What first attracted me to the internship program here at Lawline.com was the grand exposure to all types of law. You see, I am currently an undergraduate student at New York University, baffled at my direction in life and sure of only two things—that my life’s work be grounded in the public sector and to be concentrated with the work of children. My interest in child advocacy and the legal aspects of the social welfare system have brought me to the realm of law—a practice that has been better enlightened in my time here at Lawline. I am a strong believer in experience and in the perspectives that it may offer—whether the experience be based on a future career goal in Manhattan or in a third world country half way around the world. Either way, I believe it is necessary that everyone place him/herself in a world outside their own and dare to experience a life that is just a little bit uncomfortable.
These were just a few of the goals founded in my spring break trip last week to Morocco. Accompanied by twenty other individuals, I worked for ten days in a Children’s Home about two hours outside of Fez. I experienced a world completely counteractive to my own, situations and reliance beyond my comprehension and a love, undeniable. Before I left for Morocco I was quick to say I was headed to an orphanage, willing to offer anything they needed—I learned that this was far from what was to be expected. The Village of Hope refers to itself, very specifically, as a Children’s Home. Every child has a family—a mother, a father and siblings. There are seven pairs of parents all caring for anywhere from 5 to 10 children. They are referred to and thought of as “Momma” and “Poppa” and everyone else on the grounds as “aunts” or “uncles.” This innovative structure includes a school system of its own, a communal kitchen and a laundering facility, group trips and various play facilities. Such a system provides a more stable, welcomed community of children and individually nurtures the pains so felt by the neglected children of Morocco. It is a political infrastructure that I believe has far surpassed any cohesive model of an “orphanage” or even that of individual foster families. This has allowed for a supportive community of children, foster families and all of the individuals with whom these children may come into contact.
Another aspect for which I must commend the Village of Hope is the undeniable immersion in the context of the community of Morocco. As an individual willing to help, I often find philanthropists and social entrepreneurs eager to throw money at various situations or even to impose a system of their own on a foreign society. What the Village of Hope has recognized, that I believe to be a vital aspect to any sort of program in the public sector, is that of immersion in the local community. While the Village has individuals on staff from all over the world (South Africa, New Zealand, Spain, Los Angeles, etc), they are very aware of the origins of the children in their community. They have recognized that the children they are fostering are full-blooded Moroccans and have committed to nurturing this society in them. The children are taught by local teachers to speak and read traditional Arabic and also, the everyday mannerisms and respect of the Islamic political infrastructure. The ultimate hope of the Village is that every child will grow up capable of evoking change within their own society—to revolutionize the third world country of Morocco.
Being that this home was different, on a whole from that of an orphanage, the premise of the situations we handled, encountered and completed were vastly different from our expectations. While we may have initially thought the week to be full of holding and hugging children, of taking their pictures and offering them equipment and supplies they were vastly in need of, none of this proved to be true. We were amidst a community of families that regularly held and hugged their children, who were uncomfortable with us taking numerous pictures and who were “making it” in every sense of the phrase. Undoubtedly, they were thankful for our presence, of our help and for the vast materials we brought, but their needs were not desperate, their children not in dire need. And what a relief! That these abandoned, neglected children were receiving the care they deserved outside of a ten day short mission, that these children were being cared for daily! So we built fences and planted peas and moved equipment and roofed houses and held sports clinics and offered art classes. We added a dimension to the camp instead of answering a call of desperation.
Individuals keep asking me about my trip, how it was, what I’ve learned, how it’s changed me and honestly, it’s almost too close to tell. I believe that my reflection on this experience will continue to throughout today, throughout this week, this year and its effects rippled throughout the rest of my life. The Village of Hope has opened my eyes to the desperation of the third world, to the desperation of the children caught in its grasp and to the crucial role of serving the poor, that we, the very materially blessed, need to take on. I have been exposed to a system of caring for the poor, the neglected, the abused that is revolutionary and profound, a system that I can only hope will one day be implemented here in America and across the world. I think it is important for us to remember to keep our minds open and willing to learn from other individuals or countries that think from their heart just as much as their head. I encourage you to look at the website of the Village of Hope [http://www.voh-ainleuh.org/], to consider a donation, offering your specialized service or even just your thoughts and prayers. And regardless of your thoughts or opinions of the Village of Hope, of Morocco and even of the entire system of public service, I encourage you to reach out to the world's poor in other new and significant ways in 2009. Beautiful little lives around the world, are literally, depending on it!
Posted: March 24th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part eight of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed the positive effects that recycling can have on your business and on the environment. This week we will focus on setting goals.
We can talk about tips and tricks to go green all day long. But at the end of the day, if you don’t set any concrete goals, you’ll never get anything done. It’s just like anything else, talking does nothing without a real way to measure the outcome. So let’s start setting some goals around your home or office that you can measure.
You can begin by taking a look at your utility bills. The month before you start to institute any new green policy, look at how much gas, electricity, water, etc. that you consume. If one thing you are trying to change is your electricity consumption, measure it in the money that you save from month to month. Set a goal to lower your monthly electric bill by 10%. That way you can go back and measure how effective your new policies really were.
Next, take a look at some other items that your practice “consumes”. Reimburse employees for gas or transit, but cap it at a certain level so you can see how many people use less. Reimburse employees only for public transportation and see how many switch from driving to taking the train or bus.
Also, if you follow our advice and try to use less paper, set a limit on the number of boxes of paper you purchase a month. Or measure the frequency which you have to change the ink cartridges in the printers to see if you can go longer periods of time in between each change.
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 14 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on blog interaction techniques.
If you are a blogger, you probably have some interest in what other bloggers in your area are talking about. This is the reason that most bloggers are also blog readers, hence the “community” of people and blogs we call the blogosphere. The blogosphere has become a great place for casual interaction between people of varying opinions, goals and ideas. And just like in any social interaction, there are a set of standard practices that have developed.
1. Comments – commenting on a blog should be used to add value to that post. If you have an opinion that differs from that of the blogger, use the comments area to explain your view instead of trash the post. This will start a good dialogue. If you can expand on the bloggers points, do so in the comments so that other readers can learn more. Using comments to say negative things about the blogger or to add meaningless information to link back to yourself are ways to get yourself ostracized in the blogosphere.
2. Reposting – a practice that is particularly controversial among blogs is the idea of reposting material. Some blogs take their content of other blogs and news sources, reposting part of a post and linking it to the original. In fact, I have a strong feeling that this post will eventually be reposted somewhere. Though this is not necessarily unacceptable, it is bad practice. You are much better off taking part of a post that you like, and writing something unique to go along with it. But always give the original blogger credit and a link to that post.
3. Responding to comments – when people leave comments on your blog, take this as a compliment. Whether the comment is good or bad, someone took time to read your full opinion and add their own. Whenever possible, reply to their comment right below. And, if they give their email address along with the comment, I would recommend writing them a quick email that thanks them for reading and adding their thoughts. This shows that you genuinely value readers, and will make it much more likely that they will turn into a full time subscriber.
4. Blogrolls and Links – Use a blogroll, or links on your blog, to link your readers to other blogs that may interest them. Many people abuse links, trying to help out friends who blog and get links back in return. Although this may be a good search engine strategy, it may not be of much use to your readers. Always remember, when adding a link, the best thing to do is think “If my reader clicks this, will they like it?”
Those are a few examples of how we can use blogs to interact with other people around the web. Though there are many ways to use blog to our advantage, there are things that you should remember along the way. Bloggers are people, and people are entitled to their opinions. The social web is useful for debating and expanding upon ideas in a positive way. It is our job to keep it that way.
Next week we will focus on interactions across other networks, including Facebook and Twitter.
Posted: March 19th, 2009 By: Andrew Bluestone, Esq. Category: Attorney Malpractice
Bankruptcy Fee Awards and Legal Malpractice
We've written in the past on the collateral estoppel trap in legal malpractice. While fee arbitrations in State Court proceedings probably have the greatest absolute number of applications, bankruptcy court fee awards may well cover a greater dollar figure. Here, in In re D. A. ELIA CONSTRUCTION CORP., Debtor. 07-CV-754,08-CV-103 UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK 2009 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 20443 March 14, 2009, Decided we see a result. Law firm handles a 10 year bankruptcy for debtor, and is awarded several interim fees. Law firm then applies for final fee award, and for the first time, debtor raises issue of legal malpractice. Court considers the fee application, and awards fees.
When debtor later sues in State Court, result is: dismissed on the basis of collateral estoppel/res judicata.
"Upon finding that no merit to Elia's claims of malpractice, this Court observed:
As is readily apparent from this Decision and Order, the Court finds Elia's arguments in favor [of] remand and against the motion for summary judgment to be completely without merit. In opposing the motion to dismiss on res judicata grounds, Elia did not even attempt to [*5] distinguish the most obviously relevant case law against it -the First, Fourth and Fifth Circuit rulings holding that a bankruptcy court's grant of fees under 11 U.S.C. § 330 bars any subsequent malpractice claims premised upon those same services. See Grausz v. Englander, 321 F.3d 467 (4th Cir. 2003); In re Iannochino, 242 F.3d 36 (1st Cir. 2001); In re Intelogic Trace, Inc., 200 F.3d 382 (5th Cir. 2000). Instead, Elia attempts to mischaracterize the record by suggesting that the bankruptcy court never considered its claims of malpractice and attorney misconduct. Both this Court and the Second Circuit have expressly rejected that argument and have found that the bankruptcy court gave adequate consideration to Elia's claims of postpetition malpractice. See In re D. A. Elia Constr. Corp., 04-CV-975, Dkt. No. 21, at 20 (this Court's Decision and Order stating that "[t]he bankruptcy court fully considered [Elia's] allegations of misconduct but found them to be without merit"); and id. at Dkt. No. 33, at 3 and 4 (Second Circuit Summary Order stating that the bankruptcy court gave Elia "more than ample opportunity to present its arguments" regarding its claims of "conflicted and negligent [*6] representation").
In light of those express findings, it is difficult to believe that the state court action was filed by Elia in good faith. Even if Elia did have some good faith basis for initially filing its state court claims, it should have been clear that its position was meritless upon reviewing the cases cited in Damon & Morey's motion to dismiss. This is particularly true where, as here, Elia's principal is also an attorney and therefore presumably understood the res judicata arguments being raised. Nevertheless, Elia chose to oppose the motion and filed its own motion to remand.
The foregoing certainly provides sufficient evidence for this Court to conclude that the instant action was brought in bad faith and for the purpose of harassment and delay."
Legal Malpractice in the Real and Cinematic Worlds
Burt Pugach and Linda Riss are a staple of the blogosphere and the Page Six world. He was a lawyer who was convicted in 1959 for blinding Linda Riss by use of lye, went to jail ,came out of jail to marry her ,and then was disbarred. He was determined to have practiced law through the use of a front man-lawyer in 2008. But that is all part of the Page 6 portion of their lives.
Here, the two sold their life story to HBO for use in a film called "Crazy Love" and this is where the legal malpractice portion of their life comes in. Was the deal fair, and did HBO owe them more money?
In Pugach v. HBO Pictures Inc., Slip Op. 2009 30489U we see that their legal malpractice action fails. Judge Kitzes of Supreme Court, Queens County writes:
"This action arises out of an agreement between plaintiffs and defendant Shoot the Moon, dated May 11, 2004, whereby, in consideration of the payment of the sum of $ 2,000, plaintiffs granted Shoot the Moon an option to purchase all rights to their life stories...." Plaintiff's argument that Linda Pucach could not read the contract because of her blindnes was disallowed on the basis that "if the party could not read it, "not to procure it to be read was equally negligent."
The legal malpractice action was dismissed as the attorney defendants represented Shoot the Moon and not plaintiffs, thus lacking privity.
Legal Malpractice in One of Its Many Guises
Our meme on this blog is that Legal Malpractice litigation is ubiquitous and omnipresent. All right, what exactly does that mean? It's not just blown statutes in personal injury, and it's not just unanswered questions in matrimonial suits, and it's not even just bankruptcy trustees and ponzi schemes. It's the basis commercial transactional world too. Here in an article from Law.Com, by Brian Katkin, we see:
"Hogan & Hartson is being sued for malpractice by a client who alleges the firm used attorney-client information to boost a competitor.
In the complaint, filed in Washington, D.C., Superior Court last month, Prestige Brands Inc., makers of household products like Comet and Compound W, claims lawyers at Hogan & Hartson breached their retainer agreement and committed legal malpractice by helping another company get a competing product on the market.
Hogan has yet to respond to the allegations, but the firm has hired Mark Foster, a partner at Zuckerman Spaeder, to defend the action. Last year, Foster successfully battled malpractice allegations against Wiley Rein when the firm was sued by former client Blackwater Security Consulting. Foster and J. Warren Gorrell Jr., Hogan's chairman, declined to comment.
Prestige is using Marianne Roach Casserly, a partner in the D.C. office of Alston & Bird, along with lawyers from the firm's Atlanta and New York offices. Casserly did not return calls seeking comment.
Charles Jolly, Prestige's general counsel, says he found out Hogan was working for a competitor from the Food and Drug Administration's Web site. "I've been practicing for 40 years, and I can think of only one time when I've gotten in a dispute with a firm that I hired for outside counsel," Jolly says.
Posted: March 18th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part seven of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed the positive effects that recycling can have on your business and on the environment. This week we will focus on gadgets.
As lawyers, we can use an endless list of gadgets to help us get more utility and joy out of the job. You may own some sort of portable music player, a smart phone, an additional cell phone, digital reader, laptop, etc. Each of these things is an accessory that has become commonplace in the world today. Some of them have almost become necessities if you want to keep up.
And though we always like to have the latest and greatest technologies available, it is important to remember that gadgets such as these use energy, and become waste in only a few short years when they grow old. They are impacting the environment as much as any other product that we consume.
But there are ways to go green in your gadgetry. First, before buying any new product you can compare them for environmental stats. For example, Consumer Reports and Energy Star ratings can show you which products and companies are better for the environment. Also, you can consider recycling an old gadget when it is not vital to obtain a new one.
Your purchasing decision is one of the most important decisions you can make when it comes to the environment. But if you can’t choose the gadget that is the most eco-friendly, consider a few other steps you can take to minimalize its impact. Charge it with renewable energy, use the gadget as long as you can, use it for as much as possible (limiting your need for additional gadgets), and recycle it when you are finished with it.
Each of these steps will go a long way towards limiting your gadgets’ carbon footprints. It is better for the environment, and requires little effort for you. The smallest of steps can have a positive reaction, and we all owe that to each other.
Posted: March 16th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Hal Lieberman is an expert on professional responsibility and ethics. He is one of the most respected attorneys in his field and we love that he continues to work with us to produce the highest quality Continuing Legal Education courses on the subject of Ethics. His course have gotten rave reviews, and we expect that they will continue to do so for as long as they are available.
Favorite Comments about Hal Lieberman
"Mr. Lieberman is a very good, very clear speaker." - Jennifer (Dallas, TX)
"Speaker was interesting and kept me engaged, which is most important in a course on the subject of ethics, well done." - Laura (Decatur, GA)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"Great format, great substance, well done. I'd use this service again." - James (Research Triangle Park, NC)
"Hal Lieberman did a very thorough presentation on ethics and conflicts of interests in this CLE seminar program. The Q&A session was most helpful!" - Steven (Indianapolis, IN)
"Thorough and well-presented. The best ethics seminar I've attended in my 25 years of practice." - Michael (Buffalo, NY)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 13 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on the big picture.
Social media is exploding. It is connecting people that would have never been connected in the past. It is opening up dialogue on important issues that never made it to the mainstream. It is giving everyone a voice, and at the same time, teaching people how to use that voice.
Evidence that social media is bigger than we all thought:
1. Politicians are on Twitter. Some members of Congress have started to use Twitter as a tool to spread messages about policies, opinions, and even day to day activities in Washington. Even Barack Obama’s campaign team used Twitter to help spread his message before the election. Check to see who is doing it here, http://tweetcongress.org/.
2. Businesses are using Twitter. Some large companies have seen the benefit of using Twitter to communicate directly with customers. Comcast uses it to handle online complaints and customer service issues. Dell uses it to announce special deals. Zappos uses it to discuss business strategy, upcoming promotion, and answer all questions from their customers. JetBlue uses it to discuss flight times and schedule changes.
3. CEO’s are Blogging. Many large companies have instituted corporate blogs to communicate both internally, and externally. CEO’s are writing blogs to keep the public informed about what the company is doing, offering a more open atmosphere allowing customers to give feedback and hold companies accountable for their actions.
4. Companies on Facebook. Over 10,000 companies are now using Facebook in some way. Some, like JetBlue, have created fan pages to interact with customers. Some, like Burger King, have started advertising through web applications. Some, like Lawline.com, have started using it as an excellent recruiting tool.
5. LinkedIn is a huge success. With 2008 revenue at close to $100 Million and rumors about an IPO, LinkedIn has exploded among both individuals and companies. People use it to network and find jobs, and companies pay to have profiles for recruiting and brand recognition purposes. It is one of the first truly profitable social media services.
These are just a few examples of the way social media is changing the world. It is easy to see here that the future is shifting to online platforms, and those that do not get involved, run the risk of getting left behind. As lawyers, you have the opportunity to gain an edge in your profession, one that is notoriously slow to change.
Next week we will return the focus to you. We will go over specific examples of interactions on blogs, how you can take advantage of them, and avoid some mistakes that many new bloggers make.
Posted: March 11th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part six of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed the positive effects that recycling can have on your business and on the environment. This week we will focus on setting up the office to utilize natural lighting.
Artificial lighting will account for about 40% of electricity use in any office environment. But there are many ways that you can cut that down. One such way, which we touched on earlier in this series, is turning off the lights in unused offices and making sure not to use lighting when you are out of the office for the day or night.
Another way to cut the amount of electricity you use at the office is to utilize natural light. Though you may not have much say about the way your office is set up, you can always make suggestions to others. And office managers should always be open to suggestions about how they can save money in very easy ways.
The sun provides all of the light you will need on a good day. Proper windows with open shades or curtains allow enough light into the office that you will need to use much less artificial light, if any at all. You can put desks closer to windows, keep areas as clean as possible, limit the number of walls and blockages, etc. And where you need to set up walls, don’t use walls that extend all the way to the ceiling. Instead, put glass in to allow for light to escape.
Taking advantage of natural lighting will not eliminate your need for electricity. But hopefully it will lessen the amount of lighting that you need in the office, and the amount of time those lights need to stay on. The lower your electricity cost is, the better it is for business, and less affect you are having on the environment. Congrats!
Posted: March 9th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Malcolm Taub became famous with our members after his course on Art Law. Though it was an obscure topic, people found him engaging and powerful as a speaker. Because the course became so popular, we had to ask him to come back and do another one. I am sure we will see much more of Mr. Taub in the future.
Favorite Comments about Malcolm Taub
"The value of having a speaker with extensive experience in a field becomes apparent when viewing these courses." - Roy (new york, NY)
"Excellent. The lecturer is obviously an expert in his field." - Henry (Los Angeles, CA)
Favorite Comments on his CLE programs
"This is the best online seminar I have taken. Extremely interesting topic and very informed speaker. He offered great examples, good slides - I would definitely recommend this particular program to others!" - Allison (Falls Church, VA)
"Excellent. The best lecture I've had - very substantive, and clear. Taub is an expert in his field and I was very grateful for his lecture, and all the materials he put together. Top notch." - Lauren (Boca Raton, FL)
"Although this is not my area of law, this is one of the best courses I have ever taken, on-line or live. The speaker was excellent, and the materials are original, creative and yet practical." - Francine (New York, NY)
Posted: March 4th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part five of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed travel costs, both monetary and environmental. We realized that by limiting travel and gas expenditures, you can help your wallet while helping to do your part to save the planet. This week we will focus on recycling.
Recycling is something that we have heard about our entire lives. It seems like this was the answer to all of our problems in past. Well, it is still one of the most important things that we can do to help the environment. In addition, it is still something that most people do not pay attention to.
As we discussed in a previous post, many lawyers use a lot of paper. It is just something that comes with the territory. In part 3 of this series, we talked about ways to reduce paper usage. But, no matter what, there will always be paper waste. That is why recycling is so important. Throwing all that paper in the trash is one of the most hurtful things that you can do as an attorney to our environment.
Most times, it is just as easy to recycle as it is to throw something in the trash, so in those cases you have no excuse. Sometimes, you have to make the extra effort to find recycling centers are discuss recycling options with your building. Either way, the amount of waste that you will be saving is worth it.
In addition, as an outside the box suggestion, consider using printing services that use recycled paper. Many lawyers will print up materials for use in marketing, communication, or even materials for trial. It is important to realize that for just a small amount more, you can use a company that prints exclusively on recycled products. This helps the environment, and helps out other companies with the health of our planet in their business model.
Recycling is easy, and cheap, and should already be a part of your professional life. But if it’s not, then it’s time to start.
Posted: March 3rd, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: CLE Programming
This is a new weekly post where we will be reviewing some of our favorite User Feedback from attorneys who have completed Lawline.com CLE courses. We decided to start this blog post because we thought it would be fun to share our favorites.
Olivera Medenica has been a Lawline.com Faculty Member for two years now. Through our partnership with the New York County Lawyers’ Association in addition to our own courses, we have featured Olivera in 5 courses on the website right now. From the user comments below and the quality ratings of those courses, it is clear to see that Olivera is one of our highest rated faculty members.
Favorite Comments about Olivera Medenica
"This speaker seemed extremely comfortable with the presentation format and therefore, it was very easy to pay attention." - Mary (Hopatcong, NJ)
"Ms. Medenica gave an excellent, informative presentation. In a very thorough and organized way, she covered many important, relevant, applicable areas of law. Thanks." - Elisa (Chicago, IL)
Favorite Comments on her CLE programs
"Excellent seminar. Very informative and provided excellent written materials with citations that will be useful in the future." - Jeffrey (Knoxville, TN)
"This was very helpful--questions addressed in this lecture come up routinely from clients who are taking their business on line." - Claudia (Newark, NJ)
"Very good speaker and presentation good analysis of a technical subject" - Gerard (hicksville, NY)
Another week has passed, and another group of people have started using new internet technology to connect with others and build business. Hopefully, that group of people includes some lawyers. Welcome to part 12 of our blog series on social media for attorneys. This week we will focus on answering questions, the social media way.
Developed out of necessity, we used to have discussion boards and forums as a means of talking about common interests. The online world would congregate to certain websites to discuss things, ask questions, find news, etc. From there, we developed various other means of communication, leading to blogs, social networks, and question and answer services.
Question and answer services are a very basic way of asking the “world” a question, and letting the internet work for you. If I log into one of these sites and ask “What is Twitter?”, hopefully someone out there will find that question and deliver an answer back to me. Multiple people can answer the same question, and it can even start a whole discussion on the subject.
Using these services can help you label yourself as an expert in any field. The more questions you answer, the more people will see your name associated with a certain topic. The better your answers are, the more people will respect your opinion. It all leads to a more credible online personality and can get you noticed by the online community.
Some sites that offer question and answer services are LinkedIn, which uses the power of their network connections to deliver questions to those who can answer them, Yahoo!, WikiAnswers, AnswerBag and AllExperts. Each of these sites works basically the same, with various features and popularity making the biggest difference. I would recommend logging in to one or two and cruising around, find some questions you can answer, and keep track of those discussions.
In addition, Twitter has started to replace these services in a lot of ways. Look for people that are asking questions on Twitter and send them a reply or a direct message. They will thank you for it and you will gain respect within that community.
Also, as an additional task, you can think about adding a service like this to your blog or website. Include a place where people can ask questions to you or the community. In this space, the subject of the questions can be narrowly defined to your area of practice or expertise. Allow people to discuss various things they hear or see, including cases and laws.
Next week we will take a break from direct advice and focus on the larger picture of social media. We will cover the current atmosphere involving the social web, where it is going, and what changes it is going to have on the rest of the world.
Posted: February 27th, 2009 By: Zach Heller Category: Go Green, Innovation
Welcome to part four of our blog series on Going Green, dedicated to helping attorneys practice law in a more environmentally friendly way. Last week we discussed the overuse of paper in the legal profession, and covered some simple ways that you can use digital technology to decrease the amount of paper that we waste on a daily basis. This week, let us cover another simple solution to a growing problem, gas and travel costs.
One of the biggest contributors to the destruction of our environment has always been the use of gasoline. It has been an issue debated at every level, and certainly needs greater solutions from the highest levels. But there are things that we can do every day that will help out on a smaller scale.
As lawyers, there are many things that you have to be in the office to do. But there are also a lot of things that you can do from home or at another remote location. Figuring out a schedule that works for you, it may be helpful, and beneficial to the environment if you can work remotely one or two days every week.
Technology allows you to log into your work computer from anywhere, send and receive files from your home computer or smart phone, and keep up with daily tasks from wherever you happen to be. Staying home will not only help save the environment, it will save you money on travel and electricity costs at the office.
In addition, no matter how tempting it can be to drive yourself to work every day, you can help out by simply taking public transportation or carpooling with friends or colleagues. Most cities today offer very convenient, and often environmentally friendly, public transportation systems. Take advantage of the options that you have in your area to become a “greener” attorney.
Posted: February 25th, 2009 By: Paramjit Mahli Category: Marketing Tips
The following is a guest post written by Paramjit Mahli of The Sun Communication Group. The Sun Communication Group is a full-service, boutique marketing and public relations company that works primarily with small law firms.
The economy maybe in the doldrums, and the natural inclination for businesses is to review areas where they can cut their budgets particularly marketing/pr budgets. The irony of course, is during these turbulent economic times, business should actually be implementing their marketing/pr programs with more gusto than ever before. In fact, the Harvard Business Review (HBR) noted earlier last year:
“It is well documented that brands that increase (marketing) during a recession, when competitors are cutting back, can improve market share and return on investment at lower cost than during good economic times.”
It is more important to keep visible in the market place, particularly when competitors may be disappearing after cutting their budgets. All business is based on confidence and psychology. And for people to do business with you, they have to like, know and trust you. PR is one of the best ways to get known and trusted.
Next time you are fortunate to have a reporter call consider some of the benefits of getting good press coverage:
1. Most clients like to see the firm's lawyer quoted in the news, particularly top tier press. Psychologically, it reinforces the belief that they made the right hiring decision.
2. Exposure increases business development opportunities. Being quoted, interviewed, featured, or published in the media helps you gain visibility in the marketplace, and it confers that all important 'third-party credibility.'
3. Although our economy is going through some turbulent times, remember that what’s true for consumers of legal services is also true for lawyers looking for work; they prefer a firm that is perceived positively.
4. In high-profile cases/issues which draw media interest, an essential part of the job must be to make sure the media cover the story accurately and fairly. As with most people lawyers DO get a thrill out of seeing their own name getting ink.
5. Finally, public relations has a ripple effect, boosting the morale of other employees and instilling them with pride with the firm.
Of course, all of this is just empty rhetoric if PR plans are not implemented.
The Sun Communication Group has launched a very affordable service for those seeking public relations, SCG Legal PR Network.